NATIONSBANK CORP
10-K405, 1995-03-30
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: NATIONAL PATENT DEVELOPMENT CORP, NT 10-K, 1995-03-30
Next: COMMONWEALTH ELECTRIC CO, 10-K, 1995-03-30



<PAGE>
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-K
                  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1994 -- Commission File Number 1-6523
                            NATIONSBANK CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
                    North Carolina                                             
56-0906609
               (STATE OF INCORPORATION)                             (IRS 
EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
             NationsBank Corporate Center
               Charlotte, North 
Carolina                                          28255
       (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                                
(ZIP CODE)
                    704 / 386-5000
 (REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE)
</TABLE>
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        TITLE OF EACH CLASS                             NAME OF 
EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
<S>                                                                     <C>
Common Stock                                                                  
New York Stock Exchange
                                                                              
Pacific Stock Exchange
                                                                              
Tokyo Stock Exchange
8 3/8% Sinking Fund Debentures, due 1999                                      
New York Stock Exchange
7 3/4% Debentures, due 2002                                                   
American Stock Exchange
8 1/2% Notes, due 1996                                                        
New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>
 
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:  NONE
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.
                                Yes  X  No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or in any amendment to
this Form
10-K.
Aggregate market value of shares of voting stock held by all persons, other than
shares beneficially owned by persons who may be deemed to be affiliates (as
defined in SEC Rule 405), is approximately $13,934,641,000 computed by reference
to the closing price of Common Stock of $50.00 per share on March 15, 1995, on
the Composite Tape, as reported in published financial sources, and a stated
price of $42.50 for the ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C.
Of the registrant's only class of Common Stock, there were 276,477,155 shares
outstanding as of February 28, 1995.
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         DOCUMENT OF THE 
REGISTRANT                                 FORM 10-K REFERENCE LOCATIONS
<S>                                                                                 
<C>
1994 Annual Report to 
Shareholders                                                      PARTS I, II 
and IV
1995 Proxy 
Statement                                                                    
PART III
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GENERAL
     The registrant is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Act"), with its principal assets being the
stock of its subsidiaries. Through its banking subsidiaries (the "Banks") and
its various non-banking subsidiaries, the registrant provides banking and
banking-related services, primarily throughout the Southeast and Mid-Atlantic
states and Texas. The principal executive offices of the registrant are located
at NationsBank Corporate Center in Charlotte, North Carolina 28255.
ACQUISITIONS
     On February 28, 1994, the registrant merged with Corpus Christi National
Bank ("CCNB") of Corpus Christi, Texas, which had assets at the closing date of
$687 million. The registrant acquired all the outstanding capital stock of CCNB
by exchanging 2.5 shares of its common stock for each share of CCNB common stock
outstanding. As a result, the registrant issued 2.6 million shares of common
stock, for a total consideration of approximately $62 million.
     On August 4, 1994, the registrant completed an acquisition from California
Federal Savings Bank of 43 banking centers in Florida and one banking center in
Georgia, including their deposits, at a purchase price of approximately $160
million. Deposits acquired approximated $3.9 billion.
     On September 30, 1994, the registrant's mortgage banking subsidiary
completed the acquisition of Express America Holdings Corporation's mortgage
servicing operations based in Scottsdale, Arizona, including rights to service
approximately $6.4 billion of mortgage loans. The purchase price approximated
$85 million.
     On October 31, 1994, the registrant's mortgage banking subsidiary acquired
Cypress Financial Corporation, Rancho Santa Margarita Mortgage Corporation and
RSM Funding Corporation, which combined had 22 offices in California and
Arizona. The combined servicing portfolios were approximately $1.3 billion. The
purchase price approximated $28 million.
     On November 4, 1994, the registrant completed the acquisition of
Consolidated Bank, a Miami, Florida-based banking company with 12 banking
centers. As of October 31, 1994, Consolidated Bank had assets of approximately
$570 million.
     On November 7, 1994, the registrant and Gartmore Capital Management, a
subsidiary of Gartmore plc, entered a joint venture agreement to provide
international investment management and advisory services to United States
customers. The joint venture is expected to begin operations in the second
quarter of 1995.
     On November 9, 1994, the registrant completed the acquisition of South
Carolina based RHNB Corporation ("RHNB"), the parent company of Rock Hill
National Bank. As of October 31, 1994, RHNB and its subsidiary had assets of
approximately $256 million. The registrant issued 881,000 shares of common stock
in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of RHNB, for a total consideration
of approximately $43 million.
     On November 15, 1994, the registrant purchased Dean Witter, Discover &
Co.'s partnership interest in NationsSecurities. As of such date,
NationsSecurities became wholly-owned and managed by the registrant.
     On February 22, 1995, the registrant's mortgage banking subsidiary entered
into an agreement with Source One Mortgage Services Corporation to purchase a
$10 billion residential mortgage servicing portfolio at a purchase price of
approximately $190 million. This transaction is subject to certain regulatory
conditions and other customary closing conditions and is expected to be
completed on March 31, 1995.
     On February 23, 1995, the registrant's mortgage banking subsidiary entered
into an agreement with KeyCorp and Key Bank of New York to purchase the
residential mortgage servicing business of KeyCorp Mortgage Inc. The acquired
assets will include primarily a $25 billion residential mortgage servicing
portfolio, for which the registrant's subsidiary will pay approximately $350
million, a mortgage servicing operation employing about 500 people and other
servicing-related assets, for which this subsidiary will pay approximately $150
million. This transaction is subject to certain regulatory conditions and other
customary closing conditions and is expected to be completed on March 31, 1995.
                                       1
 
<PAGE>
     As part of its operations, the registrant regularly evaluates the potential
acquisition of, and holds discussions with, various financial institutions and
other businesses of a type eligible for bank holding company investment. In
addition, the registrant regularly analyzes the values of, and submits bids for,
the acquisition of customer-based funds and other liabilities and assets of such
financial institutions and other businesses. As a general rule, the registrant
publicly announces such material acquisitions when a definitive agreement has
been reached.
OPERATIONS
     The registrant provides a diversified range of banking and certain
non-banking financial services and products through its various subsidiaries.
The registrant manages its business activities through three major groups: the
General Bank, the Global Finance Group (formerly named the Institutional Group)
and the Financial Services Group. Table 2 (page 26) and the narrative comments
under the caption "Customer Group Review" (pages 27 and 30) in the registrant's
1994 Annual Report to Shareholders are hereby incorporated by reference.
     The General Bank provides comprehensive services in the commercial and
retail banking fields, including trust and private banking operations, the
origination and servicing of home mortgage loans, the issuance and servicing of
credit cards (through a Delaware subsidiary) and certain insurance services. The
General Bank also offers full service brokerage services and discount brokerage
services for its customers through subsidiaries of the registrant. As of
December 31, 1994, the General Bank had approximately 1,929 banking offices
located in the States of Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Maryland, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia and the District of Columbia. The
registrant had average deposits in 1994 of approximately $94 billion, of which
$78 billion related to the General Bank. Average deposits of the General Bank by
state jurisdictions were approximately: Maryland, Virginia and D.C. ($19
billion); Texas ($18 billion); Florida ($15 billion); North and South Carolina
($11 billion); Georgia ($7 billion); and Tennessee and Kentucky ($4 billion).
The financial products and trust and private banking segments of the General
Bank had $4 billion of average deposits in 1994. The General Bank also provides
fully automated, 24-hour cash dispensing and depositing services throughout the
states in which it is located, through approximately 2,100 automated teller
machines.
     The Global Finance Group provides to domestic and international customers
comprehensive corporate banking and investment banking services, including loan
syndication, treasury management and leasing; underwriting, trading or
distributing a wide range of securities (including bank-eligible securities and,
to a limited extent, bank-ineligible securities as authorized by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board") under
Section 20 of the Glass-Steagall Act); and options, futures, forwards and swaps
on certain interest rate and commodity products, and spot and forward foreign
exchange contracts. The Global Finance Group provides its services through
various domestic offices as well as offices located in London, Frankfurt,
Singapore, Mexico City, Grand Cayman, Nassau, Tokyo, Osaka, Paris and Hong Kong.
In addition to these offices, the Global Finance Group has loan production
offices located in New York City, Chicago, Los Angeles, Denver and Birmingham.
     The Financial Services Group consists of NationsCredit Corporation,
primarily a consumer finance subsidiary, and Greyrock Capital Group Inc.
(formerly named Nations Financial Capital Corporation), primarily a commercial
finance subsidiary. NationsCredit Corporation, which has approximately 300
offices located in 32 states, provides consumer and retail loan programs and
also offers inventory financing to manufacturers, importers and distributors.
Greyrock Capital Group Inc., which has approximately 79 offices located in 24
states, engages in commercial equipment leasing and makes commercial loans for
debt restructuring, merger and acquisition, real estate financing, equipment
acquisition and working capital purposes; it also acquires consumer loans 
secured by automobiles and real estate.

GOVERNMENT SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
  GENERAL
     As a registered bank holding company, the registrant is subject to the
supervision of, and to regular inspection by, the Federal Reserve Board. The
Banks are organized as national banking associations, which are subject to
regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency (the "Comptroller"). The Banks are also subject to regulation by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
"FDIC") and other federal regulatory agencies. In addition to banking laws,
regulations and regulatory agencies, the registrant and its subsidiaries and
affiliates are subject to various other laws and regulations and supervision and
examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly
affect the operations and management of the registrant and its ability to make
distributions. The following discussion summarizes certain aspects of those laws
and regulations that affect the registrant.
     Under the Act, the activities of the registrant, and those of companies
which it controls or in which it holds more than 5% of the voting stock, are
limited to banking or managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or
performing services for its subsidiaries, or any other activity which the
Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking or managing
or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In making such
determinations, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider whether the
performance of such activities by a bank holding company or its subsidiaries can
reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public such as greater
convenience, increased competition or gains in efficiency that outweigh possible
adverse effects, such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair
competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices. Generally, bank
holding companies, such as the registrant, are required to obtain prior approval
of the Federal Reserve Board to engage in any new activity not previously
approved by the Federal Reserve Board or to acquire more than 5% of any class of
voting stock of any company.
     The Act also requires bank holding companies to obtain the prior approval
of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring more than 5% of any class of
voting stock of any bank which is not already majority-owned by the bank holding
company. Pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency
Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Banking and Branching Act"), a bank holding company
will be able to acquire banks in states other than its home state beginning
September 29, 1995. Until such provisions are effective, interstate acquisitions
by bank holding companies will be subject to current Federal law, which provides
that no application to acquire shares of a bank located outside of North
Carolina (the state in which the operations of the Banks were principally
conducted on the date the registrant became subject to the Act) may be approved
by the Federal Reserve Board unless such acquisition is specifically authorized
by the laws of the state in which the bank whose shares are to be acquired is
located.
     The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorizes banks to merge
across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches, beginning June 1,
1997. Under such legislation, each state has the opportunity either to "opt out"
of this provision, thereby prohibiting interstate branching in such states, or
to "opt in" at an earlier time, thereby allowing interstate branching within
that state prior to June 1, 1997. Furthermore, pursuant to the Interstate
Banking and Branching Act, a bank is now able to open new branches in a state in
which it does not already have banking operations, if such state enacts a law
permitting such DE NOVO branching.
     As previously described, the registrant regularly evaluates merger and
acquisition opportunities, and it anticipates that it will continue to evaluate
such opportunities in light of the new legislation.
     Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry
are frequently introduced in Congress, in the state legislatures and before the
various bank regulatory agencies. In 1995, several bills have been introduced in
Congress that would have the effect of broadening the securities underwriting
powers of bank holding companies and, possibly, permitting bank holding
companies to engage in nonfinancial activities. The likelihood and timing of any
such proposals or bills and the impact they might have on the registrant and its
subsidiaries, however, cannot be determined at this time.
  CAPITAL AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
     The Federal Reserve Board, the Comptroller and the FDIC have issued
substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to
United States banking organizations. In addition, those regulatory agencies may
from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the
minimum levels, whether because of its financial condition or actual or
anticipated growth. The narrative comments under the caption "Capital Resources
and Capital Management" (page 48) set forth in the 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders of the registrant are hereby incorporated by reference.
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
("FDICIA"), among other things, identifies five capital categories for insured
depository institutions (well capitalized, adequately capitalized,
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically
undercapitalized) and requires the respective Federal regulatory agencies to
implement systems for "prompt corrective action" for insured depository
institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such
categories. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on
operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in
which an institution is classified. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could
also subject a banking institution to capital raising requirements. An
"undercapitalized" bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent
holding company must guarantee that bank's compliance with the plan. The
liability of the parent holding company under any such guarantee is limited to
the lesser of 5% of the bank's assets at the time it became "undercapitalized"
or the amount needed to comply with the plan. Furthermore, in the event of the
bankruptcy of the parent holding company, such guarantee would take priority
over the parent's general unsecured creditors. In addition, FDICIA requires the
various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for
safety and soundness relating generally to operations and management, asset
quality and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a
financial institution that does not meet such standards.
     The various regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar
regulations that define the five capital categories identified by FDICIA, using
the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and leverage capital
ratios as the relevant capital measures. Such regulations establish various
degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered
undercapitalized. Under the regulations, a "well capitalized" institution must
have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6 percent, a total capital ratio of at
least 10 percent and a leverage ratio of at least 5 percent and not be subject
to a capital directive order. An "adequately capitalized" institution must have
a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4 percent, a total capital ratio of at least
8 percent and a leverage ratio of at least 4 percent, or 3 percent in some
cases. Under these guidelines, each of the Banks is considered adequately or
well capitalized.
     Banking agencies have recently adopted final regulations which mandate that
regulators take into consideration concentrations of credit risk and risks from
non-traditional activities, as well as an institution's ability to manage those
risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution's capital. That
evaluation will be made as a part of the institution's regular safety and
soundness examination. Banking agencies also have proposed amendments to
existing risk-based capital regulations to provide for the consideration of
interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution's
assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its
off-balance-sheet position) in the determination of a bank's minimum capital
requirements. Those proposals, while still under consideration, would require
banks with interest rate risk in excess of defined thresholds to maintain
additional capital beyond that generally required.
  DISTRIBUTIONS
     The registrant's funds for cash distributions to its shareholders are
derived from a variety of sources, including cash and temporary investments. The
primary source of such funds, however, is dividends received from its banking
subsidiaries. The amount of dividends that each Bank may declare in a calendar
year without approval of the Comptroller is the Bank's net profits for that
year, as defined by statute, combined with its net retained profits, as defined,
for the preceding two years. In addition, from time to time the registrant
applies for, and may receive, permission from the Comptroller for one or more of
the Banks to declare special dividends. In 1995, the Banks can initiate dividend
payments, without prior regulatory approval, of up to $1.0 billion plus an
additional amount equal to their net profits for 1995 up to the date of any such
dividend declaration.
     In addition to the foregoing, the ability of the registrant and the Banks
to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and
the capital and non-capital standards established under FDICIA as described
above. Furthermore, the Comptroller may prohibit the payment of a dividend by a
national bank if it determines that such payment would constitute an unsafe or
unsound practice. The right of the registrant, its shareholders and its
creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its
subsidiaries is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of the
respective subsidiaries.
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
  SOURCE OF STRENGTH
     According to Federal Reserve Board policy, bank holding companies are
expected to act as a source of financial strength to each subsidiary bank and to
commit resources to support each such subsidiary. This support may be required
at times when a bank holding company may not be able to provide such support. In
the event of a loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC -- either as a result of
default of a banking or thrift subsidiary of the registrant or related to FDIC
assistance provided to a subsidiary in danger of default -- the other banking
subsidiaries of the registrant may be assessed for the FDIC's loss, subject to
certain exceptions.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     The following information set forth in the 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders of the registrant is hereby incorporated by reference:
          Table 3 (pages 28 and 29) for average balance sheet amounts, related
     taxable-equivalent interest earned or paid, and related average yields
     earned and rates paid.
          Tables 3 (pages 28 and 29) and 4 (page 31) and the narrative comments
     under the caption "Net Interest Income" (pages 30 to 32) for changes in
     taxable-equivalent interest income and expense for each major category of
     interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
          The narrative comments under the caption "Securities" (pages 37 and
     38) and Note 3 (pages 64 and 65) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
     Statements for information on the book values, maturities and weighted
     average yields of the securities (by category) of the registrant.
          Tables 8 (page 36), 9 (page 37) and 20 (page 47) for distribution of
     loans and leases, selected loan maturity data and interest-rate risk.
          Table 14 (page 42), the narrative comments under the caption
     "Nonperforming Assets" (pages 43 and 44), and Note 1 (pages 62 and 63) of
     the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the
     nonperforming assets of the registrant. The narrative comments under the
     captions "Concentrations of Credit Risk" (pages 44 and 45) and "Loans and
     Leases" (page 38) and Tables 15, 16 and 17 (pages 43 and 44) for a
     discussion of the characteristics of the loan and lease portfolio.
          Tables 12 (page 40) and 13 (page 41), the narrative comments under the
     captions "Provision for Credit Losses" (page 32) and "Allowance for Credit
     Losses" (pages 42 and 43) and Note 1 (page 62) of the Notes to Consolidated
     Financial Statements for information on the credit loss experience of the
     registrant.
          Tables 3 and 10 (pages 28 and 29 and page 38, respectively) and the
     narrative comments under the caption "Deposits" (page 38) for deposit
     information.
          "Six-Year Consolidated Statistical Summary" (page 79) for return on
     assets, return on equity and dividend payout ratio for 1989 through 1994,
     inclusive.
          Table 11 (page 39) and Note 7 (pages 68 and 69) of the Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the short-term
     borrowings of the registrant.
          All tables, graphs, charts, summaries and narrative on pages 1, 25
     through 55, and 78 through 79 for additional data on the consolidated
     operations of the registrant and its majority-owned subsidiaries.
COMPETITION
     The activities in which the registrant, its non-banking subsidiaries and
the Banks engage are highly competitive. Generally, the lines of activity and
markets served involve competition with other banks and non-bank financial
institutions, such as investment banking firms, brokerage firms, mutual funds
and insurance companies, as well as other entities which offer financial
services, located both within and without the United States. The methods of
competition center around various factors, such as customer services, interest
rates on loans and deposits, lending limits and location of offices.
     The commercial banking business in the various local markets served by the
registrant's non-banking subsidiaries and the Banks is highly competitive. The
non-banking subsidiaries and the Banks compete with
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, finance companies and
other businesses which provide similar services. The non-banking subsidiaries
and the Banks actively compete in commercial lending activities with local,
regional and international banks and non-bank financial organizations, some of
which are larger than certain of the non-banking subsidiaries and the Banks. In
its consumer lending operations, the non-banking subsidiaries and the Banks'
competitors include other banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions,
regulated small loan companies and other non-bank organizations offering
financial services. In the investment banking and brokerage business, the
registrant's non-banking subsidiaries compete with other banking and investment
banking firms, brokerage firms and mutual funds. The registrant's mortgage
banking subsidiary competes with commercial banks, savings and loan
associations, government agencies, mortgage brokers and other non-bank
organizations offering mortgage banking services. In the trust business, the
Banks compete with other banks, investment counselors and insurance companies in
national markets for institutional funds and corporate pension and profit
sharing accounts. The Banks also compete with other banks, insurance agents,
financial counselors and other fiduciaries for personal trust business. The
non-banking subsidiaries and the Banks also actively compete for funds. A
primary source of funds for the Banks is deposits, and competition for deposits
includes other deposit taking organizations, such as commercial banks, savings
and loan associations and credit unions, as well as money market mutual funds.
The non-banking subsidiaries and the Banks also actively compete for funds in
the open market.
     The registrant's ability to expand into additional states remains subject
to various federal and state laws. See "Government Supervision and
Regulation -- General" for a more detailed discussion of interstate branching
legislation and certain state legislation.
EMPLOYEES
     At December 31, 1994, the registrant and its subsidiaries had 61,484 full
time equivalent employees. Of the foregoing employees, 35,401 were employed by
the General Bank, 5,199 were employed by the Global Finance Group, 2,643 were
employed by the Financial Services Group, 13,860 were employed by NationsBanc
Services, Inc. (a subsidiary providing operational support services to the
registrant and its subsidiaries) and the remainder were employed by the
registrant holding company and the registrant's other banking and operating
subsidiaries.
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
     The principal offices of the registrant are located in the 60-story
NationsBank Corporate which is Center in Charlotte, North Carolina which is 
owned by a subsidiary of the registrant. The registrant occupies approximately 
512,000 square feet at market rates under a lease which expires in 2002, and
approximately 593,000 square feet of office space is available for lease to
third parties at market rates. At December 31, 1994, approximately 96 percent
was occupied by the registrant or subject to existing third party leases or
letters of intention to lease.
     On January 3, 1995, NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. merged with
NationsBank of South Carolina, N.A. to form NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas)
("NationsBank Carolinas"). The principal offices of NationsBank Carolinas are
located in leased space in the 40-story NationsBank Plaza, Charlotte, North
Carolina. NationsBank Carolinas is the major tenant of the building with
approximately 648,000 square feet of the net rentable space, of which
approximately 459,000 square feet of space is under a lease which expires in
2009 and the remaining space is under leases of shorter duration.
     The principal South Carolina offices of NationsBank Carolinas are located
in approximately 93,000 square feet of leased space in the NationsBank Tower in
Columbia, under a lease which expires in 1995 and is in the process of being
renewed. NationsBank Carolinas, through subsidiaries, owns partnership interests
in the building and the underlying land. In addition, NationsBank Carolinas
maintains offices in approximately 81,000 square feet of leased space in
NationsBank Plaza in Columbia under a lease that expires in 1999. NationsBank
Carolinas has four five-year renewal options on this space.
     The principal offices of NationsBank of Texas, N.A. ("NationsBank Texas")
are located in approximately 667,000 square feet of leased space in the 72-story
NationsBank Plaza in Dallas. NationsBank Texas is the major tenant of the
building under a lease which expires in 2001 with renewal options through 2011.
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
     The principal offices of NationsBank of Florida, N.A. ("NationsBank
Florida") are located in approximately 273,000 square feet of leased space in
the NationsBank Plaza in downtown Tampa. The lease is on a staggered schedule
such that the upper floors expire in 1996 while the lower floors and branch bank
expire in 2000. NationsBank Florida has four five-year renewal options on this
space.
     The principal offices of NationsBank of Georgia, N.A. ("NationsBank
Georgia") are located in leased space in the 55-story NationsBank Plaza in
Atlanta. The registrant, through a subsidiary, is a partner in CSC Associates,
L.P., a partnership that was formed with Cousins Properties Incorporated for the
development and ownership of the office tower. NationsBank Georgia is the major
tenant of the building with approximately 579,000 square feet of the net
rentable space, under a lease that expires in 2012. NationsBank Georgia has
three ten-year renewal options on this space. Of the approximately 656,000
remaining square feet, 417,000 square feet has been leased to third parties,
with 239,000 remaining square feet available for lease to third parties at
market rates.
     On March 8, 1995, NationsBank of Virginia, N.A. merged with NationsBank,
N.A. to form NationsBank, N.A. The principal offices of NationsBank, N.A. are
located in approximately 383,000 square feet of space in NationsBank Center in
Richmond, Virginia, a facility that is owned by NationsBank, N.A. The remaining
approximately 152,000 square feet are leased to a third party tenant.
     The principal Maryland offices of NationsBank, N.A. are located in
approximately 145,000 square feet of leased space in the Rockledge Executive
Center in Bethesda under a lease that expires in 2002. NationsBank, N.A. has two
five-year renewal options on this space. The approximately 6,500 square feet of
space remaining is occupied by a third party under a sub-lease with NationsBank,
N.A. The sub-lease, which is at market rates, expires in April 1997 with one
five-year renewal option.
     The principal offices of NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A. ("NationsBank
Tennessee") are located in approximately 220,000 square feet of leased space in
NationsBank Plaza in Nashville under a lease that expires in 2012. NationsBank
Tennessee has two ten-year and one five-year renewal options on this space.
     The principal offices of NationsCredit are located in approximately 136,000
square feet of space in Allentown, Pennsylvania in a facility that is owned by
NationsCredit. In addition, NationsCredit has approximately 300 leased premises
around the country.
     The principal offices of Greyrock Capital Group Inc. are located in
approximately 42,880 square feet of leased space in Canterbury Green in
Stamford, Connecticut, under a lease which expires in 1997. Greyrock Capital
Group Inc., through subsidiaries or branch offices, leases space in the
following states: Alabama, Arizona, California, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii,
Illinois, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, Missouri, Nevada,
New Jersey, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas,
Virginia, Washington and Wisconsin.
     As of December 31, 1994, the registrant and its subsidiaries conducted
their banking and bank-related activities in both leased and owned facilities
throughout the jurisdictions in which the Banks are located, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    APPROXIMATE             APPROXIMATE
                                                      LEASED                   OWNED
                                                    FACILITIES              FACILITIES
<S>                                                 <C>                     <C>
North Carolina and South Carolina                       365                     166
Texas                                                   180                     150
Florida                                                 249                     251
Virginia, Maryland and D.C.                             423                     234
Georgia                                                 113                     155
Tennessee                                                98                      76
Delaware                                                  2                       0
Kentucky                                                  7                       3
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     In the ordinary course of business, the registrant and its subsidiaries are
routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal
actions and proceedings, including several actions brought on behalf of various
classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings substantial
money damages are asserted against the registrant and its subsidiaries and
certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of
consumer protection, securities, banking and other laws. Management believes,
based upon the advice of counsel, that these actions and proceedings and losses,
if any, resulting from the final outcome thereof, will not be material in the
aggregate to the registrant's financial position or results of operations.
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
     There were no matters submitted to security holders in the fourth quarter
of the registrant's fiscal year.
                                    PART II
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
        SECURITY HOLDER MATTERS
     The principal market on which the registrant's Common Stock (the "Common
Stock") is traded is the New York Stock Exchange. The registrant also listed
certain of its shares of Common Stock for trading on the Pacific Stock Exchange
and on the Tokyo Stock Exchange. The high and low sales prices of Common Stock
on the Composite Tape, as reported in published financial sources, for each
quarterly period indicated below are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       QUARTER                HIGH            LOW
<S>    <C>                 <C>            <C>
1993   first               $        58    $    49 1/2
       second                   57 7/8             45
       third                    53 5/8         48 1/4
       fourth                   53 1/4         44 1/2
1994   first                    50 7/8         44 3/8
       second                   57 3/8         44 1/2
       third                        56         47 1/8
       fourth                   50 3/4         43 3/8
</TABLE>
 
     As of December 31, 1994, there were 105,774 record holders of Common Stock.
During 1993 and 1994, the registrant paid dividends on the Common Stock on a
quarterly basis, which aggregated $1.64 per share in 1993 and $1.88 per share in
1994. For additional information regarding the registrant's ability to pay
dividends, see "Government Supervision and Regulation -- Distributions." The
seventh paragraph of Note 7 (page 69) and Note 10 (page 70) of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in the registrant's 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders are hereby incorporated by reference.
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     The information set forth in Table 1 (page 25) in the registrant's 1994
Annual Report to Shareholders is hereby incorporated by reference.
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS
     All of the information set forth under the captions "Management's
Discussion and Analysis -- 1994 Compared to 1993" (pages 25 through 53),
"Management's Discussion and Analysis -- 1993 Compared to 1992" (pages 54 and
55), "Report of Management" (page 56) and all tables, graphs and charts
presented under the foregoing captions, in the 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders of the registrant is hereby incorporated by reference.
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
     The following information set forth in the 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders of the registrant is hereby incorporated by reference:
     The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements of NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries, together with the report
thereon of Price Waterhouse LLP dated January 13, 1995 (pages 57 through 77);
the unaudited information presented in Table 22 (page 50); and the narrative
comments under the caption "Fourth Quarter Review" (page 51).
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
     There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting
and financial disclosure as defined by Item 304 of Regulation S-K.
                                    PART III
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
     Information set forth under the caption "Election of Directors" on pages 3
through 11 of the definitive 1995 Proxy Statement of the registrant furnished to
shareholders in connection with its Annual Meeting to be held on April 26, 1995
(the "1995 Proxy Statement") with respect to the name of each nominee or
director, that person's age, positions and offices with the registrant, business
experience, directorships in other public companies, service on the registrant's
Board and certain family relationships, and information set forth under the
caption "Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934"
on page 14 of the 1995 Proxy Statement with respect to Section 16 matters, is
hereby incorporated by reference.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
     Pursuant to the Instructions to Form 10-K and Item 401(b) of Regulation
S-K, the name, age and position of each executive officer of the registrant are
listed below along with such officer's business experience during the past five
years. Officers are appointed annually by the Board of Directors at the meeting
of directors immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders. There are
no arrangements or understandings between any officer and any other person
pursuant to which any officer was selected.
     Fredric J. Figge, II, age 58, Chairman, Corporate Risk Policy of the
registrant and of the Banks. Mr. Figge was named Chairman, Corporate Risk Policy
in October, 1993 and prior to that time served as Chairman, Credit Policy of the
registrant and of the Banks. He first became an officer in 1987.
     James H. Hance, Jr., age 50, Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of
the registrant. Mr. Hance was named Chief Financial Officer in August, 1988,
also served as Executive Vice President from March, 1987 to December 31, 1991
and was named Vice Chairman in October, 1993. He first became an officer in
1987. He also serves as a director of NationsBank, N.A., NationsBank Carolinas,
NationsBank Tennessee and various other subsidiaries of the registrant.
     Kenneth D. Lewis, age 47, President of the registrant. Mr. Lewis was named
to his present position in October, 1993. Prior to that time, from June, 1990 to
October, 1993 he served as President of the registrant's General Bank and from
August, 1988 to June, 1990, he served as President of NationsBank Texas. He
first became an officer in 1971. Mr. Lewis also serves as a director of
NationsBank, N.A., NationsBank Florida, NationsBank Georgia and NationsBank
Texas.
     Hugh L. McColl, Jr., age 59, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of the registrant and Chief Executive Officer of the Banks. He first
became an officer in 1962. Mr. McColl was Chairman of the registrant from
September, 1983 until December 31, 1991, and was re-appointed Chairman on
December 31, 1992. He also serves as a director of the registrant and
NationsBank Texas.
     Marc D. Oken, age 48, Executive Vice President and Principal Accounting
Officer of the registrant. He first became an officer in 1989.
     James W. Thompson, age 55, Vice Chairman of the registrant and Chairman of
NationsBank East. Mr. Thompson was named Vice Chairman in October, 1993, and as
Chairman of NationsBank East on
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
December 31, 1991. He first became an officer in 1963. He also serves as
chairman of the boards of directors of NationsBank, N.A. and NationsBank
Carolinas.
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
     Information with respect to current remuneration of executive officers,
certain proposed remuneration to them, their options and certain indebtedness
and other transactions set forth in the 1995 Proxy Statement (i) under the
caption "Board of Directors' Compensation" on pages 16 and 17 thereof, (ii)
under the caption "Executive Compensation" on pages 18 and 19 thereof, (iii)
under the caption "Retirement Plans" on pages 19 and 20 thereof, (iv) under the
caption "Deferred Compensation Plan" on pages 20 and 21 thereof, (v) under the
caption "Benefit Security Trust" on page 21 thereof, (vi) under the caption
"Stock Options" on page 22 thereof, (vii) under the caption "Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" on page 29 thereof, and (viii)
under the caption "Certain Transactions" on pages 29 through page 32 thereof,
is, to the extent such information is required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K,
hereby incorporated by reference.
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
     The security ownership information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K
relating to persons who beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock or ESOP Preferred Stock, as well as security ownership
information relating to directors, nominees and named executive officers
individually and directors and executive officers as a group, is hereby
incorporated by reference to the ownership information set forth under the
caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" on
pages 12 through 14 of the 1995 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
     Information with respect to relationships and related transactions between
the registrant and any director, nominee for director, executive officer,
security holder owning 5% or more of the registrant's voting securities or any
member of the immediate family of any of the above, as set forth in the 1995
Proxy Statement under the caption "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation" on page 29 and under the caption "Certain Transactions" on pages
29 through 32 thereof, is, to the extent such information is required by Item
404 of Regulation S-K, hereby incorporated by reference.
                                    PART IV
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
         FORM 8-K
          a. The following documents are filed as part of this report:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          
PAGE IN
                                                                                                           
ANNUAL
                                                                                                          
REPORT*
         <S>   
<C>                                                                                        
<C>
         (1)   Financial Statements:
               Report of Independent 
Accountants.......................................................   57
               Consolidated Statement of Income for the three years ended
                 December 31, 
1994.....................................................................   58
               Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1994 and 
1993................................   59
               Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three years ended
                 December 31, 
1994.....................................................................   60
               Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for 
the three years ended
                 December 31, 
1994.....................................................................   61
               Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements..............................................   62-77
               * Incorporated by reference from the indicated pages of the 1994 
Annual Report to
                 Shareholders.
         (2)   All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the 
required
</TABLE>
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
         <S>   
<C>                                                                                        
<C>
               information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
</TABLE>
 
          b. The following reports on Form 8-K have been filed by the registrant
             during the quarter ended December 31, 1994:
             Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 28, 1994 and filed
             October 3, 1994, Item 5.
             Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 1994 and filed
             December 22, 1994, Items 5 and 7.
          c. The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated
             herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Index to
             Exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (pages E-1 through E-5,
             including executive compensation plans and arrangements which are
             identified separately by asterisk).
     With the exception of the information herein expressly incorporated by
reference, the 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders and the 1995 Proxy Statement
are not to be deemed filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
                                        NATIONSBANK CORPORATION
Date: March 30, 1995                    By:   */s/    JAMES H. HANCE, JR.
                                                    JAMES H. HANCE, JR.
                                                     VICE CHAIRMAN AND
                                                  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                                               (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                        
TITLE                           DATE
<C>                                               
<S>                                          <C>
          */s/      HUGH L. MCCOLL, JR.           Chairman of the Board 
and                     March 30, 1995
                                                    Chief Executive Officer
             (HUGH L. MCCOLL, JR.)
          */s/       JAMES H. HANCE, JR.          Vice Chairman 
and                             March 30, 1995
                                                    Chief Financial Officer
             (JAMES H. HANCE, JR.)                  (Principal Financial Officer)
            */s/         MARC D. OKEN             Executive Vice 
President                      March 30, 1995
                                                    (Principal Accounting 
Officer)
                 (MARC D. OKEN)
           */s/        RONALD W. ALLEN            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
               (RONALD W. ALLEN)
           */s/    WILLIAM M. BARNHARDT           
Director                                      March 30, 1995
             (WILLIAM M. BARNHARDT)
            */s/        THOMAS M. BELK            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                (THOMAS M. BELK)
           */s/        THOMAS E. CAPPS            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
               (THOMAS E. CAPPS)
           */s/     R. EUGENE CARTLEDGE           
Director                                      March 30, 1995
             (R. EUGENE CARTLEDGE)
           */s/       CHARLES W. COKER            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
               (CHARLES W. COKER)
           */s/       THOMAS G. COUSINS           
Director                                      March 30, 1995
              (THOMAS G. COUSINS)
           */s/        ALAN T. DICKSON            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
               (ALAN T. DICKSON)
           */s/      W. FRANK DOWD, JR.           
Director                                      March 30, 1995
              (W. FRANK DOWD, JR.)
</TABLE>
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                        
TITLE                           DATE
<C>                                               
<S>                                          <C>
           */s/            A. L. ELLIS            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                 (A. L. ELLIS)
            */s/          PAUL FULTON             
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                 (PAUL FULTON)
         */s/     L. L. GELLERSTEDT, JR.          
Director                                      March 30, 1995
            (L. L. GELLERSTEDT, JR.)
           */s/       TIMOTHY L. GUZZLE           
Director                                      March 30, 1995
              (TIMOTHY L. GUZZLE)
           */s/       E. BRONSON INGRAM           
Director                                      March 30, 1995
              (E. BRONSON INGRAM)
            */s/         W. W. JOHNSON            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                (W. W. JOHNSON)
            */s/          BUCK MICKEL             
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                 (BUCK MICKEL)
           */s/         JOHN J. MURPHY            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                (JOHN J. MURPHY)
                                                  
Director                                      March   , 1995
                (JOHN C. SLANE)
            */s/          JOHN W. SNOW            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                 (JOHN W. SNOW)
                                                  
Director                                      March   , 1995
             (MEREDITH R. SPANGLER)
                                                  
Director                                      March   , 1995
              (ROBERT H. SPILMAN)
         */s/    WILLIAM W. SPRAGUE, JR.          
Director                                      March 30, 1995
           (WILLIAM W. SPRAGUE, JR.)
            */s/       RONALD TOWNSEND            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
               (RONALD TOWNSEND)
           */s/         JACKIE M. WARD            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
                (JACKIE M. WARD)
           */s/      MICHAEL WEINTRAUB            
Director                                      March 30, 1995
              (MICHAEL WEINTRAUB)
*By: /S/       CHARLES M. BERGER
         CHARLES M. BERGER, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
 <PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                            DESCRIPTION
<C>            <S>    
<C>                                                                                       
<C>
     1.        Not Applicable.
     2.        Not Applicable.
     3.        (a)    Restated Articles of Incorporation of registrant, as in 
effect on the date hereof,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) of registrant's 
Quarterly Report on Form
                      10-Q dated August 12, 1994.
               (b)    Amended and Restated Bylaws of registrant, as in effect 
on the date hereof,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of registrant's 
Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 25, 1992.
     4.        (a)    Specimen certificate of registrant's Common Stock, 
incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 4.1 of registrant's Registration No. 33-45542.
               (b)    Specimen certificate of registrant's ESOP Convertible 
Preferred Stock, Series C,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) of registrant's 
Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 25, 1992.
               (c)    Indenture dated as of March 1, 1974 between registrant 
and Manufacturers Hanover
                      Trust Company, including the form of the Debenture, 
pursuant to which registrant
                      issued its 8 3/8% Sinking Fund Debentures, due 1999, 
incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 2 of registrant's Registration No. 2-50151.
               (d)    Indenture dated as of August 1, 1982 between registrant 
and Morgan Guaranty Trust
                      Company of New York, pursuant to which registrant issued 
its 7 3/4% Debentures, due
                      2002, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of 
registrant's Registration No.
                      2-78530.
               (e)    Indenture dated as of October 1, 1986 between registrant 
and Security Pacific
                      National Trust Company (New York), pursuant to which 
registrant issued its 8 1/2%
                      Notes, due 1996, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of registrant's
                      Registration No. 33-7221.
               (f)    Indenture dated as of March 30, 1989 between registrant 
and The Bank of New York,
                      including the form of Notes, pursuant to which registrant 
issued its 10 1/2%
                      Subordinated Notes, due 1999, incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.2 of
                      registrant's Registration No. 33-27918.
               (g)    Indenture dated as of September 1, 1989 between 
registrant and The Bank of New York,
                      pursuant to which registrant issued its 9 3/8% 
Subordinated Notes, due 2009; its
                      10.20% Subordinated Notes, due 2015; its 9 1/8% 
Subordinated Notes, due 2001; and its
                      8 1/8% Subordinated Notes, due 2002, incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
                      registrant's Registration No. 33-30717.
               (h)    Indenture dated as of January 1, 1992 between registrant 
and BankAmerica Trust
                      Company of New York, pursuant to which registrant issued 
its 6 5/8% Senior Notes, due
                      1998; and its 5 3/8% Senior Notes, due 1995, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 4.1
                      of registrant's Registration No. 33-54784.
               (i)    Indenture dated as of November 1, 1992 between registrant 
and The Bank of New York,
                      pursuant to which registrant issued its 6 7/8% 
Subordinated Notes, due 2005,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of registrant's 
Amendment to Application or
                      Report on Form 8 dated March 1, 1993.
               (j)    First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 1, 1993 to 
the Indenture dated as of
                      January 1, 1992 between registrant and BankAmerica 
National Trust company (formerly
                      BankAmerica Trust Company of New York), pursuant to which 
registrant issued its
                      Senior Medium-Term Notes, Series A, B and C; its 4 3/4% 
Senior Notes, due 1996; its
                      5 1/8% Senior Notes, due 1998; its 5 3/8% Senior Notes, 
due 2000; and its 7 1/2%
                      Senior Notes, due 1997, incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.1 of registrant's
                      Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 1993.
               (k)    First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 1, 1993 to 
the Indenture dated as of
                      November 1, 1992 between registrant and The Bank of New 
York, pursuant to which
                      registrant issued its Subordinated Medium-Term Notes, 
Series A and B; its 6 1/2%
                      Subordinated Notes, due 2003; and its 7 3/4% Subordinated 
Notes, due 2004,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of registrant's 
Report on Form 8-K dated
                      July 6, 1993.
</TABLE>
    
                                      E-1
 
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                            DESCRIPTION
<C>            <S>    
<C>                                                                                       
<C>
               (l)    Indenture dated as of January 1, 1995 between registrant 
and BankAmerica National
                      Trust Company, pursuant to which registrant issued its 
Floating Rate Senior Notes,
                      due 1998, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of 
registrant's Registration No.
                      33-57533.
               (m)    The registrant has other long-term debt agreements, but 
these are not material in
                      amount. Copies of these agreements will be furnished to 
the Commission on request.
     5.        Not Applicable.
     6.        Not Applicable.
     7.        Not Applicable.
     8.        Not Applicable.
     9.        None.
    10.        (a)    Limited Partnership Agreement of CSC Associates, L. P., 
between The Citizens and
                      Southern Corporation and Cousins Properties Incorporated 
dated as of September 29,
                      1989, including Transfer of Partnership Interest between 
The Citizens and Southern
                      Corporation and C&S Premises, Inc. and First Amendment 
thereto, both of which are
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ss) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form
                      10-K dated March 25, 1992; and Second Amendment thereto 
dated as of December 31,
                      1990.
               (b)    Employment Agreement between registrant and A. L. Ellis, 
incorporated by reference to        *
                      Exhibit 2 of registrant's Registration No. 2-88129.
               (c)    The NationsBank Retirement Savings Plan, as effective 
January 1, 1993, incorporated          *
                      by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of registrant's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K dated March
                      30, 1994; and Amendment thereto dated as of December 31, 
1993.
               (d)    Investment Trust Agreement Under The NationsBank 
Retirement Savings Plan, as                 *
                      effective January 1, 1993, incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10(e) of registrant's
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 30, 1994.
               (e)    ESOP Trust Agreement Under The NationsBank Retirement 
Savings Plan, as effective             *
                      January 1, 1993, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10(f) of registrant's Annual
                      Report on Form 10-K dated March 30, 1994.
               (f)    Ancillary Trust Agreement for the Investment Trust of The 
NationsBank Retirement             *
                      Savings Plan, as effective January 1, 1993, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit
                      10(g) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated 
March 30, 1994.
               (g)    Independent Agency Agreement for the Investment Trust of 
The NationsBank Retirement          *
                      Savings Plan, as effective January 1, 1993, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit
                      10(h) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated 
March 30, 1994.
               (h)    Description of the 1994 NationsBank Corporate Management 
Incentive Plan.                     *
               (i)    NationsBank Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries 
Directors' Retirement Plan,              *
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 27, 1991; and Amendment thereto dated as of 
September 28, 1994.
               (j)    NationsBank Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries 
Supplemental Executive Retirement        *
                      Plan; Amendment thereto dated as of June 28, 1989, 
incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10(g) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
dated March 28, 1990;
                      Amendment thereto dated as of June 27, 1990, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit
                      10(g) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated 
March 27, 1991; Amendment
                      thereto dated as of July 21, 1991, incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10(bb) of
                      registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 25, 
1992; Amendment thereto dated
                      as of December 3, 1992 and Amendment thereto dated as of 
December 15, 1992, both of
                      which are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) of 
registrant's Annual Report on
                      Form 10-K dated March 24, 1993; and Amendment thereto 
dated as of September 28, 1994.
</TABLE>
    
                                      E-2
 
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                            DESCRIPTION
<C>            <S>    
<C>                                                                                       
<C>
               (k)    NationsBank Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries 
Deferred Compensation Plan for           *
                      Key Employees; Amendment thereto dated as of June 28, 
1989, incorporated by reference
                      to Exhibit 10(h) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 
10-K dated March 28, 1990;
                      Amendment thereto dated as of June 27, 1990, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit
                      10(h) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated 
March 27, 1991; Amendment
                      thereto dated as of July 21, 1991, incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10(bb) of
                      registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 25, 
1992; and Amendment thereto
                      dated as of December 3, 1992, incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10(m) of
                      registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 24, 
1993.
               (l)    1986 Restricted Stock Award Plan of NationsBank 
Corporation, as amended, incorporated        *
                      by reference to Exhibit 10(n) of registrant's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K dated March
                      24, 1993.
               (m)    The NationsBank Pension Plan, as effective January 1, 
1993, incorporated by reference        *
                      to Exhibit 10(n) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 
10-K dated March 30, 1994; and
                      Amendments thereto dated as of September 28, 1994, 
December 15, 1994 and December 28,
                      1994.
               (n)    NationsBank Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries 
Supplemental Retirement Plan,            *
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 30, 1994; Amendment thereto dated as of June 
28, 1989, incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10(k) of registrant's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K dated March 28,
                      1990; Amendment thereto dated as of June 27, 1990, 
incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10(k) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
dated March 27, 1991;
                      Amendment thereto dated as of July 21, 1991, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit
                      10(bb) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated 
March 25, 1992; Amendment
                      thereto dated as of December 3, 1992 and Amendment 
thereto dated as of December 4,
                      1992, both of which are incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10(p) of registrant's
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 24, 1993.
               (o)    NationsBank Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries 
Supplemental Executive Retirement        *
                      Plan for Senior Management Employees; Amendment thereto 
dated as of June 28, 1989,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(1) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 28, 1990; Amendment thereto dated as of June 
27, 1990, incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 10(1) of registrant's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K dated March 27,
                      1991; Amendment thereto dated as of July 21, 1991, 
incorporated by reference to
                      Exhibit 10(bb) of registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
dated March 25, 1992;
                      Amendment thereto dated as of December 3, 1992 and 
Amendment thereto dated as of
                      December 15, 1992, both of which are incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10(q) of
                      registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 24, 
1993; and Amendment thereto
                      dated as of September 28, 1994.
               (p)    Split Dollar Agreement dated as of February 1, 1990 
between registrant and Hugh L.           *
                      McColl III, as Trustee for the benefit of Hugh L. McColl, 
Jr. and Jane S. McColl,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 27, 1991.
               (q)    NationsBank Corporation Benefit Security Trust dated as 
of June 27, 1990,                    *
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 27, 1991; and First Supplement thereto dated 
as of November 30, 1992,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 24, 1993.
               (r)    The NationsBank Retirement Savings Restoration Plan, as 
effective January 1, 1994,           *
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t) of 
registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      dated March 30, 1994.
               (s)    Employment Arrangement with Fredric J. Figge, II dated 
July 27, 1987, incorporated by        *
                      reference to Exhibit 10(tt) of registrant's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K dated March
                      25, 1992.
</TABLE>
    
                                      E-3
 
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                            DESCRIPTION
<C>            <S>    
<C>                                                                                       
<C>
               (t)    Business Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 17, 1992 
among NationsBanc Financial
                      Services and the other Purchasers named or to be named 
therein and Chrysler First,
                      Inc. and the other sellers named therein, incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 28.2
                      of registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated December 2, 1992.
               (u)    Agreement and Plan of Consolidation between registrant 
and MNC Financial, Inc.,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 28.4 of registrant's 
Quarterly Report on Form
                      10-Q dated August 11, 1992; Amendment thereto dated as of 
September 28, 1992,
                      incorporated by reference to Exhibit 28.1 of registrant's 
Report on Form 8-K dated
                      October 2, 1992; and Amendment thereto dated as of 
November 30, 1992, incorporated by
                      reference to Exhibit 28.6 of registrant's Report on Form 
8-K dated December 2, 1992.
               (v)    NationsBank Corporation Executive Incentive Compensation 
Plan, as effective January          *
                      1, 1994; and Amendment thereto dated as of September 28, 
1994.
               (w)    NationsBank Corporation Key Employee Deferral Plan, as 
effective October 1, 1994.            *
               (x)    NationsBank Corporation Director Deferral Plan, as 
effective January 1, 1995.                *
               (y)    Special Trust Agreement under The NationsBank Pension 
Plan, as effective December 31,        *
                      1994.
    11.        Earnings per share computation.
    12.        (a) Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
               (b) Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends.
    13.        1994 Annual Report to Shareholders. This exhibit filed via EDGAR 
contains only those
               portions of the Annual Report that are incorporated by reference.
    14.        Not Applicable.
    15.        Not Applicable.
    16.        None.
    17.        Not Applicable.
    18.        None.
    19.        Not Applicable.
    20.        Not Applicable.
    21.        List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.
    22.        None.
    23.        Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.
    24.        (a) Power of Attorney.
               (b) Corporate Resolution.
    25.        Not Applicable.
    26.        Not Applicable.
    27.        Financial Data Schedule.
    28.        None.
    99.        None.
</TABLE>
    
 
* Denotes executive compensation plan or arrangements.
                                      E-4
 



<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10(a)
               SECOND AMENDMENT TO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
                            OF CSC ASSOCIATES, L.P.
     THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF CSC ASSOCIATES,
L.P. (the "Second Amendment") is made and entered into as of the 31st day of
December, 1990, by and between COUSINS PROPERTIES INCORPORATED, a Georgia
corporation ("CPI"), as a general partner and as a limited partner, and C&S
PREMISES, INC., a Georgia corporation ("C&S"), as a general partner and as a
limited partner.
                                  WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, CPI and The Citizens and Southern Corporation ("Parent") entered
into that certain Limited Partnership Agreement of CSC Associates, L.P. (the
"Agreement") on September 29, 1989; and
     WHEREAS, Parent transferred its entire interest as a limited partner and as
a general partner to C&S by Transfer of Partnership Interest dated as of
November 30, 1989, and C&S thereby succeeded to all rights of Parent as "C&S"
under the Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, CPI and C&S amended the aforesaid Limited Partnershp Agreement by
that certain First Amendment to Limited Partnerhip Agreement of CSC Associates,
L.P. dated August 20, 1990 (said Limited Partnership Agreement, as amended,
being herein referred to as the "Agreement"); and
     WHEREAS, CPI and C&S wish to further amend the Agreement in certain
respects as provided herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual
promises, obligations and agreements contained herein and in the Agreement and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, CPI and C&S, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree
as follows:
          1. The terms and words of art used but not specifically defined herein
     shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms and words of art in the
     Agreement.
          2. CPI and C&S acknowledge that a portion of the Tower Site has
     already been conveyed to the Partnership and that, as of the date hereof,
     the remaining Tower Site is comprised of that portion of the Land more
     particularly described on EXHIBIT "A" attached hereto and by reference made
     a part hereof.
          3. Section 3.2.7 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety
     and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:
             "3.2.7 CALL ON TOWER SITE. C&S shall contribute, or cause to be
        contributed, the Tower Site and the Tower to the Partnership by limited
        warranty deed, free and clear of all liens, security deeds, claims and
        encumbrances other than the Permitted Encumbrances and the deed to
        secure debt and security agreement from The Citizens and Southern
        National Bank to The First National Bank of Chicago, et al., given to
        secure the indebtedness of the Partnership, if same is still
        outstanding. Such conveyance of the Tower Site and the Tower to the
        Partnership shall be consummated at the office of the Partnership at two
        o'clock p.m. on the earlier to occur of (i) December 31, 1992, or (ii)
        the date designated by the Managing Partner of the Partnership to C&S,
        which notice may be given by the Managing Partner at any time (but not
        earlier than fifteen (15) days prior to the Completion Date) and at
        least thirty (30) days prior to the designated date for closing set
        forth in such notice. In the event the Managing Partner fails to give
        written notice of the specific date for the closing, the closing shall
        occur at the office of the Partnership at two o"clock p.m. on December
        31, 1992, regardless of whether or not the Completion Date has occurred.
        The Gross Asset Value of the Tower and the net fair market value of the
        Tower shall each be considered to be zero, and C&S shall not be entitled
        to any debit or credit to its capital account with respect to its
        contribution of the Tower."
          4. Exhibit "B" which is currently attached to the Agreement is hereby
     deleted in its entirety and the list of Permitted Encumbrances which is
     attached as EXHIBIT "B" to this Second Amendment is hereby substituted in
     lieu thereof.
 
<PAGE>
          5. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in
     full force and effect.
          6. This Second Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
     benefit of CPI and C&S and their respective legal representatives,
     succesors and assigns.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to
be executed under seal by their duly authorized corporate officers, each on the
day, month and year first above written.
                                             "CPI":
                                             COUSINS PROPERTIES INCORPORATED,
                                             a Georgia corporation, as general
                                             partner and as limited partner
                                             By:
                                                Its:
                                                      (CORPORATE SEAL)
                                             "C&S":
                                             C&S PREMISES INC.,
                                             a Georgia corporation, as general
                                             partner and as limited partner
                                             By:
                                                Its:
                                                      (CORPORATE SEAL)
 
<PAGE>
                         CONSENT TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO
                        LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF
                              CSC ASSOCIATES, L.P.
     The undersigned Parent does hereby consent to all of the terms of the
foregoing Second Amendment to Limited Partnership Agreement of CSC Associates,
L.P. (the "Second Amendment") between CPI and C&S and does hereby confirm to and
agree with CPI that the Second Amendment shall not affect or reduce Parent's
continuing liability under the Agreement, as amended, and that Parent shall be
and remain fully liable for all obligations of C&S under the Agreement, as
amended, and under the Transfer of Partnership Interest between Parent and C&S
dated as of November 30, 1989. All terms and words of art used herein as
indicated by the initial capitalization thereof, and not otherwise defined
herein, shall have the same respective meanings designated for such terms and
words of art in the Second Amendment.
     Dated as of December 31, 1990.
                                             "PARENT"
                                             THE CITIZENS AND SOUTHERN
                                             CORPORATION,
                                             a Georgia corporation
                                             By:          W.T. BAGGETT
                                                Its:             SVP
                                             Attest      FRANKIE S. HUNTER
                                                Its:       ASST. SECRETARY
                                                      (Corporate Seal)
 


                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                  THE NATIONSBANK RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

                  (as restated effective January 1, 1993)


     THIS INSTRUMENT, is executed as of the 31st day of December, 1993 by
NATIONSBANK CORPORATION, a North Carolina corporation with its principal
office and place of business in Charlotte, North Carolina, hereinafter
referred to as "NationsBank";

                            Statement of Purpose

     By Instrument dated December 31, 1992, NationsBank amended and
restated The NationsBank Retirement Savings Plan (the "Plan") effective
January 1, 1993.  By this Instrument, NationsBank is amending the Plan to
reflect (i) the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993, (ii) the termination of
employment of Participants affected by the sale of certain branch offices
and (iii) the merger of four defined contribution plans into the Plan
effective January 1, 1994.  These amendments have been authorized by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of NationsBank, which
Compensation Committee has the authority to amend the Plan on behalf of all
Participating Employers.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for the purposes aforesaid, the Plan, as set forth in
said Instrument dated December 31, 1992, is amended as follows:

     1.  Section 5.6 of the Plan is amended effective as of January 1, 1993
to read as follows:

     "SECTION 5.6.  COMPENSATION LIMITATION.  In no event shall the amount
of a Participant's compensation taken into account under the Plan for any
Plan Year exceed the limitation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.  That
limitation is two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) for Plan Years
beginning before 1994 and one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) for
Plan Years beginning after 1993.

     In applying the limitation of this Section 5.4, the following rules
apply:

     (i)  The limitation shall be adjusted for cost-of-living adjustments
under Section 401(a)(17) when and as provided by Section 401(a)(17).  In
such regard, a Section 401(a)(17) 

<PAGE>

cost-of-living adjustment that is in effect for a calendar year applies 
to the Plan Year that begins during such calendar year.

    (ii)  If the Plan Year is changed, then to the extent required by
Section 401(a)(17) the limitation for any resulting Plan Year that is
shorter than twelve (12) months shall be the product obtained by
multiplying the limitation that would otherwise apply by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the short Plan Year and the
denominator of which is twelve (12).

   (iii)  The following rule applies to a Highly Compensated Participant
who is a five percent owner described in Section 15.1(b)(5)(C) of the Plan
or is among the ten (10) Highly Compensated Participants receiving the
greatest Affiliated Group Compensation during the Plan Year:  if any family
members of the Highly Compensated Participant also participate in the Plan,
the limitation shall be prorated among the Highly Compensated Participant
and participating family members in proportion to their respective
compensation determined without regard to the limitation.  A "family
member" means the Highly Compensated Participant's spouse or any lineal
descendant of the Highly Compensated Participant who has not attained
nineteen (19) years of age before the end of the Plan Year."

     2.  The following Section 16.5 and Schedule 16.5 attached to this
Instrument are added to the Plan effective as of May 1, 1993:

     "SECTION 16.5.  SOUTH CAROLINA BRANCH EMPLOYEES: 1993. 

     (a)  General.  Effective May 1, 1993 (the "1993 SC Termination Date"),
certain Participants located in certain South Carolina branch offices of
the Participating Employers set forth on Schedule 16.5 that were sold to
various purchasers terminated their employment with the Participating
Employers as the result of such sales (the "1993 SC Affected
Participants").  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the
contrary, the provisions of this Section 16.5 shall control with respect to
the 1993 SC Affected Participants.

                                     2
<PAGE>


     (b)  Pre-Tax Employee Contributions.  No Pre-Tax Employee Contri-
butions shall be made for the 1993 SC Affected Participants with respect to
any payroll periods that begin after the 1993 SC Termination Date. 

     (c)  Matching Contribution Accounts of 1993 SC Affected Participants. 
The Matching Contribution Accounts of the 1993 SC Affected Participants
shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the 1993 SC Termination
Date.  The 1993 SC Affected Participants shall not be Participants Eligible
for Matching Contributions for the Plan Year ending December 31, 1993, and
in such regard, no Matching Contributions shall be allocated to their
Matching Contribution Accounts for that Plan Year.

     (d)  Distribution of Accounts.  The 1993 SC Affected Participants
shall be treated as having separated from Service as of the 1993 SC
Termination Date for purposes of determining the time and method of the
Distribution of the Accounts pursuant to the Plan."

     3.  The following Section 16.6 and Schedule 16.6 attached to this
Instrument are added to the Plan effective as of June 1, 1993:

     "SECTION 16.6.  NORTH CAROLINA BRANCH EMPLOYEES: 1993. 

     (a)  General.  Effective June 1, 1993 (the "1993 NC Termination
Date"), certain Participants located in certain North Carolina branch
offices of the Participating Employers set forth on Schedule 16.6 that were
sold to various purchasers terminated their employment with the Participat-
ing Employers as the result of such sales (the "1993 NC Affected
Participants").  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the
contrary, the provisions of this Section 16.6 shall control with respect to
the 1993 NC Affected Participants.

     (b)  Pre-Tax Employee Contributions.  No Pre-Tax Employee Contri-
butions shall be made for the 1993 NC Affected Participants with respect to
any payroll periods that begin after the 1993 NC Termination Date. 

     (c)  Matching Contribution Accounts of 1993 NC Affected Participants. 
The Matching Contribution Accounts of the 1993 NC Affected Participants
shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the 1993 NC Termination
Date.  The 1993 NC Affected Participants 

                                     3
<PAGE>

shall not be Participants Eligible for Matching Contributions for the Plan 
Year ending December 31, 1993, and in such regard, no Matching Contributions 
shall be allocated to their Matching Contribution Accounts for that Plan Year.

     (d)  Distribution of Accounts.  The 1993 NC Affected Participants
shall be treated as having separated from Service as of the 1993 NC
Termination Date for purposes of determining the time and method of the
Distribution of the Accounts pursuant to the Plan."

     4.  The following Section 16.7 is added to the Plan effective as of
August 1, 1993:

     "SECTION 16.7.  BLUE RIDGE EMPLOYEES.

     (a)  General.  Effective August 1, 1993 (the "Blue Ridge Termination
Date"), NationsBank of Georgia, N.A. sold to Century South the business
unit known as "Blue Ridge."  Certain Participants located at the Blue Ridge
unit terminated their employment with the Participating Employers as a
result of such sale (the "Blue Ridge Affected Participants"). 
Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions
of this Section 16.7 shall control with respect to the Blue Ridge Affected
Participants.

     (b)  Pre-Tax Employee Contributions.  No Pre-Tax Employee Contri-
butions shall be made for the Blue Ridge Affected Participants with respect
to any payroll periods that begin after the Blue Ridge Termination Date. 

     (c)  Matching Contribution Accounts of Blue Ridge Affected
Participants.  The Matching Contribution Accounts of the Blue Ridge
Affected Participants shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the
Blue Ridge Termination Date.  The Blue Ridge Affected Participants shall
not be Participants Eligible for Matching Contributions for the Plan Year
ending December 31, 1993, and in such regard, no Matching Contributions
shall be allocated to their Matching Contribution Accounts for that Plan
Year.

     (d)  Distribution of Accounts.  The Blue Ridge Affected Participants
shall be treated as having separated from Service as of the Blue Ridge
Termination Date for purposes of determining the time and method of the
Distribution of the Accounts pursuant to the Plan."

                                     4

<PAGE>

     5.  The following Section 16.8 is added to the Plan effective as of
January 1, 1994:

     "SECTION 16.8.  MERGER OF THE MNC PLAN.

     (a)  Merger of the MNC Plan.  The MNC Financial 401(k) Plus Savings
Plan (the "MNC Plan") shall merge with and into the Plan effective as of
January 1, 1994.  In connection therewith and effective as of that date,
the Trust under the MNC Plan shall merge with and into the Investment Trust
for the Plan, and the assets of the Trust under the MNC Plan shall become
assets of the Plan.  The Committee shall have the duty and authority to
direct the Investment Trustee with respect to the merger and consolidation
of the assets of the various investment funds maintained under the Trust of
the MNC Plan on December 31, 1993 with and into the Funds being maintained
by the Investment Trustee under the Investment Trust on January 1, 1994
pursuant to Article XII of the Plan.

     (b)  Establishment and Investment of Former MNC Plan Accounts.

     (1)  Establishment of Former MNC Plan Accounts.  Effective as of
January 1, 1994, the accounts being maintained for Participants in the MNC
Plan on December 31, 1993 shall be combined with other accounts, or
maintained as separate accounts, under the Plan as follows:

     (i)  Before-tax Contributions Accounts.  A Participant's "Before-tax
Contributions Account" under the MNC Plan shall become the Participant's
Pre-Tax Employee Contribution Account under the Plan effective January 1,
1994.

    (ii)  Creation of Former MNC Plan Accounts.  Effective January 1, 1994,
an Account shall be established under the Plan for each of the accounts
maintained for a Participant under the MNC Plan other than the
Participant's "Before-tax Contributions Account."  These Accounts, which
are referred to in the Plan as "Former MNC Plan Accounts," correspond to
the following named accounts under the MNC Plan:  After-tax Contributions
Account, Automatic Contributions Account, Company Matching Contributions
Account, Profit Sharing Investment Account and Rollover Account.  (See
Section 5.2 of the MNC Plan.)  The Committee shall cause to be maintained
such sub-accounts within Former MNC Plan Accounts as 

                                     5
<PAGE>

are necessary to limit or restrict in-Service distributions as required by the 
Code.

The Committee, however, may from time to time after January 1, 1994 combine
a Participant's Former MNC Plan Accounts with one another or with other
Accounts of the Participant to the extent that the Committee determines
that the combination of Accounts is administratively feasible and permitted
by the Act and the Code.


     (2)  Investments of Accounts.  Except for promissory notes evidencing
Participant loans (see the next paragraph), the Accounts representing a
Participant's interest in the MNC Plan (see Section 16.8(b)(1) of the Plan)
shall be held and invested from time to time in the Funds in accordance
with Participant investment designations pursuant to Section 12.5 of the
Plan.

     (3)  Investment in Participant Loans.  If a loan made to a Participant
under the MNC Plan (or any of its predecessors in interest) is outstanding
on January 1, 1994, the promissory note evidencing such loan shall be held
by the Investment Trustee as a segregated investment allocated to and made
solely for the benefit of the Participant's Account(s) that correspond to
the Participant's account(s) under the MNC Plan that were invested in such
note.  The Investment Trustee shall become the successor lender of all such
"earmarked" loans outstanding on January 1, 1994 for all purposes, and the
merger of the MNC Plan into the Plan shall not affect the terms of the
promissory note or the security for the repayment of the promissory note
evidencing such loan.  No new loans shall be made to any Participants on or
after January 1, 1994.

     (c)  Active Participation in the Plan.  The following rules shall
apply for the purpose of determining when persons with "Hours of Service"
under the MNC Plan (or any of its predecessor plans) before January 1, 1994
for employment with any participating employer in the MNC Plan (or
predecessor plan) become Participants in the Plan on or after January 1,
1994:

     (i)  Prior Participants.  With respect to persons who had become
"Participants" in the MNC Plan by December 31, 1993 (or had become
participants in any of its predecessor plans):

Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If the person is a Covered Employee
on January 1, 

                                     6
<PAGE>

1994, the person shall become a Participant on that date.
Non-Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If the person is not a covered
Employee on January 1, 1994 but one or more Accounts are established for
the person pursuant to Section 16.8(b)(1) of the Plan because of the
person's prior plan participation, the person shall become a Participant on
that date for purposes of the investment, administration and distribution
of the Account(s) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, but the
person shall not be entitled to otherwise participate in the Plan unless
and until the person subsequently becomes a Covered Employee.

Non-Employee on January 1, 1994.  In any other case, the person shall
become a Participant if and when the person becomes a Covered Employee
after January 1, 1994.

    (ii)  Other Employees.  With respect to persons who had not become
"Participants" in the MNC Plan by December 31, 1993 (or in any of its
predecessor plans):

Eligible Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If the person is a Covered
Employee on January 1, 1994 and would have commenced participation in the
MNC Plan on January 1, 1994 had it not merged into the Plan, the person
shall become a Participant on January 1, 1994.

Other situations.  Otherwise, the person shall become a Participant when
and as provided in Section 3.2(c) of the Plan (but in no event before
January 1, 1994).  For purposes of Section 3.2(c), the person's Periods of
Service and Qualifying Periods of Severance shall include (without
duplication) the following:  the person shall be credited with Months of
Service for time prior to January 1, 1994 determined as if MNC Corporation
and its affiliates and predecessor companies had been Participating
Employers in the Plan.

     (d)  Vesting in Former MNC Plan Accounts and Matching Contribution
Accounts.  The Former MNC Plan 

                                     7
<PAGE>

Accounts established for a Participant shall be fully Vested.  If a 
Participant (i) had become a "Participant" in the MNC Plan by December 
31, 1993 or (ii) otherwise had any "Hours of Service" under the MNC Plan 
(or any of its predecessor plans) before January 1, 1994 for employment 
with any participating employer in the MNC Plan (or predecessor plan), 
then the Participant's Matching Contribution Account shall be fully Vested.

     (e)  Distribution of Former MNC Plan Accounts.

     (1)  General.  While a Participant is in Service, Distributions to a
Participant from the Participant's Former MNC Plan Accounts shall be
determined, to the extent required by the Act and the Code, as if the MNC
Plan had remained in effect.

     Following separation from Service of a Participant, Distributions from
the Participant's Former MNC Plan Accounts shall be made when and as
provided in Section 7.3 and 7.4 of the Plan.  Generally, Sections 7.3 and
7.4 require a single lump sum (of cash and/or shares of NationsBank Common
Stock) as a method of payment to Participants and Beneficiaries and require
an immediate commencement for Distributions to Beneficiaries.  The
following additional payment rules, however, shall apply with respect to
Participants who participated in the MNC Plan:

     (i)  Installment method for MNC Plan Participants and their
Beneficiaries.  The Participant, or the Participant's Beneficiary if the
Beneficiary is the initial recipient of the Participant's Accounts, may
elect in accordance with procedures established by the Committee for such
purpose to have the Participant's Accounts (including Accounts that are not
Former MNC Plan Accounts) paid by the installment method of Distribution
described in Section 8.4 or Section 8.6 of the MNC Plan (as the case may
be) in lieu of a lump sum.  The installment method shall be available only
if the total Vested interest in the Participant's Accounts at the time of
Distribution exceeds three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500).

    (ii)  Deferral Election for Certain Beneficiaries.  A Beneficiary of a
deceased Participant with Former MNC Plan Accounts may elect, in accordance
with procedures established 

                                     8
<PAGE>

by the Committee for such purpose, to defer Distribution from the deceased 
Participant's Accounts that are payable to such Beneficiary (including 
Accounts that are not Former MNC Plan Accounts) until such later date (if 
any) provided in Section 8.6 of the MNC Plan, if the requirements and 
conditions of said Section 8.6 are satisfied.  In such regard, the 
Participant must have died before the commencement of benefits
in order for the Beneficiary to elect a deferral.

     (2)  Benefit Payments and Progress.  The merger of the MNC Plan into
the Plan shall not revoke or suspend any MNC Plan methods of payment
elected before or in progress on January 1, 1994, and any method of payment
in progress under the MNC Plan on January 1, 1994 with respect to a
Participant's accounts thereunder shall continue in effect with respect to
the Participant's resulting Former MNC Plan Accounts.

     (f)  Beneficiary Designations.  Any Participant's written beneficiary
designation in effect under the MNC Plan with respect to the Participant's
accounts thereunder shall not be revoked by reason of the merger of the MNC
Plan into the Plan.  Such designation shall be effective under the Plan
from and after January 1, 1994 as designating the Beneficiary of all of the
Participant's Accounts, including any resulting Former MNC Plan Accounts,
unless and until the Participant revokes or changes the designation or the
designation otherwise becomes ineffective, in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Plan."

     6.  The following Section 16.9 is added to the Plan effective as of
January 1, 1994:

     "SECTION 16.9.  MERGER OF THE PAC PLAN.

     (a)  Merger of the PAC Plan.  The Portfolio Acceptance Corporation
401(k) Savings Plan (the "PAC Plan") shall merge with and into the Plan
effective as of January 1, 1994.  In connection therewith and effective as
of that date, the Trust under the PAC Plan shall merge with and into the
Investment Trust for the Plan, and the assets of the Trust under the PAC
Plan shall become assets of the Plan.  The Committee shall have the duty
and authority to direct the Investment Trustee with respect to the merger
and consolidation of the assets of the various investment funds maintained
under the Trust of the PAC Plan on December 31, 1993 with and into the
Funds being maintained by 

                                     9
<PAGE>

the Investment Trustee under the Investment Trust on January 1, 1994 
pursuant to Article XII of the Plan.

     (b)  Establishment and Investment of Former PAC Plan Accounts.

     (1)  Establishment of Former PAC Plan Accounts.  Effective as of
January 1, 1994, the accounts being maintained for Participants in the PAC
Plan on December 31, 1993 shall be combined with other accounts, or
maintained as separate accounts, under the Plan as follows:

     (i)  Employee Elective Accounts.  A Participant's "Employee Elective
Account" under the PAC Plan shall become the Participant's Pre-Tax Employee
Contribution Account under the Plan effective January 1, 1994.

    (ii)  Creation of Former PAC Plan Accounts.  Effective January 1, 1994,
an Account shall be established under the Plan for each of the accounts
maintained for a Participant under the PAC Plan other than the
Participant's "Employee Elective Account."  These Accounts, which are
referred to in the Plan as "Former PAC Plan Accounts," correspond to the
following named accounts under the PAC Plan:  Employer Matching Account and
Rollover Account.  (See Section 5.1 of the PAC Plan.)  The Committee shall
cause to be maintained such sub-accounts within Former PAC Plan Accounts as
are necessary to limit or restrict in-Service distributions as required by
the Code.

The Committee, however, may from time to time after January 1, 1994 combine
a Participant's Former PAC Plan Accounts with one another or with other
Accounts of the Participant to the extent that the Committee determines
that the combination of Accounts is administratively feasible and permitted
by the Act and the Code.

     (2)  Investments of Accounts.  Except for promissory notes evidencing
Participant loans (see the next paragraph), the Accounts representing a
Participant's interest in the PAC Plan (see Section 16.9(b)(1) of the Plan)
shall be held and invested from time to time in the Funds in accordance
with Participant investment designations pursuant to Section 12.5 of the
Plan.

                                     10
<PAGE>


     (3)  Investment in Participant Loans.  If a loan made to a Participant
under the PAC Plan is outstanding on January 1, 1994, the promissory note
evidencing such loan shall be held by the Investment Trustee as a
segregated investment allocated to and made solely for the benefit of the
Participant's Account(s) that correspond to the Participant's account(s)
under the PAC Plan that were invested in such note.  The Investment Trustee
shall become the successor lender of all such "earmarked" loans outstanding
on January 1, 1994 for all purposes, and the merger of the PAC Plan into
the Plan shall not affect the terms of the promissory note or the security
for the repayment of the promissory note evidencing such loan.  No new
loans shall be made to any Participants on or after January 1, 1994.

     (c)  Active Participation in the Plan.  The following rules shall
apply for the purpose of determining when persons with "Hours of Service"
under the PAC Plan before January 1, 1994 for employment with any
participating employer in the PAC Plan become Participants in the Plan on
or after January 1, 1994:

     (i)  Prior Participants.  With respect to persons who have become
"Participants" in the PAC Plan by December 31, 1993:

Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If a person is a Covered Employee on
January 1, 1994, the person shall become a Participant on that date.

Non-Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If the person is not a Covered
Employee on January 1, 1994 but one or more Accounts are established for
the person pursuant to Section 16.9(b)(1) of the Plan because of the
person's prior plan participation, the person shall become a Participant on
that date for purposes of the investment, administration and distribution
of the Account(s) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, but the
person shall not be entitled to otherwise participate in the Plan unless
and until the person subsequently becomes a Covered Employee.

Non-Employee on January 1, 1994.  In any other case, the person shall
become a Participant if and when the person becomes a Covered Employee
after January 1, 1994.

                                     11
<PAGE>


    (ii)  Other Employees.  With respect to persons who had not become
"Participants" in the PAC Plan by December 31, 1993:

Eligible Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If the person is a Covered
Employee on January 1, 1994 and would have commenced participation in the
PAC Plan on January 1, 1994 had it not merged into the Plan, the person
shall become a Participant on January 1, 1994.

Other situations.  Otherwise, the person shall become a Participant when
and as provided in Section 3.2(c) of the Plan (but in no event before
January 1, 1994).  For purposes of Section 3.2(c), the person's Periods of
Service and Qualifying Periods of Severance shall include (without
duplication) the following:

     The person shall be credited with Months of Service for time prior to
     January 1, 1994 determined as if Portfolio Acceptance Corporation and
     its affiliates and predecessor companies had been Participating
     Employers in the Plan.

     The person shall be credited with twelve (12) Months of Service for
     each completed "Eligibility Computation Period" (with 1,000 Hours of
     Service) the person had under the PAC Plan as of December 31, 1993.

     If the person had in progress on December 31, 1993 a twelve-month
     computation period that would be an "Eligibility Computation Period"
     under the PAC Plan if the person completed a Year of Service within
     it, the person shall be credited with twelve (12) Months of Service
     upon the completion of such computation period during 1994 if the
     person had completed 1,000 "Hours of Service" under the PAC Plan
     during the portion of the computation period that had elapsed by
     December 31, 1993.

     (d)  Vesting in Former PAC Plan Accounts; Vesting Service.  A
Participant's Former PAC Plan Account 

                                     12
<PAGE>

corresponding to the Participant's "Rollover Account" in the PAC Plan shall 
be fully Vested and nonforfeitable.  A Participant's Former PAC Plan Account 
corresponding to the Participant's "Employer Matching Account" in the PAC 
Plan shall be subject to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 6.4(b)(iii) 
of the Plan.  For purposes of determining the Vesting Service of a Participant 
who had become a "Participant" in the PAC Plan by December 31, 1993, the
Participant's Vesting Service shall be the greater of Amount A or Amount B,
where:

Amount A is the Participant's Vesting Service determined under the
applicable provisions of the Plan other than this Section, except that the
person shall be credited with Months of Service for time prior to
January 1, 1994 determined as if Portfolio Acceptance Corporation and its
affiliates and predecessor companies had been Participating Employers in
the Plan.

Amount B is the Participant's "Years of Service" for vesting purposes under
the PAC Plan, determined as if the PAC Plan had remained in effect and
expressed as calendar months.

     (e)  Distribution of Former PAC Plan Accounts.

     (1)  General.  While a Participant is in Service, Distributions to a
Participant from the Participant's Former PAC Plan Accounts shall be
determined, to the extent required by the Act and the Code, as if the PAC
Plan had remained in effect.

     Following separation from Service of a Participant, Distributions from
the Participant's Former PAC Plan Accounts shall be made when and as
provided in Section 7.3 and 7.4 of the Plan.  Generally, Sections 7.3 and
7.4 require a single lump sum (of cash and/or shares of NationsBank Common
Stock) as a method of payment to Participants and Beneficiaries and require
an immediate commencement for Distributions to Beneficiaries.  The
following additional payment rules, however, shall apply with respect to
Participants who participated in the PAC Plan:

     (i)  Installment and annuity methods for PAC Plan Participants and
their Beneficiaries.  The Participant, or the Participant's Beneficiary if
the Beneficiary is the initial recipient of the Participant's Accounts, may
elect in accordance 

                                     13

<PAGE>

with procedures established by the Committee for such purpose to have the 
Participant's Accounts (including Accounts that are not Former PAC Plan 
Accounts) paid by any one of the installment or annuity alternative methods 
of Distribution described in Section 9.2 or 9.3 of the PAC Plan (as the case 
may be) in lieu of a lump sum.  An alternative method shall be available only 
if the total Vested interest in the Participant's Accounts at the time of 
Distribution exceeds three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500).

    (ii)  Deferral Election for Certain Beneficiaries.  A Beneficiary of a
deceased Participant with Former PAC Plan Accounts may elect, in accordance
with procedures established by the Committee for such purpose, to defer
Distribution from the deceased Participant's Accounts that are payable to
such Beneficiary (including Accounts that are not Former PAC Plan Accounts)
until such later date (if any) provided in Section 9.3(a) of the PAC Plan,
if the requirements and conditions of said Section 9.3(a) are satisfied. 
In such regard, the Participant must have died before the Participant's
"Required Beginning Date" (within the meaning of the PAC Plan) in order for
the Beneficiary to elect a deferral.

     (2)  Benefit Payments and Progress.  The merger of the PAC Plan into
the Plan shall not revoke or suspend any PAC Plan methods of payment
elected before or in progress on January 1, 1994, and any method of payment
in progress under the PAC Plan on January 1, 1994 with respect to a
Participant's accounts thereunder shall continue in effect with respect to
the Participant's resulting Former PAC Plan Accounts.

     (f)  Beneficiary Designations.  Any Participant's written beneficiary
designation in effect under the PAC Plan with respect to the Participant's
accounts thereunder shall not be revoked by reason of the merger of the PAC
Plan into the Plan.  Such designation shall be effective under the Plan
from and after January 1, 1994 as designating the Beneficiary of all of the
Participant's Accounts, including any resulting Former PAC Plan Accounts,
unless and until the Participant revokes or changes the designation or the
designation otherwise becomes ineffective, in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Plan."

                                     14

<PAGE>

     7.  The following Section 16.10 is added to the Plan effective as of
January 1, 1994:

     "SECTION 16.10.  MERGER OF THE CRT PLANS.

     (a)  Merger of the CRT Plan.  The CRT-MTBC Capital Markets Group
401(k) Savings Plan and the 401(k) Savings Plan of CRT Services, Inc.
(individually a "CRT Plan" and collectively the "CRT Plans") shall merge
with and into the Plan effective as of January 1, 1994.  In connection
therewith and effective as of that date, the Trusts under the CRT Plans
shall merge with and into the Investment Trust for the Plan, and the assets
of the Trusts under the CRT Plans shall become assets of the Plan.  The
Committee shall have the duty and authority to direct the Investment
Trustee with respect to the merger and consolidation of the assets of the
various investment funds maintained under the Trusts of the CRT Plans on
December 31, 1993 with and into the Funds being maintained by the
Investment Trustee under the Investment Trust on January 1, 1994 pursuant
to Article XII of the Plan.

     (b)  Establishment and Investment of Former CRT Plan Accounts.

     (1)  Establishment of Former CRT Plan Accounts.  Effective as of
January 1, 1994, the accounts being maintained for Participants in the CRT
Plans on December 31, 1993 shall be combined with other accounts, or
maintained as separate accounts, under the Plan as follows:

     (i)  Elective Contribution Accounts.  A Participant's "Elective
Contribution Account" under a CRT Plan shall become the Participant's
Pre-Tax Employee Contribution Account under a Plan effective January 1,
1994.

    (ii)  Creation of Former CRT Plan Accounts.  Effective January 1, 1994,
an Account shall be established under the Plan for each of the accounts
maintained for a Participant under a CRT Plan other than the Participant's
"Elective Contribution Account."  These Accounts, which are referred to in
the Plan as "Former CRT Plan Accounts," correspond to the following named
accounts under the CRT Plan:  Rollover Account and Transferred Amount
Account.  The Committee shall cause to be maintained such sub-accounts
within Former CRT Plan Accounts as are necessary to limit 

                                     15

<PAGE>

or restrict in-Service distributions as required by the Code.

The Committee, however, may from time to time after January 1, 1994 combine
a Participant's Former CRT Plan Accounts with one another or with other
Accounts of the Participant to the extent that the Committee determines
that the combination of Accounts is administratively feasible and permitted
by the Act and the Code.

     (2)  Investments of Accounts.  Except for promissory notes evidencing
Participant loans (see the next paragraph), the Accounts representing a
Participant's interest in a CRT Plan (see Section 16.10(b)(1) of the Plan)
shall be held and invested from time to time in the Funds in accordance
with Participant investment designations pursuant to Section 12.5 of the
Plan.

     (3)  Investment in Participant Loans.  If a loan made to a Participant
under CRT Plan is outstanding on January 1, 1994, the promissory note
evidencing such loan shall be held by the Investment Trustee as a
segregated investment allocated to and made solely for the benefit of the
Participant's Account(s) that correspond to the Participant's account(s)
under the CRT Plan that were invested in such note.  The Investment Trustee
shall become the successor lender of all such "earmarked" loans outstanding
on January 1, 1994 for all purposes, and the merger of the CRT Plans into
the Plan shall not affect the terms of the promissory note or the security
for the repayment of the promissory note evidencing such loan.  No new
loans shall be made to any Participants on or after January 1, 1994.

     (c)  Active Participation in the Plan.  The following rules shall
apply for the purpose of determining when persons with any "Service" under
the CRT Plans before January 1, 1994 for employment with any participating
employer in a CRT Plan become participants in the Plan on or after
January 1, 1994:

     (i)  Prior Participants.  With respect to persons who had become
"Participants" in a CRT Plan by December 31, 1993:

Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If a person is a Covered Employee on
January 1, 1994, the person shall become a Participant on that date.

                                     16

<PAGE>

Non-Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If the person is not a covered
Employee on January 1, 1994 but one or more Accounts are established for
the person pursuant to Section 16.10(b)(1) of the Plan because of the
person's prior plan participation, the person shall become a Participant on
that date for purposes of the investment, administration and distribution
of the Account(s) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, but the
person shall not be entitled to otherwise participate in the Plan unless
and until the person subsequently becomes a Covered Employee.

Non-Employee on January 1, 1994.  In any other case, the person shall
become a Participant if and when the person becomes a Covered Employee
after January 1, 1994.

    (ii)  Other Employees.  With respect to persons who had not become
"Participants" in a CRT Plan by December 31, 1993:

Eligible Covered Employee on January 1, 1994.  If the person is a Covered
Employee on January 1, 1994 and would have commenced participation in a CRT
Plan on January 1, 1994 had the CRT Plans not merged into the Plan, the
person shall become a Participant on January 1, 1994.

Other situations.  Otherwise, the person shall become a Participant when
and as provided in Section 3.2(c) of the Plan (but in no event before
January 1, 1994).  For purposes of Section 3.2(c), the person's Periods of
Service and Qualifying Periods of Severance shall include (without
duplication) the following:  the person shall be credited with Months of
Service for time prior to NationsBank's acquisition of the participating
employers in the CRT Plans determined as if those participating employers
had been Participating Employers in the Plan.

     (d)  Vesting in Former CRT Plan Accounts; Vesting Service.  The Former
CRT Plan Accounts established for a Participant shall be fully Vested and
nonforfeitable.  For purposes of determining the Vesting Service of a
Participant who had become a "Participant" in a PAC 

                                     17

<PAGE>

Plan by December 31, 1993 or who is described in Section 16.10(c)(ii) of the 
Plan, the person's Periods of Service and Qualifying Periods of Severance 
shall include (without duplication) the following:  the person shall be 
credited with Months of Service for time prior to NationsBank's acquisition of 
the participating employers in the CRT Plans determined as if those
participating employers had been Participating Employers in the Plan.

     (e)  Distribution of Former CRT Plan Accounts.

     (1)  General.  While a Participant is in Service, Distributions to a
Participant from the Participant's Former CRT Plan Accounts shall be
determined, to the extent required by the Act and the Code, as if the CRT
Plans had remained in effect.

     Following separation from Service of a Participant, Distributions from
the Participant's Former CRT Plan Accounts shall be made when and as
provided in Section 7.3 and 7.4 of the Plan.  Generally, Sections 7.3 and
7.4 require a single lump sum (of cash and/or shares of NationsBank Common
Stock) as a method of payment to Participants and Beneficiaries and require
an immediate commencement for Distributions to Beneficiaries.  The
following additional payment rules, however, shall apply with respect to
Participants who participated in the CRT Plan:

     (i)  Installment and annuity methods for CRT Plan Participants and
their Beneficiaries.  The Participant, or the Participant's Beneficiary if
the Beneficiary is the initial recipient of the Participant's Accounts, may
elect in accordance with procedures established by the Committee for such
purpose to have the Participant's Accounts (including Accounts that are not
Former CRT Plan Accounts) paid by any one of the installment or annuity
methods of Distribution described in the CRT Plan in lieu of a lump sum. 
An installment or annuity method of payment shall be available only if the
total Vested interest in the Participant's Accounts at the time of
Distribution exceeds three thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500) and only
in the circumstances, and subject to the limitations and restrictions,
provided in the CRT Plan.

    (ii)  Deferral Election for Certain Beneficiaries.  A Beneficiary of a
deceased Participant with Former CRT Plan Accounts may 

                                     18

<PAGE>

elect, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee for such 
purpose, to defer Distribution from the deceased Participant's Accounts that 
are payable to such Beneficiary (including Accounts that are not Former CRT 
Plan Accounts) until such later date (if any) provided in the CRT Plan, if the
requirements and conditions of the CRT Plan for delayed distribution are
satisfied.  In such regard, the Participant must have died before the
Participant's "required beginning date" under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code
in order for the Beneficiary to elect a deferral.

     (2)  Benefit Payments and Progress.  The merger of the CRT Plans into
the Plan shall not revoke or suspend any CRT Plan methods of payment
elected before or in progress on January 1, 1994, and any method of payment
in progress under a CRT Plan on January 1, 1994 with respect to a
Participant's accounts thereunder shall continue in effect with respect to
the Participant's resulting Former CRT Plan Accounts.

     (f)  Beneficiary Designations.  Any Participant's written beneficiary
designation in effect under a CRT Plan with respect to the Participant's
accounts thereunder shall not be revoked by reason of the merger of the CRT
Plan into the Plan.  Such designation shall be effective under the Plan
from and after January 1, 1994 as designating the Beneficiary of all of the
Participant's Accounts, including any resulting Former CRT Plan Accounts,
unless and until the Participant revokes or changes the designation or the
designation otherwise becomes ineffective, in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Plan."

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank Corporation, on behalf of the
Participating Employers, has caused this Agreement to be executed by its

duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION



                              By:  /s/ Mary E. Preslar
                                 Name:  Mary E. Preslar
                                 Title:  Vice President



                                     19

<PAGE>


                               SCHEDULE 16.5

           South Carolina Branch Offices Covered by Section 16.5


Clearwater
Graniteville
Langley
Wagner
Six Mile
Westminister
Calhoun Falls


<PAGE>



                               SCHEDULE 16.6

           North Carolina Branch Offices Covered by Section 16.6


Benson
Lillington
Stoneville
Wentworth
Pollocksville



                                1994
                             NationsBank
                  Corporate Management Incentive Plan
                             Description

I.   Objective of the Plan

     The purpose of this plan is to retain key management of the Corporation 
     to motivate them to increase shareholders' wealth.

II.  Participants

     Participants are approved by the Management Compensation Committee. 
     Participants whose employment is terminated (either by NationsBank
     or the participant) prior to receipt of payment will not be eligible 
     to receive the award. This rule does not apply in cases related to 
     death, retirement or disability.

III. Determination of the Annual Fund

     Funding will be based on a percentage of participants' eligible base 
     salaries, and the achievement of goals or objectives as determined 
     at the beginning of the year. Preliminary funding of the pool will be 
     based on the Corporation's achievement of Return on Equity goals.

     (Bullet) If the Corporation achieves a minimum performance level, a pool 
              will be funded based on a percentage of salaries of all 
              participants in the plan. If this minimum level of performance 
              is not achieved, a pool will not be funded. The minimum 
              performance level is 80% of the Return on Equity goal established
              each year.

     (Bullet) Upon achievement of the target performance level, a pool will
              be funded based on a percentage of salaries of all participants 
              in the plan.

     (Bullet) Performance between the minimum and target levels will be 
              determined by a mathematical formula.

     (Bullet) The pool funding for achievement above target performance will
              be determined by the Management Compensation Committee.

The pool as determined above may be adjusted up or down based on the 
Corporation's Return on Equity performance and achievement of goals or 
objectives as determined by the Management Compensation Committee.

<PAGE>

IV.  Funding allocation/Award Determination

     Participants will be evaluated on the achievement of specific performance 
     goals. The Management Compensation Committee has the authority to:

     A.  Determine the award amount, if any, to eligible participants based
         on guidelines or rules deemed appropriate.

     B.  Allocate among the eligible participants all or any portion of the 
         pool funded.

     C.  Reduce or eliminate awards based on a less than acceptable level 
         of performance.

The participant's award, if any, will be communicated and paid generally 
as soon as practical thereafter.





                              AMENDMENT TO THE
            NATIONSBANK CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES
                         DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN

     WHEREAS, NationsBank Corporation ("NationsBank") sponsors the
NationsBank Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Directors' Retirement
Plan (the "Plan") for the benefit of non-employee directors of NationsBank,
NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. and NationsBank of Florida, N.A.; and

     WHEREAS, NationsBank desires to amend the Plan to "freeze" the
eligibility requirements of the Plan with respect to NationsBank of North
Carolina, N.A. and NationsBank of Florida, N.A. to limit eligibility to
those directors of NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. and NationsBank of
Florida, N.A. who are directors on October 31, 1994; and

     WHEREAS, such amendment to the Plan has been authorized and approved
by the Board of Directors of NationsBank pursuant to Article IV of the
Plan;

     NOW, THEREFORE, NationsBank does hereby declare that the Plan is
hereby amended effective as of the date hereof as follows:

     1.   Section 2.1(b) of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following
sentence at the end of Section 2.1(b):

     "Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, a
     Director of NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. or NationsBank of
     Florida, N.A. who first becomes a Director after October 31, 1994
     shall be ineligible for any benefits under this Plan."

     2.   Except as expressly or by necessary implication amended hereby,
the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank, on behalf of the Participating
Employers, has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized
officer as of the 28th day of September, 1994.

                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION


                              By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                 C. J. Cooley
                                 Executive Vice President

                              "NationsBank"

                                     2


                     NCNB CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES

                        SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                 (as amended and restated effective November 1, 1987)

<PAGE>



                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS



          ARTICLE I      NAME AND PURPOSE

               Section 1.1   Name.................................   2
               Section 1.2.  Purpose..............................   2

          ARTICLE II     CONSTRUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LAW

               Section 2.1.  Construction and Definitions.........   2
               Section 2.2.  Applicable Law.......................  15

          ARTICLE III    PARTICIPATION

               Section 3.1.   General.............................  15
               Section 3.2.   Eligibility.........................  16

          ARTICLE IV     BENEFITS

               Section 4.1.  General..............................  16
               Section 4.2.  Normal Retirement....................  17
               Section 4.3.  Early Retirement.....................  17
               Section 4.4.  Delayed Retirement...................  18
               Section 4.5.  Disability...........................  19
               Section 4.6.  Death................................  21
               Section 4.7.  Adjustment in Benefits...............  25
               Section 4.8.  Special Benefit......................  27
               Section 4.9.  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.........  28

          ARTICLE V      PLAN COMMITTEE

               Section 5.1.   Appointment, Term of Office and 
                                Vacancy...........................  30
               Section 5.2.   Organization of Plan Committee......  30
               Section 5.3.   Powers of the Plan Committee........  30
               Section 5.4.   Expenses of Plan Committee..........  31

          ARTICLE VI     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

               Section 6.1.   Amendment of the Plan...............  31
               Section 6.2.   Termination of Plan.................  31
               Section 6.3.   Effective Date and Procedure for
                                Amendment or Termination..........  32
               Section 6.4.   Effect of Amendment or Termination
                                on Certain Benefits...............  32

          ARTICLE VII    MISCELLANEOUS

               Section 7.1    Adoption by a Subsidiary
                                Corporation.......................  33
               Section 7.2    Authorization and Delegation to
                                the Compensation Committee........  33

<PAGE>

               Section 7.3.   Spendthrift Clause..................  34
               Section 7.4.   Benefits Payable From General
                                Assets of the Participating
                                Employers.........................  34
               Section 7.5.   Allocation of Costs of Benefits
                                Among the Participating Employers.  35
               Section 7.6.   Benefits Limited to the Plan........  35

          ARTICLE VIII        CLAIMS PROCEDURE

               Section 8.1.   Claims Procedure....................  35

<PAGE>



                     NCNB CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES
                        SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
                 (as amended and restated effective November 1, 1987)

               WHEREAS, the NCNB Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries

          Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Plan") is currently

          set forth in an instrument of NCNB Corporation and certain of its

          subsidiaries (the "Participating Employers") dated October 23,

          1985; and 

               WHEREAS, in the opinion of the Participating Employers, the

          Plan should be amended to (i) provide effective January 1, 1989

          the full target benefit under the Plan upon a Participant's

          attaining age sixty (60) and completing twenty (20) years of

          "Creditable Service" under the Plan and (ii) revise and clarify

          effective November 1, 1987 certain provisions of the Plan related

          to "Disability Retirement" to reflect the adoption of the NCNB

          Corporation Long Term Disability Plan; and

               WHEREAS, such amendments can best be made by restating the

          Plan in its entirety; and

               WHEREAS, in Section 6.1 of the Plan the Participating

          Employers under the Plan have reserved the right to amend the

          Plan at any time by resolution of the Compensation Committee of

          the Board of Directors of NCNB Corporation; and

               WHEREAS, the execution of this instrument has been

          authorized and approved by the Compensation Committee and the

          Board of Directors of NCNB Corporation; 

<PAGE>

              NOW, THEREFORE, NCNB Corporation does hereby declare that

          the NCNB Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Supplemental
 
          Executive Retirement Plan is amended and restated effective as of
 
          November 1, 1987 to read as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                   NAME AND PURPOSE

               Section 1.1.   Name.  The Plan shall be known as the "NCNB

          Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Supplemental Executive

          Retirement Plan."

               Section 1.2.   Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to

          provide certain Employees of the Participating Employers who are

          designated as Participants in this Plan with certain benefits in

          accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  

                                      ARTICLE II

                     CONSTRUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LAW

               Section 2.1.   Construction and Definitions.  

               (a)  Construction.  Article, section and paragraph headings

          have been inserted for convenience of reference only in the Plan

          and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions

          hereof.  If any provision of the Plan shall for any reason be

          invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall

          nevertheless be valid, enforceable and fully effective.  

               (b)  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, unless the

          context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms shall

          have the following meanings:  

                    (1)  Assumed Retirement Benefit means, with

               respect to a Participant as of any date, the sum of

               annual benefits, if any, which would have been payable

               to such Participant as of such date under the

<PAGE>

               Retirement Plan and the ERISA Supplemental Plan

               assuming for such purpose 

                         (A)  in the case of a married Participant,

                    that the Participant had elected to receive such

                    benefits in the form of a "modified joint and

                    survivor annuity" with the survivor annuity for

                    such Participant's spouse being equal to seventy-

                    five (75%) of the benefit payable during the joint

                    lives of the Participant and such spouse; and 

                         (B)  in the case of an unmarried Participant,

                    that the Participant had elected to receive such

                    benefits in the form of a "ten-year certain and

                    life annuity."  

               The foregoing assumptions are made solely for the

               purpose of determining the benefits, if any, payable

               under this Plan, and such assumptions shall be applied

               regardless of the actual method of payment used to

               provide such Participant's benefits under the

               Retirement Plan or the ERISA Supplemental Plan.

                    (2)  Base Salary means, with respect to a Partici-

               pant, the "base salary" payable to such Participant

               from time to time as remuneration for hours of

               employment by a Participating Employer determined

               without regard to (i) any deferrals pursuant to the

               Deferred Compensation Plan, (ii) any salary reduction

               pursuant to the Flexible Benefits Plan, and (iii) any

               salary reduction pursuant to the Thrift Plan.  

<PAGE>

                    (3)  Beneficiary means the person(s) or

               entity(ies) designated by a Participant or the

               provisions of the Plan to receive such benefits as may

               become payable to such person(s) or entity(ies) in

               accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

                    (4)  Bonus(es) means, with respect to a Partici-

               pant, any bonus(es) payable to such Participant

               pursuant to 

                         (A)  the Management Incentive Compensation

                    Plan, and 

                         (B)  any other similar incentive compensation

                    plan of the Participating Employers approved for

                    purposes of this Plan by the Compensation

                    Committee 

               determined without regard to any deferrals pursuant to

               the Deferred Compensation Plan.  

                    (5)  Child or Children means, with respect to a

               Participant, each child born to or "adopted" by such

               Participant.  A person shall be considered "adopted" if

               adopted for life and either (i) the final order of

               adoption has been entered or (ii) the adoption proceed-

               ing has been instituted and the adopted person is in

               the custody and possession of the adoptive parent(s)

               and final decree is entered within a period not to

               exceed three (3) years after the date of the

               institution of said adoption proceeding.  

<PAGE>


                    (6)  Claim means a claim for benefits under the

               Plan.  

                    (7)  Claimant means a person making a Claim.  

                    (8)  Compensation means, with respect to a

               Participant, the Base Salary and Bonus(es), if any,

               payable to such Participant from time to time by a

               Participating Employer.  Compensation shall not include

                         (A)  awards, overtime pay, shift premium, or

                    other incentive compensation or extra or special

                    remuneration of any kind which is not a Bonus; 

                         (B)  any other sums paid by the Participating

                    Employers on account of any health, welfare or

                    group insurance benefits (exclusive of sick pay),

                    including "Basic Employer Contributions" under the

                    Flexible Benefits Plan, or on account of reim-

                    bursement of relocation expenses, regardless of

                    whether such sums are taxable income to the

                    Participant; or 

                         (C)  any compensation pursuant to any other

                    employee benefit plan, including without

                    limitation any sums selected to be received in

                    cash pursuant to any such plan.  

               Amounts of Base Salary or Bonus(es) which are deferred

               pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan or the

               subject of salary reduction pursuant to the Flexible

               Benefits Plan or the Thrift Plan shall be treated as

               Compensation for purposes of this Plan for the calendar

<PAGE>

               year in which such amount would have been otherwise

               paid to a Participant by a Participating Employer but

               for such deferral or salary reduction.  

                    (9)  Compensation Committee means the Compensation

               Committee of the Board of Directors of NCNB

               Corporation.  

                    (10) Creditable Service means, with respect to a

               Participant as of any date, the sum of (A) and (B)

               where

                         (A) is such Participant's months of "Credit-

                    able Service" as of such date determined in accor-

                    dance with the provisions of the Retirement Plan;

                    and 

                         (B) is such additional number of months, if

                    any, determined in the sole and exclusive discre-

                    tion of the Compensation Committee at the time

                    such Participant commences participation in the

                    Plan.

                    (11) Deferred Compensation Plan means the NCNB

               Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Deferred

               Compensation Plan for Key Employees, as amended from

               time to time.  

                    (12) Delayed Retirement means, with respect to a

               Participant, such Participant's separation from Service

               after the Plan Year in which such Participant attains

               the Normal Retirement Age.  

<PAGE>


                    (13) Delayed Retirement Benefit means, with

               respect to a Participant, an annual amount equal to (A)

               minus (B) where

                         (A) is such Participant's Target Retirement

                    Benefit (computed on the basis of such Partici-

                    pant's Final Average Compensation at the time such

                    Participant attained the Normal Retirement Age);

                    and 

                         (B) is the sum of such Participant's (i)

                    Assumed Retirement Benefit and (ii) Social

                    Security Benefit.

                    (14) Disability means, with respect to a Partici-

               pant, "Disability" as defined in the Long Term

               Disability Plan.  

                    (15) Disabled means, with respect to a

               Participant, "Disabled" as defined in the Long Term

               Disability Plan.  

                    (16) Early Retirement means:  

                         (A)  from and after the Effective Date and

                    prior to January 1, 1989, a Participant's separa-

                    tion from Service (i) after having attained age

                    fifty-five (55) and having completed at least one

                    hundred eighty (180) months of Creditable Service,

                    or (ii) after having attained age sixty-two (62);

                    and

                         (B)  from and after January 1, 1989, a

                    Participant's separation from Service (i) after

<PAGE>

                    having attained age fifty-five (55) and having

                    completed at least one hundred eighty (180) months

                    of Creditable Service, (ii) after having attained

                    age sixty (60) and having completed at least two

                    hundred forty (240) months of Creditable Service,

                    or (iii) after having attained age sixty-two (62).

                    (17) Early Retirement Benefit means:

                         (A)  from and after the Effective Date and

                    prior to January 1, 1989 with respect to a

                    Participant eligible for Early Retirement, an

                    annual amount equal to (i) minus (ii) where 

                              (i)  is such Participant's Target
                         Retirement Benefit reduced by one-three
                         hundred sixtieth (1/360) for each of the
                         first twenty-four (24) months and one-
                         one hundred eightieth (1/180) for each
                         additional month in excess of twenty-
                         four (24) months that the date such
                         Participant commences receiving such
                         Participant's Early Retirement Benefit
                         precedes the month in which such
                         Participant would have attained age
                         sixty-two (62); and 

                              (ii) is the sum of such Partici-
                         pant's (1) Assumed Retirement Benefit
                         and (2) Social Security Benefit; and

                         (B)  from and after January 1, 1989 with respect

                    to a Participant eligible for Early Retirement

                              (i)  who has attained age sixty-two
                         (62) or who has attained age sixty (60)
                         and completed at least two hundred forty
                         (240) months of Creditable Service, an
                         annual amount equal to (aa) minus (bb)
                         where

                                   (aa) is such Participant's Target
                              Retirement Benefit; and

<PAGE>


                                   (bb) is the sum of such Partici-
                              pant's (1) Assumed Retirement Benefit
                              and (2) Social Security Benefit; and

                              (ii) who has not attained age sixty-two
                         (62) or who has not attained age sixty (60)
                         and completed at least two hundred forty
                         (240) months of Creditable Service, an annual
                         amount equal to (aa) minus (bb) where

                                   (aa) is such Participant's Target
                              Retirement Benefit reduced by one-three
                              hundred sixtieth (1/360) for each of the
                              first twenty-four (24) months and one-
                              one hundred eightieth (1/180) for each
                              additional month in excess of twenty-
                              four (24) months that the date such
                              Participant commences receiving such
                              Participant's Early Retirement Benefit
                              precedes the month in which such
                              Participant would have attained age
                              sixty-two (62); and 

                                   (bb) is the sum of such Partici-
                              pant's (1) Assumed Retirement Benefit
                              and (2) Social Security Benefit.

                    (18) Effective Date means, with respect to the Plan,

               October 23, 1985.  

                    (19) Eligible Spouse means, with respect to a deceased

               Participant, the person, if any, who was married to such

               deceased Participant throughout the entire one (1) year

               period ending on the date of such deceased Participant's

               death.

                    (20) Employee means a person employed by any of the

               Participating Employers.  

                    (21) ERISA Supplemental Plan means the NCNB Corporation

               and Designated Subsidiaries Supplemental Retirement Plan, as

               amended from time to time.  

<PAGE>


                    (22) Family Death Benefit means, with respect to a

               deceased Participant, an annual amount equal to (A) minus

               (B) where 

                         (A)  is thirty percent (30%) of such deceased

                    Participant's Final Average Compensation, and 

                         (B)  is the sum of such Participant's (i) Retire-

                    ment Plan Death Benefit and (ii) Social Security

                    Benefit.

                    (23) Family Death Benefit Termination Date means, with

               respect to a deceased Participant, the date determined as

               follows:

                         (A)  if the deceased Participant is survived by an

                    Eligible Spouse, the date of the last to occur of the

                    following

                              (i)  the death of such surviving
                         Eligible Spouse, or

                              (ii) the attainment of age twenty-one
                         (21) by the last Child of such deceased
                         Participant to attain such age or, if
                         earlier, the death of the last Child of such
                         deceased Participant; or

                         (B)  if the deceased Participant is not

                    survived by an Eligible Spouse, the date of the

                    attainment of age twenty-one (21) by the last

                    Child of such deceased Participant to attain such

                    age or, if earlier, the date of the death of the

                    last Child of such deceased Participant.

                    (24) Final Average Compensation means, with

               respect to a Participant as of any determination date,

               the average of the annual Compensation paid to such

<PAGE>


               Participant during the five (5) calendar years of

               highest Compensation (which calendar years need not be

               consecutive) during the ten (10) calendar years next

               preceding the earlier to occur of 

                         (A)  the calendar year in which such

                    Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age; or

                         (B)  such Participant's separation from

                    Service, 

               to be determined by dividing the aggregate Compensation

               received by the Participant during the appropriate five

               (5) calendar years by five (5).  If a Participant has

               completed less than five (5) calendar years of Service

               as hereinabove provided, such Participant's Final

               Average Compensation shall be determined by dividing

               the aggregate Compensation received by the Participant

               during said calendar years by the number of such calen-

               dar years.  

                    (25) Flexible Benefits Plan means the NCNB

               Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Flexible

               Benefits Plan, as amended from time to time.  

                    (26) Joint and Seventy-Five Percent (75%) Annuity

               means an annuity for the life of a Participant with a

               survivor annuity for the life of such Participant's

               spouse which is seventy-five percent (75%) of the

               amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of

               the Participant and such Participant's spouse. 

<PAGE>


                    (27) Long Term Disability Plan means the NCNB

               Corporation Long Term Disability Plan, as amended from

               time to time.

                    (28) Long Term Disability Plan Benefit means, with

               respect to a Participant, the annual amount of benefits

               payable to a Disabled Participant from time to time

               pursuant to the provisions of the Long Term Disability

               Plan.

                    (29) Management Incentive Compensation Plan means

               the NCNB Corporation Management Incentive Compensation

               Plan, as amended from time to time.  

                    (30) Normal Retirement means, with respect to a

               Participant, such Participant's separation from Service

               after attainment of the Normal Retirement Age.  

                    (31) Normal Retirement Age means, with respect to

               a Participant, the attainment of age sixty-five (65). 

                    (32) Normal Retirement Benefit means, with respect

               to a Participant, an annual amount equal to (A) minus

               (B) where

                         (A)  is such Participant's Target Retirement

                    Benefit; and 

                         (B)  is the sum of such Participant's (i)

                    Assumed Retirement Benefit and (ii) Social

                    Security Benefit.

                    (33) Participant means an Employee who has been

               designated a Participant in the Plan as provided in

               Section 3.2 of the Plan.  

<PAGE>

                    (34) Participating Employers means:  

                         (A)  NCNB Corporation, a North Carolina

                    corporation; 

                         (B)  the following Subsidiary Corporations of

                    NCNB Corporation:  

                              (i)  NCNB National Bank of North
                         Carolina, a national banking association; 

                              (ii) NCNB South Carolina, a South
                         Carolina corporation; and 

                         (C)  those Subsidiary Corporations of NCNB

                    Corporation which in the future adopt the Plan pursuant

                    to the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof.

                    (35) Plan means the NCNB Corporation and Designated

               Subsidiaries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as

               amended from time to time.  

                    (36) Plan Committee means the committee described in

               Article V hereof.  

                    (37) Retirement means, with respect to a Participant,

               such Participant's separation from Service on account of

               such Participant's Normal Retirement, Early Retirement or

               Delayed Retirement.

                    (38) Retirement Plan means the NCNB Corporation and

               Designated Subsidiaries Retirement Plan and Trust, as

               amended from time to time.

                    (39) Retirement Plan Death Benefit means, with respect

               to a deceased Participant, the sum of the annual amount of

               death benefits, if any, payable from time to time to such

               deceased Participant's surviving spouse pursuant to the

<PAGE>


               provisions of the Retirement Plan and the ERISA Supplemental

               Plan.  

                    (40) Service means "Service" as defined in the Retire-

               ment Plan.  

                    (41) Social Security Benefit means, with respect to a

               Participant as of any date, such Participant's "Social

               Security Benefit" (expressed as an annual amount) determined

               as of such date in accordance with the provisions of the

               Retirement Plan (whether or not such Social Security Benefit

               is used for purposes of determining such Participant's

               benefits under the Retirement Plan).  

                    (42) Subsidiary Corporation means 

                         (A)  any corporation more than fifty percent (50%)

                    of whose outstanding voting capital stock is owned by

                    NCNB Corporation, 

                         (B)  any corporation at least eighty percent (80%)

                    of whose outstanding voting capital stock and at least

                    eighty percent (80%) of each class of whose outstanding

                    non-voting capital stock is owned by a corporation more

                    than fifty percent (50%) of whose outstanding voting

                    capital stock is owned by NCNB Corporation; or 

                         (C)  any corporation at least eighty percent (80%)

                    of whose outstanding voting capital stock and at least

                    eighty percent (80%) of each class of whose outstanding

                    non-voting capital stock is owned by a corporation

                    described in subparagraph (B) above.  
<PAGE>

                    (43) Target Retirement Benefit means, with respect to a

               Participant as of any date, an annual amount equal to the

               product of (A) multiplied by (B) where

                         (A)  is sixty percent (60%) of such Participant's

                    Final Average Compensation; and 

                         (B)  is a fraction [not exceeding one (1)], the

                    numerator of which is the Participant's months of

                    Creditable Service as of such date, and the denominator

                    of which is one hundred eighty (180).

                    (44) Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity means a monthly

               amount payable to a Participant beginning on the date bene-

               fits are to commence under the Plan and continuing on the

               last day of each calendar month thereafter for one hundred

               twenty (120) consecutive calendar months certain and

               thereafter on the last day of each calendar month until the

               death of such Participant and providing that in the event

               that such Participant shall die prior to the expiration of

               the one hundred twenty (120) month-certain period, payments

               for the remainder of such period shall be made to such

               Participant's Beneficiary.

                    (45) Thrift Plan means the NCNB Corporation and Desig-

               nated Subsidiaries Stock/Thrift Plan and Trust, as amended

               from time to time.  

               Section 2.2  Applicable Law.  The Plan shall be construed,

          administered, regulated and governed in all respects under and by

          the laws of the United States to the extent applicable, and to

<PAGE>


          the extent such laws are not applicable, by the laws of the State

          of North Carolina.  

                                     ARTICLE III

                                    PARTICIPATION

               Section 3.1.  General.  No person shall become a Participant

          unless or until such person is or becomes an Employee.  In

          addition, in no event shall any Employee be eligible to partici-

          pate in the Plan prior to the Effective Date of the Plan.  

               Section 3.2.  Eligibility.  The Compensation Committee, in

          its sole and exclusive discretion, shall determine which

          Employees shall become Participants.  Designation of Employees as

          Participants shall be made in such manner as the Compensation

          Committee shall determine from time to time.  

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                       BENEFITS

               Section 4.1.  General.  In the event a Participant separates

          from Service on account of Retirement, such Participant shall

          become entitled to the applicable retirement benefit provided for

          in Section 4.2, Section 4.3 or Section 4.4.  In addition, such

          Participant shall become entitled to such Participant's special

          benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8.  In the event a

          Participant becomes Disabled prior to the attainment of the

          Normal Retirement Age, such Participant shall become entitled to

          the benefits, if any, provided for in Section 4.5 and the special

          benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8.  In the event a

          Participant separates from Service on account of death while in

          Service, (i) the benefits, if any, provided for in Section 4.6(c)

<PAGE>

          and (ii) the special benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8

          shall be paid to the persons or entities entitled to such bene-

          fits.  In the event a Participant separates from Service for a

          reason other than Retirement or death, then the only benefit

          payable to such Participant under the Plan shall be the special

          benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8.

               Section 4.2.  Normal Retirement.  Subject to the provisions

          of Section 4.7 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from

          Service for a reason other than death following the attainment of

          the Normal Retirement Age and prior to the end of the Plan Year

          in which such Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age shall

          become entitled to such Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit. 

          If such Participant is unmarried at the time of such

          Participant's separation from Service, such Participant's Normal

          Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the form of a Ten-Year

          Certain and Life Annuity in a monthly amount equal to one-twelfth

          (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's Normal

          Retirement Benefit.  If such Participant is married at the time

          of such Participant's separation from Service, such Participant's

          Normal Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the form of a Joint

          and Seventy-Five Percent (75%) Annuity in a monthly amount equal

          to one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's

          Normal Retirement Benefit.  A Participant's Normal Retirement

          Benefit shall commence and thereafter be paid at the same time as

          such Participant's benefits under the Retirement Plan.  

               Section 4.3.  Early Retirement.  Subject to the provisions

          of Section 4.7 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from

<PAGE>


          Service for a reason other than death prior to attaining the

          Normal Retirement Age and who is eligible for Early Retirement at

          the time of such separation from Service shall become entitled to

          such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit.  If such Participant

          is unmarried at the time of such Participant's separation from

          Service, such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit shall be

          payable in the form of a Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity in a

          monthly amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount

          of such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit.  If such

          Participant is married at the time of such Participant's

          separation from Service, such Participant's Early Retirement

          Benefit shall be payable in the form of a Joint and Seventy-Five

          Percent (75%) Annuity in a monthly amount equal to one-twelfth

          (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's Early

          Retirement Benefit.  A Participant's Early Retirement Benefit

          shall commence and thereafter be paid at the same time as such

          Participant's benefits under the Retirement Plan.  

               Section 4.4.  Delayed Retirement.  Subject to the provisions

          of Section 4.7 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from

          Service for a reason other than death after the Plan Year in

          which such Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age shall

          become entitled to such Participant's Delayed Retirement Benefit. 

          If such Participant is unmarried at the time of such

          Participant's separation from Service, such Participant's Delayed

          Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the form of a Ten-Year

          Certain and Life Annuity in a monthly amount equal to one-twelfth

          (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's Delayed


<PAGE>


          Retirement Benefit.  If such Participant is married at the time

          of such Participant's separation from Service, such Participant's

          Delayed Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the form of a

          Joint and Seventy-Five Percent (75%) Annuity in a monthly amount

          equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such

          Participant's Delayed Retirement Benefit.  A Participant's

          Delayed Retirement Benefit shall commence and thereafter be paid

          at the same time as such Participant's benefits under the

          Retirement Plan.  

               Section 4.5.  Disability.  In the event a Participant

          becomes Disabled prior to the attainment of the Normal Retirement

          Age, the following provisions shall apply:

                    (a)  Such Participant shall be entitled to receive such

               Participant's Long Term Disability Plan Benefit, if any,

               provided for under the Long Term Disability Plan and the

               special benefit provided for in Section 4.8, if any.  

                    (b)  For purposes of determining such Participant's

               benefits under this Plan, such Participant's Creditable

               Service shall include such Participant's period of Dis-

               ability to the extent provided in the Retirement Plan and

               such Participant's Final Average Compensation shall be

               determined as of the date such Participant became Disabled.

                    (c)  In the event such Participant remains Disabled

               until such Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age,

               then subject to the provisions of Section 4.7 and Article VI

               such Participant shall be entitled to receive such

               Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit determined in

<PAGE>


               accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 and Section

               4.5(b); provided, however, the amount of such Participant's

               Normal Retirement Benefit otherwise payable as determined in

               accordance with Section 4.2 and Section 4.5(b) shall be

               reduced by such Participant's Long Term Disability Plan

               Benefit, if any, payable after such Participant attains the

               Normal Retirement Age.

                    (d)  In the event such Participant ceases to be

               Disabled for a reason other than death prior to the

               attainment of the Normal Retirement Age and such Participant

               does not reenter active Service upon the cessation of such

               Participant's Disability, then such Participant shall be

               deemed to have separated from Service as of the date of the

               cessation of such Participant's Disability.  If such

               Participant is eligible for Early Retirement on the date

               such Participant is deemed to have separated from Service,

               then subject to the provisions of Section 4.7 and Article VI

               such Participant shall become entitled to such Participant's

               Early Retirement Benefit determined in accordance with the

               provisions of Section 4.3 and Section 4.5(b).  If such

               Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement on the date

               such Participant is deemed to have separated from Service,

               then no benefits shall be payable to such Participant under

               this Plan except the special benefit, if any, provided for

               in Section 4.8.

                    (e)  In the event such Participant ceases to be

               Disabled for a reason other than death prior to the

<PAGE>


               attainment of the Normal Retirement Age and such Participant

               reenters active Service upon the cessation of such

               Participant's Disability, then such Participant's Creditable

               Service shall include such Participant's period of

               Disability to the extent provided in the Retirement Plan and

               such Participant shall resume active participation in the

               Plan on the date such Participant reenters active Service.

                    (f)  A Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement

               at the time such Participant becomes Disabled or who becomes

               eligible for Early Retirement while still Disabled in accor-

               dance with the provisions of this Section 4.5 shall be

               entitled to elect at any time prior to attainment of such

               Participant's Normal Retirement Age to receive such Partici-

               pant's Early Retirement Benefit determined in accordance

               with the provisions of Section 4.3 and Section 4.5(b) as of

               the date of such election; provided, however, the amount of

               such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit otherwise

               payable as determined in accordance with Section 4.3 and

               Section 4.5(b) shall be reduced by such Participant's Long

               Term Disability Plan Benefit, if any, payable after such

               Participant makes such election.  

               Section 4.6.  Death.

               (a)  Death After Commencement of Benefits.  In the event a

          Participant dies following the commencement of such Participant's

          benefits under the Plan, the benefits, if any, payable after such

          Participant's death shall be determined in accordance with the

          provisions of such Joint and Seventy-Five Percent (75%) Annuity

<PAGE>

          or Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity, as applicable, pursuant to

          which such Participant was receiving or entitled to receive

          benefits at the time of such Participant's death.  

               (b)  Death of a Disabled Participant.  Except as provided in

          Section 4.6(d), in the event (i) a Participant becomes Disabled

          prior to the attainment of the Normal Retirement Age and prior to

          being eligible for Early Retirement, (ii) such Participant dies

          prior to the Normal Retirement Age without recovering from such

          Disability, and (iii) such Participant is survived by an Eligible

          Spouse or one (1) or more Children under age twenty-one (21) at

          the time of the Participant's death, the Eligible Spouse of such

          Participant, or such Participant's Beneficiary, as applicable,

          shall be entitled to the death benefit provided for in Section

          4.6(c)(1).  Except as provided in Section 4.6(d), in the event

          (i) a Participant becomes Disabled prior to the attainment of the

          Normal Retirement Age, but after being eligible for Early Retire-

          ment, (ii) such Participant does not elect pursuant to Section

          4.5(f) to receive such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit,

          (iii) such Participant dies prior to the Normal Retirement Age

          without recovering from such Disability, and (iv) such

          Participant is survived by an Eligible Spouse or one (1) or more

          Children under age twenty-one (21) at the time of the

          Participant's death, the Eligible Spouse of such Participant, or

          such Participant's Beneficiary, if applicable, shall be entitled

          to the death benefit provided for in Section 4.6(c)(2).

               (c)  Death While in Service.  In the event a Participant

          dies while in Service, the death benefits, if any, payable

<PAGE>


          following such Participant's death, shall be determined in

          accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.6(c).  

                    (1)  Death Prior to Eligibility for Early Retirement. 

               Except as provided in Section 4.6(d), in the event a

               Participant dies while in Service [or, to the extent

               provided in Section 4.6(b), while Disabled] and prior to

               such Participant becoming eligible for Early Retirement, the

               following provisions shall apply:

                         (A)  In the event the deceased Participant is
                    survived by an Eligible Spouse, such Eligible
                    Spouse shall become entitled to such Participant's
                    Family Death Benefit in a monthly amount equal to
                    one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such
                    Family Death Benefit.  Such monthly benefit shall
                    commence on the last day of the month following
                    the month in which the Participant dies and
                    continue through the last day of the month in
                    which the Family Death Benefit Termination Date
                    occurs.  In the event such Eligible Spouse dies
                    prior to the Family Death Benefit Termination
                    Date, such monthly benefit shall be paid to the
                    estate of such deceased Eligible Spouse through
                    the last day of the month in which the Family
                    Death Benefit Termination Date occurs.

                         (B)  In the event the deceased Participant is
                    not survived by an Eligible Spouse but the
                    deceased Participant is survived by one (1) or
                    more Children under age twenty-one (21) at the
                    time of the Participant's death, the Beneficiary
                    of the deceased Participant shall become entitled
                    to such Participant's Family Death Benefit in a
                    monthly amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the
                    annual amount of such Family Death Benefit.  Such
                    monthly benefit shall commence on the last day of
                    the month following the month in which the
                    Participant dies and continue through the last day
                    of the month in which the Family Death Benefit
                    Termination Date occurs.

                         (C)  In the event the deceased Participant is
                    survived neither by an Eligible Spouse nor by one
                    (1) or more Children under age twenty-one (21) at
                    the time of the Participant's death, no death
                    benefit shall be payable under Section 4.6(c). 

<PAGE>


               The benefits under this Section 4.6(c)(1) shall be subject

               to the provisions of Section 4.7(a).

                    (2)  Death After Eligibility for Early Retirement. 

               Except as provided in Section 4.6(d), in the event a

               Participant dies while in Service [or, to the extent

               provided in Section 4.6(b), while Disabled] and after

               becoming eligible for Early Retirement, the following

               provisions shall apply:

                         (A)  In the event the deceased Participant is
                    survived by an Eligible Spouse, such Eligible
                    Spouse shall have the right to irrevocably elect
                    on or before the last day of the month following
                    the month in which such Participant dies to
                    receive

                              (i)  such Participant's Family Death
                         Benefit in accordance with the provisions of
                         Section 4.6(c)(1)(A), or 

                              (ii) a monthly annuity for the life of
                         such Eligible Spouse commencing on the last
                         day of the month following the month in which
                         such Participant dies in an amount equal to
                         the amount which such Eligible Spouse would
                         have been entitled to receive if the deceased
                         Participant had separated from Service and
                         commenced receiving as of the last day of the
                         month in which death occurred the retirement
                         benefit to which such Participant was
                         entitled pursuant to a Joint and Seventy-Five
                         Percent (75%) Annuity and then the
                         Participant had died.

                    The election of the Eligible Spouse pursuant to
                    this Section 4.6(c)(2)(A) shall be made in such
                    manner as shall be prescribed by the Plan Commit-
                    tee.  In the event the Eligible Spouse fails to
                    make the election pursuant to this Section
                    4.6(c)(2)(A) on or before the last day of the
                    month following the month in which the Participant
                    dies, the benefits provided for in Section
                    4.6(c)(2)(A)(ii) shall apply.

                         (B)  In the event the deceased Participant is
                    not survived by an Eligible Spouse, but the de-
                    ceased Participant is survived by one (1) or more

<PAGE>

                    Children under age twenty-one (21) at the time of
                    the Participant's death, the Beneficiary of the
                    deceased Participant shall become entitled to such
                    Participant's Family Death Benefit in accordance
                    with the provisions of Section 4.6(c)(1)(B).

                         (C)  In the event the deceased Participant is
                    survived neither by an Eligible Spouse nor by one
                    (1) or more Children under age twenty-one (21) at
                    the time of the Participant's death, no death
                    benefits shall be payable under this Section
                    4.6(c).

               The benefits under this Section 4.6(c)(2) shall be subject

               to the provisions of Section 4.7(a).

               (d)  Suicide.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section

          4.6(b) and Section 4.6(c), in the event a Participant dies as a

          result of suicide within twenty-five (25) calendar months of the

          calendar month as of which such Participant was designated as a

          Participant under Section 3.2, no death benefits shall be payable

          pursuant to Section 4.6(c) of the Plan.  

               (e)  Article VI Controlling.  The provisions of this Section

          4.6 shall be subject to the provisions of Article VI.

               Section 4.7.  Adjustment in Benefits.

               (a)  Reduction in Benefits Based on Spouse's Age.  In the

          event (i) a married Participant's spouse is more than ten (10)

          years younger than such Participant at the time such Participant

          becomes entitled to commence receiving such Participant's Normal

          Retirement Benefit provided for in Section 4.2, Early Retirement

          Benefit provided for in Section 4.3 or Delayed Retirement Benefit

          provided for in Section 4.4, as applicable, or (ii) an Eligible

          Spouse entitled to receive a Family Death Benefit provided for in

          Section 4.6(c) is more than ten (10) years younger than the

          deceased Participant at the time of such deceased Participant's

<PAGE>

          death, the benefit which such Participant is otherwise entitled

          to receive (and the survivor annuity of such Participant's

          spouse), or the benefit to which such Eligible Spouse is

          entitled, as applicable, shall be reduced to an amount determined

          by multiplying such benefit by the percentage amount determined

          from the table attached hereto as Exhibit A based on the age

          difference between such Participant and such Participant's

          spouse.

               (b)  Recalculation of Benefits.  A Participant's Assumed

          Retirement Benefit, Retirement Plan Death Benefit and Long Term

          Disability Plan Benefit can vary from time to time under the

          terms of the Retirement Plan, ERISA Supplemental Plan and Long

          Term Disability Plan or because of possible future amendments to

          such Plans at the election of the Participating Employers or as

          may be required by applicable law.  As of each date on which any

          benefit payable to a Participant (or his spouse or Beneficiary)

          under the Retirement Plan, ERISA Supplemental Plan or Long Term

          Disability Plan changes for any reason, there shall be a

          recalculation of the benefits, if any, payable under this Plan

          (based on the assumptions contained herein) to such Participant

          (or his spouse or Beneficiary) using the benefits then payable

          under the Retirement Plan, ERISA Supplemental Plan and Long Term

          Disability Plan as a result of such changes.  Such increased or

          decreased benefits payable under this Plan shall become effective

          at the same time as the change in benefits under the Retirement

          Plan, the ERISA Supplemental Plan and the Long Term Disability

          Plan.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.7(b),

<PAGE>

          once a Participant's Social Security Benefit is determined for

          purposes of determining benefits payable under this Plan, such

          benefits shall not be subject to recalculation after benefits

          commence under the terms of this Plan due to increases or

          decreases in benefits payable from time to time under the Federal

          Social Security Act.

               Section 4.8.  Special Benefit.  The Participating Employers

          sponsor the Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of their

          key employees.  In the event an Employee of the Participating

          Employers who has been designated as eligible to participate in

          the Deferred Compensation Plan elects to participate in the

          Deferred Compensation Plan by deferring Compensation pursuant to

          the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, any Compensation

          which is deferred pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan is

          ineligible to be taken into consideration as "compensation" under

          the terms of the Thrift Plan for purposes of determining the

          maximum amount of a Participant's salary reduction contributions

          under the terms of the Thrift Plan.  Under the terms of the

          Thrift Plan, salary reduction contributions up to six percent

          (6%) of "compensation" as defined in the Thrift Plan are eligible

          for a fifty percent (50%) "matching contribution" by the

          Participating Employers, that is, a "matching contribution" of

          three percent (3%) of such Participant's "compensation."  To the

          extent (i) a Participant in this Plan also participates in the

          Deferred Compensation Plan and the Thrift Plan and (ii) such

          Participant is contributing at least six percent (6%) of

          "compensation" as a salary reduction contribution to the Thrift

<PAGE>

          Plan, then any "matching contribution" by the Participating

          Employers which such Participant would have received under the

          terms of the Thrift Plan (after applying the terms of the Thrift

          Plan related to limitations on salary reduction and matching

          contributions under Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Internal

          Revenue Code of 1986) had such Participant contributed six

          percent (6%) of the "Compensation" deferred pursuant to the

          Deferred Compensation Plan to the Thrift Plan shall be credited

          to a reserve account on the books and records of the

          Participating Employers as of the last day of the calendar year

          in which such "matching contribution" would have been made by the

          Participating Employers under the Thrift Plan.  The amount

          credited to such account each year shall bear interest from the

          first day of such calendar year at the rate of thirteen percent

          (13%) compounded annually.  Upon a Participant's separation from

          Service for any reason or upon a Participant becoming Disabled,

          the amount of such reserve account (including any addition for

          the year in which separation from Service or Disability occurs)

          shall be paid to such Participant (or in the event of such

          Participant's death, to such Participant's Beneficiary) in such

          manner as the Plan Committee shall determine in its sole and

          exclusive discretion over a period of five (5) years following

          such Participant's separation from Service or such Participant

          becoming Disabled.  Interest shall accrue with respect to the

          unpaid balance of such reserve account during such payment period

          through the last day of the month preceding the month in which

          the unpaid balance is paid in full.  

<PAGE>

               Section 4.9.  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.  

               (a)  Designation or Change of Beneficiary by a Participant. 

          Each Participant may from time to time designate the person(s) or

          entity(ies) to whom the death benefits provided for in Section

          4.6(c)(1)(B), Section 4.6(c)(2)(B) and Section 4.8 are to be

          paid.  A Participant may from time to time change such

          Participant's said designation of Beneficiary and upon any such

          change, any previously designated Beneficiary's right to receive

          any benefits under the Plan shall terminate.  In order to be

          effective, any designation or change of designation of a

          Beneficiary must be made on a form furnished by the Plan

          Committee and signed by the Participant and received by the Plan

          Committee while the Participant is alive.  If a Beneficiary of a

          deceased Participant shall survive the deceased Participant but

          die prior to the receipt of all benefits payable to said

          Beneficiary under the Plan, then such benefits as would have been

          payable to said deceased Beneficiary shall be paid to such

          Beneficiary's estate at the same time and in the same manner as

          such benefits would have been payable to said deceased

          Beneficiary.  

               (b)  Beneficiary Designated by the Plan.  In the event that

          a Participant shall die without having designated a Beneficiary,

          or in the event that a Participant shall die having revoked an

          earlier Beneficiary Designation without having effectively desig-

          nated another Beneficiary, or in the event that a Participant

          shall die but the Beneficiary designated by such Participant

          shall fail to survive such Participant, then and in any such

<PAGE>

          event, the person(s) who shall constitute the Beneficiary of such

          deceased Participant shall be determined as follows:  

                    (i)  In the event said deceased Participant is
               survived by a Child, Children or by issue of a deceased
               Child or Children, such surviving Children and
               surviving issue of such deceased Children shall share
               as Beneficiaries on a per stirpes basis, the issue of a
               deceased Child of the deceased Participant to take per
               stirpes the same share their parent would have taken if
               living.  

                    (ii) In the event said deceased Participant is not
               survived by any person described in subparagraph (i),
               then said deceased Participant's estate shall be such
               deceased Participant's Beneficiary.  

                                      ARTICLE V

                                    PLAN COMMITTEE

               Section 5.1.  Appointment, Term of Office and Vacancy.  The

          Plan Committee shall consist of one or more individuals appointed

          by the Management Compensation Committee who shall serve at the

          pleasure of the Management Compensation Committee.  The

          Management Compensation Committee shall have the absolute right

          to remove any member of the Plan Committee at any time, with or

          without cause, and any member of the Plan Committee shall have

          the right to resign at any time.  If a vacancy in the Plan

          Committee should occur, from death, resignation, removal or

          otherwise, a successor shall be appointed by the Management

          Compensation Committee.  

               Section 5.2.  Organization of Plan Committee.  The

          Management Compensation Committee shall designate one of the

          members of the Plan Committee to serve as its Chairman, one

          member as its Vice-Chairman and one member as its Secretary.  One

          person may hold more than one office.  The Plan Committee may

<PAGE>

          appoint such agents, who need not be members of the Plan

          Committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective performance

          of its duties, and may delegate to such agent such powers and

          duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Plan

          Committee may deem expedient or appropriate.  The Plan Committee

          shall act by majority vote and may adopt such bylaws, rules and

          regulations as it deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs. 

          The members of the Plan Committee shall serve as such without

          compensation.  

               Section 5.3.  Powers of the Plan Committee.  The Plan

          Committee shall administer the Plan.  The Plan Committee shall

          have all the powers to enable it to carry out its duties under

          the Plan properly.  Not in limitation of the foregoing, the Plan

          Committee shall have the power to construe and interpret the Plan

          and determine all questions that shall arise thereunder.  It

          shall decide all questions relating to eligibility to receive

          benefits under the Plan.  The Plan Committee shall have such

          other and further specified duties, powers, authority and

          discretion as are elsewhere in the Plan either expressly or by

          necessary implication conferred upon it.  The decision of the

          Plan Committee upon all matters within the scope of its authority

          shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except to the

          extent otherwise provided by law.  

               Section 5.4.  Expenses of Plan Committee.  The reasonable

          expenses of the Plan Committee incurred by the Plan Committee in

          the performance of its duties under the Plan, including without
<PAGE>


          limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses of other agents,

          shall be paid by the Participating Employers.  

                                      ARTICLE VI

                              AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

               Section 6.1.  Amendment of Plan.  Subject to the provisions

          of Section 6.4 of the Plan, the Participating Employers expressly

          reserve the right, at any time and from time to time, to amend in

          whole or in part any of the terms and provisions of the Plan for

          whatever reason(s) the Participating Employers may deem

          appropriate.

               Section 6.2.  Termination of Plan.  Subject to the

          provisions of Section 6.4 of the Plan, the Participating

          Employers expressly reserve the right, at any time and for

          whatever reason they may deem appropriate, to terminate the Plan.

               Section 6.3.  Effective Date and Procedure for Amendment or

          Termination.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of the

          Plan, any amendment to the Plan or termination of the Plan may be

          retroactive to the extent not prohibited by applicable law.  Any

          amendment to the Plan or termination of the Plan shall be made by

          the Participating Employers by resolution of the Compensation

          Committee and shall not require the approval or consent of any

          Participant or Beneficiary in order to be effective.

               Section 6.4.  Effect of Amendment or Termination on Certain

          Benefits.  No amendment or termination of the Plan may reduce or

          eliminate the benefits (if any) payable under the Plan (without

          regard to such amendment or termination) to:

<PAGE>

                    (a)  any Participant who commenced receiving

               benefits under the Plan prior to the amendment or

               termination date and is alive on the amendment or

               termination date and the spouse or Beneficiary of such

               Participant; or

                    (b)  any spouse or Beneficiary who commenced

               receiving benefits under the Plan prior to the

               amendment and termination date.

          In addition, with respect to all other Participants in the Plan

          on such amendment or termination who have not commenced receiving

          benefits under the Plan prior to the amendment or termination

          date, any such amendment or termination shall not result in such

          Participant receiving benefits under the Plan upon such

          Participant's separation from Service which are less than the

          benefits such Participant would have received under the Plan but

          for such amendment or termination multiplied by a fraction, the

          numerator of which is such Participant's Creditable Service at

          the time of such amendment or termination and the denominator of

          which is the Creditable Service such Participant would have

          accumulated as a Participant if such Participant had continued as

          a Participant until such Participant had attained age sixty-two

          (62).  Except as hereinabove expressly provided to the contrary

          in this Section 6.4, the Plan may be amended or terminated so

          that no benefits or (if such amendment or termination so

          provides) reduced benefits shall be payable to any Participant,

          spouse or Beneficiary after the effective date of such amendment

          or termination.  

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               Section 7.1.  Adoption by a Subsidiary Corporation.  A

          Subsidiary Corporation may, with the approval of the Compensation

          Committee and the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary Corpora-

          tion, elect to adopt the Plan as of the date mutually agreeable

          to the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors of such

          Subsidiary Corporation.  Any such adoption of the Plan by a

          Subsidiary Corporation shall be evidenced by an appropriate

          instrument of adoption executed by such Subsidiary Corporation.  

               Section 7.2.  Authorization and Delegation to the Compensa-

          tion Committee.  Each Subsidiary Corporation which is or

          hereafter becomes a Participating Employer authorizes and

          empowers the Compensation Committee (i) to amend or terminate the

          Plan without further action by said Subsidiary Corporation as

          provided in Article VI and (ii) to perform such other acts and do

          such other things as the Compensation Committee is expressly

          directed, authorized or permitted to perform or do as provided

          herein.  

               Section 7.3.  Spendthrift Clause.  To the extent permitted

          by law, no benefits payable under the Plan shall be subject to

          the claim of any creditor of any Participant or to any legal

          process by any creditor of any Participant and no Participant

          entitled to benefits hereunder shall have any right whatsoever to

          alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any benefits under the

          Plan.  

<PAGE>

               Section 7.4.  Benefits Payable From General Assets of the

          Participating Employers.  All benefits payable hereunder shall be

          paid from the general assets of the Participating Employers.  No

          assets of the Participating Employers shall be segregated or

          placed in trust pursuant to the Plan in a manner which would put

          such asset beyond the reach of the general creditors of any of

          the Participating Employers, and the rights of any Participant

          (or Beneficiary) to receive any benefits hereunder shall be no

          greater than the right of any general, unsecured creditor of the

          Participating Employers.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall

          create or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or any

          other fiduciary relationship between the Participating Employers

          and a Participant.  In the event the Participating Employers

          purchase any insurance policies insuring the life of any

          Participant hereunder, no Participant shall have any rights

          whatsoever therein and the Participating Employers shall be the

          sole owner and beneficiary thereof and shall possess and exercise

          all incidents of ownership therein.  

               Section 7.5.   Allocation of Costs of Benefits Among the

          Participating Employers.  The cost of benefits to be provided a

          Participant (or spouse or Beneficiary, if applicable) pursuant to

          this Plan shall be paid by the Participating Employer which

          employs the Participant.  In the case of a Participant employed

          by more than one Participating Employer the cost of benefits

          provided pursuant to the Plan shall be allocated among the

          Participating Employers in proportion to the Compensation payable

<PAGE>

          by each such Participating Employer during the period such

          Participant participates in the Plan.  

               Section 7.6.  Benefits Limited to the Plan.  Participation

          in the Plan shall not give a Participant any right to be retained

          in the employ of any one or more of the Participating Employers

          nor, upon dismissal, any right or interest in the Plan except as

          expressly provided herein.  

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                   CLAIMS PROCEDURE

               Section 8.1.  Claims Procedure.

               (a)  General.  In the event that a Claimant has a Claim

          under the Plan, such Claim shall be made by the Claimant's filing

          a notice thereof with the Plan Committee within ninety (90) days

          after such Claimant first has knowledge of such Claim.  Each

          Claimant who has submitted a Claim to the Plan Committee shall be

          afforded a reasonable opportunity to state such Claimant's posi-

          tion and to present evidence and other material relevant to the

          Claim to the Plan Committee for its consideration in rendering

          its decision with respect thereto.  The Plan Committee shall

          render its decision in writing within sixty (60) days after the

          Claim is referred to it, and a copy of such written decision

          shall be furnished to the Claimant.

               (b)  Notice of Decision of Committee.  Each Claimant whose

          Claim has been denied by the Plan Committee shall be provided

          written notice thereof, which notice shall set forth:

                    (i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial;

                    (ii) specific reference to pertinent provision(s)
               of the Plan upon which such denial is based;

<PAGE>

                    (iii)     a description of any additional material
               or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect
               such Claim and an explanation of why such material or
               information is necessary; and

                    (iv) an explanation of the procedure hereunder for
               review of such Claim;

          all in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claimant.

               (c)  Review of Decision of Plan Committee.  Each such Claim-

          ant shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity for a full and

          fair review of the decision of the Plan Committee denying the

          Claim.  Such review shall be by the Compensation Committee.  Such

          appeal shall be made within ninety (90) days after the Claimant

          received the written decision of the Plan Committee and shall be

          made by the written request of the Claimant or such Claimant's

          duly authorized representative of the Compensation Committee.  In

          the event of appeal, the Claimant or such Claimant's duly

          authorized representative may review pertinent documents and

          submit issues and comments in writing to the Compensation

          Committee.  The Compensation Committee shall review the

          following:

                    (i)  the initial proceedings of the Plan Committee
               with respect to such Claim;

                    (ii) such issues and comments as were submitted in
               writing by the Claimant or the Claimant's duly author-
               ized representative; and

                    (iii)     such other material and information as
               the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion,
               deems advisable for a full and fair review of the
               decision of the Plan Committee.

          The Compensation Committee may approve, disapprove or modify the

          decision of the Plan Committee, in whole or in part, or may take

          such other action with respect to such appeal as it deems appro-

<PAGE>

          priate.  The decision of the Compensation Committee with respect

          to such appeal shall be made promptly, and in no event later than

          sixty (60) days after receipt of such appeal, unless special

          circumstances require an extension of such time within which to

          render such decision, in which event such decision shall be

          rendered as soon as possible and in no event later than one

          hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of such appeal.  The

          decision of the Compensation Committee shall be in writing and in

          a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall

          include specific reasons for such decision and set forth specific

          references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which

          such decision is based.  The Claimant shall be furnished a copy

          of the written decision of the Compensation Committee.  Such

          decision shall be final and conclusive upon all persons

          interested therein, except to the extent otherwise provided by

          applicable law.  

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NCNB Corporation has caused this instru-

          ment to be executed by its duly authorized officers all as of the

          22nd day of June, 1988.

                                        NCNB CORPORATION

          [CORPORATE SEAL]

          ATTEST:                  By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley                   
                                        Executive Vice President           

            /s/ J. W. Kiser    
                Secretary

<PAGE>

                              AMENDMENT TO THE
            NATIONSBANK CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES
                   SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN


     WHEREAS, NationsBank Corporation ("NationsBank") and certain of its
subsidiary corporations (collectively with NationsBank, the "Participating
Employers") maintain the NationsBank Corporation and Designated
Subsidiaries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, NationsBank desires to amend the Plan to (i) change the
discount rate used in calculating a participant's "commuted payment amount"
under the Plan from a fixed rate of ten percent (10%) to a variable rate
equal to the rate in effect as of the last day of the calendar year
immediately preceding the calendar year of a participant's retirement for
valuing liabilities under the NationsBank Pension Plan for financial
accounting and reporting purposes and (ii) change the basis for calculating
the pre-retirement death benefit payable with respect to a deceased
participant so that such pre-retirement death benefit will be approximately
equal to the death benefit that would have been payable if the participant
had died after retirement from NationsBank; and 

     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of
NationsBank has authorized and approved said amendment to the Plan in
accordance with the provisions of Article VI of the Plan;

     NOW, THEREFORE, NationsBank does hereby declare that the Plan is
hereby amended effective as of the date hereof as follows:

     1.   Section I.A.(5) of Exhibit B to the Plan is amended to read as
follows:

     "5.  Determine the AESSV by discounting the projected AESSV
          obtained in A.(4) above at the "FAS Rate" (as hereinafter
          defined) compounded annually from the date the Participant
          would have attained age 55 to the Determination Date.  For
          purposes of this Exhibit B, the "FAS Rate" means a variable
          rate equal to the rate in effect as of the last day of the
          calendar year immediately preceding the 

<PAGE>

          calendar year of a Determination Date for valuing liabilities 
          under the Retirement Plan for financial accounting and reporting
          purposes."  

     2.   The first sentence of Section III. of Exhibit B to the Plan is
amended to read as follows:
     "All AESSVs shall be determined on the basis of the FAS Rate (as
     defined in I.A.(5) above) compounded annually."

     3.   Section 4.6(c)(2)(A)(ii) of the Plan is amended to read as
follows:

         "(ii) seventy-five percent (75%) of the deceased
     Participant's Target Retirement Benefit, reduced in accordance
     with the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(17)(B) as though the
     Participant had retired on the date of the Participant's death,
     minus the sum of (A) the monthly life annuity that is the
     actuarial equivalent of the benefits payable to such Eligible
     Spouse from the Retirement Plan and the ERISA Supplemental Plan
     and (B) seventy-five percent (75%) of the deceased Participant's
     Social Security Benefit."

     4.   The parenthetical in Section 4.10(iii) of the Plan ("plus
interest . . . date of payment") is amended to read as follows:

     ". . . (plus interest on such amount at that FAS Rate (as defined
     in Exhibit B hereto) compounded annually from the date of the
     Change in Control to the date of payment) . . ."

     5.   Except as expressly or by necessary implication amended hereby,
the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank has caused this instrument to be
executed by its duly authorized officer as of the 28th day of September,
1994.

                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION



                              By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley              
                                 C. J. Cooley
                                 Executive Vice President 

                              "NationsBank"


                                     2



                     NCNB CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES

                     DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES

                 (as amended and restated effective November 1, 1987)
<PAGE>



                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page

          ARTICLE I      NAME AND PURPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

               Section 1.1.   Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
               Section 1.2.   Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

          ARTICLE II     CONSTRUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LAW . . 2

               Section 2.1.   Construction and Definitions  . . . . . . . 2
               Section 2.2.   Applicable Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

          ARTICLE III    PARTICIPATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

               Section 3.1.   General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               Section 3.2.   Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               Section 3.3.   Election by an Eligible Employee to 
                              Become a Participant in the Plan  . . . .  13
               Section 3.4.   Compensation Subject to Deferral  . . . .  14
               Section 3.5.   Selection of Type of Compensation to be
                              Deferred  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
               Section 3.6.   Redesignation of Eligible Employees . . .  15
               Section 3.7.   Changes to the Schedule of Benefits . . .  16

          ARTICLE IV     BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

               Section 4.1.   General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
               Section 4.2.   Normal Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
               Section 4.3.   Early Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
               Section 4.4.   Delayed Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . .  19
               Section 4.5.   Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
               Section 4.6.   Other Separation From Service . . . . . .  21
               Section 4.7.   Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
               Section 4.8.   Accrual of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . .  26
               Section 4.9.   Withdrawals on Account of an       Un-
                              foreseeable Emergency . . . . . . . . . .  27
               Section 4.10.  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries  . . . . . .  29

          ARTICLE V      PLAN COMMITTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

               Section 5.1.   Appointment, Term of Office and Vacancy .  30
               Section 5.2.   Organization of Plan Committee  . . . . .  31
               Section 5.3.   Powers of the Plan Committee  . . . . . .  31
               Section 5.4.   Expenses of Plan Committee  . . . . . . .  32



                                          i
<PAGE>


          ARTICLE VI     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . .  32

               Section 6.1.   Amendment and Termination of the Plan . .  32
               Section 6.2.   Amendment and Termination of Previously
                              Executed Deferred Compensation Agree-
                              ments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

          ARTICLE VII    MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

               Section 7.1.   Adoption by a Subsidiary Corporation  . .  34
               Section 7.2.   Authorization and Delegation to the 
                              Compensation Committee  . . . . . . . . .  35
               Section 7.3.   Spendthrift Clause  . . . . . . . . . . .  35
               Section 7.4.   Benefits Payable From General Assets of
                              the Participating Employers . . . . . . .  35
               Section 7.5.   Allocation of Costs of Benefits Among
                              the Participating Employers . . . . . . .  36
               Section 7.6.   Benefits Limited to the Plan  . . . . . .  37

          ARTICLE VIII   CLAIMS PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37

               Section 8.1.   Claims Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . .  37



                                          ii
<PAGE>


                     NCNB CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES

                     DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES

                 (as amended and restated effective November 1, 1987)



               WHEREAS, the NCNB Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries

          Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees (the "Plan") is

          currently set forth in an instrument of NCNB Corporation and

          certain of its subsidiaries (the "Participating Employers") dated

          November 1, 1985, as amended by an instrument dated March 26,

          1986; and 

               WHEREAS, in the opinion of the Compensation Committee of the

          Board of Directors of NCNB Corporation, the Plan should be

          further amended effective as of November 1, 1987 to revise and

          clarify certain provisions of the Plan related to "Disability

          Retirement" to reflect the adoption of the NCNB Corporation Long

          Term Disability Plan; and 

               WHEREAS, such amendments can best be made by restating the

          Plan in its entirety; and

               WHEREAS, in Section 6.1 of the Plan the Participating

          Employers under the Plan have reserved the right to amend the

          Plan at any time by instrument executed by NCNB Corporation and

          have delegated to the Compensation Committee the right to amend

          the Plan on behalf of all Participating Employers; and 

               WHEREAS, the execution of this instrument has been autho-

          rized and approved by the Compensation Committee; 


                                         iii
<PAGE>


               NOW, THEREFORE, NCNB Corporation does hereby declare that

          the NCNB Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Deferred Compen-

          sation Plan for Key Employees, as heretofore amended, is amended

          and restated effective as of November 1, 1987 to read as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                   NAME AND PURPOSE

               Section 1.1.   Name.  The Plan shall be known as the "NCNB

          Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Deferred Compensation

          Plan for Key Employees."

               Section 1.2.   Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to

          provide Eligible Employees of the Participating Employers who

          elect to become Participants in this Plan with certain benefits

          based upon Compensation deferred by such Participant in accor-

          dance with the provisions of the Plan.  

                                      ARTICLE II

                     CONSTRUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LAW

               Section 2.1.   Construction and Definitions.  

               (a)  Construction.  Article, section and paragraph headings

          have been inserted for convenience of reference only in the Plan

          and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions

          hereof.  If any provision of the Plan shall for any reason be

          invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall never-

          theless be valid, enforceable and fully effective.  

               (b)  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, unless the

          context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms shall

          have the following meanings:  


                                          iv
<PAGE>


                    (1)  Age at Deferral means, with respect to a Partici-

               pant, such Participant's age on December 31 of the Plan Year

               immediately preceding the Plan Year during which Compensa-

               tion is first deferred by a Participant pursuant to such

               Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement.  

                    (2)  Annual Deferral Amount means, with respect to a

               Participant, the amount of Compensation that a Participant

               elects to defer each Plan Year during such Participant's

               Deferral Period pursuant to such Participant's Deferred

               Compensation Agreement.  

                    (3)  Base Salary means, with respect to a Participant,

               the "base salary" payable to such Participant from time to

               time as remuneration for hours of employment by a Partici-

               pating Employer determined without regard to (i) any defer-

               rals pursuant to this Plan, (ii) any salary reduction pursu-

               ant to the Flexible Benefits Plan, and (iii) any salary

               reduction pursuant to the Thrift Plan.  In addition, in the

               case of a Participant who participates in an incentive

               compensation plan providing for interim "draws" payable at

               the same time as the "base salary" of such Participant, such

               "draws" shall be considered as part of Base Salary for

               purposes of this Plan.

                    (4)  Beneficiary means the person(s) or entity(ies)

               designated by a Participant or the provisions of the Plan to

               receive such benefits as may become payable to such per-



                                          v
<PAGE>


               son(s) or entity(ies) in accordance with the provisions of

               the Plan.

                    (5)  Benefit Commencement Date means, 

                         (A)  with respect to a Participant who separates
                    from Service after becoming eligible for Normal Retire-
                    ment, Early Retirement, or Delayed Retirement, the
                    January 31 of the Plan Year following such
                    Participant's separation from Service, and 

                         (B)  with respect to a Participant who becomes
                    Disabled and who (i) is not eligible for Early Retire-
                    ment at the time of such Disability or (ii) does not
                    elect pursuant to Section 4.5 to receive such Partici-
                    pant's Early Retirement Benefit, the January 31 of the
                    Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such Partic-
                    ipant would have attained such Participant's Normal
                    Retirement Age.  

                    (6)  Bonus(es) means, with respect to a Participant,

               any bonus(es) payable to such Participant pursuant to (i)

               the Management Incentive Compensation Plan and (ii) any

               other similar incentive compensation plan of the Participat-

               ing Employers approved for purposes of this Plan by the

               Management Compensation Committee in the case of incentive

               compensation plans in which Employees other than Executive

               Officers participate or the Compensation Committee in the

               case of incentive compensation plans in which Executive

               Officers participate.

                    (7)  Claim means a claim for benefits under the Plan.  

                    (8)  Claimant means a person making a Claim.  

                    (9)  Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and

               references thereto shall include the valid Treasury regula-

               tions thereunder.  


                                          vi
<PAGE>


                    (10) Compensation means, with respect to a Participant,

               the Base Salary and Bonus, if any, payable to such

               Participant from time to time by a Participating Employer. 

               Compensation shall not include

                         (A) awards, overtime pay, shift premium, or
                    other incentive compensation or extra or special
                    remuneration of any kind which is not a Bonus;

                         (B) any other sums paid by the Participating
                    Employers on account of any health, welfare or
                    group insurance benefits (exclusive of sick pay),
                    including without limitation "Basic Employer Con-
                    tributions" under (and as defined in) the Flexible
                    Benefits Plan, or on account of reimbursement of
                    relocation expenses, regardless of whether such
                    sums are taxable income to the Participant; or

                         (C) any compensation pursuant to any other
                    employee benefit plan, including without limita-
                    tion any sums selected to be received in cash
                    pursuant to any such plan.

                    (11) Compensation Committee means the Compensation

               Committee of the Board of Directors of NCNB Corporation.  

                    (12) Creditable Service means, with respect to a Par-

               ticipant as of any date, such Participant's "Creditable

               Service" as of such date determined in accordance with the

               provisions of the Retirement Plan.  

                    (13) Deferral Period means, with respect to a Partici-

               pant, the consecutive Plan Years specified in such Partici-

               pant's Deferred Compensation Agreement.  

                    (14) Deferred Compensation Agreement(s) means the

               form(s) of written agreement(s) as shall be approved from

               time to time by the Management Compensation Committee for

               use by a Participant and such Participant's Participating


                                         vii
<PAGE>

               Employer pursuant to which a Participant may defer Compensa-

               tion pursuant to the Plan.

                    (15) Delayed Commencement Adjustment Factor means, with

               respect to a Participant eligible to receive Delayed Retire-

               ment Benefits, the factor determined in accordance with the

               Schedule of Benefits attached to such Participant's Deferred

               Compensation Agreement.  

                    (16) Delayed Retirement means, with respect to a Par-

               ticipant, such Participant's separation from Service after

               the Plan Year in which such Participant attains the Normal

               Retirement Age.  

                    (17) Delayed Retirement Benefit means, with respect to

               a Participant eligible for Delayed Retirement, such Partici-

               pant's "Delayed Retirement Benefit" determined in accordance

               with the Plan and such Participant's Deferred Compensation

               Agreement.  

                    (18) Disability means, with respect to a Participant,

               "Disability" as defined in the Long Term Disability Plan.  

                    (19) Disabled means, with respect to a Participant,

               "Disabled" as defined in the Long Term Disability Plan.  

                    (20) Early Commencement Adjustment Factor means, with

               respect to a Participant eligible to receive Early Retire-

               ment Benefits, the factor determined in accordance with the

               Schedule of Benefits attached to such Participant's Deferred

               Compensation Agreement.  


                                         viii
<PAGE>

                    (21) Early Retirement means, with respect to a Partici-

               pant, such Participant's separation from Service after

               having attained age fifty (50) and having completed at least

               one hundred eighty (180) months of Creditable Service.  

                    (22) Early Retirement Benefit means, with respect to a

               Participant eligible for Early Retirement, such

               Participant's "Regular Early Retirement Benefit" or "Special

               Early Retirement Benefit," as applicable, determined in

               accordance with the Plan and such Participant's Deferred

               Compensation Agreement.  

                    (23) Effective Date means, with respect to the Plan,

               November 1, 1985.  

                    (24) Eligible Employee means an Employee who has been

               designated as eligible to become a Participant in the Plan

               by the Compensation Committee or the Management Compensation

               Committee, as applicable, as provided in Section 3.2.

                    (25) Employee means a person employed by any of the

               Participating Employers.  

                    (26) Executive Officer means an officer of NCNB Corpo-

               ration serving in one or more of the following positions:  

                         (A)  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                    Officer, 

                         (B)  Vice Chairman of the Board,

                         (C)  President, or 

                         (D)  Corporate Executive Vice President.  



                                          ix
<PAGE>


                    (27) Flexible Benefits Plan means the NCNB Corporation

               and Designated Subsidiaries Flexible Benefits Plan, as

               amended from time to time.  

                    (28) Long Term Disability Plan means the NCNB Corpora-

               tion Long Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to

               time.

                    (29) Management Compensation Committee means the Man-

               agement Compensation Committee of NCNB Corporation appointed

               by the Board of Directors of NCNB Corporation.

                    (30) Management Incentive Compensation Plan means the

               NCNB Corporation Management Incentive Compensation Plan, as

               amended from time to time.  

                    (31) Normal Retirement means, with respect to a Partic-

               ipant, such Participant's separation from Service after

               attainment of such Participant's Normal Retirement Age.  

                    (32) Normal Retirement Age means, with respect to a

               Participant, the attainment of age sixty-two (62) or such

               later age as is specified in such Participant's Deferred

               Compensation Agreement.  

                    (33) Normal Retirement Benefit means, with respect to a

               Participant eligible for Normal Retirement, such Partici-

               pant's "Normal Retirement Benefit" determined in accordance

               with the Plan and such Participant's Deferred Compensation

               Agreement.  



                                          x
<PAGE>


                    (34) Participant means an Eligible Employee who has

               elected to participate in the Plan as provided in Section

               3.3 of the Plan.  

                    (35) Participating Employers means:  

                         (A)  NCNB Corporation, a North Carolina corpora-
                    tion; 

                         (B)  the following Subsidiary Corporations of NCNB
                    Corporation:  

                              (i)  NCNB National Bank of North Carolina, a
                         national banking association; 

                             (ii)  NCNB National Bank of Florida, a nation-
                         al banking association; 

                            (iii)  NCNB South Carolina, a South Carolina
                         corporation;

                             (iv)  NCNB National Bank, Atlanta, Georgia, a
                         national banking association;

                              (v)  NCNB Leasing Corporation, a North Caro-
                         lina corporation; 

                             (vi)  NCNB Operations, Inc., a North Carolina
                         corporation; 

                            (vii)  NCNB Securities, Inc., a North Carolina
                         corporation; and

                         (C)  those Subsidiary Corporations of NCNB Corpo-
                    ration which in the future adopt the Plan pursuant to
                    the provisions of Section 7.1 hereof.  

                    (36) Plan means the NCNB Corporation and Designated

               Subsidiaries Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees,

               as amended from time to time.  

                    (37) Plan Committee means the committee described in

               Article V hereof.  

                    (38) Plan Year means the twelve (12) month period

               beginning January 1 and ending December 31; provided, howev-

                                          xi
<PAGE>

               er, the initial Plan Year of the Plan shall be the two (2)

               month period beginning November 1, 1985 and ending Decem-

               ber 31, 1985.  

                    (39) Regular Early Retirement Benefit means, with

               respect to a Participant eligible for Early Retirement, the

               "Regular Early Retirement Benefit" determined in accordance

               with the Plan and such Participant's Deferred Compensation

               Agreement.  

                    (40) Regular Early Retirement Benefit Payable at Normal

               Retirement Age means, with respect to a Participant, the

               "Regular Early Retirement Benefit Payable at Normal Retire-

               ment Age" of such Participant determined in accordance with

               the provisions of the Plan and such Participant's Deferred

               Compensation Agreement.

                    (41) Retirement means, with respect to a Participant,

               such Participant's separation from Service on account of

               such Participant's Normal Retirement, Early Retirement or

               Delayed Retirement.  

                    (42) Retirement Plan means the NCNB Corporation and

               Designated Subsidiaries Retirement Plan and Trust, as amend-

               ed from time to time.

                    (43) Schedule of Benefits means, with respect to a

               Participant, the exhibit attached to such Participant's

               Deferred Compensation Agreement to be used in connection

               with the computation of benefits to be provided to such

               Participant by the Plan and also containing the Early Com-


                                         xii
<PAGE>


               mencement Adjustment Factor and the Delayed Commencement

               Adjustment Factor.

                    (44) Service means "Service" as defined in the Retire-

               ment Plan.  

                    (45) Special Early Retirement Benefit means, with

               respect to a Participant eligible for Early Retirement who

               has attained age fifty-five (55) and completed at least two

               hundred forty (240) months of Creditable Service, the "Spe-

               cial Early Retirement Benefit" determined in accordance with

               the Plan and such Participant's Deferred Compensation Agree-

               ment.  

                    (46) Special Early Retirement Benefit Payable at Normal

               Retirement Age means, with respect to a Participant, the

               "Special Early Retirement Benefit Payable at Normal Retire-

               ment Age" of such Participant determined in accordance with

               the provisions of the Plan and such Participant's Deferred

               Compensation Agreement.  

                    (47) Subsidiary Corporation means 

                         (A)  any corporation more than fifty percent (50%)
                    of whose outstanding voting capital stock is owned by
                    NCNB Corporation, 

                         (B)  any corporation at least eighty percent (80%)
                    of whose outstanding voting capital stock and at least
                    eighty percent (80%) of each class of whose outstanding
                    non-voting capital stock is owned by a corporation more
                    than fifty percent (50%) of whose outstanding voting
                    capital stock is owned by NCNB Corporation; or 

                         (C)  any corporation at least eighty percent (80%)
                    of whose outstanding voting capital stock and at least
                    eighty percent (80%) of each class of whose outstanding
                    non-voting capital stock is owned by a corporation
                    described in subparagraph (B) above.  

                                         xiii
<PAGE>

                    (48) Thrift Plan means the NCNB Corporation and Desig-

               nated Subsidiaries Stock/Thrift Plan and Trust, as amended

               from time to time.  

                    (49) Total Deferral Amount means, with respect to a

               Deferred Compensation Agreement, the sum of the Annual

               Deferral Amounts specified in such Deferred Compensation

               Agreement.

               Section 2.2.   Applicable Law.  The Plan shall be construed,

          administered, regulated and governed in all respects under and by

          the laws of the United States to the extent applicable, and to

          the extent such laws are not applicable, by the laws of the State

          of North Carolina.  

                                     ARTICLE III

                                    PARTICIPATION

               Section 3.1.   General.  No person shall become a Partici-

          pant unless or until such person is or becomes an Employee.  In

          addition, in no event shall any Employee be eligible to partici-

          pate in the Plan prior to the Effective Date of the Plan.  

               Section 3.2.   Eligibility.  The Compensation Committee, in

          its sole and exclusive discretion, shall determine which Execu-

          tive Officers shall become Eligible Employees.  In addition, the

          terms of any Deferred Compensation Agreement of an Executive

          Officer who has been designated as an Eligible Employee shall be

          subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.  The

          Management Compensation Committee, in its sole and exclusive

          discretion, shall determine which Employees of the Participating


                                         xiv
<PAGE>


          Employers other than Executive Officers shall become Eligible

          Employees.  In addition, the terms of any Deferred Compensation

          Agreement of an Eligible Employee who is not an Executive Officer

          shall be subject to the approval of the Management Compensation

          Committee.  Designation of Eligible Employees and approval of

          Deferred Compensation Agreements shall be made in such manner as

          the Compensation Committee and the Management Compensation

          Committee shall determine from time to time.  Subject to the

          provisions of Section 3.6, designation of an Employee as an

          Eligible Employee shall apply only with respect to one Deferred

          Compensation Agreement described in Section 3.3.  If an Employee

          who has been designated as an Eligible Employee declines to

          participate in the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Section

          3.3, such Employee's right to participate in the Plan at a later

          date shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.6.  In

          addition, if an Employee who has been designated as an Eligible

          Employee elects to participate in the Plan pursuant to the

          provisions of Section 3.3, such Employee's right to further

          participate in the Plan at a later date shall be subject to the

          provisions of Section 3.6.  

               Section 3.3.   Election by an Eligible Employee to Become a

          Participant in the Plan.  An Eligible Employee may become a

          Participant in the Plan by irrevocably electing, pursuant to a

          Deferred Compensation Agreement, to defer future Compensation at

          an annual rate for the Deferral Period specified in such Partici-

          pant's Deferred Compensation Agreement.  An Eligible Employee


                                          xv
<PAGE>


          must defer a minimum of One Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($1,200)

          per Plan Year during the Deferral Period.  The maximum Annual

          Deferral Amount which may be deferred with respect to any Plan

          Year pursuant to a Deferred Compensation Agreement shall be

          determined by the Compensation Committee or the Management

          Compensation Committee, as applicable, at the time such Partici-

          pant enters into the Deferred Compensation Agreement.  In order

          to be effective, an Eligible Employee's Deferred Compensation

          Agreement must be executed and returned by such Participant to

          the Plan Committee on or before the date specified by the Plan

          Committee for such purpose. 

               Section 3.4.   Compensation Subject to Deferral.  

               (a)  General.  Except as provided in Section 3.4(b) and

          Section 3.4(c), a Deferred Compensation Agreement executed during

          a Plan Year shall be effective only to defer a Participant's

          Compensation earned in succeeding Plan Years.  

               (b)  Eligible Employees on the Effective Date.  Notwith-

          standing the provisions of Section 3.4(a), the execution of a

          Deferred Compensation Agreement within thirty (30) days of the

          Effective Date by an Employee who is designated as an Eligible

          Employee on the Effective Date shall be effective to defer

          Compensation earned (i) during the remainder of the initial Plan

          Year with respect to Compensation earned after the date of the

          execution of such Deferred Compensation Agreement, and (ii) any

          succeeding Plan Year.  



                                         xvi
<PAGE>

               (c)  Employees Who Become Eligible Employees After the

          Effective Date.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section

          3.4(a), a Deferred Compensation Agreement executed by an Eligible

          Employee within thirty (30) days of the date such Employee is

          designated as an Eligible Employee (or re-designated as an

          Eligible Employee as provided in Section 3.6) shall be effective

          to defer Compensation earned (i) during the remainder of the Plan

          Year during which such Deferred Compensation Agreement is execut-

          ed with respect to Compensation earned after the date of the

          execution of such Deferred Compensation Agreement, and (ii) any

          succeeding Plan Year.  

               Section 3.5.   Selection of Type of Compensation to be

          Deferred.  A Participant shall have the right to designate in

          such Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement the type of

          Compensation earned from which such Participant shall make Annual

          Deferral Amounts during the Deferral Period in accordance with

          the provisions of such Participant's Deferred Compensation

          Agreement.  To the extent Annual Deferral Amounts are deferred

          from a Participant's Base Salary, the amount to be deferred from

          Base Salary shall be deferred during the Plan Year in accordance

          with procedures established from time to time by the Plan

          Committee.  

               Section 3.6.   Redesignation of Eligible Employees.  The

          Compensation Committee or Management Compensation Committee, as

          applicable, may redesignate an Employee as an Eligible Employee

          for the purpose of (i) permitting an Eligible Employee who previ-


                                         xvii
<PAGE>

          ously declined to participate in the Plan to become a Participant

          in the Plan, or (ii) permitting an Eligible Employee who has

          become a Participant in the Plan to further participate in the

          Plan by the execution of one or more additional Deferred

          Compensation Agreements.  In the event an Eligible Employee

          executes more than one Deferred Compensation Agreement pursuant

          to the Plan, the benefits to be provided to such Participant

          shall be the sum of the benefits determined in accordance with

          the provisions of the Plan and such Deferred Compensation

          Agreements.  

               Section 3.7.   Changes to the Schedule of Benefits.  The

          initial Schedule of Benefits to be used in connection with De-

          ferred Compensation Agreements executed by Executive Officers and

          amendments to the Schedule of Benefits to be used from time to

          time in connection with Deferred Compensation Agreements executed

          by Executive Officers shall be subject to the approval of the

          Compensation Committee.  The initial Schedule of Benefits to be

          used in connection with Deferred Compensation Agreements executed

          by Eligible Employees other than Executive Officers and amend-

          ments to the Schedule of Benefits to be used in connection with

          Deferred Compensation Agreements executed by Eligible Employees

          other than Executive Officers shall be subject to the approval of

          the Management Compensation Committee.  



                                        xviii
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                       BENEFITS

               Section 4.1.   General.  The benefits to be provided by the

          Plan shall be determined in accordance with a Participant's

          Deferred Compensation Agreement and the Plan.  Such benefits

          shall depend upon (i) the Age at Deferral of such Participant,

          (ii) the amount of Compensation deferred by such Participant and

          (iii) such Participant's age and Creditable Service at the time

          such Participant separates from Service.  In the event a Partici-

          pant separates from Service on account of Retirement, such

          Participant shall become entitled to the applicable retirement

          benefit provided for in Section 4.2, Section 4.3 or Section 4.4. 

          In the event a Participant becomes Disabled prior to the attain-

          ment of such Participant's Normal Retirement Age, such Partici-

          pant shall become entitled to the benefits, if any, provided for

          in Section 4.5.  In the event a Participant separates from

          Service on account of death after becoming eligible for Retire-

          ment or otherwise while in Service, the benefits, if any, provid-

          ed for in Section 4.7 shall be paid to such Participant's Benefi-

          ciary.  In the event a Participant separates from Service for a

          reason other than Retirement or death, then the only benefit

          payable to such Participant under the Plan shall be the benefit

          provided for in Section 4.6.

               Section 4.2.   Normal Retirement.  Subject to the provisions

          of Section 4.8 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from

          Service for a reason other than death following the attainment of


                                         xix
<PAGE>

          such Participant's Normal Retirement Age and prior to the end of

          the Plan Year in which such Participant attains such Normal

          Retirement Age shall become entitled to such Participant's Normal

          Retirement Benefit.  Such Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit

          shall be expressed as an annual benefit payable for fifteen (15)

          years beginning on such Participant's Benefit Commencement Date. 

          The total Normal Retirement Benefit payable for such fifteen (15)

          year period shall be payable in one hundred eighty (180) equal

          monthly installments.  The amount of each such monthly install-

          ment shall be determined by dividing the total Normal Retirement

          Benefit payable for such fifteen (15) year period by one hundred

          eighty (180).  Such monthly installments shall commence on such

          Participant's Benefit Commencement Date and continue on the last

          day of each month thereafter until one hundred eighty (180) such

          monthly payments have been made.  

               Section 4.3.   Early Retirement.  Subject to the provisions

          of Section 4.8 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from

          Service for a reason other than death prior to attaining such

          Participant's Normal Retirement Age and who is eligible for Early

          Retirement at the time of such separation from Service shall

          become entitled to such Participant's Regular Early Retirement

          Benefit; provided, however, if at the time of such Participant's

          Early Retirement such Participant has attained age fifty-five

          (55) and such Participant has completed at least two hundred

          forty (240) months of Creditable Service, such Participant shall

          be entitled to such Participant's Special Early Retirement


                                          xx
<PAGE>


          Benefit.  Such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit shall be

          expressed as an annual benefit payable for fifteen (15) years

          beginning on such Participant's Benefit Commencement Date.  The

          total Early Retirement Benefit payable for such fifteen (15) year

          period shall be payable in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly

          installments.  The amount of each such monthly installment shall

          be determined by dividing the total Early Retirement Benefit

          payable for such fifteen (15) year period by one hundred eighty

          (180).  Such monthly installments shall commence on such

          Participant's Benefit Commencement Date and continue on the last

          day of each month thereafter until one hundred eighty (180) such

          monthly payments have been made.  

               Section 4.4.   Delayed Retirement.  Subject to the provi-

          sions of Section 4.8 and Article VI, a Participant who separates

          from Service for a reason other than death after the Plan Year in

          which such Participant attains such Participant's Normal Retire-

          ment Age shall become entitled to such Participant's Delayed

          Retirement Benefit.  Such Participant's Delayed Retirement

          Benefit shall be expressed as an annual benefit payable for

          fifteen (15) years beginning on such Participant's Benefit

          Commencement Date.  The total Delayed Retirement Benefit payable

          for such fifteen (15) year period shall be payable in one hundred

          eighty (180) equal monthly installments.  The amount of each such

          monthly installment shall be determined by dividing the total

          Delayed Retirement Benefit payable for such fifteen (15) year

          period by one hundred eighty (180).  Such monthly installments


                                         xxi
<PAGE>

          shall commence on such Participant's Benefit Commencement Date

          and continue on the last day of each month thereafter until one

          hundred eighty (180) such monthly payments have been made.  

               Section 4.5.   Disability.  In the event a Participant be-

          comes Disabled prior to the attainment of such Participant's

          Normal Retirement Age, the following provisions shall apply:

                    (a)  For purposes of determining such Participant's

               benefits under this Plan, such Participant's Creditable

               Service shall include such Participant's period of Disabili-

               ty to the extent provided in the Retirement Plan.  

                    (b)  In the event such Participant remains Disabled

               until such Participant attains such Participant's Normal

               Retirement Age, then subject to the provisions of Section

               4.8 and Article VI such Participant shall be entitled to

               receive such Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit as

               provided in Section 4.2 and Section 4.5(a).  

                    (c)  In the event such Participant ceases to be Dis-

               abled for a reason other than death prior to the attainment

               of such Participant's Normal Retirement Age and such Partic-

               ipant does not reenter active Service upon the cessation of

               such Participant's Disability, then such Participant shall

               be deemed to have separated from Service as of the date of

               the cessation of such Participant's Disability.  If such

               Participant is eligible for Early Retirement on the date

               such Participant is deemed to have separated from Service,

               then subject to the provisions of Section 4.8 and Article VI


                                         xxii
<PAGE>

               such Participant shall be entitled to receive such

               Participant's Early Retirement Benefit as provided in Sec-

               tion 4.3.  If such Participant is not eligible for Early

               Retirement on the date such Participant is deemed to have

               separated from Service, then such Participant shall be

               entitled to receive the benefit, if any, provided for in

               Section 4.6.  

                    (d)  In the event such Participant ceases to be Dis-

               abled for a reason other than death prior to the attainment

               of such Participant's Normal Retirement Age and such Partic-

               ipant reenters active Service upon the cessation of such

               Participant's Disability, then such Participant's Creditable

               Service shall include such Participant's period of Disabili-

               ty to the extent provided in the Retirement Plan and such

               Participant shall resume active participation in the Plan on

               the date such Participant reenters active Service.  

                    (e)  A Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement

               at the time such Participant becomes Disabled or who becomes

               eligible for Early Retirement while still Disabled in ac-

               cordance with this Section 4.5 shall be entitled to elect at

               any time prior to attainment of such Participant's Normal

               Retirement Age to receive such Participant's Early Retire-

               ment Benefit determined in accordance with the provisions of

               Section 4.3 and Section 4.5(a) as of the date of such elec-

               tion.  


                                        xxiii
<PAGE>

               Section 4.6.   Other Separation From Service.  In the event

          a Participant separates from Service for a reason other than such

          Participant's Retirement or death, such Participant shall be paid

          in a single sum within ninety (90) days following such Partici-

          pant's separation from Service all Compensation previously de-

          ferred by such Participant pursuant to the Plan and such

          Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement with interest

          thereon at the rate of eight percent (8%), compounded annually,

          through the last day of the month immediately preceding the month

          in which such Participant receives such payment.  For purposes of

          calculating said interest on Compensation deferred at different

          times during a particular Plan Year, all such amounts shall be

          deemed to have been deferred as of the first day of such Plan

          Year.  

               Section 4.7.   Death.  

               (a)  Death After Separation from Service.  In the event a

          Participant separates from Service after becoming eligible for

          Normal Retirement, Early Retirement or Delayed Retirement, but

          such Participant dies prior to such Participant's Benefit Com-

          mencement Date, the benefits that would have otherwise been paid

          to such Participant shall be paid to such Participant's Benefi-

          ciary commencing on the Benefit Commencement Date.  In the event

          a Participant separates from Service after becoming eligible for

          Normal Retirement, Early Retirement or Delayed Retirement, and

          such Participant dies on or after such Participant's Benefit

          Commencement Date, then the remaining benefits that would have


                                         xxiv
<PAGE>


          been paid to such Participant shall be paid to such Participant's

          Beneficiary commencing on the last day of the month following the

          month in which such Participant's death occurs.  In the event a

          Participant separates from Service for a reason other than

          Retirement, but such Participant dies prior to receipt of the

          benefits provided in Section 4.6, then the single sum payment

          that would have been paid to such Participant shall be paid to

          such Participant's Beneficiary.  

               (b)  Death of a Disabled Participant.  In the event (i) a

          Participant becomes Disabled prior to the attainment of such

          Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and (ii) such Participant

          dies prior to such Participant's Benefit Commencement Date

          without recovering from such Disability, the Beneficiary of such

          Participant shall be entitled to the benefits provided for in

          Section 4.7(c) as if such Participant had died while in Service. 

          In the event (i) a Participant becomes Disabled prior to the

          attainment of such Participant's Normal Retirement Age, (ii) such

          Participant becomes eligible to receive such Participant's Normal

          Retirement Benefit pursuant to Section 4.2 or Early Retirement

          Benefit pursuant to Section 4.3, and (iii) such Participant dies

          on or after such Participant's Benefit Commencement Date without

          recovering from such Disability, then the remaining benefits that

          would have been paid to such Participant shall be paid to such

          Participant's Beneficiary commencing on the last day of the month

          following the date of such Participant's death.  


                                         xxv
<PAGE>

               (c)  Death While in Service.  In the event a Participant

          dies while in Service, but prior to the first deferral of such

          Participant's Compensation pursuant to such Participant's De-

          ferred Compensation Agreement, then no death benefits shall be

          payable under the Plan.  Except as provided in Section 4.7(d), in

          the event a Participant dies while in Service prior to the

          attainment of such Participant's Normal Retirement Age [or, to

          the extent provided in Section 4.7(b), while Disabled] the

          Participant's Beneficiary shall be paid a death benefit in an

          amount equal to the greater of 

                    (i) such Participant's Regular Early Retire-
               ment Benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age
               determined without regard to whether such Partici-
               pant had deferred Compensation equal to the Total
               Deferral Amount provided in the Deferred Compensa-
               tion Agreement at the time of such Participant's
               death, or

                    (ii) if the deceased Participant had attained
               age fifty-five (55) and completed at least two
               hundred forty (240) months of Creditable Service,
               the Special Early Retirement Benefit the Partici-
               pant would have received had such Participant
               retired on the date of such Participant's death
               and commenced receiving such Participant's Special
               Early Retirement Benefit on the January 31 follow-
               ing such Participant's death. 

          For purposes of calculating the Special Early Retirement Benefit

          which the Participant would have received pursuant to subpara-

          graph (ii) above in circumstances where the Participant dies

          prior to the completion of the Deferral Period specified in such

          Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement, or Compensation

          equal to the Total Deferral Amount specified in such

          Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement has not been


                                         xxvi
<PAGE>

          deferred for other reasons prior to the Participant's death, then

          the Special Early Retirement Benefit for purposes of subparagraph

          (ii) above shall be determined by multiplying the Special Early

          Retirement Benefit to which such Participant would have otherwise

          been entitled by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total

          amount of Compensation deferred by the Participant pursuant to

          such Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement prior to such

          Participant's death and the denominator of which is the Total

          Deferral Amount specified in such Participant's Deferred Compen-

          sation Agreement.  Except as provided in Section 4.7(d), in the

          event a Participant dies while in Service after attaining such

          Participant's Normal Retirement Age but prior to becoming eligi-

          ble for Delayed Retirement, the Participant's Beneficiary shall

          be paid a death benefit in an amount equal to the Normal Retire-

          ment Benefit the Participant would have received had such Partic-

          ipant retired on the date of such Participant's death and com-

          menced receiving such Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit on

          the January 31 following such Participant's death.  Except as

          provided in Section 4.7(d), in the event a Participant dies while

          in Service after becoming eligible for Delayed Retirement, the

          Participant's Beneficiary shall be paid a death benefit in an

          amount equal to the Delayed Retirement Benefit the Participant

          would have received had such Participant retired on the date of

          such Participant's death and commenced receiving such

          Participant's Delayed Retirement Benefit on the January 31

          following such Participant's death.  The death benefit provided


                                        xxvii
<PAGE>


          herein shall be expressed as an annual benefit payable for

          fifteen (15) years beginning on the last day of the calendar

          month following the calendar month in which such Participant

          dies.  The total death benefit payable for such fifteen (15) year

          period shall be payable in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly

          installments.  The amount of each such monthly installment shall

          be determined by dividing the total death benefit payable for the

          fifteen (15) year period by one hundred eighty (180).  Such

          monthly installments shall commence on the last day of the calen-

          dar month following the month in which such Participant dies and

          continue on the last day of each month thereafter until one

          hundred eighty (180) such monthly payments have been made.  

               (d)  Suicide.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section

          4.7(c), in the event a Participant dies as a result of suicide

          within twenty-five (25) calendar months of the calendar month

          during which such Participant's Compensation is first deferred

          pursuant to such Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement,

          the Beneficiary of such Participant shall not be entitled to a

          death benefit pursuant to Section 4.7(c) of the Plan, but such

          Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the single sum benefit

          determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.6 as if

          such deceased Participant had separated from Service on the date

          of such Participant's death.

               (e)  Article VI Controlling.  The provisions of this Section

          4.7 shall be subject to the provisions of Article VI.

                                        xxviii
<PAGE>

               Section 4.8.   Accrual of Benefits.  If a Participant sepa-

          rates from Service prior to the completion of the Deferral Period

          specified in such Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement

          for a reason other than death, or if Compensation equal to the

          Total Deferral Amount specified in such Participant's Deferred

          Compensation Agreement is not deferred for any reason other than

          the Participant's death, then any Normal Retirement Benefit,

          Early Retirement Benefit or Delayed Retirement Benefit, as

          applicable, to which such Participant would have otherwise been

          entitled pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2, Section 4.3,

          or Section 4.4 and such Participant's Deferred Compensation

          Agreement shall be reduced to an amount determined by multiplying

          the benefit which would have otherwise been payable to such

          Participant had such Participant deferred Compensation equal to

          the Total Deferral Amount specified in such Participant's De-

          ferred Compensation Agreement by a fraction, the numerator of

          which is the total amount of Compensation deferred by the Partic-

          ipant pursuant to such Participant's Deferred Compensation

          Agreement and the denominator of which is the Total Deferral

          Amount specified in such Participant's Deferred Compensation

          Agreement.  

               Section 4.9.   Withdrawals on Account of an Unforeseeable

          Emergency.  A Participant who is in Service may, in the Plan

          Committee's sole discretion, receive a refund of all or any part

          of such Participant's Compensation previously deferred under the

          Plan in the case of an "unforeseeable emergency."  A Participant


                                         xxix
<PAGE>


          requesting a payment pursuant to this Section 4.9 shall have the

          burden of proof of establishing, to the Plan Committee's satis-

          faction, the existence of such "unforeseeable emergency," and the

          amount of the payment needed to satisfy the same.  In that

          regard, the Participant shall provide the Plan Committee with

          such financial data and information as the Plan Committee may

          request.  If the Plan Committee determines that a payment should

          be made to a Participant under this Section 4.9, such payment

          shall be made within a reasonable time after the Plan Committee's

          determination of the existence of such "unforeseeable emergency"

          and the amount of payment so needed.  Any such payment pursuant

          to this Section 4.9 shall be expressly conditional upon the

          Participant receiving such payment entering into such modifica-

          tion or amendment to such Participant's Deferred Compensation

          Agreement as the Plan Committee may deem appropriate in its sole

          and exclusive discretion to reduce the benefits that would have

          otherwise been payable to such Participant had such payment not

          been made to the Participant pursuant to this Section 4.9.  As

          used herein, the term "unforeseeable emergency" means a severe

          financial hardship to a Participant resulting from a sudden and

          unexpected illness or accident of a Participant or of a dependent

          [as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code] of the Participant,

          loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other

          similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as

          a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.  The

          circumstances that shall constitute an "unforeseeable emergency"


                                         xxx
<PAGE>
          shall depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case,

          payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or

          may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by

          insurance or otherwise, or (ii) by liquidation of the

          Participant's assets, to the extent the liquidation of such

          assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.  Exam-

          ples of what are not considered to be "unforeseeable emergencies"

          include the need to send a Participant's child to college or the

          desire to purchase a home.  Withdrawals of amounts because of an

          "unforeseeable emergency" shall not exceed an amount reasonably

          needed to satisfy the emergency need.  If any withdrawal is

          permitted pursuant to this Section 4.9 during a Deferral Period,

          no further deferral of Compensation shall be made during the

          Deferral Period pursuant to such Participant's Deferred Compensa-

          tion Agreement from and after the effective date of the withdraw-

          al.  

               Section 4.10.  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.  

               (a)  Designation or Change of Beneficiary by a Participant. 

          Each Participant may from time to time designate the person(s) or

          entity(ies) to whom the benefits provided for in Section 4.7 are

          to be paid.  A Participant may from time to time change such

          Participant's said designation of Beneficiary and upon any such

          change, any previously designated Beneficiary's right to receive

          any benefits under the Plan shall terminate.  In order to be

          effective, any designation or change of designation of a Benefi-

          ciary must be made on a form furnished by the Plan Committee and


                                         xxxi
<PAGE>


          signed by the Participant and received by the Plan Committee

          while the Participant is alive.  If a Beneficiary of a deceased

          Participant shall survive the deceased Participant but die prior

          to the receipt of all benefits payable to said Beneficiary under

          the Plan, then such benefits as would have been payable to said

          deceased Beneficiary shall be paid to such Beneficiary's estate

          at the same time and in the same manner as such benefits would

          have been payable to said deceased Beneficiary.  

               (b)  Beneficiary Designated by the Plan.  In the event that

          a Participant shall die without having designated a Beneficiary,

          or in the event that a Participant shall die having revoked an

          earlier Beneficiary designation without having effectively desig-

          nated another Beneficiary, or in the event that a Participant

          shall die but the Beneficiary designated by such Participant

          shall fail to survive such Participant, then and in any such

          event, the person(s) who shall constitute the Beneficiary of such

          deceased Participant shall be determined as follows:  

                    (i)  In the event the deceased Participant is survived
               by such Participant's spouse, then such surviving spouse
               shall be the Beneficiary.  

                   (ii)  In the event said deceased Participant is not
               survived by such Participant's spouse, but is survived by a
               child, children or by issue of a deceased child or children,
               such surviving children and surviving issue of such deceased
               children shall share as Beneficiaries on a per stirpes
               basis, the issue of a deceased child of the deceased Partic-
               ipant to take per stirpes the same share their parent would
               have taken if living.  

                  (iii)  In the event said deceased Participant is not
               survived by any person described in subparagraph (i) or (ii)
               above, then said deceased Participant's estate shall be such
               deceased Participant's Beneficiary.  


                                        xxxii
<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE V

                                    PLAN COMMITTEE

               Section 5.1.   Appointment, Term of Office and Vacancy.  The

          Plan Committee shall consist of one or more individuals appointed

          by the Management Compensation Committee who shall serve at the

          pleasure of the Management Compensation Committee.  The Manage-

          ment Compensation Committee shall have the absolute right to

          remove any member of the Plan Committee at any time, with or

          without cause, and any member of the Plan Committee shall have

          the right to resign at any time.  If a vacancy in the Plan

          Committee should occur, from death, resignation, removal or

          otherwise, a successor shall be appointed by the Management

          Compensation Committee.  

               Section 5.2.   Organization of Plan Committee.  The Manage-

          ment Compensation Committee shall designate one of the members of

          the Plan Committee to serve as its Chairman, one member as its

          Vice-Chairman and one member as its Secretary.  One person may

          hold more than one office.  The Plan Committee may appoint such

          agents, who need not be members of the Plan Committee, as it may

          deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties, and

          may delegate to such agent such powers and duties, whether minis-

          terial or discretionary, as the Plan Committee may deem expedient

          or appropriate.  The Plan Committee shall act by majority vote

          and may adopt such bylaws, rules and regulations as it deems

          desirable for the conduct of its affairs.  The members of the

          Plan Committee shall serve as such without compensation.  


                                        xxxiii
<PAGE>

               Section 5.3.   Powers of the Plan Committee.  The Plan

          Committee shall administer the Plan.  The Plan Committee shall

          have all the powers to enable it to carry out its duties under

          the Plan properly.  Not in limitation of the foregoing, the Plan

          Committee shall have the power to construe and interpret the Plan

          and determine all questions that shall arise thereunder.  It

          shall decide all questions relating to eligibility to receive

          benefits under the Plan.  The Plan Committee shall have such

          other and further specified duties, powers, authority and discre-

          tion as are elsewhere in the Plan either expressly or by neces-

          sary implication conferred upon it.  The decision of the Plan

          Committee upon all matters within the scope of its authority

          shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except to the

          extent otherwise provided by law.  

               Section 5.4.   Expenses of Plan Committee.  The reasonable

          expenses of the Plan Committee incurred by the Plan Committee in

          the performance of its duties under the Plan, including without

          limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses of other agents,

          shall be paid by the Participating Employers.  

                                      ARTICLE VI

                              AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

               Section 6.1.   Amendment and Termination of the Plan. 

          Except as provided in Section 6.2 with respect to Deferred

          Compensation Agreements previously executed by a Participating

          Employer and a Participant, the Participating Employers expressly

          reserve the right, at any time and from time to time, to amend in


                                        xxxiv
<PAGE>
          whole or in part any of the terms and provisions of the Plan and

          to terminate the Plan for whatever reasons the Participating

          Employers may deem appropriate.  The Compensation Committee shall

          have authority to so amend or terminate the Plan on behalf of the

          Participating Employers in all respects.  Any such amendment or

          termination of the Plan shall be effected by an instrument in

          writing duly executed and acknowledged on behalf of the Partici-

          pating Employers by duly authorized officers of NCNB Corporation,

          which amendment shall become a part of the Plan.  Except as

          provided in Section 6.2, no such amendment or termination of the

          Plan shall adversely affect any Deferred Compensation Agreement

          executed by a Participant and a Participating Employer prior to

          the date of the adoption of any such amendment or termination.

               Section 6.2.   Amendment and Termination of Previously-

          Executed Deferred Compensation Agreements.  The Participating

          Employers have established the Plan and shall enter into Deferred

          Compensation Agreements from time to time with Participants based

          on certain "assumptions" regarding the income tax aspects of the

          Plan.  Such "assumptions" include (i) the applicability of

          Section 451(a) of the Code to a Participant's recognition of

          gross income as a result of participation in the Plan, (ii) the

          applicability of Section 404(a)(5) of the Code to the benefits

          paid by the Participating Employers to Participants under the

          Plan, (iii) the provisions of Section 11 and Subchapter L of the

          Code with respect to the federal income tax on corporations and

          life insurance companies; and (iv) the following with respect to


                                         xxxv
<PAGE>


          any life insurance contract owned by a Participating Employer

          insuring the life of an Eligible Employee:

               (A) the current provisions of Section 101 of the Code
               related to the exclusion from gross income of proceeds
               of such contract payable upon the death of the insured;

               (B) the current exclusion from income of the Partici-
               pating Employer of any increase in the "cash value" of
               such contract from time to time; 

               (C) the current exclusion from income of the Partici-
               pating Employer of any "policy loan" obtained by the
               Participating Employer with respect to such contract;

               (D) the current exclusion from income of the Partici-
               pating Employer of "dividends" declared on such con-
               tract which are used to purchase additional insurance;
               and

               (E) the current provisions of Section 264 of the Code
               related to the deductibility of interest paid on policy
               loans by the Participating Employer.

          Should any such "assumptions" be adversely affected in whole or

          in part by reason of legislative, judicial or regulatory develop-

          ments, then the Participating Employers reserve the right to

          amend the provisions of such Deferred Compensation Agreement (and

          the Plan) to reduce appropriately the benefits to be provided

          under the Plan and such Deferred Compensation Agreement; provid-

          ed, however, (i) no such amendment shall result in a Participant

          receiving less than all Compensation previously deferred by such

          Participant pursuant to the Plan and such Participant's Deferred

          Compensation Agreement with interest thereon at the rate of eight

          percent (8%), compounded annually, through the last day of the

          month immediately preceding the month in which such Participant

          receives such payment, such interest to be calculated in accor-

          dance with the provisions of Section 4.6, and (ii) no such

                                        xxxvi
<PAGE>

          amendment shall apply to any Participant (or Beneficiary)

          receiving benefits pursuant to the Plan at the time such

          amendment is adopted.

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               Section 7.1.   Adoption by a Subsidiary Corporation.  A

          Subsidiary Corporation may, with the approval of the Compensation

          Committee and the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary

          Corporation, elect to adopt the Plan as of the date mutually

          agreeable to the Compensation Committee and the Board of

          Directors of such Subsidiary Corporation.  Any such adoption of

          the Plan by a Subsidiary Corporation shall be evidenced by an

          appropriate instrument of adoption executed by such Subsidiary

          Corporation.  

               Section 7.2.   Authorization and Delegation to the Compensa-

          tion Committee.  Each Subsidiary Corporation which is or hereaf-

          ter becomes a Participating Employer authorizes and empowers the

          Compensation Committee (i) to amend or terminate the Plan without

          further action by said Subsidiary Corporation as provided in

          Article VI and (ii) to perform such other acts and do such other

          things as the Compensation Committee is expressly directed,

          authorized or permitted to perform or do as provided herein.  

               Section 7.3.   Spendthrift Clause.  To the extent permitted

          by law, no benefits payable under the Plan shall be subject to

          the claim of any creditor of any Participant or to any legal

          process by any creditor of any Participant and no Participant


                                        xxxvii
<PAGE>


          entitled to benefits hereunder shall have any right whatsoever to

          alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any benefits under the

          Plan.  

               Section 7.4.   Benefits Payable From General Assets of the

          Participating Employers.  All benefits payable hereunder shall be

          paid from the general assets of the Participating Employers.  No

          assets of the Participating Employers shall be segregated or

          placed in trust pursuant to the Plan in a manner which would put

          such asset beyond the reach of the general creditors of any of

          the Participating Employers, and the rights of any Participant

          (or Beneficiary) to receive any benefits hereunder shall be no

          greater than the right of any general, unsecured creditor of the

          Participating Employers.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall

          create or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or any

          other fiduciary relationship between the Participating Employers

          and a Participant.  In the event the Participating Employers

          purchase any insurance policies insuring the life of any Eligible

          Employees hereunder, no Eligible Employee shall have any rights

          whatsoever therein and the Participating Employers shall be the

          sole owner and beneficiary thereof and shall possess and exercise

          all incidents of ownership therein.  

               Section 7.5.   Allocation of Costs of Benefits Among the

          Participating Employers.  The cost of benefits to be provided a

          Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) pursuant to this Plan

          shall be paid by the Participating Employer which executes the

          Deferred Compensation Agreement with the Participant.  In the


                                       xxxviii
<PAGE>

          case of a transfer of a Participant between Participating

          Employers, (i) the Participant's obligation to defer Compensation

          pursuant to the Participant's Deferred Compensation Agreement

          shall continue in effect, (ii) the Participating Employer to whom

          such Participant is transferred shall assume the responsibility

          of the Participating Employer from which such Participant is

          transferred under the Deferred Compensation Agreement without

          further action, and (iii) the cost of benefits provided pursuant

          to the Plan shall be allocated among the Participating Employers

          in proportion to the Compensation payable by each such Partici-

          pating Employer which was deferred pursuant to the Plan.

               Section 7.6.   Benefits Limited to the Plan.  Participation

          in the Plan shall not give a Participant any right to be retained

          in the employ of any one or more of the Participating Employers

          nor, upon dismissal, any right or interest in the Plan except as

          expressly provided herein.  

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                   CLAIMS PROCEDURE

               Section 8.1.  Claims Procedure.

               (a)  General.  In the event that a Claimant has a Claim

          under the Plan, such Claim shall be made by the Claimant's filing

          a notice thereof with the Plan Committee within ninety (90) days

          after such Claimant first has knowledge of such Claim.  Each

          Claimant who has submitted a Claim to the Plan Committee shall be

          afforded a reasonable opportunity to state such Claimant's posi-

          tion and to present evidence and other material relevant to the


                                        xxxix
<PAGE>


          Claim to the Plan Committee for its consideration in rendering

          its decision with respect thereto.  The Plan Committee shall

          render its decision in writing within sixty (60) days after the

          Claim is referred to it, and a copy of such written decision

          shall be furnished to the Claimant.

               (b)  Notice of Decision of Committee.  Each Claimant whose

          Claim has been denied by the Plan Committee shall be provided

          written notice thereof, which notice shall set forth:

                    (i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial;

                   (ii)  specific reference to pertinent provision(s)
               of the Plan upon which such denial is based;

                  (iii)  a description of any additional material or
               information necessary for the Claimant to perfect such
               Claim and an explanation of why such material or infor-
               mation is necessary; and

                   (iv)  an explanation of the procedure hereunder for
               review of such Claim;

          all in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claim-

          ant.

               (c)  Review of Decision of Plan Committee.  Each such

          Claimant shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity for a

          full and fair review of the decision of the Plan Committee

          denying the Claim.  Such review shall be by the Compensation

          Committee.  Such appeal shall be made within ninety (90)

          days after the Claimant received the written decision of the

          Plan Committee and shall be made by the written request of

          the Claimant or such Claimant's duly authorized representa-

          tive of the Compensation Committee.  In the event of appeal,

          the Claimant or such Claimant's duly authorized representa-

                                       xl
<PAGE>

          tive may review pertinent documents and submit issues and

          comments in writing to the Compensation Committee.  The

          Compensation Committee shall review the following:

                    (i)  the initial proceedings of the Plan Committee with
               respect to such Claim;

                   (ii)  such issues and comments as were submitted in
               writing by the Claimant or the Claimant's duly authorized
               representative; and

                  (iii)  such other material and information as the Compen-
               sation Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable
               for a full and fair review of the decision of the Plan
               Committee.

          The Compensation Committee may approve, disapprove or modify the

          decision of the Plan Committee, in whole or in part, or may take

          such other action with respect to such appeal as it deems appro-

          priate.  The decision of the Compensation Committee with respect

          to such appeal shall be made promptly, and in no event later than

          sixty (60) days after receipt of such appeal, unless special

          circumstances require an extension of such time within which to

          render such decision, in which event such decision shall be

          rendered as soon as possible and in no event later than one

          hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of such appeal.  The

          decision of the Compensation Committee shall be in writing and in

          a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall

          include specific reasons for such decision and set forth specific

          references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which

          such decision is based.  The Claimant shall be furnished a copy

          of the written decision of the Compensation Committee.  Such

          decision shall be final and conclusive upon all persons


                                         xli
<PAGE>


          interested therein, except to the extent otherwise provided by

          applicable law.  

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NCNB Corporation has caused this instru-

          ment to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the

          22nd day of June, 1988.

                                        NCNB CORPORATION

          [CORPORATE SEAL]

          ATTEST:                       By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                             Executive Vice President 

            /s/ J. W. Kiser          
          _________ Secretary





                                         xlii


                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                        THE NATIONSBANK PENSION PLAN

     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 28th day of
December, 1994 by and between NATIONSBANK CORPORATION, a North Carolina
corporation ("NationsBank"), and NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A., a
national banking association (the "Trustee").

                            W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, NationsBank and certain of its subsidiary corporations
(collectively with NationsBank, the "Participating Employers") maintain The
NationsBank Pension Plan (the "Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, NationsBank desires to amend the Plan to (i) provide for the
new $150,000 limitation on compensation under Section 401(a)(17) of the
Internal Revenue Code, (ii) provide for "direct rollovers" as required by
Section 401(a)(31) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) reflect the merger
of certain plans into the Plan and (iv) reflect the termination of certain
employees of the Participating Employers; and

     WHEREAS, in Section 11.1 of the Plan, the Participating Employers have
reserved the right to amend the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, and
have delegated to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of
NationsBank the right to make the amendments set forth below on behalf of
all Participating Employers; and 

     WHEREAS, the amendments set forth below have been authorized and
approved by the Compensation Committee;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, NationsBank and the Trustee hereby agree that
the Plan is amended as follows:

     1.   The second sentence following subparagraph (B) of Section
2.1(c)(6) of the Plan is amended effective as of January 1, 1993 to read as
follows:

     "In no event shall Compensation taken into account for any
     calendar year exceed the maximum amount permitted under Code
     Section 401(a)(17), and such Code limitation shall be subject to
     the family aggregation rule under Code Section 401(a)(17), all as
     more fully set forth in Section 7.4 below."

<PAGE>

     2.   The following new Sections 7.4 and 7.5 are added to the end of

Article VII of the Plan effective as of January 1, 1993:

     "SECTION 7.4.  COMPENSATION LIMITATION.

     (a)  General.  The Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 amended Code
Section 401(a)(17) to reduce the compensation limitation thereunder from
$200,000 to $150,000 (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases) for Plan
Years beginning after 1993.  The provisions of this Section 7.4 provide for
the compensation limitation as in effect prior to 1994 and implement the
change to the compensation limitation effected by the Revenue
Reconciliation Act of 1993.

     (b)  Compensation Limitation.  In no event shall the amount of a
Participant's compensation taken into account under the Plan for any Plan
Year exceed the limitation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.  That
limitation is $200,000 for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1994 and
$150,000 for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993.  In applying the
limitation of this Section 7.4, the following rules shall apply:

          (i)  The limitation shall be adjusted for cost-of-living
     adjustments under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code when and as
     provided by Section 401(a)(17).  In such regard, a Section
     401(a)(17) cost-of-living adjustment that is in effect for a
     calendar year shall apply to the Plan Year that begins during
     such calendar year.

         (ii)  If compensation is determined under the Plan over a
     period of less than twelve (12) months, then to the extent
     required by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code the limitation for
     such period shall be the product obtained by multiplying the
     limitation that would otherwise apply by a fraction, the
     numerator of which is the number of months in such period and the
     denominator of which is twelve (12).

        (iii)  The following rule shall apply to a Highly Compensated
     Participant who is a five percent owner described in Section
     13.1(b)(4)(C) or is among the ten (10) Highly Compensated
     Participants receiving the greatest Affiliated Group Compensation
     during the Plan Year:  if any family members of the Highly
     Compensated Participant also 

                                     2

<PAGE>

     participate in the Plan, the
     limitation shall be prorated among the Highly Compensated
     Participant and the Highly Compensated Participant's family
     members who are participating in the Plan in proportion to their
     respective compensation determined without regard to the
     limitation.  A "family member" means the Highly Compensated
     Participant's spouse or any lineal descendant of the Highly
     Compensated Participant who has not attained nineteen (19) years
     of age before the end of the Plan Year. 

     (c)  Fresh Start for Monthly Retirement Income.  Notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan to the contrary, the amount of a Participant's
monthly retirement income under the Plan determined as of a given date (an
"accrual date") that is on or after January 1, 1994 shall be the
Participant's monthly retirement income determined under the applicable
provisions of the Plan taking into account the $150,000 compensation
limitation set forth in Section 7.4(b) above for all Plan Years, including
Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1994; provided, however, in no
event shall such monthly retirement income as of an accrual date for a
Participant whose compensation is limited by Section 7.4(b) above be less
than the sum of Amount A and Amount B, where:

     Amount A is the monthly retirement income earned by the
     Participant as of December 31, 1993 (if any) determined under the
     terms and provisions of the Plan in effect as of that date; and

     Amount B is the monthly retirement income earned by the
     Participant as of the accrual date determined in accordance with
     the terms and provisions of the Plan in effect as of that date,
     except that for such purpose the Participant's Benefit Service
     shall be limited to the Participant's Benefit Service after
     December 31, 1993, and such post-December 31, 1993 Benefit
     Service used in the calculation of that portion of the
     Participant's monthly retirement income attributable to Average
     Compensation in excess of Covered Compensation shall be limited
     further to five hundred forty (540) minus the Participant's
     Benefit Service before January 1, 1994.

                                     3

<PAGE>

     SECTION 7.5.  OPTIONAL TRANSFERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS. 
If a Participant, a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of a deceased
Participant, or a Participant's current or former spouse who is an
alternate payee under a 
Qualified Domestic Relations Order (each a "distributee") is to receive a
distribution that is an "eligible rollover distribution," the distributee
may elect to have the distribution paid directly to an "eligible retirement
plan" specified by the distributee rather than paid directly to the
distributee.  The election may be made with respect to all or any portion
of the distribution, other than the portion that would not be includable in
the distributee's gross income if not so transferred (for example, the
portion representing a return of after-tax employee contributions).

     For purposes of this Section 7.5:

          (i)  the term "eligible rollover distribution" is as defined in
     Section 401(a)(31)(C) of the Code; and

         (ii)  the term "eligible retirement plan" is as defined in Section
     401(a)(31)(D) of the Code; provided, however, that in the case of a
     distributee who is the surviving spouse of a deceased Participant, the
     term "eligible retirement plan" refers only to an individual
     retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an
     individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code.

     The preceding provisions of this Section 7.5 shall apply only to the
extent required by Section 401(a)(31) of the Code.  The Committee shall
establish the rules and procedures (i) by which Participants and other
distributees make their elections under this Section 7.5 and (ii) pursuant
to which the requirements and provisions of this Section 7.5 and Section
401(a)(31) of the Code, and any related income tax withholding rules of the
Code, are otherwise implemented.  In such regard, to the extent permitted
by the Code, the Committee's rules and procedures may include rules
limiting or eliminating elections for small amounts, and may provide that a
distribution shall be paid to a distributee's individual retirement account
or other eligible retirement plan only upon the distributee's timely
election, and that if there is no such election, the distribution shall be
paid directly to the 

                                     4

<PAGE>

distributee and shall reflect any income tax withholding required by the 
Code." 

     3.  The following new Section 15.7 is added to the end of Article XV
of the Plan and Schedule 15.7 attached to this Agreement is added as an
additional Schedule to the Plan all effective as of May 1, 1993:

          "SECTION 15.7.  SOUTH CAROLINA BRANCH EMPLOYEES: 1993. 

          (a)  General.  Effective May 1, 1993 (the "1993 SC
     Termination Date"), Participants located in certain South
     Carolina branch offices of the Participating Employers set forth
     on Schedule 15.7 that were sold to various purchasers terminated
     their employment with the Participating Employers as the result
     of such sales (the "1993 SC Affected Participants"). 

          (b)  Vesting of 1993 SC Affected Participants.  The accrued
     retirement income under the Plan of a 1993 SC Affected
     Participant shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the
     1993 SC Termination Date.  

          (c)  Payment of Benefits of 1993 SC Affected Participants. 
     For purposes of determining a 1993 SC Affected Participant's
     accrued retirement income under the Plan, such 1993 SC Affected
     Participant shall be deemed to have separated from Service as of
     the 1993 SC Termination Date.  Subject to Section 5.5, each 1993
     SC Affected Participant may elect to receive payment of such 1993
     SC Affected Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan in one
     of the following forms: 

               (A)  A lump sum amount (determined without regard to any
          limits under the Plan on the amount of lump sum payments), the
          single sum value of which is the actuarial equivalent of the
          retirement income that would otherwise be payable under the Plan
          commencing on the 1993 SC Affected Participant's Normal Re-
          tirement Date; or 

               (B)  A retirement income payable in accordance with the
          optional forms of retirement income otherwise available under
          Articles V and VI of the Plan; 

     provided, however, if the single sum value of the accrued retire-
     ment income of a 1993 SC Affected Participant is less than $3,500
     as of the 1993 SC Termination Date, the actuarial equivalent of
     such 

                                     5

<PAGE>

     income shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable
     after the 1993 SC Termination Date.

          (d)  Provisions Controlling.  Notwithstanding any provisions
     of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 15.7
     shall control with respect to the 1993 SC Affected Participants."

     4.  The following new Section 15.8 is added to the end of Article XV
of the Plan and Schedule 15.8 attached to this Agreement is added as an
additional Schedule to the Plan all effective as of June 1, 1993:

          "SECTION 15.8.  NORTH CAROLINA BRANCH EMPLOYEES: 1993. 

          (a)  General.  Effective June 1, 1993 (the "1993 NC
     Termination Date"), Participants located in certain North
     Carolina branch offices of the Participating Employers set forth
     on Schedule 15.8 that were sold to various purchasers terminated
     their employment with the Participating Employers as the result
     of such sales (the "1993 NC Affected Participants"). 

          (b)  Vesting of 1993 NC Affected Participants.  The accrued
     retirement income under the Plan of a 1993 NC Affected
     Participant shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the
     1993 NC Termination Date.  

          (c)  Payment of Benefits of 1993 NC Affected Participants. 
     For purposes of determining a 1993 NC Affected Participant's
     accrued retirement income under the Plan, such 1993 NC Affected
     Participant shall be deemed to have separated from Service as of
     the 1993 NC Termination Date.  Subject to Section 5.5, each 1993
     NC Affected Participant may elect to receive payment of such 1993
     NC Affected Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan in one
     of the following forms: 

               (A)  A lump sum amount (determined without regard to any
          limits under the Plan on the amount of lump sum payments), the
          single sum value of which is the actuarial equivalent of the
          retirement income that would otherwise be payable under the Plan
          commencing on the 1993 NC Affected Participant's Normal Re-
          tirement Date; or 

               (B)  A retirement income payable in accordance with the
          optional forms of retirement income otherwise available under
          Articles V and VI of the Plan; 

                                     6

<PAGE>

     provided, however, if the single sum value of the accrued retire-
     ment income of a 1993 NC Affected Participant is less than $3,500
     as of the 1993 NC Termination Date, the actuarial equivalent of
     such income shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable
     after the 1993 NC Termination Date.


          (d)  Provisions Controlling.  Notwithstanding any provisions
     of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 15.8
     shall control with respect to the 1993 NC Affected Participants."
     5.   The following new Section 15.9 is added to the end of Article XV

of the Plan and Schedule 15.9 attached to this Agreement is added as an
additional Schedule to the Plan all effective as of January 1, 1994:

          "SECTION 15.9. FORMER MNC EMPLOYEES.

          (a)  General.  During 1993, MNC Financial, Inc. merged with
     and into NationsBank Corporation.  In connection with the merger,
     NationsBank Corporation became the sponsor of the two tax-
     qualified defined benefit plans formerly sponsored by MNC and its
     affiliates (collectively, "MNC"):  the MNC Financial, Inc.
     Pension Plan and MNC Financial's Retirement Plan for Former
     Equitable Employees (collectively, the "MNC Plans").  The MNC
     Plans merged with and into the Plan effective as of January 1,
     1994 (the "MNC Plan Merger Date").  As part of said plan mergers,
     on the MNC Plan Merger Date the trust(s) maintained under the MNC
     Plans became a part of the Trust maintained under this Plan, and
     the assets of the MNC Plans thereupon became assets of this Plan. 
     As of the MNC Plan Merger Date, the Plan shall be the successor
     in interest to, and shall have assumed all the liabilities of,
     the MNC Plans, and the rights and benefits of all former
     employees of MNC who were participating in the MNC Plans
     immediately prior to the MNC Plan Merger Date shall be determined
     solely in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Plan,
     including the provisions of this Section 15.9.  

          (b)  Participation.  A person who had become a participant
     in an MNC Plan by the MNC Plan Merger Date (a "Former MNC Plan
     Participant") shall become a Participant in the Plan on the MNC
     Plan Merger Date and participate in the Plan thereafter to the
     extent provided in the Plan.  Each other former employee of MNC
     shall become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with the
     terms and provisions of the Plan other than this Section 15.9,
     except that for purposes 

                                     7

<PAGE>

     of applying the eligibility requirements of Section 3.2(c), the 
     provisions of Section 15.9(c) below shall apply.

          (c)  Prior Service Credit; Loss of Service.  For purposes of
     determining the benefits under this Plan of a Prior MNC Plan
     Participant, the Participant shall be credited with Benefit
     Service and Vesting Service for time prior to the MNC Plan Merger
     Date equal to:

               (A)  in the case of a Prior MNC Plan Participant who
          participated in MNC Financial's Retirement Plan for Former
          Equitable Employees, the Participant's "Benefit Credited Service"
          and "Vesting Credited Service," respectively, as of the MNC Plan
          Merger Date under (and as provided in) Sections 3.2 and 3.3 of
          said plan; and

               (B)  in the case of a Prior MNC Plan Participant who
          participated in the MNC Financial, Inc. Pension Plan, the
          Participant's "Benefit Credited Service" and "Vesting Credited
          Service," respectively, as of the MNC Plan Merger Date under (and
          as provided in) Sections 3.2 and 3.3 of said plan:

     Such service shall be credited without duplication in the case of a
     Prior MNC Plan Participant who also had Benefit Service or Vesting
     Service under this Plan immediately prior to the MNC Plan Merger Date
     because of any prior participation in this Plan or for any other
     reason.  If a former MNC employee is not in Service on the MNC Plan
     Merger Date and subsequently resumes Service, the former MNC employee
     will receive no Benefit Service or Vesting Service credit under this
     Section 15.9(c) if the former MNC employee's "Vesting Credited
     Service" or "Benefit Credited Service" would have been disregarded
     under the MNC Plans on or before the resumption of Service had the MNC
     Plans remained in effect between the MNC Plan Merger Date and the date
     of such resumption of Service.  

          (d)  Compensation.  In determining the Average Compensation
     of a former MNC employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan,
     the Participant shall be deemed to have received Compensation
     prior to the MNC Plan Merger Date equal to the Participant's
     "Compensation" under and as defined in the applicable MNC Plan.

          (e)  Benefits.  The monthly retirement income under this
     Plan as of any date (a "determination date") of a Participant who
     was a participant in one of the MNC Plans immediately prior to
     the MNC Plan Merger Date shall equal the greater of (i) such
     Participant's 

                                     8

<PAGE>

     monthly retirement income determined under the
     applicable provisions of the Plan as of the determination date
     (including the provisions of Sections 15.9(c) and (d) above) or
     (ii) the sum of Amount A and Amount B, where:

          Amount A is the Participant's "Accrued Benefit" under and as
          defined in the applicable MNC Plan determined immediately
          prior to the MNC Plan Merger Date, and

          Amount B is the Participant's monthly retirement income
          determined under the applicable provisions of the Plan as of
          the determination date, except that for such purpose the
          Participant's Benefit Service shall be limited to the
          Participant's Benefit Service from and after the MNC Plan
          Merger Date, and such post-MNC Plan Merger Date Benefit
          Service used in the calculation of that portion of the
          Participant's monthly retirement income attributable to
          Average Compensation in excess of Covered Compensation shall
          be limited further to five hundred forty (540) minus the
          Participant's Benefit Service before the MNC Plan Merger
          Date (after taking into account the provisions of Section
          15.9(c) above).

          (f)  Separated Participants.  The rights and benefits of any
     person who participated in an MNC Plan and who separated from
     service with MNC or the Participating Employers prior to the MNC
     Plan Merger Date shall be determined solely in accordance with
     the provisions of the applicable MNC Plan in effect immediately
     prior to the MNC Plan Merger Date, unless such person enters
     Service with a Participating Employer after the MNC Plan Merger
     Date, in which event the provisions of this Section 15.9 shall
     then apply to such person.  

          (g)  Limited Effect of Plan Merger.  To the extent required
     by Section 204(g) of the Act and Section 411(d)(6) of the Code,
     no "optional form of benefit" (within the meaning of the Act and
     the Code) under an MNC Plan, including such optional forms of
     benefit set forth on Schedule 15.9 attached to the Plan, shall be
     reduced or eliminated as a result of the merger of the MNC Plans
     into the Plan.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
     contrary, the death benefits formerly provided under the MNC
     Plans shall not be provided under this Plan, and the only death
     benefits provided under this Plan to a former MNC employee

                                     9

<PAGE>

     participating in this Plan shall be as set forth in Article VI."

     6.   The following new Sections 15.10 and 15.11 are added to the end
of Article XV of the Plan effective as of December 31, 1994:

          "SECTION 15.10.  FORMER RHNB EMPLOYEES.

          (a)  General.  During 1994, RHNB Corporation merged with and
     into NationsBank Corporation.  In connection with the merger,
     Rock Hill National Bank, the sponsor of the Rock Hill National
     Bank Pension Plan (the "RHNB Plan"), became a wholly owned
     subsidiary of NationsBank Corporation.  (RHNB Corporation and
     Rock Hill National Bank are referred to collectively herein as
     "RHNB").  The RHNB Plan merged into the Plan effective as of
     December 31, 1994 (the "RHNB Plan Merger Date").  As part of said
     plan merger, on the RHNB Plan Merger Date the trust maintained
     under the RHNB Plan shall become a part of the Trust maintained
     under this Plan, and the assets of the RHNB Plan thereupon became
     assets of this Plan.  As of the RHNB Plan Merger Date, the Plan
     shall be the successor in interest to, and shall have assumed all
     the liabilities of, the RHNB Plan, and the rights and benefits of
     all former employees of RHNB who were participating in the RHNB
     Plan immediately prior to the RHNB Plan Merger Date shall be
     determined solely in accordance with the terms and provisions of
     this Plan, including the provisions of this Section 15.10.    

          (b)  Participation.  A person who had become a participant
     in the RHNB Plan by the RHNB Plan Merger Date (a "Former RHNB
     Plan Participant") shall become a Participant in the Plan on the
     RHNB Plan Merger Date and participate in the Plan thereafter to
     the extent provided in the Plan.  Each other former employee of
     RHNB shall become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with
     the terms and provisions of the Plan other than this Section
     15.10, except that for purposes of applying the eligibility
     requirements of Section 3.2(c), the provisions of Section
     15.10(c) below shall apply.

          (c)  Prior Service Credit Loss of Service.  for purposes of
     determining the benefits under this Plan of a Prior RHNB Plan
     Participant, the Participant shall be credited with Benefit Service
     and Vesting Service for time prior to the RHNB Plan Merger Date equal
     to the Participant's "years of participation" and "years of service,"
     respectively, (expressed in months) as of the RHNB 

                                     10

<PAGE>

     Plan Merger Date under (and as provided in) Sections 4.1 and 5.5 of said 
     plan.  Such service shall be credited without duplication in the case of a
     Prior RHNB Plan Participant who also had Benefit Service or Vesting Service
     under this Plan immediately prior to the RHNB Plan Merger Date because
     of any prior participation in this Plan or for any other reason.  If a
     former RHNB employee is not in Service on the RHNB Plan Merger Date
     and subsequently resumes Service, the former RHNB employee will
     receive no Benefit Service or Vesting Service credit under this
     Section 15.10(c) if the former RHNB employee's "years of
     participation" or "years of service" would have been disregarded under
     the RHNB Plan on or before the resumption of Service had the RHNB Plan
     remained in effect between the RHNB Plan Merger Date and the date of
     such resumption of Service.

          (d)  Compensation.  In determining the Average Compensation
     of a former RHNB employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan,
     the Participant shall be deemed to have received Compensation
     prior to the RHNB Plan Merger Date equal to the Participant's
     "Compensation" under and as defined in the RHNB Plan.

          (e)  Benefits.  The monthly retirement income under this
     Plan as of any date (a "determination date") of a Participant who
     was a participant in the RHNB Plan immediately prior to the RHNB
     Plan Merger Date shall equal the greater of (i) such
     Participant's monthly retirement income determined under the
     applicable provisions of the Plan as of the determination date
     (including the provisions of Sections 15.10(c) and (d) above) or
     (ii) the sum of Amount A and Amount B, where:

          Amount A is the Participant's "accrued benefit" under and as
          defined in the RHNB Plan determined immediately prior to the
          RHNB Plan Merger Date, and

          Amount B is the Participant's monthly retirement income
          determined under the applicable provisions of the Plan as of
          the determination date, except that for such purpose the
          Participant's Benefit Service shall be limited to the
          Participant's Benefit Service from and after the RHNB Plan
          Merger Date, and such post-RHNB Plan Merger Date Benefit
          used in the calculation of that portion of the Participant's
          monthly retirement income attributable to Average
          Compensation in excess of Covered Compensation shall be
          limited to five hundred forty (540) minus the Participant's
          Benefit Service before the RHNB Plan Merger Date 

                                     11

<PAGE>

          (after taking into account the provisions of Section 15.10(c)
          above).

          (f)  Separated Participants.  The rights and benefits of any
     person who participated in the RHNB Plan and who separated from
     service with RHNB or the Participating Employers prior to the
     RHNB Plan Merger Date shall be determined solely in accordance
     with the provisions of the RHNB Plan in effect immediately prior
     to the RHNB Plan Merger Date, unless such person enters Service
     with a Participating Employer after the RHNB Plan Merger Date, in
     which event the provisions of this Section 15.10 shall apply to
     such person.  

          (g)  Limited Effect of Plan Merger.  To the extent required
     by Section 204(g) of the Act and Section 411(d)(6) of the Code,
     no "optional form of benefit" (within the meaning of the Act and
     the Code) under the RHNB Plan shall be reduced or eliminated as a
     result of the merger of the RHNB Plan into the Plan. 
     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
     death benefits formerly provided under the RHNB Plan shall not be
     provided under this Plan, and the only death benefits provided
     under this Plan to a former RHNB employee participating in this
     Plan shall be as set forth in Article VI.

          SECTION 15.11. MERGER OF THE NATIONSCREDIT PLAN.

          (a)  General.  NationsCredit Corporation is a Participating
     Employer under this Plan and the sponsor of the NationsCredit
     Retirement Account Plan (the "NationsCredit Plan"), a tax-
     qualified "cash balance" plan.  The NationsCredit Plan is merged
     with and into the Plan effective as of December 31, 1994 (the
     "NationsCredit Plan Merger Date").  As part of said plan merger,
     on the NationsCredit Plan Merger Date the trust maintained under
     the NationsCredit Plan shall become a part of the Trust
     maintained under this Plan, and the assets of the NationsCredit
     Plan shall thereupon become assets of this Plan.  As of the
     NationsCredit Plan Merger Date, the Plan shall be the successor
     in interest to, and shall have assumed all the liabilities of,
     the NationsCredit Plan.  

          (b)  Benefits.  For a Participant who was a participant in
     the NationsCredit Plan immediately prior to the NationsCredit
     Plan Merger Date, such Participant's benefits under the Plan
     shall equal the sum of Amount A and Amount B, where:



                                     12

<PAGE>



          Amount A is the Participant's "accrued benefit" under and as
          defined in the NationsCredit Plan determined immediately
          prior to the NationsCredit Plan Merger Date, as adjusted
          thereafter by the applicable "cost of living escalator
          percentage" under and as defined in the NationsCredit Plan
          as in effect immediately prior to the NationsCredit Plan
          Merger Date, and

          Amount B is the Participant's benefits determined under the
          applicable provisions of the Plan, including the provisions
          of Section 15.5.

          (c)  Limited Effect of Plan Merger.  To the extent required
     by Section 204(g) of the Act and Section 411(d)(6) of the Code,
     no "optional form of benefit" (within the meaning of the Act and
     the Code) under the NationsCredit Plan shall be reduced or
     eliminated as a result of the merger of the NationsCredit Plan
     into the Plan."

     7.   Except as expressly or by necessary implication amended hereby,
the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank Corporation, on behalf of the
Participating Employers, and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective duly authorized officers, all as of the day
and year first above written.


                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION



                              By:  /s/ Susan B. Waldkirch        
                                 Name:  Susan B. Waldkirch       
                                 Title:  Vice President          


                              NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A.



                              By:  /s/ Robin S. Maxwell          
                                 Name:  Robin S. Maxwell         
                                 Title:  Senior Vice President   


                                     13
<PAGE>


                               SCHEDULE 15.7

           South Carolina Branch Offices Covered by Section 15.7

Clearwater
Graniteville
Langley
Wagner
Six Mile
Westminister
Calhoun Falls

<PAGE>



                               SCHEDULE 15.8

           North Carolina Branch Offices Covered by Section 15.8
 
Benson
Lillington
Stoneville
Wentworth
Pollocksville


<PAGE>



                                            SCHEDULE 15.9

                                          PROVISIONS OF THE
                                              MNC PLANS
                          REQUIRING GRANDFATHERING OR SPECIAL CONSIDERATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


        Subject                Eligibility                    Provisions                Plan/Section
<S>                   <C>                          <C>                                <C>
 Annual Cost of        Virginia Federal retirees   Each July 1, benefit increased     MNC Pension Plan
 Living Adjustment     prior to 9/1/87 and their   by the percentage increase (not    section 12.10(d)
                       spouse or beneficiary.      to exceed 3%) in the Consumer
                                                   Price Index, U.S. City Average,
                                                   All Items for the 12-month
                                                   period ending the preceding
                                                   March 31.

 Distribution          MNC Pension Plan and        Plans provide that participants    MNC Pension Plan
 Options               Former Equitable Plan       may elect to receive a greater    section 7.2(a)(3)
                       participants as of plan     retirement prior to
                       merger/amendment date       commencement of Social Security    Former Equitable
                       (1/1/94)                    benefits and a lesser benefit            Plan
                                                   thereafter in order to provide    section 7.2(a)(4)
                                                   level aggregate income.

 Distribution          Individual employed by      These individuals have the         MNC Pension Plan
 Options               Virginia Federal prior to   right to receive a lump sum        section 12.14(a)
                       7/1/87 and their spouses    distribution of their accrued
                       if they were married on     benefit as of 6/30/89
                       7/1/87 (note applies to     regardless of the amount.  The
                       all employees, whether or   amount accrued after 6/30/89 is
                       not they were participants  subject to the plan's normal
                       as of 7/1/87)               distribution provisions.
 Distribution          Former Equitable Plan       These individuals may elect to     Former Equitable
 Options               participants                receive a reduced benefit                plan
                                                   during their lifetime and to       section 12.9(a)
                                                   have 50% or 75% of such reduced
                                                   benefit paid to their
                                                   descendant who is under age 20
                                                   at the time of the election.  

 Distribution          Former Equitable Plan       These participants may elect to    Former Equitable
 Options               participants who made       receive a single distribution            Plan
                       employee contributions      of their accrued benefit            section 12.11
                       prior to 1/1/63             attributable to their employee
                                                   contributions.  Interest
                                                   accrues on such contributions
                                                   at rates specified in the plan
                                                   document.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        Subject                Eligibility                    Provisions                Plan/Section
<S>                    <C>                        <C>                                 <C>
 Distribution          Former Equitable Plan       These individuals have the         Former Equitable
 Options               participants                right to elect to have their             Plan
                                                   benefits paid by purchase and        section 7.1
                                                   distribution of an annuity
                                                   contract.  

 Distribution          Former Equitable Plan       Such a participant has a right     Former Equitable
 Options               participants who were       to elect to receive such                 Plan
                       participants prior to 1954  contract with a settlement          section 12.11
                       and for whom the plan has   payment either from the
                       retained in force any       participant to the plan or from
                       insurance contracts         the plan to the participant if
                                                   the cash value differs from the
                                                   accrued benefit attributable to
                                                   the employee's contribution.
 Early Retirement      Virginia Federal plan       Limited to that portion of the     MNC Pension Plan
 Date/Age              participants prior to       benefit which accrued prior to     section 12.4(a)
                       7/1/89                      6/30/89, a participant is
                                                   eligible to receive
                                                   distribution upon attaining age
                                                   45 with 10 years of service. 
                                                   See Pop-Up Benefits infra.

 Early Retirement      MNC Pension Plan            Eligible for early retirement      MNC Pension Plan
 Date/Age              participants who attained   at age 55 with 15 years of            section 1
                       age 55 prior to 1/1/89      service.  All other MNC Pension    Early Retirement
                                                   Plan participants must wait        Date definition
                                                   until 15 years before Social
                                                   Security Retirement Age with 15
                                                   years of service.  

 Early Retirement      Former Equitable Plan       Eligible for early retirement      Former Equitable
 Date/Age              participants                at age 55 with 10 years of               Plan
                                                   service but only with respect        section 12.4
                                                   to those benefits which had
                                                   accrued as of 5/31/91 (12/31/88
                                                   for highly compensated
                                                   employees).    See also, Pop-up
                                                   Benefits infra.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>

        Subject                Eligibility                    Provisions                Plan/Section
<S>                   <C>                         <C>                                <C>
 Early Retirement      MNC Pension Plan and        No reduction for retirements       MNC Pension Plan
 Reduction Factors     Former Equitable Plan       within 3 years of Normal            section 4.3(a)
                       participants as of plan     Retirement Date (which is
                       merger/amendment date       Social Security Retirement Date    Former Equitable
                       (1/1/94)                    rounded to the next full year).          Plan
                                                   If more than 3 years before          section 4.3
                                                   Normal Retirement Date,
                                                   reduction of 5/12 of 1% per
                                                   month from the date which is 3
                                                   years before Normal Retirement
                                                   Date.  If more than 10 years
                                                   before Normal Retirement Date,
                                                   further reduced to actuarial
                                                   equivalent.

 Normal Retirement     Former Equitable Plan       Normal Retirement Date is age      Former Equitable
 Date                  participants                65 with respect to benefits              Plan
                                                   accrued as of 5/31/91 (12/31/88      section 12.5
                                                   if highly compensated).  Normal
                                                   Retirement Date for all other
                                                   MNC Pension Plan participants
                                                   and for Former Equitable
                                                   Employees participants with
                                                   respect to benefits accrued
                                                   after 6/1/91 (1/1/89 if highly
                                                   compensated) is Social Security
                                                   Retirement Date.

 Pop-Up Benefits       Former Equitable Plan       These individuals are eligible     Former Equitable
                       participants                to receive their accrued                 Plan
                                                   benefits as of 5/31/91               section 12.8
                                                   (12/31/88 if highly
                                                   compensated) earlier than they
                                                   are eligible to receive their
                                                   benefits accrued after 5/31/91. 
                                                   If they elect early payment of
                                                   those benefits accrued as of
                                                   5/31/91, when they attain
                                                   Normal Retirement Date their
                                                   benefit is increased to the
                                                   difference between the accrued
                                                   benefits.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        Subject                Eligibility                    Provisions                Plan/Section
<S>                    <C>                         <C>                                <C>
 Pop-Up Benefits       Virginia Federal Plan       These individuals are eligible     MNC Pension Plan
                       participants                to receive their accrued           section 12.13(a)
                                                   benefits as of 6/30/89 earlier
                                                   than they are eligible to
                                                   receive their benefits accrued
                                                   after 6/30/89.  If they elect
                                                   early payment of those benefits
                                                   accrued as of 6/30/89, when
                                                   they attain Normal Retirement
                                                   Date their benefit is increased
                                                   to the difference between the
                                                   accrued benefits.

 Right to Repay        ASC Plan participants who   If re-employed, these              MNC Pension Plan
 Prior Distribution    had received a              individuals are permitted to        section 5.3(c)
                       distribution prior to       repay their distribution with
                       1/1/89 and Virginia         interest and thereby not have
                       Federal participants who    their future benefit reduced
                       had received a              for such distribution.
                       distribution prior to
                       7/1/89

 Vesting               MNC Pension Plan            These individuals are vested as    MNC Pension Plan
                       Participants employed       of their termination date           section 5.3(a)
                       prior to 1/1/89 and who     regardless of years of service.
                       attained age 65 prior to
                       1/1/89
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                            SECOND AMENDMENT TO
                        THE NATIONSBANK PENSION PLAN

     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 28th day of
September, 1994 by and between NATIONSBANK CORPORATION, a North Carolina
corporation ("NationsBank"), and NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A., a
national banking association (the "Trustee").

                            W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, NationsBank and certain of its subsidiary corporations
(collectively with NationsBank, the "Participating Employers") maintain The
NationsBank Pension Plan (the "Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, NationsBank desires to amend the Plan to permit the
appointment of one or more investment managers for the Plan's assets; and

     WHEREAS, in Section 11.1 of the Plan, the Participating Employers have
reserved the right to amend the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, and
have delegated to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of
NationsBank the right to make the amendments set forth below on behalf of
all Participating Employers; and 

     WHEREAS, the amendments set forth below have been authorized and
approved by the Compensation Committee;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, NationsBank and the Trustee hereby agree that
the Plan is amended effective as of January 1, 1993 as follows:

     1.   The following Section 2.1(c)(29A) is added to the Plan
immediately following Section 2.1(c)(29) of the Plan:

          "(29A)  Investment Manager means any person, firm or
     corporation (other than the Trustee or a named fiduciary
     hereunder):

               (A)  who has been appointed by the Compensation
          Committee and has been delegated the power to manage,
          acquire or dispose of any asset of the Plan;

               (B)  who is either:

<PAGE>

                    (i)  a registered investment adviser under
               the Investment Advisers Act of 1940,

                   (ii)  a bank, as defined in the Investment
               Advisers Act of 1940, or
                  (iii)  an insurance company qualified to
               perform such delegated services under the laws of
               more than one (1) state; and

               (C)  who has acknowledged in writing that said
          Investment Manager is a fiduciary with respect to the
          Plan."

     2.   The first clause of the first sentence of Section 10.2(a) of the
Plan ("Subject to . . . and 10.2(c), . . .") is amended to read as follows:

     "Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2(d) and the directions
     of an Investment Manager (if any) or the directions of
     NationsBank Corporation (if any), . . ."

     3.   Sections 10.2(b) and (c) of the Plan are redesignated as Sections
10.2(c) and (d), respectively, and the following Section 10.2(b) is added
to the Plan:

          "(b) Investment Manager.  The Compensation Committee may
     appoint an Investment Manager or Managers to manage (including
     the power to acquire and dispose of) all or a part of the assets
     of the Trust which the Trustee is permitted to acquire and hold
     under the provisions of Section 10.2(a) by a written instrument
     stating that said Investment Manager has fiduciary responsibility
     with respect to the fiduciary duties entrusted to said Investment
     Manager, which written instrument shall be delivered to such
     Investment Manager and returned to the Compensation Committee
     bearing written acknowledgement by such Investment Manager that
     such Investment Manager is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan
     and Trust.  An Investment Manager or Managers appointed by the
     Compensation Committee shall be responsible for the management of
     the assets of the Plan and Trust to the extent provided by the
     Compensation Committee in such appointment and shall be
     responsible for directing the Trustee with respect to the
     investment of the Trust in accordance with Section 10.2(a)."

                                     2
<PAGE>


     4.   The first clause of Section 10.2(c) (as redesignated)
("Notwithstanding  . . . Section 10.2(a), . . .") is amended to read as
follows:

     "Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.2(a) or Section
     10.2(b), . . ."

     5.  Except as expressly or by necessary implication amended hereby,
the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank Corporation, on behalf of the
Participating Employers, and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective duly authorized officers, all as of the day
and year first above written.

                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION



                              By:  /s/ Mary E. Preslar           
                                 Name:  Mary E. Preslar          
                                 Title:  Vice President          


                              NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A.



                              By:  /s/ Anne-Louise Hyatt         
                                 Name:  Anne-Louise Hyatt
                                 Title: Assistant Vice President



                                     3



<PAGE>
                             THIRD AMENDMENT TO
                        THE NATIONSBANK PENSION PLAN

     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 13th day of
December, 1994 by and between NATIONSBANK CORPORATION, a North Carolina
corporation ("NationsBank"), and NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A., a
national banking association (the "Trustee").

                            W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, NationsBank and certain of its subsidiary corporations
(collectively with NationsBank, the "Participating Employers") maintain The
NationsBank Pension Plan (the "Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, NationsBank desires to amend the Plan effective as of
December 31, 1994 to provide that the interest rate and the mortality table
used for the calculation of lump sum benefits under the Plan shall be the
"applicable interest rate" and the "applicable mortality table," as said
terms are defined in Section 417(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended by the Retirement Protection Act of 1994; and

     WHEREAS, in Section 11.1 of the Plan, the Participating Employers
reserved the right to amend the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, and
have delegated to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of
NationsBank the right to make the amendments set forth below on behalf of
all Participating Employers; and

     WHEREAS, the amendments set forth below have been authorized and
approved by the Compensation Committee;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, NationsBank and the Trustee hereby agree as
follows:

     1.   Section 5.5(d) of the Plan is amended effective as of December
31, 1994 to read as follows:

          "(d)  Actuarial Assumptions.  For the purpose of actuarial
     equivalence calculations required under the Plan, the following
     assumptions shall be used:

               (1)  Alternative Annuity Forms of Payment.  The assumptions
          used for purposes of computing actuarially

<PAGE>
          equivalent alternative forms of payment other than lump sum
          payments shall be as follows:

               Mortality:  A unisex rate that is fifty percent (50%) male,
               fifty percent (50%) female, taken from the 1971 Group
               Annuity Mortality Table.

               Interest:  Nine percent (9%).

               (2)  Lump Sum Payments.  The assumptions used for purposes
          of computing lump sum payments under the Plan shall be as
          follows:

                    (A)  For lump sum payments made before December 31,
               1994:

               Mortality:  A unisex rate that is fifty percent (50%) male,
               fifty percent (50%) female, taken from the 1971 Group
               Annuity Mortality Table.

               Interest:  The rate(s) which would be used by the Pension
               Benefit Guaranty Corporation as of the first day of the Plan
               Year in which the payment is made to determine the present
               value of a lump sum distribution on plan termination.

                    (B)  For lump sum payments made on or after December
               31, 1994:

               Mortality:  The "applicable mortality table," as such term
               is defined in Section 417(e)(3) of the Code, as amended by
               the Retirement Protection Act of 1994.

               Interest:  The "applicable interest rate", as such term is
               defined in Section 417(e)(3) of the Code, as amended by the
               Retirement Protection Act of 1994."

     2.   Section 6.2(a) of the Plan is amended effective as of December
31, 1994 to read as follows:

          "(a)  Basis of Death Benefit.  The amount provided as a death
     benefit shall be based on the actuarially equivalent single-sum
     present value, calculated by applying the actuarial assumptions in
     Section 5.5(d)(1), of one-half (1/2) of the Participant's retirement
     income determined as though the Participant had separated from Service
     on the Participant's date of death and had elected to receive
     retirement benefits commencing either on the first day of the month
     following the date on which the Participant would have attained fifty
     (50) years of age (if the Participant


                                    2

<PAGE>

     had not attained age fifty (50) by the Participant's date of death)
     or commencing on the first day of the month following the
     Participant's date of death (if the Participant had attained age
     fifty (50) by the Participant's date of death)."


     3.  The second paragraph of Section 6.2(b) of the Plan is amended
effective as of December 31, 1994 to read as follows:

          "Payments under such annuity shall commence to the spouse on the
     first day of the month following the date on which the Participant
     would have attained age fifty (50).  If, however, the lump sum value
     of the benefits payable to the spouse does not exceed twenty-five
     thousand dollars ($25,000) (as determined pursuant to the next
     sentence), such payments may commence earlier in an actuarially
     equivalent reduced amount, or may be paid in a lump sum, as elected by
     the spouse.  If benefits are paid in a lump sum, such lump sum shall
     be the larger of (1) or (2), where:

          (1) is the actuarially equivalent single-sum value described in
          Subsection (a) [calculated by applying the actuarial assumptions
          specified in Section 5.5(d)(1)]; and

          (2) is the single sum value of the fifty percent (50%) qualified
          joint and survivor annuity described in this Subsection (b),
          calculated by applying the actuarial assumptions specified in
          Section 5.5(d)(2)(B)."

     4.  The second paragraph of Section 6.2(c) of the Plan is amended
effective as of December 31, 1994 to read as follows:

          "Payments thereunder will commence to the spouse on the first day
     of the month following the date of death of the Participant.  If,
     however, the lump sum value of the benefits payable to the spouse does
     not exceed $25,000 (as determined pursuant to the next sentence), such
     payments may be paid in a lump sum, as elected by the spouse.  If
     benefits are paid in a lump sum, such lump sum shall be the larger of
     (1) or (2), where:

          (1) is the actuarially equivalent single-sum value described in
          Subsection (a) [calculated by applying the actuarial assumptions
          specified in Section 5.5(d)(1)]; and

          (2) is the single sum value of the fifty percent (50%) qualified
          joint and survivor annuity referenced in this Subsection (c),
          calculated by applying the actuarial assumptions specified in
          Section 5.5(d)(2)(B)."

                                     3


<PAGE>

     5.  Sections 15.4(h)(1) and 15.4(h)(2) of the Plan are amended
effective as of December 31, 1994 to read as follows:

          "(1)  Prior to January 1, 1995.  Subject to Section 5.5 and in
     lieu of the amount and form of monthly retirement income otherwise
     payable under the Plan, a Prior CVN Plan Participant who separates
     from Service before January 1, 1995 but after meeting the eligibility
     requirements for a vested benefit may elect, at the time and in the
     form required by the Committee, to receive immediate payment of the
     Participant's entire monthly retirement income benefit under the Plan
     (including without limitation any minimum benefit provided under
     Appendix A to this Section 15.4) in accordance with any of the payment
     options described in Section 5.4, including Option 5 (Lump Sum)
     regardless of the single sum value of the Participant's retirement
     income.  Such single sum value of the Participant's retirement income
     shall be calculated using the actuarial equivalence assumptions in
     effect under Section 5.5(d) prior to the amendment of Section 5.5(d)
     effective December 31, 1994.  If a Participant is entitled to a
     minimum benefit under Appendix A to this Section 15.4, then
     notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.5(d) as in effect prior to
     December 31, 1994, a lump sum payment under Option 5 shall be
     calculated using a mortality factor from the Unisex Pension (UP) 1984
     Mortality Table with a one-year age set back.

          (2)  After December 31, 1994.  Subject to Section 5.5 and in lieu
     of the amount and form of monthly retirement income otherwise payable
     under the Plan, a Prior CVN Plan Participant who separates from
     Service after December 31, 1994 but after meeting the eligibility
     requirements for a vested benefit may elect, at the time and in the
     form required by the Committee, to receive:

               (A)  a lump sum payment equal to the greatest of (i)
          the Participant's Cash Balance Amount, (ii) the single sum
          value of any minimum benefit to which the Participant may be
          entitled under The C&S Retirement Plan (a predecessor of the
          CVN Plan), or (iii) the single sum value as of December 31,
          1994 (determined as specified below) of the Participant's
          entire monthly retirement income benefit under the Plan
          (including without limitation any minimum benefit provided
          under Appendix A to this Section 15.4) as of such date; or

               (B)  immediate payment of the lump sum amount
          determined as described in Subsection (A) above in
          accordance with any of the payment options


                                     4

<PAGE>
          described in Section 5.4, other than Option 5 (Lump Sum).

     The single sum value of the benefit described in clauses (ii) and
     (iii) of Subsection (A) above shall be calculated by applying the
     actuarial assumptions specified in Section 5.5(d)(2)(B);
     provided, however, in the event a Prior CVN Plan Participant is
     in Service on December 31, 1994 and eligible as of December 31,
     1994 for early retirement under Section 5.2 and such Prior CVN
     Plan Participant separates from Service before January 1, 1997,
     then such single sum value shall not be less than the single sum
     value of such benefit calculated as of December 31, 1994 by
     applying the actuarial assumptions specified in Section
     5.5(d)(2)(A) as in effect on December 31, 1994.

     The amount (if any) of the Participant's benefit in excess of any
     immediate benefit payment made pursuant to this Section 15.4(h)(2)
     (the "residual benefit") shall be payable at the time and in
     accordance with a method of payment described in Article V of the
     Plan.  For purposes of this Section 15.4(h)(2), the residual benefit
     shall be a monthly retirement income, commencing on the Participant's
     Normal Retirement Date, that is actuarially equivalent to the excess
     of (i) over (ii) where (i) is the single sum value of the
     Participant's entire monthly retirement income under the Plan
     (including without limitation any minimum benefit provided under
     Appendix A to this Section 15.4) [calculated by applying the actuarial
     assumptions specified in Section 5.5(d)(2)(B) to such benefit] and
     (ii) is the lump sum amount determined as described in Subsection (A)
     above.  Such monthly retirement income commencing on the Participant's
     Normal Retirement Date shall be reduced for early commencement, if
     applicable, in accordance with Section 5.2(b)(1)."

     6.  Section 15.4(h)(4) of the Plan is amended effective as of December
31, 1994 to read as follows:

          "(4)  Actuarial Equivalence.  Notwithstanding Section 5.5(d)
     of the Plan, the actuarially equivalent single sum value of a
     Participant's CVN Plan Minimum Monthly Benefit or Cash Balance
     Monthly Benefit as of any date shall be equal to the greater of
     (i) the Participant's Cash Balance Amount as of such date or (ii)
     the actuarially equivalent single sum value of such benefit
     determined by applying the interest rate specified in Section
     5.5(d)(2)(B) and the Unisex Pension (UP) 1984 Mortality Table
     with a one-year age set back to the Participant's CVN Plan
     Minimum Monthly Benefit or the mortality assumption specified in

                                     5


<PAGE>


     Section 5.5(d)(1) to the Participant's Cash Balance Monthly
     Benefit."

     7.  Except as expressly or by necessary implication amended hereby,
the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank Corporation, on behalf of the
Participating Employers, and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be

executed by their respective duly authorized officers, all as of the day
and year first above written.


                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION



                              By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                 C. J. Cooley, Executive
                                   Vice President


                              NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A.



                              By:  /s/ Robin S. Maxwell
                                 Name:  Robin S. Maxwell
                                 Title: Senior Vice President


                                     6



                 NCNB CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES
                    SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
                        FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES
<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page


ARTICLE I      NAME AND PURPOSE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

          Section 1.1.   Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
          Section 1.2.   Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

ARTICLE II     CONSTRUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LAW  . . . . . .  2

          Section 2.1.   Construction and Definitions  . . . . . . . . .  2
          Section 2.2    Applicable Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

ARTICLE III    PARTICIPATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

          Section 3.1.   General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
          Section 3.2.   Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15

ARTICLE IV     BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

          Section 4.1.   General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
          Section 4.2.   Normal Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
          Section 4.3.   Early Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
          Section 4.4.   Delayed Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
          Section 4.5.   Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
          Section 4.6.   Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
          Section 4.7.   Adjustment in Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . .   25
          Section 4.8.   Special Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
          Section 4.9.   Beneficiary or Beneficiaries  . . . . . . . .   29

ARTICLE V      PLAN COMMITTEE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30

          Section 5.1.   Appointment, Term of Office and Vacancy . . .   30
          Section 5.2.   Organization of Plan Committee  . . . . . . .   31
          Section 5.3.   Powers of the Plan Committee  . . . . . . . .   31
          Section 5.4.   Expenses of Plan Committee  . . . . . . . . .   32

ARTICLE VI     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32

          Section 6.1.   Amendment of Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
          Section 6.2.   Termination of Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
          Section 6.3.   Effective Date and Procedure for Amendment
               or        Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
          Section 6.4.   Effect of Amendment or Termination on Certain
                         Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    33

ARTICLE VII    MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34

          Section 7.1.   Adoption by a Subsidiary Corporation  . . . .   34
          Section 7.2.   Authorization and Delegation to the Compensa-
                         tion Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
          Section 7.3.   Spendthrift Clause  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
<PAGE>


          Section 7.4.   Benefits Payable From General Assets of the
                         Participating Employers . . . . . . . . . . .   35
          Section 7.5.   Allocation of Costs of Benefits Among the 
                         Participating Employers . . . . . . . . . . .   36
          Section 7.6.   Benefits Limited to the Plan  . . . . . . . .   36

ARTICLE VIII   CLAIMS PROCEDURE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36

          Section 8.1.   Claims Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
<PAGE>



                 NCNB CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES

                    SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                        FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES



        WHEREAS, NCNB Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries (the

   "Participating Employers") desire to adopt and establish, effective as

   of January 1, 1989, an unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan

   to be known as the "NCNB Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries

   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Senior Management Employees"

   for the purpose of providing certain benefits for eligible employees of

   the Participating Employers, all as more specifically provided for

   hereinbelow; 

        NOW, THEREFORE, the Participating Employers do hereby adopt and

   establish effective as of January 1, 1989, the "NCNB Corporation and

   Designated Subsidiaries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for

   Senior Management Employees" consisting of the terms and provisions set

   forth in Article I through Article VIII, inclusive, as follows:  

                                   ARTICLE I

                               NAME AND PURPOSE

        Section 1.1.   Name.  The Plan shall be known as the "NCNB

   Corporation and Designated Subsidiaries Supplemental Executive

   Retirement Plan for Senior Management Employees."

        Section 1.2.   Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide

   certain Employees of the Participating Employers who are designated as

   Participants in this Plan with certain benefits in accordance with the

   provisions of the Plan.  

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE II
                 CONSTRUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LAW

        Section 2.1.   Construction and Definitions.  

        (a)  Construction.  Article, section and paragraph headings have

   been inserted for convenience of reference only in the Plan and are to

   be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.  If any

   provision of the Plan shall for any reason be invalid or unenforceable,

   the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be valid, enforceable and

   fully effective.  

        (b)  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, unless the context

   clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms shall have the

   following meanings:  

             (1)  Assumed Retirement Benefit means, with respect to a

        Participant as of any date, the sum of annual benefits, if any,

        which would have been payable to such Participant as of such date

        under the Retirement Plan and the ERISA Supplemental Plan assuming

        for such purpose 

                  (A)  in the case of a married Participant, that the

             Participant had elected to receive such benefits in the form

             of a "modified joint and survivor annuity" with the survivor

             annuity for such Participant's spouse being equal to sixty-six

             and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the benefit payable during

             the joint lives of the Participant and such spouse; and 

                                     2

<PAGE>

                  (B)  in the case of an unmarried Participant, that the

             Participant had elected to receive such benefits in the form

             of a "ten-year certain and life annuity."  


        The foregoing assumptions are made solely for the purpose of

        determining the benefits, if any, payable under this Plan, and such

        assumptions shall be applied regardless of the actual method of

        payment used to provide such Participant's benefits under the

        Retirement Plan or the ERISA Supplemental Plan.

             (2)  Base Salary means, with respect to a Participant, the

        "base salary" payable to such Participant from time to time as

        remuneration for hours of employment by a Participating Employer

        determined without regard to (i) any deferrals pursuant to the

        Deferred Compensation Plan, (ii) any salary reduction pursuant to

        the Flexible Benefits Plan, and (iii) any salary reduction pursuant

        to the Thrift Plan.  

             (3)  Beneficiary means the person(s) or entity(ies) designated

        by a Participant or the provisions of the Plan to receive such

        benefits as may become payable to such person(s) or entity(ies) in

        accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

             (4)  Bonus(es) means, with respect to a Participant, any

        bonus(es) payable to such Participant pursuant to 

                                     3

<PAGE>

                  (A)  the Management Incentive Compensation Plan, and 

                  (B)  any other similar incentive compensation plan of the

             Participating Employers approved for purposes of this Plan by

             the Compensation Committee 

        determined without regard to any deferrals pursuant to the Deferred

        Compensation Plan.  

             (5)  Child or Children means, with respect to a Participant,

        each child born to or "adopted" by such Participant.  A person

        shall be considered "adopted" if adopted for life and either (i)

        the final order of adoption has been entered or (ii) the adoption

        proceeding has been instituted and the adopted person is in the

        custody and possession of the adoptive parent(s) and final decree

        is entered within a period not to exceed three (3) years after the

        date of the institution of said adoption proceeding.  

             (6)  Claim means a claim for benefits under the Plan.  

             (7)  Claimant means a person making a Claim.  

             (8)  Compensation means, with respect to a Participant, the

        Base Salary and Bonus(es), if any, payable to such Participant from

        time to time by a Participating Employer.  Compensation shall not

        include

                                     4

<PAGE>

                  (A)  awards, overtime pay, shift premium, or other

             incentive compensation or extra or special remuneration of any

             kind which is not a Bonus; 

                  (B)  any other sums paid by the Participating Employers

             on account of any health, welfare or group insurance benefits

             (exclusive of sick pay), including "Basic Employer

             Contributions" under the Flexible Benefits Plan, or on account

             of reimbursement of relocation expenses, regardless of whether

             such sums are taxable income to the Participant; or 

                  (C)  any compensation pursuant to any other employee

             benefit plan, including without limitation any sums selected

             to be received in cash pursuant to any such plan.  

        Amounts of Base Salary or Bonus(es) which are deferred pursuant to

        the Deferred Compensation Plan or the subject of salary reduction

        pursuant to the Flexible Benefits Plan or the Thrift Plan shall be

        treated as Compensation for purposes of this Plan for the calendar

        year in which such amount would have been otherwise paid to a

        Participant by a Participating Employer but for such deferral or

        salary reduction.  

             (9)  Compensation Committee means the Compensation Committee

        of the Board of Directors of NCNB Corporation.  

                                     5

<PAGE>

             (10) Creditable Service means, with respect to a Participant

        as of any date, the sum of (A) and (B) where

                  (A) is such Participant's months of "Creditable Service"

             as of such date determined in accordance with the provisions

             of the Retirement Plan; and 

                  (B) is such additional number of months, if any,

             determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the

             Compensation Committee at the time such Participant commences

             participation in the Plan.

             (11) Deferred Compensation Plan means the NCNB Corporation and

        Designated Subsidiaries Deferred Compensation Plan for Key

        Employees, as amended from time to time.  

             (12) Delayed Retirement means, with respect to a Participant,

        such Participant's separation from Service after the Plan Year in

        which such Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age.  

             (13) Delayed Retirement Benefit means, with respect to a

        Participant, an annual amount equal to (A) minus (B) where

                  (A) is such Participant's Target Retirement Benefit

             (computed on the basis of such Participant's Final Average

             Compensation at the time such 

                                     6

<PAGE>

             Participant attained the Normal Retirement Age); and 

                  (B) is the sum of such Participant's (i) Assumed

             Retirement Benefit and (ii) Social Security Benefit.

             (14) Disability means, with respect to a Participant,

        "Disability" as defined in the Long Term Disability Plan.  

             (15) Disabled means, with respect to a Participant, "Disabled"

        as defined in the Long Term Disability Plan.  

             (16) Early Retirement means, with respect to a Participant,

        such Participant's separation from Service (A) after having

        attained age fifty-five (55) and having completed at least one

        hundred eighty (180) months of Creditable Service, (B) after having

        attained age sixty (60) and having completed at least three hundred

        (300) months of Creditable Service, or (C) after having attained

        age sixty-two (62).  

             (17) Early Retirement Benefit means:

                  (A)  with respect to a Participant eligible for Early

             Retirement who has attained age sixty-two (62) or who has

             attained age sixty (60) and completed at least three hundred

             (300) months of Creditable Service, an annual amount equal to

             (i) minus (ii) where

                                     7

<PAGE>

                              (i)  is such Participant's Target Retirement
                         Benefit; and

                              (ii) is the sum of such Participant's (aa)
                         Assumed Retirement Benefit and (bb) Social
                         Security Benefit; and

                    (B)  with respect to a Participant eligible for Early

               Retirement who has not attained age sixty-two (62) or who

               has not attained age sixty (60) and completed at least three

               hundred (300) months of Creditable Service, an annual amount

               equal to (i) minus (ii) where

                              (i)  is such Participant's Target Retirement
                         Benefit reduced by one-three hundred sixtieth
                         (1/360) for each of the first twenty-four (24)
                         months and one-one hundred eightieth (1/180) for
                         each additional month in excess of twenty-four
                         (24) months that the date such Participant
                         commences receiving such Participant's Early
                         Retirement Benefit precedes the month in which
                         such Participant would have attained age sixty-two
                         (62); and 

                              (ii) is the sum of such Participant's (aa)
                         Assumed Retirement Benefit and (bb) Social
                         Security Benefit.

               (18) Effective Date means, with respect to the Plan,

          January 1, 1989.

               (19) Eligible Spouse means, with respect to a deceased

          Participant, the person, if any, who was married to such deceased

          Participant throughout the entire one (1) year period ending on

          the date of such deceased Participant's death.

               (20) Employee means a person employed by any of the

          Participating Employers.  

                                     8

<PAGE>

               (21) ERISA Supplemental Plan means the NCNB Corporation and

          Designated Subsidiaries Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended

          from time to time.  

               (22) Family Death Benefit means, with respect to a deceased

          Participant, an annual amount equal to (A) minus (B) where 

                    (A)  is twenty-five percent (25%) of such deceased

               Participant's Final Average Compensation, and 


                    (B)  is the sum of such Participant's (i) Retirement

               Plan Death Benefit and (ii) Social Security Benefit.

               (23) Family Death Benefit Termination Date means, with

          respect to a deceased Participant, the date determined as

          follows:

                    (A)  if the deceased Participant is survived by an

               Eligible Spouse, the date of the last to occur of the

               following

                         (i)  the death of such surviving Eligible Spouse,
                    or

                        (ii)  the attainment of age twenty-one (21) by the
                    last Child of such deceased Participant to attain such
                    age or, if earlier, the death of the last Child of such
                    deceased Participant; or

                    (B)  if the deceased Participant is not survived by an

               Eligible Spouse, the date of the attainment of age twenty-

               one (21) by the last Child of such deceased Participant to

               attain such 

                                     9

<PAGE>

               age or, if earlier, the date of the death of the

               last Child of such deceased Participant.

               (24) Final Average Compensation means, with respect to a

          Participant as of any determination date, the average of the

          annual Compensation paid to such Participant during the five (5)

          calendar years of highest Compensation (which calendar years need

          not be consecutive) during the ten (10) calendar years next

          preceding the earlier to occur of 

                    (A)  the calendar year in which such Participant

               attains the Normal Retirement Age; or

                    (B)  such Participant's separation from Service, 

          to be determined by dividing the aggregate Compensation received

          by the Participant during the appropriate five (5) calendar years

          by five (5).  If a Participant has completed less than five (5)

          calendar years of Service as hereinabove provided, such

          Participant's Final Average Compensation shall be determined by

          dividing the aggregate Compensation received by the Participant

          during said calendar years by the number of such calendar years. 



               (25) Flexible Benefits Plan means the NCNB Corporation and

          Designated Subsidiaries Flexible Benefits Plan, as amended from

          time to time.  

                                     10

<PAGE>


               (26) Joint and Sixty-Six and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%)

          Annuity means an annuity for the life of a Participant with a

          survivor annuity for the life of such Participant's spouse which

          is sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the amount of

          the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and

          such Participant's spouse. 

               (27) Long Term Disability Plan means the NCNB Corporation

          Long Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time.

               (28) Long Term Disability Plan Benefit means, with respect

          to a Participant, the annual amount of benefits payable to a

          Disabled Participant from time to time pursuant to the provisions

          of the Long Term Disability Plan.

               (29) Management Incentive Compensation Plan means the NCNB

          Corporation Management Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended

          from time to time.  


               (30) Normal Retirement means, with respect to a Participant,

          such Participant's separation from Service after attainment of

          the Normal Retirement Age.  

               (31) Normal Retirement Age means, with respect to a

          Participant, age sixty-five (65). 

               (32) Normal Retirement Benefit means, with respect to a

          Participant, an annual amount equal to (A) minus (B) where

                                     11

<PAGE>


                    (A)  is such Participant's Target Retirement Benefit;

               and 

                    (B)  is the sum of such Participant's (i) Assumed

               Retirement Benefit and (ii) Social Security Benefit.

               (33) Participant means an Employee who has been designated a

          Participant in the Plan as provided in Section 3.2 of the Plan.  

               (34) Participating Employers means:  

                    (A)  NCNB Corporation, a North Carolina corporation; 

                    (B)  the following Subsidiary Corporations of NCNB

               Corporation:  

                         (i)  NCNB National Bank of North Carolina, a
                    national banking association; 

                        (ii)  NCNB National Bank of Florida, a national
                    banking association; 

                       (iii)  NCNB South Carolina, a South Carolina
                    corporation; 

                        (iv)  NCNB Services, Inc., a North Carolina
                    corporation; and

                    (C)  those Subsidiary Corporations of NCNB Corporation

               which in the future adopt the Plan pursuant to the

               provisions of Section 7.1 hereof.


               (35) Plan means the NCNB Corporation and Designated

          Subsidiaries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Senior

          Management Employees, as amended from time to time.  

                                     12

<PAGE>

               (36) Plan Committee means the committee described in Article

          V hereof.  

               (37) Retirement means, with respect to a Participant, such

          Participant's separation from Service on account of such

          Participant's Normal Retirement, Early Retirement or Delayed

          Retirement.

               (38) Retirement Plan means the NCNB Corporation and

          Designated Subsidiaries Retirement Plan and Trust, as amended

          from time to time.

               (39) Retirement Plan Death Benefit means, with respect to a

          deceased Participant, the sum of the annual amount of death

          benefits, if any, payable from time to time to such deceased

          Participant's surviving spouse pursuant to the provisions of the

          Retirement Plan and the ERISA Supplemental Plan.  

               (40) Service means "Service" as defined in the Retirement

          Plan.  

               (41) Social Security Benefit means, with respect to a

          Participant as of any date, such Participant's "Social Security

          Benefit" (expressed as an annual amount) determined as of such

          date in accordance with the provisions of the Retirement Plan

          (whether or not such Social Security Benefit is used for purposes

          of determining such Participant's benefits under the Retirement

          Plan).

                                     13

<PAGE>


               (42) Subsidiary Corporation means 

                    (A)  any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of

               whose outstanding voting capital stock is owned by NCNB

               Corporation, 

                    (B)  any corporation at least eighty percent (80%) of

               whose outstanding voting capital stock and at least eighty

               percent (80%) of each class of whose outstanding non-voting

               capital stock is owned by a corporation more than fifty

               percent (50%) of whose outstanding voting capital stock is

               owned by NCNB Corporation; or 

                    (C)  any corporation at least eighty percent (80%) of

               whose outstanding voting capital stock and at least eighty

               percent (80%) of each class of whose outstanding non-voting

               capital stock is owned by a corporation described in

               subparagraph (B) above.  

               (43) Target Retirement Benefit means, with respect to a

          Participant as of any date, an annual amount equal to the product

          of (A) multiplied by (B) where

                    (A)  is fifty percent (50%) of such Participant's Final

               Average Compensation; and 

                    (B)  is a fraction [not exceeding one (1)], the

               numerator of which is the Participant's months of Creditable

               Service as of such date, and the denominator of which is one

               hundred eighty (180).

               (44) Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity means a monthly

          amount payable to a Participant beginning on the date 

                                      14
<PAGE>

          benefits are to commence under the Plan and continuing on the last 

          day of each calendar month thereafter for one hundred twenty (120)

          consecutive calendar months certain and thereafter on the last

          day of each calendar month until the death of such Participant

          and providing that in the event that such Participant shall die

          prior to the expiration of the one hundred twenty (120) month-

          certain period, payments for the remainder of such period shall

          be made to such Participant's Beneficiary.

               (45) Thrift Plan means the NCNB Corporation and Designated

          Subsidiaries Stock/Thrift Plan and Trust, as amended from time to

          time.  

          Section 2.2  Applicable Law.  The Plan shall be construed,

   administered, regulated and governed in all respects under and by the

   laws of the United States to the extent applicable, and to the extent

   such laws are not applicable, by the laws of the State of North

   Carolina.

                                  ARTICLE III

                                 PARTICIPATION

          Section 3.1.  General.  No person shall become a Participant

   unless or until such person is or becomes an Employee.  In addition, in

   no event shall any Employee be eligible to participate in the Plan prior

   to the Effective Date of the Plan.  

          Section 3.2.  Eligibility.  The Compensation Committee, in its

   sole and exclusive discretion, shall determine which Employees shall

   become Participants.  Designation of Employees as 



                                      15

<PAGE>


   Participants shall be made in such manner as the Compensation Committee 

   shall determine from time to time.  

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                   BENEFITS

          Section 4.1.  General.  In the event a Participant separates from

   Service on account of Retirement, such Participant shall become entitled

   to the applicable retirement benefit provided for in Section 4.2,

   Section 4.3 or Section 4.4.  In addition, such Participant shall become

   entitled to such Participant's special benefit, if any, provided for in

   Section 4.8.  In the event a Participant becomes Disabled prior to the

   attainment of the Normal Retirement Age, such Participant shall become

   entitled to the benefits, if any, provided for in Section 4.5 and the

   special benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8.  In the event a

   Participant separates from Service on account of death while in Service,

   (i) the benefits, if any, provided for in Section 4.6(c) and (ii) the

   special benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8 shall be paid to

   the persons or entities entitled to such benefits.  In the event a

   Participant separates from Service for a reason other than Retirement or

   death, then the only benefit payable to such Participant under the Plan

   shall be the special benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8.

          Section 4.2.  Normal Retirement.  Subject to the provisions of

   Section 4.7 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from Service for

   a reason other than death following the attainment of the Normal

   Retirement Age and prior to the end of the Plan Year 

                                     16

<PAGE>

   in which such Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age shall become 

   entitled to such Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit.  If such 

   Participant is unmarried at the time of such Participant's separation from 

   Service, such Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the

   form of a Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity in a monthly amount equal to

   one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's Normal

   Retirement Benefit.  If such Participant is married at the time of such

   Participant's separation from Service, such Participant's Normal

   Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the form of a Joint and Sixty-Six

   and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%) Annuity in a monthly amount equal to

   one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's Normal

   Retirement Benefit.  A Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit shall

   commence and thereafter be paid at the same time as such Participant's

   benefits under the Retirement Plan.  

          Section 4.3.  Early Retirement.  Subject to the provisions of

   Section 4.7 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from Service for

   a reason other than death prior to attaining the Normal Retirement Age

   and who is eligible for Early Retirement at the time of such separation

   from Service shall become entitled to such Participant's Early

   Retirement Benefit.  If such Participant is unmarried at the time of

   such Participant's separation from Service, such Participant's Early

   Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the form of a Ten-Year Certain

   and Life Annuity in a monthly amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the

   annual amount 

                                     17

<PAGE>

   of such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit.  If such

   Participant is married at the time of such Participant's separation from

   Service, such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit shall be payable in

   the form of a Joint and Sixty-Six and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%)

   Annuity in a monthly amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual

   amount of such Participant's Early Retirement Benefit.  A Participant's

   Early Retirement Benefit shall commence and thereafter be paid at the

   same time as such Participant's benefits under the Retirement Plan.  

          Section 4.4.  Delayed Retirement.  Subject to the provisions of

   Section 4.7 and Article VI, a Participant who separates from Service for

   a reason other than death after the Plan Year in which such Participant

   attains the Normal Retirement Age shall become entitled to such

   Participant's Delayed Retirement Benefit.  If such Participant is

   unmarried at the time of such Participant's separation from Service,

   such Participant's Delayed Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the

   form of a Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity in a monthly amount equal to

   one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's Delayed

   Retirement Benefit.  If such Participant is married at the time of such

   Participant's separation from Service, such Participant's Delayed

   Retirement Benefit shall be payable in the form of a Joint and Sixty-Six

   and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%) Annuity in a monthly amount equal to

   one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such Participant's Delayed

   Retirement Benefit.  A Participant's Delayed Retirement Benefit shall

   commence and 

                                     18

<PAGE>

   thereafter be paid at the same time as such Participant's

   benefits under the Retirement Plan.  

          Section 4.5.  Disability.  In the event a Participant becomes

   Disabled prior to the attainment of the Normal Retirement Age, the

   following provisions shall apply:

               (a)  Such Participant shall be entitled to receive such

          Participant's Long Term Disability Plan Benefit, if any, provided

          for under the Long Term Disability Plan and the special benefit

          provided for in Section 4.8, if any.

               (b)  For purposes of determining such Participant's benefits

          under this Plan, such Participant's Creditable Service shall

          include such Participant's period of Disability to the extent

          provided in the Retirement Plan and such Participant's Final

          Average Compensation shall be determined as of the date such

          Participant became Disabled.

               (c)  In the event such Participant remains Disabled until

          such Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age, then subject

          to the provisions of Section 4.7 and Article VI such Participant

          shall be entitled to receive such Participant's Normal Retirement

          Benefit as provided in Section 4.2 and Section 4.5(b); provided,

          however, the amount of such Participant's Normal Retirement

          Benefit otherwise payable as determined in accordance with

          Section 4.2 and Section 4.5(b) shall be reduced by such

          Participant's Long Term Disability Plan Benefit, if any, payable

          after such Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age.

                                     19

<PAGE>

               (d)  In the event such Participant ceases to be Disabled for

          a reason other than death prior to the attainment of the Normal

          Retirement Age and such Participant does not reenter active

          Service upon the cessation of such Participant's Disability, then

          such Participant shall be deemed to have separated from Service

          as of the date of the cessation of such Participant's Disability. 

          If such Participant is eligible for Early Retirement on the date

          such Participant is deemed to have separated from Service, then

          subject to the provisions of Section 4.7 and Article VI such Par-

          ticipant shall become entitled to such Participant's Early

          Retirement Benefit determined in accordance with the provisions

          of Section 4.3 and Section 4.5(b).  If such Participant is not

          eligible for Early Retirement on the date such Participant is

          deemed to have separated from Service, then no benefits shall be

          payable to such Participant under this Plan except the special

          benefit, if any, provided for in Section 4.8.

               (e)  In the event such Participant ceases to be Disabled for

          a reason other than death prior to the attainment of the Normal

          Retirement Age and such Participant reenters active Service upon

          the cessation of such Participant's Disability, then such

          Participant's Creditable Service shall include such Participant's

          period of Disability to the extent provided in the Retirement

          Plan and 

                                     20

<PAGE>

         such Participant shall resume active participation in

          the Plan on the date such Participant reenters active Service.

               (f)  A Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement at

          the time such Participant becomes Disabled or who becomes

          eligible for Early Retirement while still Disabled in accordance

          with the provisions of this Section 4.5 shall be entitled to

          elect at any time prior to attainment of such Participant's

          Normal Retirement Age to receive such Participant's Early

          Retirement Benefit determined in accordance with the provisions

          of Section 4.3 and Section 4.5(b) as of the date of such

          election; provided, however, the amount of such Participant's

          Early Retirement Benefit otherwise payable as determined in

          accordance with Section 4.3 and Section 4.5(b) shall be reduced

          by such Participant's Long Term Disability Plan Benefit, if any,

          payable after such Participant makes such election.

          Section 4.6.  Death.

          (a)  Death After Commencement of Benefits.  In the event a

   Participant dies following the commencement of such Participant's

   benefits under the Plan, the benefits, if any, payable after such

   Participant's death shall be determined in accordance with the

   provisions of such Joint and Sixty-Six and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%)

   Annuity or Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity, as applicable, pursuant to

   which such Participant was receiving or entitled to receive benefits at

   the time of such Participant's death.


     (b)  Death of a Disabled Participant.  Except as provided in 

                                     21

<PAGE>

   Section 4.6(d), in the event (i) a

   Participant becomes Disabled prior to the attainment of the Normal

   Retirement Age and prior to being eligible for Early Retirement, (ii)

   such Participant dies prior to the Normal Retirement Age without

   recovering from such Disability, and (iii) such Participant is survived

   by an Eligible Spouse or one (1) or more Children under age twenty-one

   (21) at the time of the Participant's death, the Eligible Spouse of such

   Participant, or such Participant's Beneficiary, as applicable, shall be

   entitled to the death benefit provided for in Section 4.6(c)(1).  Except

   as provided in Section 4.6(d), in the event (i) a Participant becomes

   Disabled prior to the attainment of the Normal Retirement Age, but after

   being eligible for Early Retirement, (ii) such Participant does not

   elect pursuant to Section 4.5(f) to receive such Participant's Early

   Retirement Benefit, (iii) such Participant dies prior to the Normal

   Retirement Age without recovering from such Disability, and (iv) such

   Participant is survived by an Eligible Spouse or one (1) or more

   Children under age twenty-one (21) at the time of the Participant's

   death, the Eligible Spouse of such Participant, or such Participant's

   Beneficiary, as applicable, shall be entitled to the death benefit

   provided for in Section 4.6(c)(2).

          (c)  Death While in Service.  In the event a Participant dies

   while in Service, the death benefits, if any, payable following such

   Participant's death, shall be determined in accordance with the

   provisions of this Section 4.6(c).  

                                     22

<PAGE>

               (1)  Death Prior to Eligibility for Early Retirement. 

          Except as provided in Section 4.6(d), in the event a Participant

          dies while in Service [or, to the extent provided in Section

          4.6(b), while Disabled] and prior to such Participant becoming

          eligible for Early Retirement, the following provisions shall

          apply:

                    (A)  In the event the deceased Participant is survived
               by an Eligible Spouse, such Eligible Spouse shall become
               entitled to such Participant's Family Death Benefit in a
               monthly amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual
               amount of such Family Death Benefit.  Such monthly benefit
               shall commence on the last day of the month following the
               month in which the Participant dies and continue through the
               last day of the month in which the Family Death Benefit
               Termination Date occurs.  In the event such Eligible Spouse
               dies prior to the Family Death Benefit Termination Date,
               such monthly benefit shall be paid to the estate of such de-
               ceased Eligible Spouse through the last day of the month in
               which the Family Death Benefit Termination Date occurs.

                    (B)  In the event the deceased Participant is not
               survived by an Eligible Spouse but the deceased Participant
               is survived by one (1) or more Children under age twenty-one
               (21) at the time of the Participant's death, the Beneficiary
               of the deceased Participant shall become entitled to such
               Participant's Family Death Benefit in a monthly amount equal
               to one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual amount of such Family
               Death Benefit.  Such monthly benefit shall commence on the
               last day of the month following the month in which the
               Participant dies and continue through the last day of the
               month in which the Family Death Benefit Termination Date
               occurs.

                    (C)  In the event the deceased Participant is survived
               neither by an Eligible Spouse nor by one (1) or more
               Children under age twenty-one (21) at the time of the
               Participant's death, no death benefit shall be payable under
               Section 4.6(c). 

                                     23

<PAGE>


          The benefits under this Section 4.6(c)(1) shall be subject to the

          provisions of Section 4.7(a).

               (2)  Death After Eligibility for Early Retirement.  Except

          as provided in Section 4.6(d), in the event a Participant dies

          while in Service [or, to the extent provided in Section 4.6(b),

          while Disabled] and after becoming eligible for Early Retirement,

          the following provisions shall apply:

                    (A)  In the event the deceased Participant is survived
               by an Eligible Spouse, such Eligible Spouse shall have the
               right to irrevocably elect on or before the last day of the
               month following the month in which such Participant dies to
               receive

                         (i)  such Participant's Family Death Benefit in
                    accordance with the provisions of Section 4.6(c)(1)(A),
                    or 

                        (ii)  a monthly annuity for the life of such
                    Eligible Spouse commencing on the last day of the month
                    following the month in which such Participant dies in
                    an amount equal to the amount which such Eligible
                    Spouse would have been entitled to receive if the
                    deceased Participant had separated from Service and
                    commenced receiving as of the last day of the month in
                    which death occurred the retirement benefit to which
                    such Participant was entitled pursuant to a Joint and
                    Sixty-Six and Two-Thirds Percent (66-2/3%) Annuity and
                    then the Participant had died.

               The election of the Eligible Spouse pursuant to this Section
               4.6(c)(2)(A) shall be made in such manner as shall be
               prescribed by the Plan Committee.  In the event the Eligible
               Spouse fails to make the election pursuant to this Section
               4.6(c)(2)(A) on or before the last day of the month
               following the month in which the Participant dies, the
               benefits provided for in Section 4.6(c)(2)(A)(ii) shall
               apply.

                                     24

<PAGE>

                    (B)  In the event the deceased Participant is not
               survived by an Eligible Spouse, but the deceased Participant
               is survived by one (1) or more Children under age twenty-one
               (21) at the time of the Participant's death, the Beneficiary
               of the deceased Participant shall become entitled to such
               Participant's Family Death Benefit in accordance with the
               provisions of Section 4.6(c)(1)(B).

                    (C)  In the event the deceased Participant is survived
               neither by an Eligible Spouse nor by one (1) or more
               Children under age twenty-one (21) at the time of the
               Participant's death, no death benefits shall be payable
               under this Section 4.6(c).

          The benefits under this Section 4.6(c)(2) shall be subject to the

          provisions of Section 4.7(a).

          (d)  Suicide.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.6(b)

   and Section 4.6(c), in the event a Participant dies as a result of

   suicide within twenty-five (25) calendar months of the calendar month as

   of which such Participant was designated as a Participant under Section

   3.2, no death benefits shall be payable pursuant to Section 4.6(c) of

   the Plan.  

          (e)  Article VI Controlling.  The provisions of this Section 4.6

   shall be subject to the provisions of Article VI.

          Section 4.7.  Adjustment in Benefits.

          (a)  Reduction in Benefits Based on Spouse's Age.  In the event

   (i) a married Participant's spouse is more than ten (10) years younger

   than such Participant at the time such Participant becomes entitled to

   commence receiving such Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit provided

   for in Section 4.2, Early Retirement Benefit provided for in Section 4.3

   or Delayed Retirement Benefit provided for in Section 4.4, as

   applicable, or (ii) an Eligible 

                                     25

<PAGE>

   Spouse entitled to receive a Family

   Death Benefit provided for in Section 4.6(c) is more than ten (10) years

   younger than the deceased Participant at the time of such deceased

   Participant's death, the benefit which such Participant is otherwise

   entitled to receive (and the survivor annuity of such Participant's

   spouse), or the benefit to which such Eligible Spouse is entitled, as

   applicable, shall be reduced to an amount determined by multiplying such

   benefit by the percentage amount determined from the table attached

   hereto as Exhibit A based on the age difference between such Participant

   and such Participant's spouse.

          (b)  Recalculation of Benefits.  A Participant's Assumed

   Retirement Benefit, Retirement Plan Death Benefit and Long Term

   Disability Plan Benefit can vary from time to time under the terms of

   the Retirement Plan, ERISA Supplemental Plan and Long Term Disability

   Plan or because of possible future amendments to such Plans at the

   election of the Participating Employers or as may be required by

   applicable law.  As of each date on which any benefit payable to a

   Participant (or his spouse or Beneficiary) under the Retirement Plan,

   ERISA Supplemental Plan or Long Term Disability Plan changes for any

   reason, there shall be a recalculation of the benefits, if any, payable

   under this Plan (based on the assumptions contained herein) to such

   Participant (or his spouse or Beneficiary) using the benefits then

   payable under the Retirement Plan, ERISA Supplemental Plan and Long Term

   Disability Plan as a result of such changes.  Such increased or

                                     26

<PAGE>


   decreased benefits payable under this Plan shall become effective at the

   same time as the change in benefits under the Retirement Plan, the ERISA

   Supplemental Plan and the Long Term Disability Plan.  Notwithstanding

   the provisions of this Section 4.7(b), once a Participant's Social

   Security Benefit is determined for purposes of determining benefits

   payable under this Plan, such benefits shall not be subject to

   recalculation after benefits commence under the terms of this Plan due

   to increases or decreases in benefits payable from time to time under

   the Federal Social Security Act.

          Section 4.8.  Special Benefit.  The Participating Employers

   sponsor the Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of their key

   employees.  In the event an Employee of the Participating Employers who

   has been designated as eligible to participate in the Deferred

   Compensation Plan elects to participate in the Deferred Compensation

   Plan by deferring Compensation pursuant to the terms of the Deferred

   Compensation Plan, any Compensation which is deferred pursuant to the

   Deferred Compensation Plan is ineligible to be taken into consideration

   as "compensation" under the terms of the Thrift Plan for purposes of

   determining the maximum amount of a Participant's salary reduction

   contributions under the terms of the Thrift Plan.  Under the terms of

   the Thrift Plan, salary reduction contributions up to six percent (6%)

   of "compensation" as defined in the Thrift Plan are eligible for a fifty

   percent (50%) "matching contribution" by the Participating Employers,

   that is, a "matching contribution" of 

                                     27

<PAGE>

   three percent (3%) of such

   Participant's "compensation."  To the extent (i) a Participant in this

   Plan also participates in the Deferred Compensation Plan and the Thrift

   Plan and (ii) such Participant is contributing at least six percent (6%)

   of "compensation" as a salary reduction contribution to the Thrift Plan,

   then any "matching contribution" by the Participating Employers which

   such Participant would have received under the terms of the Thrift Plan

   (after applying the terms of the Thrift Plan related to limitations on

   salary reduction and matching contributions under Sections 402(g) and

   415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) had such Participant

   contributed six percent (6%) of the "Compensation" deferred pursuant to

   the Deferred Compensation Plan to the Thrift Plan shall be credited to a

   reserve account on the books and records of the Participating Employers

   as of the last day of the calendar year in which such "matching

   contribution" would have been made by the Participating Employers under

   the Thrift Plan.  The amount credited to such account each year shall

   bear interest from the first day of such calendar year at the rate of

   thirteen percent (13%) compounded annually.  Upon a Participant's

   separation from Service for any reason or upon a Participant becoming

   Disabled, the amount of such reserve account (including any addition for

   the year in which separation from Service or Disability occurs) shall be

   paid to such Participant (or in the event of such Participant's death,

   to such Participant's Beneficiary) in such manner as the Plan Committee

   shall determine in its sole and 

<PAGE>

   exclusive discretion over a period of

   five (5) years following such Participant's separation from Service or

   such Participant becoming Disabled.  Interest shall accrue with respect

   to the unpaid balance of such reserve account during such payment period

   through the last day of the month preceding the month in which the

   unpaid balance is paid in full.  In addition to the foregoing, a

   Participant who separates from Service after attaining age sixty (60)

   and completing three hundred (300) months of Creditable Service shall

   receive a supplemental monthly benefit equal to such Participant's

   monthly Social Security Benefit until such Participant attains age

   sixty-two (62).

          Section 4.9.  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.  

          (a)  Designation or Change of Beneficiary by a Participant.  Each

   Participant may from time to time designate the person(s) or entity(ies)

   to whom the death benefits provided for in Section 4.6(c)(1)(B), Section

   4.6(c)(2)(B) and Section 4.8 are to be paid.  A Participant may from

   time to time change such Participant's said designation of Beneficiary

   and upon any such change, any previously designated Beneficiary's right

   to receive any benefits under the Plan shall terminate.  In order to be

   effective, any designation or change of designation of a Beneficiary

   must be made on a form furnished by the Plan Committee and signed by the

   Participant and received by the Plan Committee while the Participant is

   alive.  If a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant shall survive the

   deceased Participant but die prior to the receipt of all benefits

   payable to said 

                                     29

<PAGE>

   Beneficiary under the Plan, then such benefits as would

   have been payable to said deceased Beneficiary shall be paid to such

   Beneficiary's estate at the same time and in the same manner as such

   benefits would have been payable to said deceased Beneficiary.  

          (b)  Beneficiary Designated by the Plan.  In the event that a

   Participant shall die without having designated a Beneficiary, or in the

   event that a Participant shall die having revoked an earlier Beneficiary

   Designation without having effectively designated another Beneficiary,

   or in the event that a Participant shall die but the Beneficiary

   designated by such Participant shall fail to survive such Participant,

   then and in any such event, the person(s) who shall constitute the

   Beneficiary of such deceased Participant shall be determined as follows: 



               (i)  In the event said deceased Participant is survived by a
          Child, Children or by issue of a deceased Child or Children, such
          surviving Children and surviving issue of such deceased Children
          shall share as Beneficiaries on a per stirpes basis, the issue of
          a deceased Child of the deceased Participant to take per stirpes
          the same share their parent would have taken if living.  

              (ii)  In the event said deceased Participant is not survived
          by any person described in subparagraph (i), then said deceased
          Participant's estate shall be such deceased Participant's
          Beneficiary.  

                                   ARTICLE V

                                PLAN COMMITTEE

          Section 5.1.  Appointment, Term of Office and Vacancy.  The Plan

   Committee shall consist of one or more individuals appointed by the

   Management Compensation Committee who shall serve at the 

                                     30

<PAGE>

   pleasure of the

   Management Compensation Committee.  The Management Compensation

   Committee shall have the absolute right to remove any member of the Plan

   Committee at any time, with or without cause, and any member of the Plan

   Committee shall have the right to resign at any time.  If a vacancy in

   the Plan Committee should occur, from death, resignation, removal or

   otherwise, a successor shall be appointed by the Management Compensation

   Committee.  

          Section 5.2.  Organization of Plan Committee.  The Management

   Compensation Committee shall designate one of the members of the Plan

   Committee to serve as its Chairman, one member as its Vice-Chairman and

   one member as its Secretary.  One person may hold more than one office. 

   The Plan Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members of

   the Plan Committee, as it may deem necessary for the effective

   performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agent such powers

   and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Plan Committee

   may deem expedient or appropriate.  The Plan Committee shall act by

   majority vote and may adopt such bylaws, rules and regulations as it

   deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs.  The members of the Plan

   Committee shall serve as such without compensation.  

          Section 5.3.  Powers of the Plan Committee.  The Plan Committee

   shall administer the Plan.  The Plan Committee shall have all the powers

   to enable it to carry out its duties under the Plan properly.  Not in

   limitation of the foregoing, the Plan 

                                     31

<PAGE>

   Committee shall have the power to

   construe and interpret the Plan and determine all questions that shall

   arise thereunder.  It shall decide all questions relating to eligibility

   to receive benefits under the Plan.  The Plan Committee shall have such

   other and further specified duties, powers, authority and discretion as

   are elsewhere in the Plan either expressly or by necessary implication

   conferred upon it.  The decision of the Plan Committee upon all matters

   within the scope of its authority shall be final and conclusive on all

   persons, except to the extent otherwise provided by law.  

          Section 5.4.  Expenses of Plan Committee.  The reasonable

   expenses of the Plan Committee incurred by the Plan Committee in the

   performance of its duties under the Plan, including without limitation,

   reasonable counsel fees and expenses of other agents, shall be paid by

   the Participating Employers.  

                                  ARTICLE VI

                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

          Section 6.1.  Amendment of Plan.  Subject to the provisions of

   Section 6.4 of the Plan, the Participating Employers expressly reserve

   the right, at any time and from time to time, to amend in whole or in

   part any of the terms and provisions of the Plan for whatever reason(s)

   the Participating Employers may deem appropriate.

          Section 6.2.  Termination of Plan.  Subject to the provisions of

   Section 6.4 of the Plan, the Participating 

                                     32

<PAGE>

  Employers expressly reserve

   the right, at any time and for whatever reason they may deem

   appropriate, to terminate the Plan.

          Section 6.3.  Effective Date and Procedure for Amendment or

   Termination.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of the Plan, any

   amendment to the Plan or termination of the Plan may be retroactive to

   the extent not prohibited by applicable law.  Any amendment to the Plan

   or termination of the Plan shall be made by the Participating Employers

   by resolution of the Compensation Committee and shall not require the

   approval or consent of any Participant or Beneficiary in order to be

   effective.

          Section 6.4.  Effect of Amendment or Termination on Certain

   Benefits.  No amendment or termination of the Plan may reduce or

   eliminate the benefits (if any) payable under the Plan (without regard

   to such amendment or termination) to:

               (a)  any Participant who commenced receiving benefits under

          the Plan prior to the amendment or termination date and is alive

          on the amendment or termination date and the spouse or

          Beneficiary of such Participant; or

               (b)  any spouse or Beneficiary who commenced receiving

          benefits under the Plan prior to the amendment and termination

          date.

   In addition, with respect to all other Participants in the Plan on such

   amendment or termination who have not commenced receiving benefits under

   the Plan prior to the amendment or termination date, any such amendment

   or termination shall not result in such 

                                     33

<PAGE>

   Participant receiving benefits

   under the Plan upon such Participant's separation from Service which are

   less than the benefits such Participant would have received under the

   Plan but for such amendment or termination multiplied by a fraction, the

   numerator of which is such Participant's Creditable Service at the time

   of such amendment or termination and the denominator of which is the

   Creditable Service such Participant would have accumulated as a

   Participant if such Participant had continued as a Participant until

   such Participant had attained age sixty-two (62).  Except as hereinabove

   expressly provided to the contrary in this Section 6.4, the Plan may be

   amended or terminated so that no benefits or (if such amendment or

   termination so provides) reduced benefits shall be payable to any

   Participant, spouse or Beneficiary after the effective date of such

   amendment or termination.  

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 7.1.  Adoption by a Subsidiary Corporation.  A Subsidiary

   Corporation may, with the approval of the Compensation Committee and the

   Board of Directors of such Subsidiary Corporation, elect to adopt the

   Plan as of the date mutually agreeable to the Compensation Committee and

   the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary Corporation.  Any such

   adoption of the Plan by a Subsidiary Corporation shall be evidenced by

   an appropriate instrument of adoption executed by such Subsidiary

   Corporation.  

          Section 7.2.  Authorization and Delegation to the Compensation

   Committee.  Each Subsidiary Corporation which is or 

                                     34

<PAGE>

   hereafter becomes a Participating Employer authorizes and empowers the 

Compensation Committee (i) to amend or terminate the Plan without further 

action by said Subsidiary Corporation as provided in Article VI and (ii) to

   perform such other acts and do such other things as the Compensation

   Committee is expressly directed, authorized or permitted to perform or

   do as provided herein.  

          Section 7.3.  Spendthrift Clause.  To the extent permitted by

   law, no benefits payable under the Plan shall be subject to the claim of

   any creditor of any Participant or to any legal process by any creditor

   of any Participant and no Participant entitled to benefits hereunder

   shall have any right whatsoever to alienate, commute, anticipate or

   assign any benefits under the Plan.  

          Section 7.4.  Benefits Payable From General Assets of the

   Participating Employers.  All benefits payable hereunder shall be paid

   from the general assets of the Participating Employers.  No assets of

   the Participating Employers shall be segregated or placed in trust

   pursuant to the Plan in a manner which would put such asset beyond the

   reach of the general creditors of any of the Participating Employers,

   and the rights of any Participant (or Beneficiary) to receive any

   benefits hereunder shall be no greater than the right of any general,

   unsecured creditor of the Participating Employers.  Nothing contained in

   the Plan shall create or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or

   any other fiduciary relationship between the Participating Employers 

                                     35

<PAGE>

   and a Participant.  In the event the Participating Employers purchase any

   insurance policies insuring the life of any Participant hereunder, no

   Participant shall have any rights whatsoever therein and the

   Participating Employers shall be the sole owner and beneficiary thereof

   and shall possess and exercise all incidents of ownership therein.  

          Section 7.5.   Allocation of Costs of Benefits Among the

   Participating Employers.  The cost of benefits to be provided a

   Participant (or spouse or Beneficiary, if applicable) pursuant to this

   Plan shall be paid by the Participating Employer which employs the

   Participant.  In the case of a Participant employed by more than one

   Participating Employer the cost of benefits provided pursuant to the

   Plan shall be allocated among the Participating Employers in proportion

   to the Compensation payable by each such Participating Employer during

   the period such Participant participates in the Plan.  

          Section 7.6.  Benefits Limited to the Plan.  Participation in the

   Plan shall not give a Participant any right to be retained in the employ

   of any one or more of the Participating Employers nor, upon dismissal,

   any right or interest in the Plan except as expressly provided herein.  

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                               CLAIMS PROCEDURE

          Section 8.1.  Claims Procedure.

          (a)  General.  In the event that a Claimant has a Claim under the

   Plan, such Claim shall be made by the Claimant's filing 

                                     36

<PAGE>

   a notice thereof

   with the Plan Committee within ninety (90) days after such Claimant

   first has knowledge of such Claim.  Each Claimant who has submitted a

   Claim to the Plan Committee shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity

   to state such Claimant's position and to present evidence and other

   material relevant to the Claim to the Plan Committee for its

   consideration in rendering its decision with respect thereto.  The Plan

   Committee shall render its decision in writing within sixty (60) days

   after the Claim is referred to it, and a copy of such written decision

   shall be furnished to the Claimant.

          (b)  Notice of Decision of Committee.  Each Claimant whose Claim

   has been denied by the Plan Committee shall be provided written notice

   thereof, which notice shall set forth:

               (i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial;

              (ii)  specific reference to pertinent provision(s) of the
          Plan upon which such denial is based;

             (iii)  a description of any additional material or information
          necessary for the Claimant to perfect such Claim and an
          explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

              (iv)  an explanation of the procedure hereunder for review of
          such Claim;

   all in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claimant.

          (c)  Review of Decision of Plan Committee.  Each such Claimant

   shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of

   the decision of the Plan Committee denying the Claim.  Such review shall

   be by the Compensation Committee.  Such appeal shall be made within

   ninety (90) days after the Claimant received the written decision of the

   Plan Committee and shall be 

                                     37

<PAGE>

  made by the written request of the Claimant

   or such Claimant's duly authorized representative of the Compensation

   Committee.  In the event of appeal, the Claimant or such Claimant's duly

   authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit

   issues and comments in writing to the Compensation Committee.  The

   Compensation Committee shall review the following:

               (i)  the initial proceedings of the Plan Committee with
          respect to such Claim;

              (ii)  such issues and comments as were submitted in writing
          by the Claimant or the Claimant's duly authorized representative;
          and

             (iii)  such other material and information as the Compensation
          Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable for a full and
          fair review of the decision of the Plan Committee.

   The Compensation Committee may approve, disapprove or modify the

   decision of the Plan Committee, in whole or in part, or may take such

   other action with respect to such appeal as it deems appropriate.  The

   decision of the Compensation Committee with respect to such appeal shall

   be made promptly, and in no event later than sixty (60) days after

   receipt of such appeal, unless special circumstances require an

   extension of such time within which to render such decision, in which

   event such decision shall be rendered as soon as possible and in no

   event later than one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of such

   appeal.  The decision of the Compensation Committee shall be in writing

   and in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall

   include specific reasons for such decision and set forth specific

                                     38

<PAGE>


   references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such

   decision is based.  The Claimant shall be furnished a copy of the

   written decision of the Compensation Committee.  Such decision shall be

   final and conclusive upon all persons interested therein, except to the

   extent otherwise provided by applicable law.  


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participating Employers have caused this

   instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers all as of

   the 22nd day of June, 1988.

                                   NCNB CORPORATION

   [CORPORATE SEAL]

   ATTEST:                         By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley              
                                        Executive Vice President 

     /s/ J. W. Kiser            
   _________ Secretary

                                   NCNB NATIONAL BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA

   [CORPORATE SEAL]

   ATTEST:                         By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                        Executive Vice President 

     /s/ J. W. Kiser            
   _________ Secretary

                                   NCNB NATIONAL BANK OF FLORIDA

   [CORPORATE SEAL]

   ATTEST:                         By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                        Executive Vice President 

     /s/ J. W. Kiser            
   _________ Secretary


                                     39

<PAGE>

                                   NCNB SOUTH CAROLINA

   [CORPORATE SEAL]

   ATTEST:                         By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                        Executive Vice President 

     /s/ J. W. Kiser            
   _________ Secretary


                                   NCNB SERVICES, INC.

   [CORPORATE SEAL]

   ATTEST:                         By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                        Executive Vice President 

     /s/ Mary B. Covington      
   _________ Secretary


                                      40
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                              AMENDMENT TO THE
            NATIONSBANK CORPORATION AND DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES
                   SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
                      FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES


     WHEREAS, NationsBank Corporation ("NationsBank") and certain of its
subsidiary corporations (collectively with NationsBank, the "Participating
Employers") maintain the NationsBank Corporation and Designated
Subsidiaries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Senior Management
Employees (the "Plan"); and

     WHEREAS, NationsBank desires to amend the Plan to (i) change the
discount rate used in calculating a participant's "commuted payment amount"
under the Plan from a fixed rate of ten percent (10%) to a variable rate
equal to the rate in effect as of the last day of the calendar year
immediately preceding the calendar year of a participant's retirement for
valuing liabilities under the NationsBank Pension Plan for financial
accounting and reporting purposes and (ii) change the basis for calculating
the pre-retirement death benefit payable with respect to a deceased
participant so that such pre-retirement death benefit will be approximately
equal to the death benefit that would have been payable if the participant
had died after retirement from NationsBank; and 

     WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of
NationsBank has authorized and approved said amendment to the Plan in
accordance with the provisions of Article VI of the Plan;

     NOW, THEREFORE, NationsBank does hereby declare that the Plan is
hereby amended effective as of the date hereof as follows:

     1.   Section I.A.(5) of Exhibit B to the Plan is amended to read as
follows:

     "5.  Determine the AESSV by discounting the projected AESSV
          obtained in A.(4) above at the "FAS Rate" (as hereinafter
          defined) compounded annually from the date the Participant
          would have attained age 55 to the Determination Date.  For
          purposes of this Exhibit B, the "FAS Rate" means a variable
          rate equal to the rate in effect as of the last 

<PAGE>

          day of the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year 
          of a Determination Date for valuing liabilities under the
          Retirement Plan for financial accounting and reporting
          purposes."  
     2.   The first sentence of Section III. of Exhibit B to the Plan is
amended to read as follows:

     "All AESSVs shall be determined on the basis of the FAS Rate (as
     defined in I.A.(5) above) compounded annually."

     3.   Section 4.6(c)(2)(A)(ii) of the Plan is amended to read as
follows:

         "(ii) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the
     deceased Participant's Target Retirement Benefit, reduced in
     accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(17) as though
     the Participant had retired on the date of the Participant's
     death, minus the sum of (A) the monthly life annuity that is the
     actuarial equivalent of the benefits payable to such Eligible
     Spouse from the Retirement Plan and the ERISA Supplemental Plan
     and (B) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the
     deceased Participant's Social Security Benefit."

     4.   The parenthetical in Section 4.10(iii) of the Plan ("plus
interest . . . date of payment") is amended to read as follows:

     ". . . (plus interest on such amount at that FAS Rate (as defined
     in Exhibit B hereto) compounded annually from the date of the
     Change in Control to the date of payment) . . ."

     5.  Except as expressly or by necessary implication amended hereby,
the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank has caused this instrument to be
executed by its duly authorized officer as of the 28th day of September,
1994.

                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION



                              By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley              
                                 C. J. Cooley
                                 Executive Vice President 

                              "NationsBank"

                                     2



                            NATIONSBANK CORPORATION
                     EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

   1.   Name:

        This plan shall be known as the "NationsBank Corporation Executive
   Incentive Compensation Plan" (the "Plan").

   2.   Purpose and Intent:

        NationsBank Corporation (the "Corporation") establishes this Plan
   effective January 1, 1994 for the purpose of providing certain of its
   senior executive officers with annual incentive compensation based on
   the annual performance of the Corporation measured by the Corporation's
   return on average common shareholders' equity.  The intent of the Plan
   is to provide "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of
   Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.  The provisions of the Plan shall be
   construed and interpreted to effectuate such intent.

   3.   Definitions:

        For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the
   following meanings:

        (a)  "Base Benchmark" means a level of ROE for a Plan Year selected
   by the Committee below which no incentive compensation shall be payable
   under the Plan to Covered Employees for such Plan Year. 

        (b)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
   from time to time, and references thereto shall include the valid
   Treasury regulations thereunder. 

        (c)  "Committee" means all of the members of the Compensation
   Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who are Outside
   Directors.

        (d)  "Covered Employee" for a Plan Year means any employee of the
   Corporation whose compensation is anticipated to be subject to the
   provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code and who is designated by the
   Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year (or, in the case of
   the 1994 Plan Year, prior to April 1, 1994) as a "Covered Employee"
   under the Plan for such Plan Year.

        (e)  "Incentive Compensation Pool" for a Plan Year means the amount
   established in accordance with paragraph 5.

        (f)  "Outside Director" means an "outside director" within the
   meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(i) of the Code.

        (g)  "Plan Year" means the fiscal year of the Corporation beginning
   January 1 and ending December 31.

<PAGE>

        (h)  "ROE" means, with respect to a Plan Year, the Corporation's
   "return on average common shareholders' equity" for such Plan Year
   determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
   that would be reported in the Corporation's Annual Report to
   Shareholders for such Plan Year assuming payment of the entire Incentive
   Compensation Pool for such Plan Year. 

   4.   Administration:

        The Committee shall be responsible for administering the Plan.  The
   Committee shall have all of the powers necessary to enable it to
   properly carry out its duties under the Plan.  Not in limitation of the
   foregoing, the Committee shall have the power to construe and interpret
   the Plan and to determine all questions that shall arise thereunder. 
   The Committee shall have such other and further specified duties,
   powers, authority and discretion as are elsewhere in the Plan either
   expressly or by necessary implication conferred upon it.  The Committee
   may appoint such agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it
   may deem necessary for the effective performance of its duties, and may
   delegate to such agents such powers and duties as the Committee may deem
   expedient or appropriate that are not inconsistent with the intent of
   the Plan.  The decision of the Committee upon all matters within its
   scope of authority shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except
   to the extent otherwise provided by law.

   5.   Operation:

        (a)  Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year (or, in the case of
   the 1994 Plan Year, prior to April 1, 1994), the Committee shall
   determine (i) the Covered Employees for the Plan Year, (ii) the specific
   level of ROE that shall constitute the Base Benchmark for the Plan Year,
   (iii) the formula for determining the amount of the Incentive
   Compensation Pool in the event the Base Benchmark is attained or
   exceeded for the Plan Year and (iv) the formula for determining the
   allocation of the Incentive Compensation Pool, if any, for the Plan Year
   among the Covered Employees for the Plan Year.  In that regard, the
   formula for determining the amount of the Incentive Compensation Pool in
   the event the Base Benchmark is attained or exceeded and the formula for
   determining the allocation of the Incentive Compensation Pool for a Plan
   Year shall be fixed formulas that do not permit Committee discretion
   except as otherwise provided in paragraph 5(c) below. 

        (b)  The Incentive Compensation Pool for a Plan Year, if any, shall
   be established immediately following the determination of ROE for the
   Plan Year.  The amount of the Incentive Compensation Pool, if any, for a
   Plan Year shall be determined as follows:

                                       2
<PAGE>

             (i)  If ROE for the Plan Year is below the Base Benchmark
        for the Plan Year, there shall be no Incentive Compensation
        Pool for the Plan Year and no incentive compensation shall be
        payable under the Plan to Covered Employees for the Plan Year;
        and

            (ii)  If ROE for the Plan Year equals or exceeds the Base
        Benchmark for the Plan Year, the Incentive Compensation Pool
        for the Plan Year shall be equal to an amount determined under
        the formula for the Plan Year established by the Committee in
        accordance with paragraph 5(a).  In that regard, such formula
        may provide that the amount of the Incentive Compensation Pool
        will increase for levels of ROE exceeding the Base Benchmark.

        (c)  If an Incentive Compensation Pool is established for a Plan
   Year in accordance with paragraph 5(b), the Incentive Compensation Pool
   shall be allocated among the Covered Employees for the Plan Year in
   accordance with the formula for the Plan Year determined by the
   Committee in accordance with paragraph 5(a); provided, however, that the
   Committee may in its sole discretion reduce for any reason the amount
   otherwise allocable to a Covered Employee.  In the event the Committee
   reduces an amount otherwise allocable to a Covered Employee for a Plan
   Year as provided in the preceding sentence, the amount of such reduction
   shall not be reallocated among the other Covered Employees for the Plan
   Year.

        (d)  In accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C)(iii) of the Code,
   prior to any payment under the Plan for a Plan Year, the Committee shall
   certify in writing the attainment of (i) the Base Benchmark for such
   Plan Year and (ii) any other higher level of ROE used in determining the
   amount of the Incentive Compensation Pool pursuant to the formula
   established by the Committee for such Plan Year.  

        (e)  The amounts allocated to each Covered Employee for a Plan Year
   shall be paid by the Corporation to each such Covered Employee in cash,
   less applicable payroll and withholding taxes, within seventy-five (75)
   days after the establishment of the Incentive Compensation Pool as
   provided in paragraph 5(b), subject to certification by the Committee as
   provided in paragraph 5(d).

        (f)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in
   no event shall a Covered Employee be allocated more than Two Million
   Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,700,000) under the Plan for a Plan
   Year.

        (g)  If the employment of a Covered Employee for a Plan Year is
   terminated for any reason during the Plan Year, the Covered 

                                       3

<PAGE>

   Employee shall not receive any amounts otherwise allocable to the Covered
   Employee under the Plan's formula established by the Committee for the
   Plan Year.  Such amount shall not be reallocated among the other Covered
   Employees for the Plan Year.

        (h)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a
   reduction in the amount otherwise payable to a Covered Employee for a
   Plan Year as provided in paragraph 5(c) or paragraph 5(g) above shall
   not result in a recalculation of ROE for purposes of the Plan or an
   increase in the amount of the Incentive Compensation Pool for such Plan
   Year. 

   6.  Shareholder Approval:

        In accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C)(ii) of the Code, the
   effectiveness of the Plan is subject to its approval and ratification by
   the shareholders of the Corporation after disclosure to the shareholders
   of the Corporation of the material terms of the Plan, such approval and
   ratification to be obtained (i) on or before December 31, 1994 and (ii)
   at such other times as required by Section 162(m)(4)(C)(ii) of the Code.

   7.  Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan:

        The Board of Directors of the Corporation may amend, modify or
   terminate the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment, modification
   or termination of the Plan shall reduce the amount payable to a Covered
   Employee under the Plan as of the date of such amendment, modification
   or termination.

   8.  Applicable Law:

        The Plan shall be construed, administered, regulated and governed
   in all respects under and by the laws of the United States to the extent
   applicable, and to the extent such laws are not applicable, by the laws
   of the state of North Carolina.

   9.  Miscellaneous:

        A Covered Employee's rights and interests under the Plan may not be
   assigned or transferred by the Covered Employee.  To the extent the
   Covered Employee acquires a right to receive payments from the
   Corporation under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the
   right of any unsecured general creditor of the Corporation.  Nothing
   contained herein shall be deemed to create a trust of any kind or any
   fiduciary relationship between the Corporation and the Covered Employee.
   Designation as a Covered Employee in the Plan shall not entitle or be
   deemed to entitle a Covered Employee to continued employment with the
   Corporation.


                                       4

<PAGE>

                              AMENDMENT TO THE
                          NATIONSBANK CORPORATION
                   EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

     THIS INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT is executed as of the 1st day of October,
1994  by  NATIONSBANK  CORPORATION,   a  North  Carolina  corporation  (the
"Corporation").

                            Statement of Purpose

     The  Corporation  maintains  the  NationsBank   Corporation  Executive
Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), pursuant to which certain covered
employees  of the  Corporation  may receive  annual incentive  compensation
based  on the  annual performance  of the  Corporation consistent  with the
"performance-based  compensation" requirements  of  Section 162(m)  of  the
Internal Revenue Code.  The Corporation desires to amend the Plan effective
October 1,  1994 to (i) permit  the Compensation Committee of  the Board of
Directors of the Corporation  to make determinations about the  identity of
the covered employees  and the  incentive compensation formula  for a  Plan
Year no later than the April  1 of such Plan Year as permitted  by Internal
Revenue  Service Notice 94-69 and  (ii) provide covered  employees with the
opportunity to  defer the payment  of amounts payable  under the Plan.   In
accordance with paragraph 7 of  the Plan, such amendment has  been approved
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     NOW,  THEREFORE, the Plan  is hereby amended effective  as of the date
hereof as follows:

     1.   The following subparagraph  (a) is  added to paragraph  3 of  the
Plan,  and current  subparagraphs  (a)  through  (h)  of  paragraph  3  are
redesignated as subparagraphs (b) through (i):

          "(a) "Account"  means the account established and maintained
     on  the books of the  Corporation to record  a Covered Employee's
     interest under the Plan attributable  to amounts credited to  the
     Covered Employee  pursuant to paragraph 10(b)  below, as adjusted
     from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Plan."

     2.   Paragraph 3(g) of the Plan (as redesignated as provided above) is
amended to read as follows:

          "(g)   "Covered Employee" for a Plan Year means any employee
     of  the  Corporation  whose  compensation is  anticipated  to  be
     subject to the  provisions of Section 162(m) of  the Code and who
     is designated by the Committee prior to the April 1  of such Plan
     Year as a "Covered Employee" under the Plan for such Plan Year."

<PAGE>

     3.   The following subparagraph (j) is added to the end of paragraph 3
of the Plan:

          "(j) "Single Sum Value" of the Account of a Covered Employee
     who is receiving annual  installments pursuant to paragraph 10(f)
     means the single sum present value of the installments determined
     as of the relevant  determination date using for such  purpose as
     the discount  rate the same rate that was used in calculating the
     amount of the installments pursuant to paragraph 10(f) below."

     4.   The  first  sentence of  paragraph 5(a)  of  the Plan  is amended
effective as of October 1, 1994 to read as follows:

          "(a) Prior  to the  April 1  of a  Plan Year,  the Committee
     shall determine (i) the Covered Employees for the Plan Year, (ii)
     the  specific  level  of  ROE  that  shall  constitute  the  Base
     Benchmark for  the Plan Year,  (iii) the formula  for determining
     the  amount of the Incentive  Compensation Pool in  the event the
     Base Benchmark is attained or exceeded for the Plan Year and (iv)
     the  formula  for determining  the  allocation  of the  Incentive
     Compensation  Pool, if any, for  the Plan Year  among the Covered
     Employees for the Plan Year."

     5.   Paragraph 5(e) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

          "(e)    Unless  deferred   pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
     paragraph 10, the amounts allocated  to each Covered Employee for
     a Plan Year shall be paid by the Corporation to each such Covered
     Employee in cash, less  applicable payroll and withholding taxes,
     within  seventy-five (75)  days  after the  establishment of  the
     Incentive  Compensation  Pool  as  provided  in  paragraph  5(b),
     subject  to  certification  by   the  Committee  as  provided  in
     paragraph 5(d)."

     6.   Paragraph 7 of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

     "7.  Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan:

          (a)  General.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may
     amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time, provided that no
     amendment, modification  or termination of the  Plan shall reduce
     the amount payable to a Covered Employee under the Plan as of the
     date of such amendment, modification or termination.

          (b)  Effect   on   Deferred   Amounts   Under    the   Plan.
     Notwithstanding any provision  of the  Plan to  the contrary,  no
     amendment, modification  or termination of the  Plan shall reduce
     the  amount actually  credited  to a

                                     2

<PAGE>

     Covered Employee's  Account under the Plan  on the  date of such
     amendment, modification  or termination,  or further defer the  due
     dates for  the payment of such  amounts,  without  the  consent  of
     the  affected  Covered Employee.  Notwithstanding the  provisions
     of paragraph 10(d), in connection with any termination  of the Plan
     the Committee  shall have the authority to cause the Accounts of
     all Covered Employees to be paid in a single sum payment as of a
     date determined by the Committee or to otherwise accelerate the
     payment of  all Accounts in  such  manner   as  the  Committee
     shall  determine   in  its discretion.  In that regard, upon any
     termination of the Plan the amount of any payment to a Covered
     Employee (or beneficiary of  a deceased Covered  Employee) who is
     receiving annual installments pursuant to paragraph 10(f)  shall be
     the Single Sum Value of the Covered  Employee's  Account
     determined  as  of   the  selected determination date.

     7.   The following  paragraphs 10 and 11  are added to the  end of the
Plan:

     "10. Deferral of Amounts Payable Under the Plan:

          (a)  Elections to Defer.   Each Covered Employee  for a Plan
     Year  shall be given the  opportunity to irrevocably  elect, on a
     form provided by the Committee, to  defer all or a portion of any
     amount that may become payable to such Covered Employee under the
     Plan for such  Plan Year.   In order to  be effective, a  Covered
     Employee's election to defer must be executed and returned to the
     Committee  on or before the  date specified by  the Committee for
     such purpose.

          (b)  Establishment  of  Accounts.    The  Corporation  shall
     establish and maintain on  its books an Account for  each Covered
     Employee making  an election to  defer under  this paragraph  10.
     Each  Account  shall be  designated by  the  name of  the Covered
     Employee for whom established.  Any amount otherwise allocable to
     the Covered  Employee under  the formula  established for  a Plan
     Year  that  is  deferred  by  the  Covered  Employee  under  this
     paragraph 10 shall be credited to the Covered Employee's  Account
     as of the date such amount  would have otherwise been paid to the
     Covered Employee.

          (c)  Account Adjustments.    As  of  the last  day  of  each
     calendar  month, each Account shall be adjusted for such month so
     that  the  level of  investment return  of  the Account  shall be
     substantially equal to the  ask yield of the most  recent auction
     of 30-year Treasury bonds, as quoted for the last business day of
     the  immediately  preceding calendar  month  in  the Wall  Street
     Journal

                                     3

<PAGE>

     (Eastern  Edition),  or   if  such  quotations  are  not available
     in the  Wall Street  Journal, in  a similar  financial publication
     selected by the Committee.

          (d)  Payment Options.

               (i)  A Covered Employee who first elects to  defer
          amounts under  this paragraph 10 after  having attained
          age fifty-four  (54) shall, at the time  of the Covered
          Employee's initial deferral election, irrevocably elect
          one of  the payment  options described in  subparagraph
          (iii) below.

              (ii)  For a  Covered Employee who  first elects  to
          defer  amounts under  this paragraph  10 before  having
          attained  age  fifty-four (54),  such  Covered Employee
          shall, upon attainment of age fifty-four (54), be given
          the opportunity to irrevocably elect one of the payment
          options described in subparagraph (iii) below.

             (iii)  The  payment  options  from  which  a Covered
          Employee  may elect  are  as follows:  (1) single  cash
          payment, (2)  five (5)  annual installments or  (3) ten
          (10) annual installments.

              (iv)  Any election made  under this paragraph 10(d)
          shall  be made  on  such  form  and  at  such  time  as
          determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  An
          election made under subparagraph (i) shall be effective
          upon  the later  of the  date of  such election  or the
          attainment  of   age  55.    An   election  made  under
          subparagraph (ii) shall not  become effective until the
          first anniversary of the date of such election.

               (v)  For a Covered Employee  who does not yet have
          an election in effect under this paragraph 10(d) or for
          a Covered Employee who fails to  elect a payment option
          under this paragraph 10(d), the method of payment shall
          be the single cash payment.

          (e)  Single Cash Payment.   If a Covered Employee who  is to
     be paid by the  single cash payment method pursuant  to paragraph
     10(d)  terminates  employment  with  the  Corporation, then  such
     Covered  Employee's Account  shall continue  to be  credited with
     monthly adjustments under


                                     4

<PAGE>

     paragraph  10(c) through the January 31 of the calendar year
     immediately following the calendar  year of such termination  of
     employment, except  that the  rate for  such monthly adjustments
     from the calendar month  of such termination of employment  through
     such  January 31  shall  be  the  30-year Treasury  bond yield  for
     the last  day  of the  calendar  month immediately preceding such
     termination  of employment.  The final Account  balance as of such
     January 31  shall be paid in a single cash  payment   to  the
     Covered  Employee  (or  to  the  Covered Employee's  designated
     beneficiary  in  the case  of the  Covered Employee's termination
     of employment as the result of the Covered Employee's death) on or
     about such January 31.

          (f)  Annual  Installments.  If a  Covered Employee who is to
     be paid by one of the annual installment payment methods pursuant
     to paragraph  10(d) terminates  employment with  the Corporation,
     the amount of  such annual installments  shall be calculated  and
     paid pursuant to  the provisions  of this paragraph  10(f).   The
     first installment shall be paid on or about the January 31 of the
     calendar  year immediately  following the  calendar year  of such
     termination of employment, and  each subsequent installment shall
     be paid  on or about each  subsequent January 31.   The amount of
     the  installments shall  be calculated  as follows:    First, the
     Covered  Employee's Account  shall continue  to be  credited with
     monthly adjustments  under paragraph 10(c)  through such  January
     31,  except that the rate  for such monthly  adjustments from the
     calendar  month of  such termination  of employment  through such
     January 31 shall be the 30-year Treasury bond  yield for the last
     day of the calendar  month immediately preceding such termination
     of  employment.  The amount of the annual installments shall then
     be calculated  as equal installments amortized  over the selected
     period using the same 30-year Treasury  bond yield.  If a Covered
     Employee dies  after the effectiveness of  the Covered Employee's
     election  as to the method  of payment under  paragraph 10(d) and
     the  Covered  Employee  has  selected annual  installments,  such
     annual installments (or remaining annual installments in the case
     of  death after  commencement of  payment) shall  be paid  to the
     Covered Employee's designated beneficiary.

          (g)  Other Payment Provisions.  Subject to the provisions of
     paragraph 10(h) below and paragraph  7 above, a Covered  Employee
     shall not be paid  any portion of the Covered  Employee's Account
     prior to  the Covered  Employee's termination of  employment with
     the  Corporation.   Any  payment hereunder  shall  be subject  to
     applicable payroll and  withholding taxes.   For purposes of  the
     Plan,  a Covered  Employee  shall be  deemed  to have

                                     5

<PAGE>

     terminated employment  with  the  Corporation  upon  such  Covered
     Employee becoming  eligible for  benefits under the  NationsBank
     Long-Term Disability Plan as in effect from time to time.  In the
     event any amount  becomes payable  under the  provisions of  the
     Plan  to a Covered Employee, beneficiary or  other person who is a
     minor or an incompetent, whether or  not declared incompetent by a
     court, such  amount may  be paid  directly to  the minor  or
     incompetent person or to such person's fiduciary  (or
     attorney-in-fact in the case of an incompetent) as the Committee,
     in its sole discretion, may  decide, and the Committee shall  not
     be liable to any person for any such decision or any payment
     pursuant thereto.

          (h)  Withdrawals  on Account of  an Unforeseeable Emergency.
     A  Covered Employee who is in active service with the Corporation
     may,  in the Committee's sole discretion, receive a refund of all
     or any part  of the  amounts previously credited  to the  Covered
     Employee's Account  in the case of  an "unforeseeable emergency."
     A  Covered  Employee  requesting   a  payment  pursuant  to  this
     subparagraph  (h) shall have the burden of proof of establishing,
     to   the  Committee's   satisfaction,  the   existence  of   such
     "unforeseeable emergency,"  and the amount of  the payment needed
     to satisfy the same.  In that regard, the Covered Employee  shall
     provide the Committee with such financial data and information as
     the  Committee may request.   If the Committee  determines that a
     payment  should  be  made  to   a  Covered  Employee  under  this
     subparagraph (h), such payment shall be  made within a reasonable
     time after the Committee's determination of the existence of such
     "unforeseeable emergency"  and the  amount of payment  so needed.
     As used herein, the term "unforeseeable emergency" means a severe
     financial hardship to a Covered Employee resulting from a  sudden
     and  unexpected illness or accident of the Covered Employee or of
     a  dependent  of  the  Covered  Employee,  loss  of  the  Covered
     Employee's   property   due  to   casualty,   or  other   similar
     extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result
     of  events beyond  the  control of  the  Covered Employee.    The
     circumstances  that shall constitute an "unforeseeable emergency"
     shall depend  upon the  facts of  each case,  but,  in any  case,
     payment may  not be made to  the extent that such  hardship is or
     may  be relieved  (i)  through reimbursement  or compensation  by
     insurance  or otherwise,  or (ii)  by liquidation of  the Covered
     Employee's assets, to  the extent the liquidation  of such assets
     would not itself  cause severe financial  hardship.  Examples  of
     what are not considered to be "unforeseeable emergencies" include
     the need  to send a  Covered Employee's  child to college  or the
     desire to purchase a home.  Withdrawals of  amounts

                                     6

<PAGE>

     because of an "unforeseeable emergency"  shall not exceed an
     amount reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency need.

          (i)  Statements  of Account.   Each  Covered  Employee shall
     receive  an annual  statement of  the Covered  Employee's Account
     balance.

     11.  Claims Procedures:

          (a)  General.  In  the  event  that  a Covered  Employee  or
     designated beneficiary has a claim for benefits under the Plan (a
     "Claim"),  such  Claim  shall  be  made  by  such  person's  (the
     "Claimant")  filing a  notice thereof  with the  Committee within
     ninety  (90) days after such Claimant first has knowledge of such
     Claim.  Each Claimant who has  submitted a Claim to the Committee
     shall  be  afforded  a   reasonable  opportunity  to  state  such
     Claimant's position  and to  present evidence and  other material
     relevant to the Claim  to the Committee for its  consideration in
     rendering its decision with respect thereto.  The Committee shall
     render  its decision in writing within ninety (90) days after the
     Claim is referred to it, unless special circumstances require  an
     extension of such time  within which to render such  decision, in
     which event such  decision shall  be rendered no  later than  one
     hundred  eighty (180) days after the Claim  is referred to it.  A
     copy of such written decision shall be furnished to the Claimant.

          (b)  Notice of  Decision of Committee.   Each Claimant whose
     Claim  has been denied by the Committee shall be provided written
     notice thereof, which notice shall set forth:

          (i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial;

         (ii)  specific  reference  to pertinent  provision(s)  of the
     Plan upon which such denial is based;

        (iii)  a description of any additional material or information
     necessary  for   the  Claimant  to  perfect  such  Claim  and  an
     explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

         (iv)  an explanation of the procedure hereunder for review of
     such Claim;

                                     7

<PAGE>

     all in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claimant.

          (c)  Review of  Decision of  Committee.  Each  such Claimant
     shall  be afforded a reasonable  opportunity for a  full and fair
     review of the decision of the Committee denying the Claim.   Such
     review shall  be by  the Committee.   Such appeal  shall be  made
     within  ninety (90) days after the  Claimant received the written
     decision  of the  Committee  and shall  be  made by  the  written
     request  of  the  Claimant  or such  Claimant's  duly  authorized
     representative of the  Committee.   In the event  of appeal,  the
     Claimant  or such  Claimant's duly authorized  representative may
     review  pertinent documents  and  submit issues  and comments  in
     writing  to the  Committee.    The  Committee  shall  review  the
     following:

          (i)  the initial  proceedings of the  Committee with respect
     to such Claim;

         (ii)  such issues  and comments as were  submitted in writing
     by the Claimant or the Claimant's duly authorized representative;
     and

        (iii)  such other  material and information  as the Committee,
     in  its  sole discretion,  deems advisable  for  a full  and fair
     review of the decision of the Committee.

     The  Committee may approve, disapprove  or modify the decision of
     the Committee, in whole or in part, or may take such other action
     with  respect  to  such appeal  as  it  deems  appropriate.   The
     decision  of the Committee with  respect to such  appeal shall be
     made promptly, and in no  event later than sixty (60) days  after
     receipt of  such appeal, unless special  circumstances require an
     extension of such time  within which to render such  decision, in
     which event such decision  shall be rendered as soon  as possible
     and  in no  event  later  than  one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days
     following  receipt of such appeal.  The decision of the Committee
     shall  be in writing and in  a manner calculated to be understood
     by the  Claimant  and shall  include  specific reasons  for  such
     decision  and  set forth  specific  references  to the  pertinent
     provisions of the Plan  upon which such decision  is based.   The
     Claimant shall be furnished a copy of the written decision of the
     Committee.   Such decision shall be final and conclusive upon all
     persons  interested  therein,  except  to  the  extent  otherwise
     provided by applicable law."

     8.   Except as  expressly or by necessary  implication amended hereby,
the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

                                     8

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed by an authorized
officer of the Corporation as of the day and year first above written.


                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION


                              By:   /s/ C. J. Cooley
                                 Name:  C. J. Cooley
                                 Title:  Executive Vice President

                              "Corporation"




                                     9




                          NATIONSBANK CORPORATION
                         KEY EMPLOYEE DEFERRAL PLAN

1.   Name:

     This  plan shall be known as the "NationsBank Corporation Key Employee
Deferral Plan" (the "Plan").

2.   Purpose and Intent:

     NationsBank  Corporation  (the  "Corporation")  establishes  this Plan
effective  October 1,  1994 for  the purpose  of  providing certain  of its
employees  with  the  opportunity  to  defer  payment  of   certain  annual
incentives  in accordance with the  terms and provisions  set forth herein.
It is the intent of the Corporation that amounts deferred under the Plan by
an employee  shall not be taxable  to the employee for  income tax purposes
until the  time actually received by  the employee.  The  provisions of the
Plan shall be construed and interpreted to effectuate such intent.

3.   Definitions:

     For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

     (a)  "Account"  means the  account established  and maintained  on the
books of the Corporation to record a Participant's  interest under the Plan
attributable to  amounts credited to the Participant  pursuant to paragraph
5(c)  below, as adjusted  from time  to time pursuant  to the  terms of the
Plan.

     (b)  "Annual Incentive  Award" means,  with respect to  a Participant,
any annual incentive award payable to such Participant pursuant  to (i) the
Corporate  Management   Incentive  Plan   and  (ii)  any   other  incentive
compensation  plan of the Corporation  or any of  its Subsidiaries approved
for purposes of this Plan by the Plan Administrator.

     (c)  "Claim" means a claim for benefits under the Plan.

     (d)  "Claimant" means a person making a Claim.

     (e)  "Compensation  Committee" means the  committee of individuals who
are serving from time to time as the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.

     (f)  "Corporate Benefits Committee" means the committee of individuals
who  are serving  from  time to  time  as the  members  of the  NationsBank
Corporation Corporate Benefits Committee.

     (g)  "Corporate  Personnel   Group"  means  the  group   of  employees
designated as such from time to time by the Corporation.

<PAGE>

     (h)  "Eligible Employee"  means a Key Employee of  the Corporation who
has been designated as eligible  to become a Participant  in the Plan by  a
member of  the Management Compensation  Committee as provided  in paragraph
5(a) below.

     (i)  "Key Employee" means a regular employee of the Corporation or any
of   its  Subsidiaries  who  is  an  officer  of  the  Corporation  or  its
Subsidiaries,  as determined  by the  Plan Administrator,  and who,  in the
opinion  of  the  Plan  Administrator,  has  demonstrated  a  capacity  for
contributing  materially to the success  of the business  and operations of
the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

     (j)  "Management   Compensation  Committee"  means  the  committee  of
individuals   who  are  serving  from  time  to  time  as  the  NationsBank
Corporation Management Compensation Committee.

     (k)  "Participant"  means  an Eligible  Employee  who  has elected  to
participate in the Plan as provided in paragraph 5(b) below.

     (l)  "Plan Administrator" means the Corporate Personnel Group, or such
other  person or entity designated as the "Plan Administrator" for purposes
of the Plan by the Compensation Committee.

     (m)  "Plan  Year" means the twelve (12) month period beginning January
1 and ending December 31.

     (n)  "Single  Sum  Value"  of the  Account  of  a  Participant who  is
receiving annual  installments pursuant to paragraph 5(g)  means the single
sum  present  value  of the  installments  determined  as  of the  relevant
determination date  using for  such purpose as  the discount rate  the same
rate that was  used in calculating the amount of  the installments pursuant
to paragraph 5(g) below.

     (o)  "Subsidiary" means  (i) any  corporation more than  fifty percent
(50%)  of  whose  outstanding   voting  capital  stock  is  owned   by  the
Corporation,  (ii) any corporation at  least eighty percent  (80%) of whose
outstanding voting capital stock and at  least eighty percent (80%) of each
class  of  whose  outstanding  non-voting  capital  stock  is  owned  by  a
corporation  more than  fifty  percent (50%)  of  whose outstanding  voting
capital stock is owned  by the Corporation, (iii) any  corporation at least
eighty percent (80%) of whose outstanding voting capital stock and at least
eighty  percent (80%) of each class of whose outstanding non-voting capital
stock is owned by a corporation described in clause (ii) above, or (iv) any
other corporation or other business  entity affiliated with the Corporation
that is designated  by the Plan Administrator as  a Subsidiary for purposes
of the Plan. 

                                     2
<PAGE>

4.   Administration:

     The  Plan Administrator  shall  be responsible  for administering  the
Plan.   The Plan  Administrator shall have  all of the  powers necessary to
enable it  to  properly carry  out  its duties  under  the Plan.    Not  in
limitation of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power to
construe and interpret the Plan  and to determine all questions  that shall
arise thereunder.  The Plan Administrator shall have such other and further
specified  duties, powers, authority and discretion as are elsewhere in the
Plan either expressly or by  necessary implication conferred upon it.   The
Plan Administrator may appoint such agents as it may deem necessary for the
effective performance of its  duties, and may delegate to  such agents such
powers  and  duties  as  the  Plan  Administrator  may  deem  expedient  or
appropriate  that are not  inconsistent with the  intent of the  Plan.  The
decision of the  Plan Administrator upon  all matters  within its scope  of
authority  shall be  final  and conclusive  on all  persons, except  to the
extent otherwise provided by law.

5.   Operation:

     (a)  Eligibility.  The individuals who serve from time  to time as the
members  of  the  Management  Compensation Committee,  in  their  sole  and
exclusive discretion, shall determine which Key Employees shall be Eligible
Employees for a Plan Year.  

     (b)  Elections  to  Defer.     An  Eligible  Employee   may  become  a
Participant in the Plan by irrevocably electing, on a form  provided by the
Plan Administrator, to defer  all or a  portion of the Eligible  Employee's
Annual Incentive Award for a given Plan Year; provided, however, that:

          (i)  if an  Eligible Employee elects  to defer a  portion of
     the Eligible Employee's Annual Incentive  Award for a Plan  Year,
     the amount elected  to be  deferred with respect  to such  Annual
     Incentive  Award shall  not  be less  than  Ten Thousand  Dollars
     ($10,000); and

         (ii)  if an Eligible Employee's  Annual Incentive Award for a
     Plan  Year is less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), no amount
     of such Annual Incentive  Award shall be deferred under  the Plan
     for such Plan Year.  

In order to be effective, an Eligible Employee's election to  defer must be
executed and  returned  to the  Plan Administrator  on or  before the  date
specified by  the Plan Administrator for such  purpose.  Such election must
normally  be made  prior to  the beginning  of the  Plan Year to  which the
election  relates.    However, the  Plan  Administrator,  in  its sole  and
exclusive discretion, may determine that in  any Plan Year during which (A)
a Key Employee first becomes an Eligible  Employee (including the Plan Year
in 

                                     3
<PAGE>

which  the Plan  is  first implemented)  or (B)  a Key  Employee who  is
already an Eligible Employee with respect to certain incentive compensation
covered by  the Plan becomes an Eligible Employee with respect to incentive
compensation not previously covered  by the Plan, such election may be made
by such Eligible Employee within thirty (30) days after becoming eligible. 

     (c)  Establishment of  Accounts.  The Corporation  shall establish and
maintain on  its books an Account for each Participant.  Each Account shall
be designated by  the name of  the Participant for  whom established.   The
amount  of any Annual  Incentive Award deferred  by a Participant  shall be
credited to  the Participant's Account as of the date such Annual Incentive
Award would have otherwise been paid to the Participant. 

     (d)  Account Adjustments.  As of the last day  of each calendar month,
each  Account  shall be  adjusted  for  such month  so  that  the level  of
investment  return of the Account  shall be substantially  equal to the ask
yield of the  most recent auction of 30-year Treasury  bonds, as quoted for
the last  business day of the  immediately preceding calendar month  in the
Wall  Street Journal  (Eastern  Edition), or  if  such quotations  are  not
available  in the Wall Street  Journal, in a  similar financial publication
selected by the Plan Administrator.

     (e)  Payment Options.

          (i)  A Participant  who first elects to  defer amounts under
     this paragraph 5 after having attained age fifty-four (54) shall,
     at  the  time of  the  Participant's  initial deferral  election,
     irrevocably  elect  one  of  the  payment  options  described  in
     subparagraph (iii) below.

         (ii)  For  a Participant  who first  elects to  defer amounts
     under  this paragraph  5  before having  attained age  fifty-four
     (54), such  Participant shall, upon attainment  of age fifty-four
     (54),  be given the opportunity  to irrevocably elect  one of the
     payment options described in subparagraph (iii) below.

        (iii)  The payment options from  which a Participant may elect
     are  as follows:  (1) single  cash payment,  (2) five  (5) annual
     installments or (3) ten (10) annual installments.  

         (iv)  Any election  made under  this paragraph 5(e)  shall be
     made on such form and at such time as determined by the Committee
     in  its sole discretion.  An election made under subparagraph (i)
     shall be effective upon the later of the date of such election or
     the  attainment of age 55.   An election  made under subparagraph
     (ii) shall 

                                     4
<PAGE>


     not  become effective until  the first anniversary  of the date of 
     such election.  

          (v)  For  a Participant who does not yet have an election in
     effect under this paragraph  5(e) or for a Participant  who fails
     to elect a payment  option under this paragraph 5(e),  the method
     of payment shall be the single cash payment.

     (f)  Single Cash Payment.  

          (i)  In  the  case of  a  Participant  whose termination  of
     employment  with the  Corporation  and  its  Subsidiaries  occurs
     before the effectiveness of the Participant's  election as to the
     method of  payment under paragraph 5(e),  then such Participant's
     Account shall be credited with a final adjustment under paragraph
     5(d) for the  calendar month of  such termination of  employment,
     and  such final Account  balance shall be  paid in a  single cash
     payment to  the Participant  (or to the  Participant's designated
     beneficiary  in  the case  of  the  Participant's termination  of
     employment as the result  of the Participant's death) as  soon as
     practical after the end of such calendar month. 

         (ii)  In  the  case of  a  Participant  whose termination  of
     employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries occurs after
     the effectiveness of the Participant's election as  to the method
     of payment under  paragraph 5(e)  and who has  either selected  a
     single  cash payment or failed  to select any  method of payment,
     then  such Participant's  Account shall  continue to  be credited
     with monthly adjustments under paragraph 5(d) through the January
     31  of the calendar year immediately  following the calendar year
     of  such termination of employment, except that the rate for such
     monthly adjustments  from the calendar month  of such termination
     of  employment  through such  January  31  shall be  the  30-year
     Treasury  bond ask yield for  the last day  of the calendar month
     immediately preceding such termination  of employment.  The final
     Account balance as  of such January 31 shall be  paid in a single
     cash  payment  to  the   Participant  (or  to  the  Participant's
     designated  beneficiary   in  the   case  of   the  Participant's
     termination  of employment  as  the result  of the  Participant's
     death) on such January 31.  

     (g)  Annual  Installments.   In the  event a  Participant's employment
with   the  Corporation   and   its  Subsidiaries   terminates  after   the
effectiveness of the  Participant's election  as to the  method of  payment
under paragraph  5(e) and the Participant has selected annual installments,
the  amount  of  such annual  installments  shall  be  calculated and  paid
pursuant to the  

                                     5
<PAGE>

provisions of this paragraph 5(g).   The first installment
shall be paid on the January  31 of the calendar year immediately following
the  calendar year of such  termination of employment,  and each subsequent
installment shall be paid on each subsequent January 31.  The amount of the
installments  shall be  calculated as  follows:   First, the  Participant's
Account  shall  continue  to  be credited  with  monthly  adjustments under
paragraph  5(d) through  such January  31, except  that the  rate for  such
monthly  adjustments  from  the  calendar  month  of  such  termination  of
employment through  such January 31 shall be  the 30-year Treasury bond ask
yield for  the last day  of the calendar  month immediately preceding  such
termination of employment.   The  amount of the  annual installments  shall
then be calculated as equal installments amortized over the selected period
using  the same  30-year Treasury bond  ask yield.   If  a Participant dies
after  the effectiveness of the Participant's  election as to the method of
payment  under  paragraph  5(e)  and the  Participant  has  selected annual
installments, such annual installments (or remaining annual installments in
the  case of  death after  commencement of  payment) shall  be paid  to the
Participant's designated beneficiary.

     (h)  Other Payment Provisions.  Subject to the provisions of paragraph
5(i) and paragraph 6 below, a Participant  shall not be paid any portion of
the  Participant's  Account  prior  to  the  Participant's  termination  of
employment  with  the  Corporation  and  its  Subsidiaries.    Any  payment
hereunder  shall be  subject to  applicable payroll and  withholding taxes.
For purposes  of the Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have terminated
employment with the  Corporation upon  eligibility for  benefits under  the
NationsBank Long-Term Disability  Plan as in effect from time  to time.  In
the event any  amount becomes payable under the provisions of the Plan to a
Participant,  beneficiary or other person who is a minor or an incompetent,
whether or  not declared incompetent  by a court,  such amount may  be paid
directly to the  minor or incompetent person or to  such person's fiduciary
(or  attorney-in-fact  in  the   case  of  an  incompetent)  as   the  Plan
Administrator,  in   its  sole  discretion,   may  decide,  and   the  Plan
Administrator shall  not be liable to  any person for any  such decision or
any payment pursuant thereto.      

     (i)  Withdrawals  on  Account  of   an  Unforeseeable  Emergency.    A
Participant who is in active service with the Corporation may,  in the Plan
Administrator's sole discretion, receive a refund of all or any part of the
amounts  previously credited to the Participant's Account in the case of an
"unforeseeable emergency."  A Participant requesting a payment pursuant  to
this subparagraph  (i) shall have the  burden of proof of  establishing, to
the Plan Administrator's satisfaction, the existence of such "unforeseeable
emergency," and  the amount of the payment needed  to satisfy the same.  In
that regard, the Participant shall provide the Plan Administrator with such
financial data and information as  the Plan Administrator may request.   If
the  Plan  Administrator determines  that a  payment  

                                     6
<PAGE>

should be  made  to a Participant  under this subparagraph (i), such payment 
shall be made within a reasonable  time  after the  Plan  Administrator's 
determination  of  the existence  of such "unforeseeable emergency"  and the 
amount  of payment so needed.   As used herein, the term "unforeseeable 
emergency" means a severe financial  hardship to a Participant resulting from 
a sudden and unexpected illness  or  accident  of  the  Participant   or  of  
a  dependent  of  the Participant, loss of the  Participant's property due to 
casualty,  or other similar extraordinary  and unforeseeable circumstances 
arising  as a result of events beyond the  control of the  Participant.  The 
circumstances  that shall constitute an  "unforeseeable emergency" shall 
depend  upon the facts of each case, but,  in any case, payment may not be 
made to the extent that such   hardship  is  or  may  be  relieved  (i)  
through  reimbursement  or compensation  by  insurance or  otherwise, or  
(ii)  by liquidation  of the Participant's  assets, to the extent  the 
liquidation of  such assets would not itself  cause severe  financial 
hardship.    Examples of  what are  not considered to be  "unforeseeable 
emergencies"  include the need  to send  a Participant's   child  to  college  
or  the  desire  to  purchase  a  home. Withdrawals of amounts  because of 
an  "unforeseeable emergency" shall  not exceed an amount reasonably needed to 
satisfy the emergency need.

     (j)  Statements of Account.  Each Participant shall receive an  annual
statement of the Participant's Account balance.

6.   Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan:

     The  Compensation Committee shall have the right and power at any time
and from time to time to amend the Plan in whole or in part and at any time
to  terminate  the  Plan; provided,  however,  that  no  such amendment  or
termination shall  reduce the amount  actually credited to  a Participant's
Account  under the Plan  on the date  of such amendment  or termination, or
further defer  the due dates for  the payment of such  amounts, without the
consent of  the affected Participant.   Notwithstanding  the provisions  of
paragraph  5(e), in  connection  with  any  termination  of  the  Plan  the
Compensation  Committee shall have the  authority to cause  the Accounts of
all Participants to be paid in a single sum payment as of a date determined
by the Compensation Committee or to otherwise accelerate the payment of all
Accounts  in such manner as  the Compensation Committee  shall determine in
its  discretion.   In that  regard, upon  any termination  of the  Plan the
amount of  any  payment to  a  Participant (or  beneficiary  of a  deceased
Participant)  who is  receiving annual  installments pursuant  to paragraph
5(g) shall be the  Single Sum Value of the Participant's Account determined
as of the selected determination date.

7.   Claims Procedures:

     (a)  General.  In  the event  that a  Claimant has  a Claim  under the
Plan, such  Claim shall be made  by the Claimant's filing  a 

                                     7
<PAGE>

notice thereof with the Plan Administrator within ninety (90) days after such 
Claimant first has knowledge of such Claim.  Each Claimant who has submitted a 
Claim to the Plan  Administrator shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to
state such Claimant's position  and to present evidence and  other material
relevant to the Claim  to the Plan Administrator  for its consideration  in
rendering  its decision with respect thereto.  The Plan Administrator shall
render its decision in writing  within ninety (90) days after the  Claim is
referred to it, unless  special circumstances require an extension  of such
time within  which to render  such decision, in  which event such  decision
shall  be rendered no  later than one  hundred eighty (180)  days after the
Claim  is  referred to  it.   A  copy  of such  written  decision  shall be
furnished to the Claimant. 

     (b)  Notice of Decision  of Plan Administrator.   Each Claimant  whose
Claim has been denied by  the Plan Administrator shall be  provided written
notice thereof, which notice shall set forth:

     (i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial;

    (ii)  specific  reference to  pertinent provision(s)  of the  Plan upon
which such denial is based;

   (iii)  a description of any additional material or information necessary
for  the Claimant  to perfect  such Claim  and an  explanation of  why such
material or information is necessary; and

    (iv)  an explanation  of the  procedure hereunder  for  review of  such
Claim;

all in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claimant.

     (c)  Review  of Decision  of Plan Administrator.   Each  such Claimant
shall be  afforded a reasonable opportunity  for a full and  fair review of
the decision  of the  Plan Administrator  denying the  Claim.  Such  review
shall be  by the Corporate Benefits  Committee.  Such appeal  shall be made
within ninety (90) days after the Claimant received the written decision of
the Plan  Administrator and shall  be made  by the written  request of  the
Claimant or such Claimant's duly authorized representative of the Corporate
Benefits  Committee.   In  the  event  of  appeal,  the  Claimant  or  such
Claimant's duly  authorized representative may  review pertinent  documents
and  submit  issues  and comments  in  writing  to  the Corporate  Benefits
Committee.  The Corporate Benefits Committee shall review the following:

     (i)  the initial proceedings of the Plan Administrator with respect to
such Claim;

                                     8

<PAGE>


    (ii)  such  issues and  comments as  were submitted  in writing  by the
Claimant or the Claimant's duly authorized representative; and

   (iii)  such  other material  and information  as the  Corporate Benefits
Committee, in  its sole  discretion, deems  advisable for  a full  and fair
review of the decision of the Plan Administrator.

The  Corporate Benefits  Committee  may approve,  disapprove or  modify the
decision of the Plan Administrator,  in whole or in part, or may  take such
other  action with  respect to such  appeal as  it deems  appropriate.  The
decision  of the Corporate Benefits  Committee with respect  to such appeal
shall be made promptly,  and in no event  later than sixty (60) days  after
receipt of  such appeal, unless special circumstances  require an extension
of such  time within  which to  render such decision,  in which  event such
decision shall be rendered  as soon as possible and in  no event later than
one  hundred twenty  (120)  days following  receipt of  such  appeal.   The
decision of the  Corporate Benefits Committee shall be in  writing and in a
manner  calculated to  be  understood by  the  Claimant and  shall  include
specific reasons for such decision and set forth specific references to the
pertinent provisions  of the Plan upon  which such decision is  based.  The
Claimant shall be furnished a copy of the written decision of the Corporate
Benefits Committee.   Such decision shall be final and  conclusive upon all
persons interested  therein, except  to the  extent  otherwise provided  by
applicable law.

8.   Applicable Law:

     The  Plan shall be construed,  administered, regulated and governed in
all  respects under  and by the  laws of  the United  States to  the extent
applicable, and to  the extent such laws are not applicable, by the laws of
the state of North Carolina.  

9.   Miscellaneous:

     A  Participant's  rights  and interests  under  the  Plan  may not  be
assigned or  transferred  by  the  Participant.    The  Plan  shall  be  an
unsecured,  unfunded arrangement.  To the extent the Participant acquires a
right to receive  payments from the Corporation under  the Plan, such right
shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the
Corporation.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create a trust of
any  kind or  any fiduciary  relationship between  the Corporation  and any
Participant.  Designation  as an  Eligible Employee or  Participant in  the
Plan  shall not entitle  or be deemed  to entitle such  person to continued
employment  with  the  Corporation.   The  Plan  shall  be binding  on  the
Corporation and any successor in interest of the Corporation.

                                     9
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed by an authorized
officer of the Corporation as of the 1st day of October, 1994.


                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION


                              By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley              
                                 C. J. Cooley
                                 Executive Vice President

                              "Corporation"

                                     10


               NATIONSBANK CORPORATION DIRECTOR DEFERRAL PLAN

1.   Name:

     This  plan shall  be known  as  the "NationsBank  Corporation Director
Deferral Plan" (the "Plan").

2.   Purpose and Intent:

     NationsBank  Corporation  (the  "Corporation") establishes  this  Plan
effective  January 1,  1995 for  the purpose  of providing  the nonemployee
members of its Board of Directors with the opportunity to  defer payment of
the annual retainer  fee and meeting fees in accordance  with the terms and
provisions set  forth herein.   It is  the intent of  the Corporation  that
amounts deferred under the  Plan by a director shall not be  taxable to the
director for income  tax purposes until  the time actually received  by the
director.  The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted to
effectuate such intent.

3.   Definitions:

     For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

     (a)  "Account"  means the  account established  and maintained  on the
books of the Corporation to record a Participant's  interest under the Plan
attributable to  amounts credited to the Participant  pursuant to paragraph
5(c)  below, as adjusted  from time  to time pursuant  to the  terms of the
Plan.

     (b)  "Claim" means a claim for benefits under the Plan.

     (c)  "Claimant" means a person making a Claim.

     (d)  "Compensation Committee"  means the committee of  individuals who
are serving from time to time as the members of  the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     (e)  "Corporate Benefits Committee" means the committee of individuals
who  are serving  from  time to  time  as the  members  of the  NationsBank
Corporation Corporate Benefits Committee.

     (f)  "Corporate  Personnel   Group"  means  the   group  of  employees
designated as such from time to time by the Corporation.

     (g)  "Fees"  means  both  (i) the  annual  retainer  fee  (the "Annual
Retainer Fee") and (ii) any meetings  fees (the "Meetings Fees") payable to
a Nonemployee  Director under  the Corporation's compensation  policies for
directors in effect from time to time.

<PAGE>

     (h)  "Nonemployee Director" means an individual who is a member of the
Board of Directors of  the Corporation, but who  is not an employee of  the
Corporation.
     (i)  "Participant"  means a  Nonemployee Director  who has  elected to
participate in the Plan as provided in paragraph 5(b) below.

     (j)  "Plan Administrator" means the Corporate Personnel Group, or such
other  person or entity designated as the "Plan Administrator" for purposes
of the Plan by the Compensation Committee.

     (k)  "Plan Year" means the twelve  (12) month period beginning January
1 and ending December 31.

     (l)  "Single  Sum  Value"  of the  Account  of  a  Participant who  is
receiving annual installments  pursuant to paragraph 5(g)  means the single
sum  present  value  of the  installments  determined  as  of the  relevant
determination date using  for such  purpose as the  discount rate the  same
rate that was  used in calculating the amount of  the installments pursuant
to paragraph 5(g) below.

4.   Administration:

     The  Plan Administrator  shall  be responsible  for administering  the
Plan.   The Plan  Administrator shall have  all of the  powers necessary to
enable  it  to properly  carry  out  its duties  under  the Plan.    Not in
limitation of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power to
construe and interpret the Plan  and to determine all questions  that shall
arise thereunder.  The Plan Administrator shall have such other and further
specified  duties, powers, authority and discretion as are elsewhere in the
Plan either expressly or by  necessary implication conferred upon it.   The
Plan Administrator may appoint such agents as it may deem necessary for the
effective performance of its  duties, and may delegate to  such agents such
powers  and  duties  as  the  Plan  Administrator  may  deem  expedient  or
appropriate that are  not inconsistent with  the intent of  the Plan.   The
decision of the  Plan Administrator upon  all matters  within its scope  of
authority  shall be  final  and conclusive  on all  persons, except  to the
extent otherwise provided by law.

5.   Operation:

     (a)  Eligibility.   Each  Nonemployee  Director shall  be eligible  to
participate in the Plan. 

     (b)  Elections  to  Defer.    A  Nonemployee  Director  may  become  a
Participant in  the Plan by irrevocably electing, on a form provided by the
Plan Administrator, to defer the Annual Retainer  Fee paid during such Plan
Year  and/or the Meetings Fees payable  to the 

                                     2
<PAGE>

Nonemployee Director for all meetings occurring during such Plan Year.  Such 
election  shall be  made separately with respect to the  Annual Retainer Fee 
and the  Meetings Fees. In  order to be effective, a Nonemployee  Director's 
election to defer must be executed  and returned to the  Plan Administrator on 
or  before the date specified by the Plan Administrator  for such purpose. Such
election  must normally  be made  prior to  the beginning  of the Plan  Year 
to  which the election  relates.    However, the  Plan  Administrator,  in  
its sole  and exclusive  discretion,  may  determine  that in  certain  
circumstances  an election may  be made  during  a Plan  Year if  such  
determination is  not inconsistent with the intent of the Plan expressed in 
paragraph 2 above.

     (c)  Establishment of  Accounts.  The Corporation  shall establish and
maintain on its books an Account  for each Participant.  Each Account shall
be  designated by the  name of the  Participant for whom  established.  The
amount  of any  Fees deferred  by a  Participant shall  be credited  to the
Participant's Account as  of the date such  Fees would have  otherwise been
paid to the Participant. 

     (d)  Account Adjustments.  As of the last day of  each calendar month,
each  Account  shall be  adjusted  for  such month  so  that  the level  of
investment return  of the Account shall  be substantially equal  to the ask
yield of the  most recent auction of 30-year Treasury  bonds, as quoted for
the last  business day of the  immediately preceding calendar month  in the
Wall  Street Journal  (Eastern  Edition), or  if  such quotations  are  not
available  in the Wall Street  Journal, in a  similar financial publication
selected by the Plan Administrator.

     (e)  Payment  Options.   At  the time  a  Participant first  makes  an
election to defer Fees under  the Plan, the Participant shall be  given the
opportunity  to irrevocably elect one of the following payment options: (i)
single cash payment, (ii)  five (5) annual  installments or (iii) ten  (10)
annual  installments.   The election  shall be  made in  writing on  a form
provided  by  the  Plan Administrator  and  must  be returned  to  the Plan
Administrator  before such  date as  specified by  the Plan  Administrator.
Such  election shall be  effective with respect to  any Fees deferred under
the Plan by the Participant, including Fees deferred under the Plan for all
subsequent Plan  Years.   If a  Participant fails to  duly elect  a payment
option, the method of payment shall be the single cash payment.

     (f)  Single Cash Payment.   If a Participant  to whom the single  cash
payment method applies terminates services with the Corporation as a member
of  the Board of Directors  of the Corporation,  such Participant's Account
shall continue to be credited with monthly adjustments under paragraph 5(d)
through  the  January 31  of the  calendar  year immediately  following the
calendar year  of such termination  of services,  except that the  rate for
such 

                                     3
<PAGE>

monthly adjustments  from the  calendar month of  such termination  of
services through such  January 31 shall  be the 30-year  Treasury bond  ask
yield for  the last day  of the calendar  month immediately preceding  such
termination of services.   The final Account balance as  of such January 31
shall  be paid  in a  single cash  payment  to the  Participant (or  to the
Participant's  designated  beneficiary in  the  case  of the  Participant's
termination of  services as the  result of the  Participant's death)  on or
about such January 31. 

     (g)  Annual  Installments.   If  a  Participant  to  whom  the  annual
installments method  applies terminates service  with the Corporation  as a
member of the  Board of Directors  of the Corporation,  the amount of  such
annual installments shall be calculated and paid pursuant to the provisions
of this paragraph  5(g).  The first  installment shall be paid  on or about
the January 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year
of such termination of  services, and each subsequent installment  shall be
paid  on  or  about  each  subsequent  January  31.    The  amount  of  the
installments  shall be  calculated as  follows:   First, the  Participant's
Account  shall  continue  to be  credited  with  monthly adjustments  under
paragraph 5(d)  through  such January  31, except  that the  rate for  such
monthly adjustments from the calendar month of such termination of services
through such  January 31 shall be  the 30-year Treasury bond  ask yield for
the last day of  the calendar month immediately preceding  such termination
of  services.    The  amount  of the  annual  installments  shall  then  be
calculated as  equal installments amortized over the  selected period using
the  same 30-year  Treasury  bond ask  yield.   If  a  Participant who  has
selected  the annual  installments method  dies  before any  or all  of the
annual  installments have  been  paid, such  remaining annual  installments
shall be paid to the Participant's designated beneficiary.

     (h)  Other Payment Provisions.  Subject to the provisions of paragraph
5(i) and paragraph 6 below, a Participant  shall not be paid any portion of
the  Participant's  Account  prior  to  the  Participant's  termination  of
services  as a member of  the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation.  Any
payment hereunder  shall be subject  to applicable payroll  and withholding
taxes.  In the event any amount becomes payable under the provisions of the
Plan to a  Participant, beneficiary or other  person who is  a minor or  an
incompetent,  whether or not declared  incompetent by a  court, such amount
may be paid directly to the minor or incompetent person or to such person's
fiduciary  (or attorney-in-fact in the case of  an incompetent) as the Plan
Administrator,  in   its  sole  discretion,   may  decide,  and   the  Plan
Administrator shall  not be liable to  any person for any  such decision or
any payment pursuant thereto. 

     (i)  Withdrawals  on  Account  of   an  Unforeseeable  Emergency.    A
Participant who is in active service as a member of the  Board of Directors
of the  Corporation  may,  in  the Plan  Administrator's  sole  discretion,
receive a refund of all  or any part of the amounts  

                                     4
<PAGE>

previously credited to the Participant's Account  in the case of an  
"unforeseeable emergency."  A Participant requesting  a payment pursuant  to 
this subparagraph  (f) shall have  the  burden of  proof of  establishing,  to 
the  Plan Administrator's satisfaction,  the existence  of  such 
"unforeseeable  emergency," and  the amount of  the payment  needed to 
satisfy  the same.   In that  regard, the Participant shall provide  the 
Plan Administrator with  such financial data and information  as  the  Plan 
Administrator  may  request.   If  the  Plan Administrator determines that  a 
payment  should be made  to a  Participant under this subparagraph (f), such 
payment shall be made within a reasonable time  after the Plan Administrator's 
determination of the existence of such "unforeseeable emergency"  and the 
amount  of payment so  needed.   As used herein,  the  term  "unforeseeable  
emergency"  means  a  severe  financial hardship to a Participant resulting 
from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the  Participant or of a 
dependent of  the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to  
casualty, or other similar extraordinary and  unforeseeable circumstances 
arising as  a result of  events beyond the control of the  Participant.   
The circumstances that  shall constitute  an "unforeseeable emergency" shall 
depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment  may not be 
made  to the extent that such  hardship is or may be relieved (i)  through 
reimbursement or compensation by  insurance or otherwise,  or  (ii) by  
liquidation of  the  Participant's assets,  to the extent the liquidation of  
such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.   Examples of 
what  are not considered to  be "unforeseeable emergencies" include the need 
to  send a Participant's child to college  or the  desire  to purchase  a 
home.   Withdrawals  of  amounts because  of an "unforeseeable  emergency" 
shall not exceed  an amount reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency need.

     (j)  Statements of Account.  Each Participant shall receive an  annual
statement of the Participant's Account balance.

6.   Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan:

     The Compensation Committee shall have the  right and power at any time
and from time to time to amend the Plan in whole or in part and at any time
to  terminate  the  Plan; provided,  however,  that  no  such amendment  or
termination  shall reduce the  amount actually credited  to a Participant's
Account under the  Plan on the  date of such  amendment or termination,  or
further defer  the due dates for  the payment of such  amounts, without the
consent of  the affected  Participant.   Notwithstanding the  provisions of
paragraph  5(e), in  connection  with  any  termination  of  the  Plan  the
Compensation  Committee shall have the  authority to cause  the Accounts of
all Participants to be paid in a single sum payment as of a date determined
by the Compensation Committee or to otherwise accelerate the payment of all
Accounts  in such manner as  the Compensation Committee  shall determine in
its  discretion.   In that  regard, upon  any termination  of the  Plan the
amount  of  any payment  to  a 

                                     5
<PAGE>

Participant  (or  beneficiary of  a deceased Participant)  who is  receiving 
annual  installments pursuant  to paragraph 5(g) shall be  the Single Sum 
Value of the Participant's Account determined as of the selected determination 
date.

7.   Claims Procedures:

     (a)  General.  In  the event  that a  Claimant has  a Claim  under the
Plan, such  Claim shall be made  by the Claimant's filing  a notice thereof
with the Plan  Administrator within  ninety (90) days  after such  Claimant
first has knowledge of such Claim.  Each Claimant who has submitted a Claim
to the Plan  Administrator shall  be afforded a  reasonable opportunity  to
state such Claimant's position  and to present evidence and  other material
relevant to the  Claim to the Plan  Administrator for its  consideration in
rendering  its decision with respect thereto.  The Plan Administrator shall
render  its decision in writing within ninety  (90) days after the Claim is
referred to it, unless  special circumstances require an extension  of such
time  within which to  render such decision,  in which event  such decision
shall be rendered  no later than  one hundred eighty  (180) days after  the
Claim  is referred  to  it.   A  copy of  such  written decision  shall  be
furnished to the Claimant. 

     (b)  Notice of  Decision of Plan  Administrator.  Each  Claimant whose
Claim has been denied  by the Plan Administrator shall  be provided written
notice thereof, which notice shall set forth:

     (i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial;

    (ii)  specific  reference to  pertinent provision(s)  of the  Plan upon
which such denial is based;

   (iii)  a description of any additional material or information necessary
for  the Claimant  to perfect  such Claim  and an  explanation of  why such
material or information is necessary; and

    (iv)  an explanation  of the  procedure  hereunder for  review of  such
Claim;

all in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claimant.

     (c)  Review of  Decision of  Plan Administrator.   Each such  Claimant
shall be  afforded a reasonable opportunity  for a full and  fair review of
the  decision of  the Plan Administrator  denying the  Claim.   Such review
shall be  by the Corporate Benefits  Committee.  Such appeal  shall be made
within ninety (90) days after the Claimant received the written decision of
the Plan  Administrator and  shall be  made by the  written request  of the
Claimant or such Claimant's duly authorized representative of the Corporate
Benefits  Committee.    In  the  event  of  appeal,  the Claimant  or  such
Claimant's duly  authorized representative may  review pertinent  documents
and  

                                     6
<PAGE>

submit  issues  and comments  in  writing  to  the Corporate  Benefits
Committee.  The Corporate Benefits Committee shall review the following:

     (i)  the initial proceedings of the Plan Administrator with respect to
such Claim;

    (ii)  such  issues and  comments as  were submitted  in writing  by the
Claimant or the Claimant's duly authorized representative; and

   (iii)  such  other material  and information  as the  Corporate Benefits
Committee, in  its sole  discretion, deems advisable  for a  full and  fair
review of the decision of the Plan Administrator.

The Corporate  Benefits Committee  may  approve, disapprove  or modify  the
decision of the Plan  Administrator, in whole or in part,  or may take such
other action  with respect to  such appeal  as it deems  appropriate.   The
decision  of the Corporate Benefits  Committee with respect  to such appeal
shall be made promptly, and  in no event later  than sixty (60) days  after
receipt of such  appeal, unless special circumstances require  an extension
of  such time  within which to  render such  decision, in  which event such
decision  shall be rendered as soon as possible  and in no event later than
one hundred  twenty  (120) days  following  receipt of  such  appeal.   The
decision  of the Corporate Benefits Committee shall  be in writing and in a
manner  calculated to  be  understood by  the  Claimant and  shall  include
specific reasons for such decision and set forth specific references to the
pertinent provisions  of the Plan upon  which such decision is  based.  The
Claimant shall be furnished a copy of the written decision of the Corporate
Benefits Committee.  Such  decision shall be final and  conclusive upon all
persons interested  therein, except  to  the extent  otherwise provided  by
applicable law.

8.   Applicable Law:

     The Plan shall  be construed, administered, regulated and  governed in
all respects under  and by  the laws  of the  United States  to the  extent
applicable, and to the extent such laws are not applicable, by the laws  of
the state of North Carolina.  

9.   Miscellaneous:

     A  Participant's  rights  and interests  under  the  Plan  may not  be
assigned  or  transferred  by the  Participant.    The  Plan  shall  be  an
unsecured,  unfunded arrangement.  To the extent the Participant acquires a
right to receive payments from  the Corporation under the Plan, such  right
shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the
Corporation.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create a trust of
any  kind or  any 

                                     7
<PAGE>

fiduciary  relationship between  the Corporation  and any Participant.    The 
Plan  shall  be  binding  on  the Corporation  and  any successor in interest 
of the Corporation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed by an authorized
officer of the Corporation as of the 28th day of September, 1994.


                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION


                              By:  /s/ C. J. Cooley              
                                 C. J. Cooley
                                 Executive Vice President

                              "Corporation"

                                 8

                          SPECIAL TRUST AGREEMENT
                                 UNDER THE
                          NATIONSBANK PENSION PLAN

                      (as effective December 31, 1994)


     THIS SPECIAL TRUST AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective as of
the 31st day of December, 1994, by and between NATIONSBANK CORPORATION, a

North Carolina corporation ("NationsBank"), and WACHOVIA BANK OF NORTH
CAROLINA, N.A., a national banking association (hereinafter referred to as

the "Special Trustee").
                            Statement of Purpose

     NationsBank and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor The NationsBank
Pension Plan (the "NationsBank Plan").  During 1994, NationsBank acquired
RHNB Corporation and its subsidiary, Rock Hill National Bank.  In
connection with the consolidation of the RHNB employee benefits programs
into the NationsBank employee benefits programs, the Rock Hill National
Bank Pension Plan (the "RHNB Plan") is merging with and into the Plan
effective as of the date hereof.

     A portion of the assets of the RHNB Plan have been invested in units
of the Wachovia Bank Real Estate Fund, a common trust fund established and
maintained by the Special Trustee (the "REF").  The Special Trustee is in
the process of liquidating the REF, and it is anticipated that liquidating
and other distributions will be made from time to time with respect to the
units of the REF owned by the RHNB Plan.

     NationsBank desires to have the RHNB Plan's units in the REF held in a
separate special trust under the NationsBank Plan (the "Special Trust")
following the merger of the RHNB Plan into the NationsBank Plan and to
provide that the Special Trustee (and not NationsBank of North Carolina,
N.A., the Trustee of the primary Trust under the Plan) shall have fiduciary
responsibility for the assets of the Special Trust.  This Special Trust
Agreement establishes and documents the Special Trust.

<PAGE>

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree that a Special Trust
for The NationsBank Pension Plan is established effective as of December
31, 1994, to consist of the following Articles I through VIII:

                                 ARTICLE I
                                  PURPOSE

     The terms and provisions of this Special Trust Agreement govern the
Special Trust established effective December 31, 1994 under the Plan.  The
Special Trust is a part of the Plan and shall be maintained for the
exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, as provided
in the Plan and this Special Trust Agreement, for the purpose of:

     (i)  holding the assets of the Plan comprising the Plan's units in the
REF;
 
    (ii)  receiving assets in exchange for and liquidating and other
distributions made with respect to the Plan's units in the REF; and

   (iii)  transferring all such assets and liquidating and other
distributions as soon as practicable after their receipt by the Special
Trustee to NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. to be held, administered and
distributed in accordance with the terms of the primary Trust under the
Plan.

It shall be impossible for any part of the assets of the Special Trust to
be diverted to or used for purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the
Participants or their Beneficiaries except as provided in the Plan or the
Special Trust and permitted qualified plans and trusts under the Act and
the Code.

                                 ARTICLE II
                                CONSTRUCTION

     SECTION 2.1.   GENERAL.
     (a)  Construction.  In the construction of this Special Trust Agree-
ment, reference is made to the definitions, terms and provisions of The
NationsBank Pension Plan, and the terms used in this Special Trust
Agreement shall have the same meanings as given the terms in the Plan
unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  Whenever used in this
Special Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates 

                                     2

<PAGE>

otherwise, the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular. 
The conjunction "or" shall include both the conjunctive and disjunctive, and
the adjective "any" shall mean one or more or all.  References to the
masculine gender are for convenience of expression only and shall refer to
the other genders as well.  Article, section and paragraph headings have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in
any construction of the provisions of this Special Trust Agreement.  If any
provision of this Special Trust Agreement, as amended from time to time,
shall be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions
shall nevertheless be valid, enforceable and fully effective.

     (b)  Intent.  It is the intent of the parties that the Plan shall at
all times be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and that the
Special Trust shall at all times be exempt from taxation under Section
501(a) of the Code.  This Special Trust Agreement shall be construed and
interpreted to effectuate such intent.

     SECTION 2.2.   APPLICABLE LAW.  This Special Trust Agreement and the
Special Trust herein provided for shall be construed, administered, regu-
lated and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the United
States to the extent applicable and, to the extent such laws are not
applicable, by the laws of the State of North Carolina.

                                ARTICLE III
                           ASSETS AND INVESTMENTS

     SECTION 3.1.   SPECIAL TRUST ASSETS.  The assets of the Special Trust
shall consist of all the Plan's units in the REF and all assets received in
exchange for or liquidating and other distributions with respect to the
Plan's units in the REF.

                                     3

<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.2.   INVESTMENT OF ASSETS.

     (a)  Primary Investment Purpose.  The primary purpose of the Special
Trust is to hold the Plan's units in the REF, and therefore all of the
assets held under the Special Trust may be invested in the REF.

     (b)  Other Investments.  A portion of the Special Trust assets need
not be invested in REF units.  Such portion, however, shall consist only of
assets received by the Special Trustee in exchange for or as liquidating
and other distributions made with respect to the Plan's REF units and being
held temporarily by the Special Trustee pending the transfer of such assets
as soon as administratively practicable to NationsBank of North Carolina,
N.A.  The portion of the Special Trust assets not invested in REF units
shall be (i) held in cash or cash equivalent or (ii) invested in short-term
debt obligations selected with a view towards minimal fluctuations in
principal value and otherwise on the basis of their income returns
consistent with investment quality.



                                 ARTICLE IV
                             DUTIES AND POWERS

     SECTION 4.1.   DUTIES.

     (a)  General.  The Special Trustee's powers, duties and
responsibilities shall be limited to the following:

          (i)  to manage and control the assets of the Special Trust
     pursuant to the Plan and this Special Trust Agreement and to
     prepare and submit the financial information with respect to said
     assets (including the valuations thereof) agreed to between the
     Special Trustee and the Participating Employers or required to be
     furnished to the Committee, the Participating Employers, any
     Participant and Beneficiary or any regulatory authority under the
     Act; and

         (ii)  to transfer all assets received in exchange for or
     distributions with respect to the Plan's REF units as soon as
     practicable after their receipt by the Special Trustee to
     NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A., to be held, administered and
     distributed in accordance with the terms of the primary Trust
     under the Plan.

                                     4
<PAGE>

     (b)  Limitation.  Except to the extent provided in this Special Trust
Agreement or the Plan and as otherwise required by applicable law, the
Special Trustee shall not be responsible for the administration of the Plan
nor for the acts or omissions of any other fiduciary (or agent thereof)
with respect to the Plan unless:

          (i)  the Special Trustee participates knowingly in, or
     knowingly undertakes to conceal, an act or omission of such other
     fiduciary, knowing such act or omission is a breach of trust;

         (ii)  by the Special Trustee's breach of fiduciary duty in
     the administration of its specific responsibilities, the Special
     Trustee enables such other fiduciary to commit a breach of trust;
     or

        (iii)  the Special Trustee has knowledge of a breach of trust
     by another fiduciary and fails to make reasonable efforts under
     the circumstances to remedy such breach of trust.

     SECTION 4.2.   POWERS OF SPECIAL TRUSTEE.  The Special Trustee, in
addition to and not in modification of or limitation of all of the Special
Trustee's common law and statutory authority, but subject to the provisions
of Section 3.2 and 4.1 of this Special Trust Agreement with respect to the
investments of the Special Trust, shall have all of the following powers
with regard to all property which shall at any time and from time to time
form a part of the assets of the Special Trust:

          (i)  to collect the principal and income of the Special
     Trust as the same shall become due and payable and to give
     binding receipt therefor, and if at any time there shall be a
     default in the payment of such principal or income, or any part
     thereof, to take such action, whether by legal proceedings,
     compromise or otherwise, as the Special Trustee, in its
     discretion, shall deem to be in the best interest of the Special
     Trust; any property acquired by the Special Trustee under
     judicial sale, or otherwise, in the enforcement or compromise of
     any such claim or claims, shall be and become a part of the
     Special Trust and dealt with as such by the Special Trustee;

                                     5
<PAGE>

         (ii)  to invest the Special Trust assets in the REF and to
     exercise all powers conferred upon the Special Trustee by the REF as
     to such investment;

        (iii)  to keep such portion of the Special Trust in cash as
     the Special Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the
     best interest of the Special Trust, without liability for inter-
     est thereon;

         (iv)  to make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all
     documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other
     instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the
     powers herein granted;

          (v)  to settle and compromise any claims, debts or damages due or
     owing to or from the Special Trust, and to commence or defend suits or
     legal and administrative proceedings; and

         (vi)  to employ suitable agents and counsel (who may be
     counsel for the Participating Employers), and to pay their
     reasonable compensation and expenses.

                                 ARTICLE V
                     VALUATION OF ASSETS AND ACCOUNTING

     SECTION 5.1.   VALUATION OF ASSETS.  The assets of the Special Trust
shall be valued at least once during each Plan Year at the then existing
fair market value, or in the absence of a readily ascertainable fair market
value, at such values as the Special Trustee shall determine in accordance
with methods consistently followed and uniformly applied.  The Special
Trustee shall be responsible for the valuations of the assets of the
Special Trust hereunder.

     SECTION 5.2.   ACCOUNTINGS.  The Special Trustee, as soon as
practicable after each Plan Year and after such other date(s) during the
Plan Year as the Special Trustee and the Committee shall agree, shall cause
a full account of the administration of the Special Trust hereunder during
the accounting period then ended to be rendered to the Committee and shall
furnish to the Committee such information as is necessary for the timely
preparation of the statements, returns, reports and information required to
be submitted, filed or distributed by the Committee within sufficient time
to permit the Committee to cause to be prepared and distributed or filed
such statements, returns, reports and information.

                                     6
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VI
                            AMENDMENT AND MERGER

     SECTION 6.1.   RESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND AND RESTRICTIONS THEREON. 
The Participating Employers reserve and shall have the right at any time,
and from time to time to amend, modify or alter, in whole or in part, any
of the terms and provisions of the Special Trust and this Special Trust
Agreement, and any such amendment may be retroactive to the extent not
prohibited by applicable law; provided, however, that no amendment shall
authorize or permit any part of the Special Trust to be used for or
diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants
and their Beneficiaries or shall have the effect of revesting in the
Participating Employers any part of the assets of the Special Trust unless
such amendment is permitted or required by laws governing qualified plans
and such amendment does not affect the status of the Plan as a qualified
plan under the Code or the status of the Special Trust as a tax-exempt
trust under the Code.

     SECTION 6.2.   AMENDMENT PROCEDURE.  Any amendment to this Special
Trust Agreement shall be effected by a written agreement between
NationsBank Corporation, on behalf of the Participating Employers, and the
Special Trustee, which amendment shall become a part of this Special Trust
Agreement; provided, however, if the Special Trustee is unwilling or unable
to execute such amendment, it may resign or be removed by the Compensation
Committee.

     SECTION 6.3.   MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.  The Plan and its trusts
(including the Special Trust) shall not be merged or consolidated with any
other plan and trust, nor shall the assets or liabilities of the Plan and
trusts be transferred to any other plan and trust, unless the benefit which
each Participant would receive immediately after such merger, consolidation
or transfer if the Plan and trusts had then terminated is equal to or
greater 


                                     7
<PAGE>

than the benefit such Participant would have been entitled to
receive immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer if the
Plan and trusts had then terminated.

                                ARTICLE VII

             RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSOR SPECIAL TRUSTEE
     SECTION 7.1.   RESIGNATION.  The Special Trustee may resign from the

Special Trust at any time by giving thirty (30) days advance written notice
to the Compensation Committee.  Upon such resignation becoming effective,
the Special Trustee shall render to the Committee a full account of its
administration of the Special Trust during the period following that
covered by the last accounting, and shall perform all acts necessary to
transfer and deliver the assets of the Special Trust and all information
and data relating to such administration to its successor.

     SECTION 7.2.   REMOVAL.  The Compensation Committee may remove the
Special Trustee at any time upon delivery of thirty (30) days prior written
notice to the Special Trustee.  In the event of such removal, the Special
Trustee shall be under the same duties to account for and to transfer and
deliver the assets of the Special Trust and all information and data
relating to such administration to its successor.

     SECTION 7.3.   SUCCESSOR.  In the event of a vacancy in the
trusteeship of the Special Trust occurring at any time, the Compensation
Committee shall designate and appoint a qualified successor corporate
Special Trustee of the Special Trust.  Any such successor Special Trustee
shall have all the rights and powers and all of the duties and
responsibilities herein conferred upon the original Special Trustee.  If a
successor Special Trustee is not appointed within sixty (60) days after the
Special Trustee gives notice of its resignation pursuant to Section 7.1,
the Special Trustee may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for
appointment of a successor.

                                     8
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE VIII
                               MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 8.1.   SPECIAL TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.  The
Special Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as shall from
time to time be agreed upon by the Special Trustee and NationsBank.  In
addition, the Special Trustee shall be reimbursed for any reasonable
expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred by the Special
Trustee in the administration of the Special Trust hereunder.  The Special
Trustee's compensation and expenses shall be a charge upon and paid out of
the assets of the Plan (whether the assets of the Trust or the Special
Trust) except to the extent, if any, that the Participating Employers in
their discretion pay such compensation and expenses.

     SECTION 8.2.   TAXES.  The Special Trustee shall pay out of the
Special Trust assets all taxes imposed or levied with respect to the
Special Trust or any part thereof, under existing or future laws, and in
its discretion may contest the validity or amount of any tax, assessment,
claim or demand with respect to the Special Trust or any part thereof.

     SECTION 8.3.   RECORDS.  The Special Trustee shall keep accurate and
detailed accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements and other
transactions hereunder.  All accounts, books and records relating thereto
shall be open to inspection by any person or persons designated by the
Committee at any reasonable time.

     SECTION 8.4.   ACCEPTANCE BY SPECIAL TRUSTEE.  The Special Trustee, by
joining in the execution of this Special Trust Agreement, signifies its
acceptance of the Special Trust created hereunder.

     SECTION 8.5.   AGREEMENT BINDING.  This Agreement and all amendments
hereafter adopted shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their
successors and assigns, and upon the Participants and their Beneficiaries,
heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives and assigns.

                                     9
<PAGE>

     SECTION 8.6.   GENERAL RESTRICTIONS.  Neither the Special Trustee nor
any fiduciary with respect to the Plan shall exercise any power, make any
investment, engage in any act or transaction or take any other action
whatever that shall cause or result in:

          (i)  the Special Trust losing its status as a trust exempt
     from taxation under the Code;

         (ii)  the Plan losing its status as a qualified    plan under
     the Code; or

        (iii)  a transaction which is prohibited the Special Trust
     under the Act.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NationsBank Corporation, on behalf of the
Participating Employers, and the Special Trustee have executed this Special
Trust Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION 

                

                              By:  /s/ Susan B. Waldkirch        
                                 Name:  Susan B. Waldkirch       
                                 Title:  Vice President          


                              WACHOVIA BANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A.

                  
                              By:  /s/ Lisa P. Trivette          
                                 Name:  Lisa P. Trivette         
                                 Title:  Vice President          

                                     10
<PAGE>

                         SPECIAL TRUST AGREEMENT
                                 UNDER THE
                          NATIONSBANK PENSION PLAN

                      (as effective December 31, 1994)


<PAGE>


                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I      PURPOSE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

ARTICLE II     CONSTRUCTION   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

     SECTION 2.1.   GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 2.2.   APPLICABLE LAW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

ARTICLE III    ASSETS AND INVESTMENTS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

     SECTION 3.1.   SPECIAL TRUST ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     SECTION 3.2.   INVESTMENT OF ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

ARTICLE IV     DUTIES AND POWERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

     SECTION 4.1.   DUTIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     SECTION 4.2.   POWERS OF SPECIAL TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

ARTICLE V      VALUATION OF ASSETS AND ACCOUNTING   . . . . . . . . . .   6

     SECTION 5.1.   VALUATION OF ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     SECTION 5.2.   ACCOUNTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

ARTICLE VI     AMENDMENT AND MERGER   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

     SECTION 6.1.   RESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND AND
                    RESTRICTIONS THEREON  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     SECTION 6.2.   AMENDMENT PROCEDURE   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     SECTION 6.3.   MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

ARTICLE VII    RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSOR SPECIAL
               TRUSTEE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     SECTION 7.1.   RESIGNATION   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     SECTION 7.2.   REMOVAL   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     SECTION 7.3.   SUCCESSOR   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

ARTICLE VIII   MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     SECTION 8.1.   SPECIAL TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND
                    EXPENSES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     SECTION 8.2.   TAXES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     SECTION 8.3.   RECORDS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     SECTION 8.4.   ACCEPTANCE BY SPECIAL TRUSTEE   . . . . . . . . . .   9
     SECTION 8.5.   AGREEMENT BINDING   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     SECTION 8.6.   GENERAL RESTRICTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                             NationsBank Corporation
                                                                  Exhibit 11


December 31, 1994
(shares in thousands, dollars in millions)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Year Ended December 31

                                                                1994             1993             1992
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>               <C>   
Average common shares outstanding........................        274,656          257,969          243,748
                                                         
Dilutive effect of                                       
  Convertible preferred stock............................          2,513            2,453            2,473
  Stock options..........................................          1,404            2,031            2,297
Total fully dilutive shares..............................        278,573          262,453          248,518
                                                         
Income available to common shareholders before effect    
  of change in method of accounting for income taxes.....    $     1,680      $     1,291      $     1,121
Tax effect of assumed conversion of ESOP preferred stock.              0                0               (6)
Preferred dividends paid on dilutive convertible          
  preferred stock........................................             10               10                9
Income available to common shareholders adjusted for      
  full dilution and before effect of change in method     
  of accounting for income taxes.........................          1,690            1,301            1,124
Effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes              0              200                0
Total net income available for common shareholders        
  adjusted for full dilution.............................    $     1,690      $     1,501      $     1,124
                                                          
Fully diluted earnings per common share before effect      
  of change in method of accounting for income taxes.....    $      6.06      $      4.95      $      4.52
Fully diluted earnings per common share..................    $      6.06      $      5.72      $      4.52
</TABLE>






<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               NATIONSBANK CORPORATION

                                                         RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

                                                                    Year Ended
                                                                    December 31
                                              -------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
                                              ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Excluding Interest on Deposits
------------------------------

Income before taxes.........................  $2,554,778 $1,991,103 $1,396,213 $  108,524 $  625,467

Equity in undistributed earnings
  of unconsolidated subsidiaries............      (2,604)    (4,756)    (1,426)    (1,114)      (668)

Fixed charges:
     Interest expense (including
       capitalized interest)................   2,895,569  1,420,800    915,880  1,290,755  1,851,513
     Amortization of debt discount and
       appropriate issuance costs...........       8,194      6,377      3,000      2,093      2,872
     1/3 of net rent expense................     114,414     95,786     90,667     81,909     66,195
                                              ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total fixed charges.........................   3,018,177  1,522,963  1,009,547  1,374,757  1,920,580

Earnings (excluding capitalized interest)...  $5,570,351 $3,509,310 $2,398,329 $1,470,621 $2,533,093
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

Fixed charges...............................  $3,018,177 $1,522,963 $1,009,547 $1,374,757 $1,920,580
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========


Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges..........        1.85       2.30       2.38       1.07       1.32





Including Interest on Deposits
------------------------------

Income before taxes.........................  $2,554,778 $1,991,103 $1,396,213 $  108,524 $  625,467

Equity in undistributed earnings
  of unconsolidated subsidiaries............      (2,604)    (4,756)    (1,426)    (1,114)      (668)

Fixed charges:
     Interest expense (including
       capitalized interest)................   5,310,419  3,570,079  3,687,650  5,611,057  6,683,262
     Amortization of debt discount and
       appropriate issuance costs...........       8,194      6,377      3,000      2,093      2,872
     1/3 of net rent expense................     114,414     95,786     90,667     81,909     66,195
                                              ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total fixed charges.........................   5,433,027  3,672,242  3,781,317  5,695,059  6,752,329

Earnings (excluding capitalized interest)...  $7,985,201 $5,658,589 $5,170,099 $5,790,923 $7,364,842
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

Fixed charges...............................  $5,433,027 $3,672,242 $3,781,317 $5,695,059 $6,752,329
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========


Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges..........        1.47       1.54       1.37       1.02       1.09

</TABLE>






<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NATIONSBANK CORPORATION

                                      RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS

                                                                    Year Ended
                                                                    December 31
                                              -------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
                                              ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Excluding Interest on Deposits
------------------------------

Income before taxes.........................  $2,554,778 $1,991,103 $1,396,213 $  108,524 $  625,467

Equity in undistributed earnings
  of unconsolidated subsidiaries............      (2,604)    (4,756)    (1,426)    (1,114)      (668)

Fixed charges:
     Interest expense (including
       capitalized interest)................   2,895,569  1,420,800    915,880  1,290,755  1,851,513
     Amortization of debt discount and
       appropriate issuance costs...........       8,194      6,377      3,000      2,093      2,872
     1/3 of net rent expense................     114,414     95,786     90,667     81,909     66,195
                                              ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total fixed charges.........................   3,018,177  1,522,963  1,009,547  1,374,757  1,920,580

Preferred dividend requirements.............      14,796     15,737     29,260     30,775     37,979

Earnings (excluding capitalized interest)...  $5,570,351 $3,509,310 $2,398,329 $1,470,621 $2,533,093
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

Fixed charges...............................  $3,032,973 $1,538,700 $1,038,807 $1,405,532 $1,958,559
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges..........        1.84       2.28       2.31       1.05       1.29



Including Interest on Deposits
------------------------------

Income before taxes.........................  $2,554,778 $1,991,103 $1,396,213 $  108,524 $  625,467

Equity in undistributed earnings
  of unconsolidated subsidiaries............      (2,604)    (4,756)    (1,426)    (1,114)      (668)

Fixed charges:
     Interest expense (including
       capitalized interest)................   5,310,419  3,570,079  3,687,650  5,611,057  6,683,262
     Amortization of debt discount and
       appropriate issuance costs...........       8,194      6,377      3,000      2,093      2,872
     1/3 of net rent expense................     114,414     95,786     90,667     81,909     66,195
                                              ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total fixed charges.........................   5,433,027  3,672,242  3,781,317  5,695,059  6,752,329

Preferred dividend requirements.............      14,796     15,737     29,260     30,775     37,979

Earnings (excluding capitalized interest)...  $7,985,201 $5,658,589 $5,170,099 $5,790,923 $7,364,842
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

Fixed charges...............................  $5,447,823 $3,687,979 $3,810,577 $5,725,834 $6,790,308
                                              ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges..........        1.47       1.53       1.36       1.01       1.08

</TABLE>





<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries
Financial Summary
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Millions Except Per-Share Information)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                  1994           1993        Change
                                                                               -------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C> 
For the Year    Net income before effect of change in method
                  of accounting for income taxes..........................     $    1,690     $    1,301      29.9 %
                Net income................................................          1,690          1,501      12.6
                Earnings per common share before effect of change
                  in method of accounting for income taxes................           6.12           5.00      22.4
                Earnings per common share.................................           6.12           5.78       5.9
                Cash dividends paid on common shares......................            517            423      22.2
                Dividends per common share................................           1.88           1.64      14.6
                Return on average common shareholders' equity.............          16.10 %        15.00 %

At Year-End     Assets....................................................     $  169,604     $  157,686
                Deposits..................................................        100,470         91,113
                Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable,
                  net of unearned income..................................        103,371         92,007
                Securities................................................         25,825         29,054
                Earning assets............................................        151,722        140,890
                Total shareholders' equity................................         11,011          9,979
                  Per common share........................................          39.70          36.39
                Common shares issued (thousands)..........................        276,452        270,905
                Market price per share of common stock....................     $   45 1/8     $   49

Daily Average   Assets....................................................     $  166,319     $  134,400
for the Year    Deposits..................................................         93,757         83,471
                Loans and leases, net of unearned income..................         95,006         78,984
                Securities................................................         27,434         25,840
                Earning assets............................................        148,381        119,182
                Total shareholders' equity................................         10,484          8,651
                Common shares issued (thousands)..........................        274,656        257,969

Risk-Based      Tier 1....................................................           7.43 %         7.41 %
Capital Ratios  Total.....................................................          11.47          11.73
</TABLE> 

                                                             Financial Summary 1
<PAGE>
 
Management's Discussion And Analysis


1994 Compared To 1993
Overview


      NationsBank Corporation (NationsBank or the Corporation) is a bank 
holding company headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina, which provides 
financial products and services, both domestically and internationally. With 
$170 billion of total assets on December 31, 1994, NationsBank is the fourth 
largest banking company in the United States.

      Results for 1994 demonstrated the power and breadth of the 
Corporation's franchise and the diversity of its business activities. Despite 
the pressures of steadily rising interest rates and difficult financial 
markets in 1994, the Corporation's net income of $1.7 billion represented an 
increase of $389 million, or 30 percent, over 1993. Earnings in 1993 were 
$1.3 billion, excluding the impact of adopting a new income tax accounting 
standard. Earnings per common share were $6.12 and $5.00 for 1994 and 1993, 
respectively. Including the $200-million, or $.78-per-share impact of the new 
accounting standard, net income for 1993 was $1.5 billion, or $5.78 per 
common share. 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1              FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
               (Dollars in Millions Except Per-Share Information)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                          1994         1993         1992         1991        1990
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>        <C> 
Income statement
    Income from earning assets......................................    $10,529       $8,327       $7,780       $9,398     $10,278
    Interest expense................................................      5,318        3,690        3,682        5,599       6,670
    Net interest income (taxable-equivalent)........................      5,305        4,723        4,190        3,940       3,771
    Net interest income.............................................      5,211        4,637        4,098        3,799       3,608
    Provision for credit losses.....................................        310          430          715        1,582       1,025
    Gains (losses) on sales of securities...........................        (13)          84          249          454          67
    Noninterest income..............................................      2,597        2,101        1,913        1,742       1,605
    Other real estate owned expense (income)........................        (12)          78          183          127          65
    Restructuring expense...........................................          -           30            -          330          91
    Other noninterest expense.......................................      4,942        4,293        3,966        3,847       3,473
    Income tax expense (benefit)....................................        865          690          251          (93)         31
    Effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes.......          -          200            -            -           -
    Net income......................................................      1,690        1,501        1,145          202         595
Per common share
    Earnings before effect of change in method of
     accounting for income taxes....................................       6.12         5.00         4.60          .76        2.61
    Earnings........................................................       6.12         5.78         4.60          .76        2.61
    Cash dividends paid.............................................       1.88         1.64         1.51         1.48        1.42
    Shareholders' equity (year-end).................................      39.70        36.39        30.80        27.03       27.30
    Market price of common stock (close at year end)................      45 1/8       49           51 3/8       40 5/8      22 7/8
Balance sheet (year-end)
    Total loans, leases and factored accounts receivable,
     net of unearned income.........................................    103,371       92,007       72,714       69,108      70,891
    Total assets....................................................    169,604      157,686      118,059      110,319     112,791
    Total deposits..................................................    100,470       91,113       82,727       88,075      89,065
    Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases.............      8,488        8,352        3,066        2,876       2,766
    Total shareholders' equity......................................     11,011        9,979        7,814        6,518       6,283
Performance ratios
    Return on average assets........................................       1.02%         .97%        1.00%         .17%        .52%
    Return on average common shareholders' equity (1)...............      16.10        15.00        15.83         2.70        9.56
Market price per share of common stock 
    High for the period.............................................    $ 57 3/8     $ 58         $ 53 3/8     $ 42 3/4    $ 47 1/4
    Low for the period..............................................      43 3/8       44 1/2       39 5/8       21 1/2      16 7/8
</TABLE> 

(1) Average common shareholders' equity does not include the effect of market
    value adjustments to securities available for sale and marketable equity
    securities.

In 1993, return on average assets and return on average common shareholders' 
equity after the tax benefit from the impact of adopting the new income tax 
accounting standard was 1.12% and 17.33%, respectively.

                                        Management's Discussion and Analysis  25
<PAGE>
 
KEY PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS FOR 1994 WERE:

.     Return on average common shareholders' equity increased to 16.10 percent
      from 15.00 percent in 1993.

.     Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased $582 million, or 12
      percent, compared to 1993, resulting from a 24-percent increase in average
      earning assets. Average loans and leases rose 20 percent in 1994.
      Adjusting for acquisitions, internal loan growth was 12 percent.

.     Provision for credit losses decreased 28 percent to $310 million, compared
      to 1993, and OREO expense declined from $78 million in 1993 to a net
      recovery of $12 million in 1994. Nonperforming asset levels declined 36
      percent and net charge-offs declined 23 percent.

.     Noninterest income increased to $2.6 billion, or 24 percent, over 1993
      levels. After adjusting for acquisitions, noninterest income increased 11
      percent reflecting higher trading account profits, investment banking
      income, service charges on deposit accounts and trust fees.

.     Noninterest expense increased 15 percent to $4.9 billion in 1994.
      Adjusting for acquisitions, expense growth was held to approximately two
      and one-half percent in 1994, reflecting the results of corporate-wide
      efforts to contain expense levels. The Corporation's efficiency ratio
      improved to 62.54 percent in 1994 from 62.91 percent in 1993.

HIGHLIGHTS FROM A CUSTOMER GROUP PERSPECTIVE WERE:

.     The General Bank's 1994 earnings of $932 million increased $192 million,
      or 26 percent, from 1993. Return on average
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2              CUSTOMER GROUP SUMMARY
               (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                      General Bank    Institutional Group    Financial Services         Other      
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
                                                1994       1993       1994        1993        1994      1993      1994      1993   
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>    
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent)....  $ 3,689    $ 3,479    $ 1,180     $ 1,040       $ 413    $  204     $  24     $   -
Noninterest income..........................    1,712      1,430        834         626          51        45         -         -
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total revenue.............................    5,401      4,909      2,014       1,666         464       249        24         -
Provision for credit losses.................      283        364        (46)         31          73        35         -         -
Gains (losses) on sales of securities.......        -          -          -           -           -         -       (13)       84
Other real estate owned expense (income)....        8         30        (27)         43           7         5         -         -
Restructuring expense.......................        -          -          -           -           -         -         -        30
Noninterest expense.........................    3,644      3,342      1,087         798         212       153         -         -
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and effect of
  changes in method of accounting for
  income taxes..............................    1,466      1,173      1,000         794         172        56        11        54
Income tax expense..........................      534        433        369         302          69        21       (13)       20
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before effect of change in method
  of accounting for income taxes............      932        740        631         492         103        35        24        34
Effect of change in method of accounting
  for income taxes..........................        -          -          -           -           -         -         -       200
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income..................................  $   932    $   740    $   631     $   492      $  103    $   35     $  24     $ 234
                                              ===================================================================================
Net interest yield..........................     4.52%      4.76%      2.81% (1)   3.17% (1)   7.45%     7.80%
Return on equity............................       17%        16%        16%         16%         13%       13%
Efficiency ratio............................    67.46      68.08      53.95       47.90       45.64     61.62

Average (2)
  Total loans and leases,
    net of unearned income..................  $58,582    $50,055    $31,109     $26,855      $5,537    $2,622
  Total deposits............................   77,665     71,967     11,273       8,721           -         -
  Total assets..............................   86,860     77,976     66,496      44,599       6,064     3,102

Year end (2)
  Total loans and leases,
    net of unearned income..................   63,578     59,591     33,193      28,244       6,380     5,164
  Total deposits............................   79,905     79,573     13,614       8,926           -         -
</TABLE> 
 
(1) Institutional Group's net interest yield excludes the impact of the primary
    government securities dealer. Including the primary government securities
    dealer, the net interest yield was 1.98 percent in 1994 and 2.66 percent in
    1993. 

(2) The sums of balance sheet amounts will differ from consolidated amounts 
    due to intercompany balances.

26 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 

[PIE CHART APPEARS HERE

1994 EARNINGS CONTRIBUTION BY CUSTOMER GROUP
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                General      Institutional     Financial        
                                 Bank            Group         Services         
                                --------        -------       ----------        
<S>                              <C>             <C>             <C>            
Percent of                                                                      
  net income (excludes other)      56%             38%              6%]
</TABLE>

      common shareholders' equity increased to 17 percent in 1994 from 16
      percent in 1993.

.     Earnings for the Institutional Group grew 28 percent to $631 million,
      compared to 1993 earnings of $492 million. Return on average common
      shareholders' equity was 16 percent in both 1994 and 1993.

.     Financial Services earnings were $103 million in 1994 compared to $35
      million in the prior year, primarily reflecting the full-year impact of
      the 1993 acquisition of U S WEST Financial Services Inc. Return on average
      common shareholders' equity was 13 percent in both 1994 and 1993 .

      The analysis of the results of operations and financial condition of 
the Corporation is impacted by acquisitions. As more fully discussed in Note 
2 to the consolidated financial statements, the more significant 
acquisitions, all of which were accounted for as purchases, included:

.     MNC Financial Inc. (MNC), a bank holding company headquartered in
      Baltimore, Maryland, with total assets of approximately $16.5 billion.
      Acquired October 1, 1993.

.     Approximately $2.0 billion in net receivables and the ongoing business of
      U S WEST Financial Services Inc., now known as Greyrock Capital Group Inc.
      Acquired December 1, 1993.

.     Primarily $12 billion of trading account assets and certain of the
      liabilities of Chicago Research & Trading Group Ltd. (CRT), an options
      market-making and trading firm and a primary government securities dealer.
      Acquired July 2, 1993.

.     Approximately $3.7 billion of finance receivables and certain of the
      liabilities of Chrysler First Inc., the non-automotive finance subsidiary
      of Chrysler Financial Corporation, which now operates as NationsCredit.
      Acquired February 1, 1993.

.     Several smaller banking organizations, including aggregate loans of $654
      million and deposits of $5.1 billion. Several mortgage banking operations,
      including mortgage servicing rights of $8.6 billion.

      The remainder of management's discussion and analysis of the 
consolidated results of operations and financial condition of NationsBank 
Corporation should be read together with the consolidated financial 
statements and related notes presented on pages 58 through 77.

Customer Group Review

      The Corporation is segregated into three major internal management 
units, or Customer Groups. These units, shown in TABLE 2, are managed with a 
focus on numerous performance objectives including return on equity, 
operating efficiency and net income.

      The net income of the customer groups reflects a funds transfer 
pricing system which derives net interest income by matching assets and 
liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity 
characteristics. Equity capital is allocated to each customer group based on 
an assessment of its inherent risk.

      The General Bank includes the Banking Group, which contains the retail 
banking network and is the service provider for small and medium-size 
companies; Financial Products, which provides specialized services such as 
credit cards, residential mortgages, indirect lending and brokerage on a 
national basis; and Trust and Private Banking.

      The General Bank earned $932 million in 1994, an increase of 26 percent 
over 1993. Return on equity improved to 17 percent. Groups with the largest 
contribution toward the higher returns included the Banking Group and Card 
Services, driven primarily by improvement in operating efficiency and credit 
quality. Net interest income in the General Bank grew six percent over 1993 
reflecting the benefits of deposit cost containment efforts as well as 
17-percent loan growth. Approximately two-thirds of this loan growth was 
internally generated while the remainder resulted from acquisitions. 
Internally generated loan growth was concentrated in residential mortgages 
and commercial loans. The increase in net interest income resulting from loan 
growth and deposit pricing was partially offset by a narrowing of the spread 
between securities and market-based funds. The General Bank's efficiency 
ratio continued to improve in 1994, declining 62 basis points to 67.46 
percent, reflecting the benefits of operational consolidation and increases 
in fee income. The efficiency improvement was realized despite Model Banking 
development expense totaling $80 million in 1994. Model Banking is a system 
designed and in the process of being implemented across the Corporation's 
franchise to enhance retail customer sales and product delivery.

      The Banking Group contributed 58 percent of the General Bank's earnings 
in 1994 with a return on equity of 15 percent. In 1993, the Banking Group's 
return on equity was 14 percent. During 1994, average loans increased 25 
percent, or $8.4 billion, with 

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 27
<PAGE>
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    
3              12-MONTH TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT DATA     
               (Dollars in Millions)                
<TABLE>                                             
<CAPTION>                                           
                                                               1994                        1993                       1992
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                     AVERAGE                     Average                    Average
                                                     BALANCE  INCOME             Balance  Income            Balance  Income
                                                     SHEET      OR    YIELDS/     Sheet     or    Yields/   Sheet      or    Yields/
                                                     AMOUNTS  EXPENSE  RATES     Amounts  Expense  Rates    Amounts  Expense  Rates
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                  <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>     <C> 
Earning assets                                      
  Loans and leases, net of unearned income (1)      
    Commercial (2)..............................     $ 41,606 $ 3,147  7.56%     $ 35,050 $ 2,438  6.96%    $ 29,206  $ 2,067  7.08%
    Real estate commercial......................        7,780     636  8.18         6,667     506  7.59        6,769      527  7.78
    Real estate construction....................        3,155     268  8.49         2,894     217  7.50        3,718      266  7.17
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total commercial..........................       52,541   4,051  7.71        44,611   3,161  7.09       39,693    2,860  7.20
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Residential mortgage........................       14,980   1,141  7.62        10,904     902  8.27        8,245      769  9.33
    Home equity.................................        2,531     202  7.99         2,173     155  7.14        2,109      148  7.05
    Credit card.................................        3,956     508 12.84         4,376     596 13.62        3,969      574 14.45
    Other consumer..............................       17,237   1,629  9.45        14,289   1,366  9.56       12,047    1,277 10.60
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total consumer............................       38,704   3,480  8.99        31,742   3,019  9.51       26,370    2,768 10.50
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Foreign.....................................        1,417      86  6.10           961      52  5.49          823       55  6.63
    Lease financing.............................        2,344     176  7.50         1,670     133  7.96        1,301      107  8.25
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total loans and leases, net...............       95,006   7,793  8.20        78,984   6,365  8.06       68,187    5,790  8.49
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Securities                                        
    Held for investment.........................       15,048     761  5.06        24,823   1,375  5.54       22,541    1,542  6.84
    Available for sale (3)......................       12,386     644  5.20         1,017      49  4.80        1,785      103  5.77
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total securities..........................       27,434   1,405  5.12        25,840   1,424  5.51       24,326    1,645  6.76
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Loans held for sale.........................          339      23  6.63           790      53  6.73          967       70  7.22
    Federal funds sold and securities               
      purchased under agreements to resell......       13,389     547  4.09         6,049     194  3.21        5,346      201  3.77
    Time deposits placed and other                  
      short-term investments....................        1,762      90  5.12         2,037      79  3.91        1,802       92  5.09
    Trading account securities (4)..............       10,451     765  7.32         5,482     298  5.43        1,592       74  4.64
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total earning assets (5)..................      148,381  10,623  7.16       119,182   8,413  7.06      102,220    7,872  7.70
Cash and cash equivalents.......................        8,271                       7,275                      6,512
Factored accounts receivable....................        1,252                       1,074                        949
Other assets, less allowance for credit losses      
  and excluding Special Asset Division..........        8,415                       6,869                      5,366
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total assets, excluding Special               
       Asset Division............................    $166,319                    $134,400                   $115,047
                                                     ==============================================================================
Interest-bearing liabilities                        
  Savings.......................................       $9,116     212  2.33      $  6,774     161  2.38     $  5,646      161  2.86
  NOW and money market deposit accounts.........       29,724     696  2.34        28,641     641  2.24       28,283      798  2.82
  Consumer CDs and IRAs.........................       23,937     999  4.17        23,387   1,057  4.52       25,835    1,443  5.58
  Negotiated CDs, public funds                      
    and other time deposits.....................        3,319     133  4.02         4,211     167  3.97        5,663      279  4.93
  Foreign time deposits.........................        7,544     375  4.98         3,033     123  4.05        1,648       91  5.52
  Borrowed funds and trading                        
    account liabilities (4)(6)..................       48,323   2,353  4.87        33,293   1,149  3.45       19,204      639  3.33
  Long-term debt and obligations under              
    capital leases..............................        8,033     550  6.85         5,268     392  7.44        3,036      271  8.92
  Special Asset Division net                        
    funding allocation..........................            -       -     -             -       -     -            -        -     -
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total interest-bearing liabilities........      129,996   5,318  4.09       104,607   3,690  3.53       89,315    3,682  4.12
Noninterest-bearing sources                         
  Noninterest-bearing deposits..................       20,097                      17,425                     15,597    
  Other liabilities.............................        5,742                       3,717                      2,849    
  FDIC interest in NationsBank of Texas.........            -                           -                          -    
  Shareholders' equity..........................       10,484                       8,651                      7,286     
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders'            
       equity...................................     $166,319                    $134,400                   $115,047
                                                     ==============================================================================
Net interest spread.............................                       3.07                        3.53                        3.58
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources...........                        .51                         .43                         .52
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income/yield on earning assets.....              $ 5,305  3.58%               $4,723  3.96%      $4,190           4.10%
                                                     ==============================================================================
</TABLE> 

(1) Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances. 
    Income on such nonperforming loans is recognized on a cash basis.
(2) Commercial loan interest income includes net interest rate swap revenues 
    related to asset conversion swaps converting variable-rate commercial loans 
    to fixed rate. Such amounts were $62 and $120 in 1994 and 1993, 
    respectively. 
(3) The average balance sheet amounts and yields on securities available for 
    sale are based on the average of historical amortized cost balances.
(4) Gross unrealized gains and losses on off-balance sheet trading positions 
    are reported in other assets and liabilities, respectively.
(5) Interest income includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $94, $86, $92, 
    $141, $163 and $217 for 1994, 1993, 1992, 1991, 1990 and 1989, respectively.
(6) Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities interest expense includes net
    interest rate swap expense related to liability conversion swaps fixing the
    cost of certain variable-rate liabilities, primarily market-based borrowed
    funds. Such amounts were $31 and $3 in 1994 and 1993, respectively.

28  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    
3              12-MONTH TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT DATA     
               (Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                    1991                          1990               
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Average                        Average                     
                                                        Balance     Income             Balance    Income           
                                                         Sheet       or      Yields/    Sheet       or      Yields/
                                                        Amounts     Expense   Rates    Amounts    Expense    Rates 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>   
Earning assets                                                                                                     
  Loans and leases, net of unearned income (1)                                                                     
    Commercial (2)..............................        $ 29,731    $2,586     8.70%   $ 29,890   $ 3,122    10.44%
    Real estate commercial......................           6,473       591     9.13       5,931       622    10.49 
    Real estate construction....................           5,085       449     8.82       5,289       573    10.84 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
      Total commercial..........................          41,289     3,626     8.78      41,110     4,317    10.50 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
    Residential mortgage........................           7,713       807    10.47       9,079       867     9.55 
    Home equity.................................           1,883       179     9.53       1,625       182    11.18 
    Credit card.................................           3,411       519    15.22       3,018       476    15.78 
    Other consumer..............................          13,045     1,483    11.37      11,215     1,419    12.66 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
      Total consumer............................          26,052     2,988    11.47      24,937     2,944    11.81 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
    Foreign.....................................             734        62     8.47         838       112    13.28 
    Lease financing.............................           1,292       141    10.89       1,240       118     9.53 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
      Total loans and leases, net...............          69,367     6,817     9.83      68,125     7,491    11.00 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
  Securities                                                                                                       
    Held for investment.........................          25,412     2,189     8.61      25,984     2,377     9.15 
    Available for sale (3)......................               -         -        -           -         -        - 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
      Total securities..........................          25,412     2,189     8.61      25,984     2,377     9.15 
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------- 
    Loans held for sale.........................             425        37     8.74         379        44    11.49 
    Federal funds sold and securities                                                                              
      purchased under agreements to resell......           4,904       289     5.89       2,148       175     8.16 
    Time deposits placed and other                                                                                 
      short-term investments....................           1,661       115     6.89       2,810       251     8.95 
    Trading account securities (4)..............           1,321        92     6.99       1,211       103     8.43 
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------   
      Total earning assets (5)..................         103,090     9,539     9.25     100,657    10,441    10.37 
Cash and cash equivalents.......................           6,387                          6,622                    
Factored accounts receivable....................             829                            845                    
Other assets, less allowance for credit losses                                                                     
  and excluding Special Asset Division..........           5,486                          5,568                    
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------   
      Total assets, excluding Special                   
      Asset Division............................        $115,792                       $113,692                    
                                                        ===========================================================
Interest-bearing liabilities                                                                                       
  Savings.......................................        $  4,732       216     4.55    $  5,003       258     5.15  
  NOW and money market deposit accounts.........          26,854     1,331     4.96      24,536     1,477     6.02 
  Consumer CDs and IRAs.........................          27,261     1,912     7.01      24,713     1,962     7.94 
  Negotiated CDs, public funds                                                                                     
    and other time deposits.....................          11,684       827     7.08      13,738     1,116     8.13 
  Foreign time deposits.........................           2,548       171     6.70       2,603       231     8.89 
  Borrowed funds and trading                                                                                       
    account liabilities (4)(6)..................          18,948     1,068     5.64      21,256     1,685     7.93 
  Long-term debt and obligations under                                                                             
    capital leases..............................           2,816       250     8.88       2,669       245     9.18 
  Special Asset Division net                                                                                       
    funding allocation..........................          (2,845)     (176)   (6.20)     (4,057)     (304)   (7.49)
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------    
      Total interest-bearing liabilities........          91,998     5,599     6.09      90,461     6,670     7.37  
Noninterest-bearing sources                                                                                         
  Noninterest-bearing deposits..................          14,491                         14,067                     
  Other liabilities.............................           2,698                          2,942                     
  FDIC interest in NationsBank of Texas.........               -                              -                     
  Shareholders' equity..........................           6,605                          6,222                      
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders'                                                                          
       equity...................................         $115,792                      $113,692                    
                                                        ===========================================================     
Net interest spread.............................                               3.16                           3.00  
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources...........                                .66                            .75   
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------      
Net interest income/yield on earning assets.....                    $3,940     3.82%               $3,771     3.75%  
                                                        ===========================================================
<CAPTION> 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Five-Year         
                                                                   1989                     Compounded         
                                                        -------------------------           Growth Rate         
                                                        Average                               1989/94          
                                                        Balance   Income                ------------------- 
                                                          Sheet     or     Yields/      Average   Income or 
                                                        Amounts   Expense   Rates       Balances   Expense  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>  
Earning assets                                         
  Loans and leases, net of unearned income (1)                                                            
    Commercial (2)..............................         $ 28,060  $3,299    11.76%         8%        (1)% 
    Real estate commercial......................            5,173     573    11.08          9          2   
    Real estate construction....................            4,848     580    11.96         (8)       (14)    
                                                        -------------------------- 
      Total commercial..........................           38,081   4,452    11.69          7         (2)     
                                                        -------------------------- 
    Residential mortgage........................            7,003     774    11.06         16          8     
    Home equity.................................            1,506     178    11.80         11          3              
    Credit card.................................            2,513     413    16.45          9          4              
    Other consumer..............................           11,636   1,354    11.64          8          4              
                                                        -------------------------- 
      Total consumer............................           22,658   2,719    12.00         11          5     
                                                        -------------------------- 
    Foreign.....................................              954     109    11.38          8         (5)    
    Lease financing.............................            1,178     107     9.08         15         10              
                                                        -------------------------- 
      Total loans and leases, net...............           62,871   7,387    11.75          9          1     
                                                        --------------------------  
  Securities                                                                        
    Held for investment.........................           20,475   1,903     9.29         (6)        (17)            
    Available for sale (3)......................                -       -        -                            
                                                        --------------------------   
      Total securities..........................           20,475   1,903     9.29          6          (6)            
                                                        --------------------------   
                                                              251      31    12.36          6          (6)            
    Loans held for sale.........................                                                                     
    Federal funds sold and securities                       2,314     213     9.20         42          21             
      purchased under agreements to resell......                                                                     
    Time deposits placed and other                          3,022     294     9.72        (10)        (21)            
      short-term investments....................              605      55     9.08         77          69             
    Trading account securities (4)..............        -------------------------- 
      Total earning assets (5)..................           89,538   9,883    11.04         11           1    
Cash and cash equivalents.......................            6,474                           5                         
Factored accounts receivable....................              683                          13                         
Other assets, less allowance for credit losses                                                                       
  and excluding Special Asset Division..........            4,644                          13                         
                                                        -------------------------- 
      Total assets, excluding Special                                                                               
      Asset Division............................         $101,339                          10                
                                                        ========================== 
Interest-bearing liabilities                                                                                       
  Savings.......................................           $6,203     364     5.86          8         (10)            
  NOW and money market deposit accounts.........           18,695   1,159     6.20         10         (10)            
  Consumer CDs and IRAs.........................           20,446   1,735     8.48          3         (10)            
  Negotiated CDs, public funds                                                                                       
    and other time deposits.....................           15,685   1,379     8.79        (27)        (37)            
  Foreign time deposits.........................            2,670     257     9.63         23           8             
  Borrowed funds and trading                                                                                         
    account liabilities (4)(6)..................           17,854   1,606     8.99         22           8             
  Long-term debt and obligations under                                                                               
    capital leases..............................            2,061     203     9.84         31          22             
  Special Asset Division net                                                                                         
    funding allocation..........................           (5,164)   (424)   (8.20)                                   
                                                        --------------------------
      Total interest-bearing liabilities........           78,450   6,279     8.00         11          (3)   
Noninterest-bearing sources                                                                                          
  Noninterest-bearing deposits..................           13,976                           8                         
  Other liabilities.............................            3,235                          12                         
  FDIC interest in NationsBank of Texas.........              412                                                     
  Shareholders' equity..........................            5,266                          15                         
                                                        --------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders'                                                                           
       equity...................................         $101,339                          10                 
                                                        ========================== 
Net interest spread.............................                              3.04                                            
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources...........                               .99                                            
                                                        --------------------------
Net interest income/yield on earning assets.....                   $3,604     4.03%                   8                        
                                                        ==========================                       
</TABLE> 

                                         Management's Disussion and Analysis  29
<PAGE>
 
MNC accounting for approximately 40 percent of the increase. The $4.9 billion
increase in average deposits reflected the full-year impact of MNC and four in-
market acquisitions in Texas, Florida and South Carolina. The Financial Products
group contributed 31 percent of the General Bank's earnings with a return on
equity of 28 percent. Card Services accounted for over 50 percent of Financial
Products' earnings and generated a return on equity of 46 percent. In 1993, the
Card Services' return on equity was 27 percent. Dealer Finance is the next
largest component of Financial Products and produced a return on equity of 17
percent in 1994. The 1993 return was 15 percent.

      The Institutional Group includes Corporate and Investment Banking 
activities, the Real Estate Banking Group, Specialized Lending and the 
Capital Markets Group, which includes customer-related derivatives, foreign 
exchange, securities trading and securities underwriting activities. Housed 
in this unit are NationsBanc-CRT and NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc., which 
with its Section 20/Tier II powers, underwrites and deals in various types of 
corporate debt and has the power to underwrite and deal in equity securities.

      The Institutional Group earned $631 million in 1994, representing a 
return on equity of 16 percent. Continued asset quality improvements in the 
Real Estate Banking Group drove the increased return on equity for the 
Institutional Group overall. The increase in net interest income resulting from
loan growth of 16 percent over 1993 was constrained by a narrowing of the spread
between securities and market-based funds. Noninterest income for the
Institutional Group rose $208 million, or 33 percent, reflecting higher trading
gains (due to the full-year impact of CRT) and growth in investment banking and
deposit fees. Investments committed to expand capital markets activities and the
full-year impact of CRT largely drove the $289 million increase in operating
expense and the change in the efficiency ratio. Real Estate Banking Group asset
quality improvement contributed to the negative provision for credit losses and
OREO recoveries for 1994. Combined, these two categories accounted for $147
million of the Institutional Group's $206 million growth in pretax earnings over
1993.

      Financial Services consists of NationsCredit and Greyrock Capital Group.
In 1994, Financial Services contributed $103 million, or six percent, of 
consolidated earnings reflecting their first full year of NationsBank 
operations as well as strong growth throughout the year. On a year-end basis, 
loan growth of 24 percent included strength in consumer lending and inventory 
financing. The 13-percent return on equity was impacted by a higher 
equity-to-asset ratio of 13 percent in 1994, necessary to posture this unit 
for raising funds in the financial markets.

      The Other category in TABLE 2 includes gains and losses on sales of 
securities and earnings on unallocated equity.

Results Of Operations

NET INTEREST INCOME

      TABLE 3 presents an analysis of the Corporation's taxable-equivalent 
net interest income and average balance sheet levels for the last six years. 
TABLE 4 analyzes changes in net interest income from year to year.

      Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased $582 million to $5.3 
billion in 1994, compared to $4.7 billion in 1993. The increase was due to 
higher earning asset levels, primarily loans and leases which increased $16.0 
billion, or 20 percent. Loan growth in the General Bank approximated $9.0 
billion, centered in commercial, residential mortgage and other consumer 
loans. The Institutional Group experienced loan growth of approximately $4.0 
billion, reflecting primarily an increase in commercial loans. The 
$3.0-billion increase in average loans in Financial Services primarily 
reflects the full-year impact of Greyrock Capital Group. On a consolidated 
basis, after adjusting for acquisitions and the securitization of credit card 
receivables, loan levels increased by $9.1 billion, or 12 percent. The 
aggregate of average federal funds sold, securities purchased under 
agreements to resell and trading account assets increased $12.3 billion, 
primarily due to the 1993 acquisition and higher trading asset levels of the 
Corporation's primary government securities dealer. The increase in net 
interest income resulting from higher loan levels and deposit cost 
containment efforts was partially offset by a narrowing of the spread between 
fixed-rate investment securities and market-based funds. As more fully 
discussed in the Interest Rate Risk Management section, actions taken in the 
second half of 1994 to reposition the balance sheet in light of rising 
interest rates had a slight negative impact on net interest income. 


[PIE CHART APPEARS HERE

1994 CUSTOMER GROUP DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS AND REVENUES
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                       General    Institutional   Financial 
                                        Bank          Group       Services   
                                       -------       -------     ----------- 
<S>                                     <C>          <C>            <C>      
Percent of net loans                                                         
  and leases...........................   62%          32%            6%   
                                                                             
Percent of revenues...................    68%          26%            6%]
</TABLE> 

30  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
      The net interest yield declined 38 basis points to 3.58 percent in 
1994, compared to 3.96 percent in 1993. Excluding the impact of the 
Corporation's primary government securities dealer, for which revenues are 
recorded in noninterest income, the net interest yield declined 14 basis 
points to 4.04 percent, compared to 4.18 percent in 1993. The decline in the 
yield reflected the decreased spread between fixed-rate investment securities 
and market-based funds, partially offset by increased net interest yields 
resulting from loan growth and deposit cost containment efforts.

      The yield on average earning assets increased 10 basis points to 7.16 
percent in 1994 from 7.06 percent in 1993. Excluding the impact of the 
trading assets of the Corporation's primary government securities dealer, the 
yield on average earning assets increased 16 basis points to 7.33 percent in 
1994, compared to 7.17 percent in 1993. The yield on total loans and leases 
increased 14 basis points to 8.20 percent in 1994, reflecting loan growth in 
a rising interest rate environment. The Corporation's prime interest rate 
rose from an average of 6.00 percent in 1993 to 7.14 percent in 1994. 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4     CHANGES IN TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME
      (Dollars in Millions)

      This table presents an analysis of the year-to-year changes in net
      interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis for the years shown.
      The changes for each category of income and expense are divided between
      the portion of change attributable to the variance in average levels or
      yields/rates for that category. The amount of change that cannot be
      separated is allocated to each variance proportionately.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>  
                                                               From 1993 to 1994                           From 1992 to 1993
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                   Increase (Decrease)                         Increase (Decrease)
                                                    in Income/Expense                           in Income/Expense
                                                     Due to Change in                            Due to Change in
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                             Percentage                                  Percentage 
                                               Average    Yields/             Increase      Average    Yields/            Increase
                                                Levels     Rates    Total    (Decrease)      Levels     Rates     Total  (Decrease)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                             <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>     <C> 
Income from earning assets
  Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    Commercial................................. $  483     $ 226   $  709       29.1%       $ 407      $ (36)    $ 371       17.9%
    Real estate commercial.....................     89        41      130       25.7           (8)       (13)      (21)      (4.0)
    Real estate construction...................     21        30       51       23.5          (61)        12       (49)     (18.4)
                                                                   ------                                        -----
      Total commercial.........................    595       295      890       28.2          349        (48)      301       10.5
                                                                   ------                                        -----
    Residential mortgage.......................    315       (76)     239       26.5          227        (94)      133       17.3
    Home equity................................     27        20       47       30.3            5          2         7        4.7
    Credit card................................    (55)      (33)     (88)     (14.8)          57        (35)       22        3.8
    Other consumer.............................    279       (16)     263       19.3          222       (133)       89        7.0
                                                                   ------                                        -----
      Total consumer...........................    633      (172)     461       15.3          528       (277)      251        9.1
                                                                   ------                                        -----
    Foreign....................................     27         7       34       65.4            8        (11)       (3)      (5.5)
    Lease financing............................     51        (8)      43       32.3           29         (3)       26       24.3
                                                                   ------                                        -----
      Total loans and leases, net..............  1,312       116    1,428       22.4          881       (306)      575        9.9
                                                                   ------                                        -----
  Securities
    Held for investment........................   (503)     (111)    (614)     (44.7)         146       (313)     (167)     (10.8)
    Available for sale.........................    591         4      595       n/m           (39)       (15)      (54)     (52.4)
                                                                   ------                                        -----
      Total securities.........................     85      (104)     (19)      (1.3)          98       (319)     (221)     (13.4)
                                                                   ------                                        -----
    Loans held for sale........................    (31)        1      (30)     (56.6)         (12)        (5)      (17)     (24.3)
    Federal funds sold and securities purchased
      under agreements to resell...............    287        66      353      182.0           25        (32)       (7)      (3.5)
    Time deposits placed and other short-term
      investments..............................    (12)       23       11       13.9           11        (24)      (13)     (14.1)
    Trading account securities.................    339       128      467      156.7          209         15       224      302.7
                                                                   ------                                        -----
      Total interest income....................  2,089       121    2,210       26.3        1,234       (693)      541        6.9
                                                                   ------                                        -----
  Interest expense
    Savings....................................     55        (4)      51       31.7           29        (29)        -          -
    NOW and money market deposit accounts......     26        29       55        8.6           10       (167)     (157)     (19.7)
    Consumer CDs and IRAs......................     24       (82)     (58)      (5.5)        (128)      (258)     (386)     (26.7)
    Negotiated CDs, public funds and other
      time deposits............................    (36)        2      (34)     (20.4)         (64)       (48)     (112)     (40.1)
    Foreign time deposits......................    219        33      252      204.9           61        (29)       32       35.2
    Borrowed funds and trading
      account liabilities......................    629       575    1,204      104.8          485         25       510       79.8
    Long-term debt and obligations under
      capital leases...........................    191       (33)     158       40.3          172        (51)      121       44.6
                                                                   ------                                        -----
        Total interest expense.................    982       646    1,628       44.1          581       (573)        8         .2
                                                                   ------                                        -----
  Net interest income..........................  1,076      (494)  $  582       12.3          676       (143)    $ 533       12.7
                                                                   ======                                        =====
</TABLE> 
n/m - not meaningful.

                                        Management's Discussion and Analysis  31
<PAGE>
 
      The Corporation did not fully reinvest proceeds from the 1994 maturities
and sales of certain higher yielding securities during 1994. As a result, the
yield on the securities portfolio declined 39 basis points to 5.12 percent in
1994. The average yield of the remaining securities portfolio on December 31,
1994 was 5.37 percent.

      Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $25.4 billion in 1994
compared to 1993. Borrowed funds and trading liabilities increased $15.0
billion, to $48.3 billion, resulting primarily from the acquisition and funding
of the Corporation's primary government securities dealer and increased trading
activities. Long-term debt increased $2.8 billion due to debt acquired in the
MNC acquisition and debt securities issued in connection with financing
Financial Services. Interest-bearing deposits increased $7.6 billion,
principally due to acquisitions. Excluding deposits acquired from MNC in 1993
and California Federal Savings Bank in 1994, average interest-bearing deposit
levels remained relatively flat. Consumer CDs and money market savings accounts
declined, offset by increases in foreign time deposits. The increase in foreign
time deposits resulted from wholesale funding initiatives.

      The rate on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 56 basis points
to 4.09 percent in 1994, from 3.53 percent in 1993. Excluding the impact of the
trading liabilities of the Corporation's primary government securities dealer,
the rate on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 39 basis points to
3.83 percent in 1994, compared to 3.44 percent in 1993. This rate increase
resulted from the Corporation's efforts to extend liability maturities through
its use of longer-term bank notes and foreign time deposits in lieu of utilizing
overnight funding.

      Net interest income in 1994 was impacted by the fourth quarter 1993 
securitization of credit card receivables. The Corporation periodically 
securitizes credit card receivables which changes the Corporation's role from 
that of a lender to that of a loan servicer. During 1994, the Corporation 
managed an average credit card portfolio of $5.4 billion, including $1.4 
billion which had been securitized. For the securitized portion of the credit 
card portfolio, residual net interest income after paying certificate holders 
and after credit losses is reported as servicing fees in noninterest income.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

      The provision for credit losses was $310 million in 1994, compared to $430
million in the prior year. A strengthening economy, coupled with the
Corporation's continued loan workout activities, resulted in an overall
improvement in credit quality trends which led to lower credit costs. Excluding
the fourth quarter 1993 impact of MNC, nonperforming asset levels declined every
quarter of 1994 and 1993. Net charge-offs declined $96 million to $316 million
in 1994.

      On December 31, 1994, the allowance for credit losses was $2.2 billion, or
2.11 percent of loans, leases and factored accounts receivable, compared to an
allowance of $2.2 billion, or 2.36 percent, at the end of 1993. The allowance
for credit losses was 273 percent of nonperforming loans on December 31, 1994,
compared to 193 percent on December 31, 1993.

      TABLE 12 provides an analysis of the activity in the Corporation's
allowance for credit losses for each of the last five years. Allowance levels,
net charge-offs and nonperforming assets are discussed in the Asset Quality
Review and Credit Risk Management section.


SECURITIES GAINS AND LOSSES

      Losses from the sales of securities were $13 million in 1994, as
securities were sold in the last quarter of 1994 as a part of interest rate
repositioning efforts. Gains in 1993 were $84 million.


NONINTEREST INCOME

      TABLE 5 compares the major categories of noninterest income for 1994 and
1993.

      Noninterest income totaled $2.6 billion in 1994, an increase of $496
million, or 24 percent, from $2.1 billion in 1993. Adjusted for acquisitions,
growth in noninterest income was 11 percent in 1994.

      Trading account profits and fees, including foreign exchange income,
increased $121 million, or 80 percent, in 1994 compared to 1993. This increase,
resulting primarily from the acquisition of CRT, is concentrated in interest
rate derivatives trading and is consistent with the expansion efforts in capital
markets activities.

      An analysis of trading account profits 

[GRAPH APPEARS HERE

Net Interest Income
(Dollars in Billions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             1990      1991      1992      1993       1994
                            ------    ------    ------    ------     ------
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Net interest income.......  $3.771    $3.940    $4.190    $4.723     $5.305]
</TABLE>

32  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
and fees by major business activity is as follows (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                  1994    1993
--------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>     <C> 
Securities trading.............................   $ 82    $ 73
Interest rate contracts........................    119      21
Foreign exchange contracts                          27      27
Other..........................................     45      31
  Total trading account                           ----    ----
    profits and fees...........................   $273    $152
                                                  ====    ====
</TABLE> 

      Growth, excluding acquisitions, occurred in most major categories of
noninterest income as described below:

.     General Bank trust fees increased $22 million, or six percent, in 1994
      compared to 1993. Increased fees were realized primarily due to growth in
      mutual fund investment advisory services, other trust related services and
      increased volume of securities lending activities. Partially offsetting
      these increases were fee decreases resulting from the rising interest rate
      environment which caused declines in the discretionary assets under
      management portfolio, principally in the market values of debt
      instruments. Discretionary assets under management and total assets under
      administration by the Trust Group were $57.4 billion and $163.6 billion,
      respectively, on December 31, 1994.

.     Service charges on deposit accounts increased $33 million, or five
      percent, from 1993. Concentrated emphasis on fee collections was the
      primary contributor to this growth.

.     Mortgage servicing and related fees increased $2 million, or three
      percent, in 1994 compared to 1993. Including acquisitions, the average
      portfolio of loans serviced increased 35 percent from $26.3 billion in
      1993 to $35.5 billion in 1994. On December 31, 1994, the servicing
      portfolio totaled $39.0 billion. Mortgage loan originations through the
      Corporation's mortgage company decreased 38 percent during 1994 to $6.9
      billion. The majority of this decrease was in retail loan volume coupled
      with a slight decline in correspondent wholesale volume. These declines
      reflected industry-wide trends of lower origination levels resulting from
      increases in interest rates.

.     Higher syndication fees and venture capital income in the Institutional
      Group contributed the majority of the $44-million, or 47-percent increase
      in investment banking income in 1994 compared to 1993. The Capital Markets
      syndication group led 362 deals totaling $195.5 billion during 1994,
      compared to 234 deals totaling $115.9 billion in 1993.

.     Credit card income increased $81 million in 1994, or 41 percent, compared
      to 1993. 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5     NONINTEREST INCOME
      (Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                    1994                   1993
                                            -----------------------------------------------
                                                        Percent                  Percent 
                                                       of Taxable-              Of Taxable-
                                                       Equivalent               Equivalent         Change         
                                                      Net Interest            Net Interest   ------------------
                                             Amount      Income      Amount      Income      Amount     Percent
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>         <C> 
Trust fees...........................       $  435         8.2%     $  371         7.9%     $   64        17.3%
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
Service charges on deposit accounts..          797        15.0         681        14.4         116        17.0
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
Nondeposit-related service fees             
    Safe deposit rent................           27          .5          25          .5           2         8.0
    Mortgage servicing and related          
     fees............................           86         1.6          77         1.6           9        11.7
    Fees on factored accounts               
     receivable......................           74         1.4          74         1.6           -           -
    Investment banking income........          138         2.6          94         2.0          44        46.8
    Other service fees...............          111         2.1          93         2.0          18        19.4
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total nondeposit-related service        
     fees............................          436         8.2         363         7.7          73        20.1
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------           
Credit card income                          
    Merchant discount fees...........           27          .5          30          .6          (3)      (10.0)
    Annual credit card fees..........           21          .4          24          .5          (3)      (12.5)
    Other credit card fees...........          232         4.4         144         3.1          88        61.1
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total credit card income.........          280         5.3         198         4.2          82        41.4
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
Other income                                
    Brokerage income.................           44          .8          41          .9           3         7.3
    Trading account profits and fees.          273         5.1         152         3.2         121        79.6
    Bankers' acceptances and letters        
     of credit.......................           67         1.3          65         1.4           2         3.1
    Insurance commissions and               
     earnings........................           49          .9          39          .8          10        25.6
    Miscellaneous....................          216         4.2         191         4.0          25        13.1
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total other income...............          649        12.3         488        10.3         161        33.0
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $2,597        49.0%     $2,101        44.5%     $  496        23.6
                                            ===================================================================
</TABLE> 

                                        Management's Discussion and Analysis  33
<PAGE>
 
      A large portion of the increase in other credit card fees is
      related to the securitization of certain credit card loans during the
      fourth quarter of 1993. While this transaction served to increase this
      component of noninterest income, it also served to decrease net interest
      income and net charge-offs for 1994 compared to 1993. The overall effect
      on net income from the securitization of this portfolio was approximately
      neutral. The remainder of the increase relates to other new credit card
      initiatives including an increase in co-branding card income.
      
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED EXPENSE

      OREO expense declined $90 million to a net recovery of $12 million in 1994
compared to expense of $78 million in 1993, consistent with the improvement in
asset quality. Improved real estate markets resulted in lower OREO write-downs
and increased gains on sales of these properties.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

      The Corporation's noninterest expense, as shown in TABLE 6, increased $649
million, or 15 percent, in 1994 compared to 1993. Most categories of noninterest
expense were significantly influenced by acquisitions.

      Adjusting for the impact of acquisitions, noninterest expense in the
current year increased approximately two and one-half percent, primarily in the
categories described below:

.     Personnel expense increased $143 million, or eight percent, primarily due
      to increased incentives as well as salaries and wages. Additionally,
      within the Capital Markets Group, investments in personnel to expand the
      Corporation's capital markets and trading activities and growth in the
      business activities of the Institutional Bank and Financial Services
      resulted in increases in the number of associates in these customer
      groups. Also, contributing to the increase were higher pension costs and
      other employee benefits.

.     Equipment expense increased $20 million, or seven percent, in 1994
      compared to 1993. This increase is primarily due to enhancements to
      computer resources, including higher rental expense for upgraded mainframe
      equipment and increased costs relating to product delivery systems.

.     Marketing expense increased $14 million, or 10 percent, in 1994 compared
      to 1993, due to the continuation of a "brand image" campaign that began in
      1993 focusing on the NationsBank name and the Corporation's range of
      financial products and services. Increased credit card solicitations were
      also a primary factor.

.     Professional fees decreased $14 million, or nine percent, compared to
      1993. The decline was largely the result of focused expense management
      efforts in this area.

.     The Corporation's FDIC insurance expense for 1994 decreased $13 million,
      or six percent, as a result of higher capital levels of certain of the
      Corporation's subsidiary banks as well as upgrades in supervisory risk

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6     NONINTEREST EXPENSE
      (Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                       1994                     1993
                                                 ---------------------------------------------                                 
                                                            Percent                  Percent   
                                                           of Taxable-              of Taxable-
                                                            Equivalent               Equivalent               Change
                                                           Net Interest             Net Interest       ---------------------  
                                                 Amount       Income       Amount      Income          Amount        Percent 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>             <C>      <C>                <C>           <C> 
Personnel.....................................   $2,311       43.6%        $1,903       40.3%           $408          21.4%
Occupancy, net................................      487        9.2            434        9.2              53          12.2
Equipment.....................................      364        6.9            317        6.7              47          14.8
Marketing.....................................      161        3.0            138        2.9              23          16.7
Professional fees.............................      171        3.2            168        3.6               3           1.8
Amortization of intangibles...................      141        2.7            110        2.3              31          28.2
Credit card...................................       44         .8             49        1.0              (5)        (10.2)
Private label credit card.....................       27         .5             37         .8             (10)        (27.0)
FDIC insurance................................      211        4.0            205        4.3               6           2.9
Processing....................................      235        4.4            190        4.0              45          23.7
Telecommunications............................      137        2.6            122        2.6              15          12.3
Postage and courier...........................      126        2.4            120        2.6               6           5.0
Other general operating.......................      388        7.3            370        7.8              18           4.9
General administrative and miscellaneous......      139        2.6            130        2.8               9           6.9
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $4,942      93.2%         $4,293       90.9%           $649          15.1
                                                 =========================================================================
</TABLE> 

34  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
      classifications due to improved asset quality. These factors decreased
      assessment rates under the risk-based assessment system mandated by the
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
           
.     The Corporation's combined general operating and general administrative
      and miscellaneous expenses decreased $9 million due to focused expense
      management efforts resulting in reduced expenses for postage, relocation
      and supplies, partially offset by increased expenses for
      telecommunications.

INCOME TAXES

      The Corporation's income tax expense for 1994 was $865 million, for
an effective tax rate of 33.9 percent of pretax income. Tax expense for 1993
was $690 million, for an effective tax rate of 34.7 percent.

      Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements includes a
reconciliation of federal income tax expense computed using the federal
statutory rate of 35 percent, to the actual income tax expense reported for
1994 and 1993.

      See Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements for
additional information on income taxes.

Risk Management

      In conducting its business activities, the Corporation is exposed to
interest rate, liquidity and credit risk. The successful management of risk
is integral to the continued growth and profitability of the Corporation. The
following sections address the Corporation's approach to managing risk. The
first section presents a review of the Corporation's balance sheet and
liquidity risk management practices. The Corporation's asset quality results
for 1994 combined with a discussion of credit risk management policies and
procedures are presented in the second section. The third section discusses
the tools used to manage interest rate risk and outlines certain balance
sheet repositioning efforts undertaken by the Corporation during 1994. The
Corporation's capital resources and the management practices surrounding
capital are discussed in the final section.

Balance Sheet Review And 
Liquidity Risk Management

      Liquidity, a measure of the Corporation's ability to fulfill its cash
requirements, is managed by the Corporation through its asset and liability
management process. This entails measuring and managing the relative balance
between asset, liability and off-balance sheet positions. This process,
coupled with the Corporation's ability to raise capital and debt financing,
ensures the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet the liquidity needs of
the Corporation.

      TABLE 7 presents an analysis of the major 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7     SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS
      (Average Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                             1994                           1993
                                                                    -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Amount         Percent         Amount         Percent
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>             <C>            <C> 
Composition of sources
Savings, NOW, money market deposit accounts,
and consumer CDs and IRAs........................................  $ 62,777           37.7%       $ 58,802           43.8%
Noninterest-bearing funds........................................    20,097           12.1          17,425           13.0
Customer-based portion of negotiated CDs.........................     1,328             .8           1,690            1.2
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------------
Customer-based funds.............................................    84,202           50.6          77,917           58.0
Market-based funds...............................................    57,858           34.8          38,847           28.9
Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases..............     8,033            4.8           5,268            3.9
Other liabilities................................................     5,742            3.5           3,717            2.8
Shareholders' equity.............................................    10,484            6.3           8,651            6.4
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------------
Total sources....................................................  $166,319          100.0%       $134,400          100.0%
                                                                   ======================================================

Composition of uses
Loans and leases, net of unearned income.........................  $ 95,006           57.1%       $ 78,984           58.8%
Securities held for investment...................................    15,048            9.1          24,823           18.5
Securities available for sale....................................    12,386            7.4           1,017             .7
Loans held for sale..............................................       339             .2             790             .6
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments............     1,762             1.1          2,037            1.5
Other earning assets.............................................    23,840            14.3         11,531            8.6
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------------
Total earning assets.............................................   148,381            89.2        119,182           88.7
Factored accounts receivable.....................................     1,252              .8          1,074             .8
Other assets.....................................................    16,686            10.0         14,144           10.5
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------------
Total uses.......................................................  $166,319           100.0%      $134,400          100.0%
                                                                   ======================================================
</TABLE> 

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 35
<PAGE>
 
sources and uses of funds for 1994 and 1993 based on average levels.

      The composition of sources of funds reflected a 49-percent increase in
market-based funds to $57.9 billion in 1994 from $38.8 billion in the prior
year. These funds represented 35 percent of total sources of funds in 1994
compared to 29 percent in 1993. Excluding the impact of trading account
liabilities associated with the Corporation's primary government securities
dealer, market-based funds increased 25 percent in 1994 from the prior year,
primarily attributable to the extension of liability maturities through the
use of bank notes and foreign time deposits. Customer-based funds increased
to $84.2 billion from $77.9 billion in 1993 and represented 51 percent of
total sources of funds in 1994, compared to 58 percent in 1993.

      The Corporation's primary use of funds, loans and leases, increased
$16.0 billion, or 20 percent, to $95.0 billion in 1994, compared to $79.0
billion in 1993. This increase reflects both internal loan growth as well as
acquisitions. Loans represent 57 percent of the Corporation's uses of funds.
The Corporation's ratio of average loans and leases to customer-based funds
was 113 percent in 1994, compared to 101 percent in the prior year. The
change in this ratio is primarily due to loan growth of 20 percent, coupled
with industry-wide disintermediation.

      Average other earning assets rose $12.3 billion, or 107 percent, to
$23.8 billion in 1994 from $11.5 billion in 1993. Approximately $10.9 billion
of this increase resulted from higher levels of trading account assets
associated with the Corporation's primary government securities dealer.

      Cash and cash equivalents increased $1.9 billion from December 31, 1993
to December 31, 1994, due to net cash provided by operating activities of
$9.1 billion, and $1.8 billion in cash provided by financing activities,
offset by $9.0 billion in cash used in investing activities.

      The net increase in cash provided by operating activities of $7.0
billion from December 31, 1993 to December 31, 1994, was primarily
attributable to the net change in trading instruments of $3.8 billion during
1994 as compared to $707 million during 1993. Cash used in investing
activities decreased $1.6 billion in 1994 compared to 1993, as proceeds from
the sales and maturities of securities available for sale exceeded the
purchases of those securities. This increase in cash was offset by a decrease
in the proceeds from the sales and securitizations of loans of $4.6 billion
from year to year.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8     DISTRIBUTION OF LOANS, LEASES AND FACTORED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
      December 31
      (Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                    1994                 1993                 1992                 1991                  1990
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              AMOUNT    PERCENT    Amount    Percent    Amount    Percent    Amount    Percent     Amount    Percent

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>  
Domestic
  Commercial...............  $ 44,665    43.1%     $40,808    44.3%     $32,260    44.4%     $28,701    41.5%      $30,951     43.7%

  Real estate commercial...     7,349     7.1        8,239     9.0        6,324     8.7        6,756     9.8         5,847      8.2
  Real estate construction.     2,981     2.9        3,256     3.5        3,065     4.2        4,212     6.1         5,453      7.7
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total commercial.......    54,995    53.1       52,303    56.8       41,649    57.3       39,669    57.4        42,251     59.6
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Residential mortgage.....    17,244    16.7       12,689    13.8        9,262    12.7        7,571    11.0         8,133     11.5
  Home equity..............     2,644     2.6        2,565     2.8        2,061     2.8        2,121     3.1         1,687      2.4
  Credit card..............     4,753     4.6        3,728     4.1        4,297     5.9        4,178     6.0         3,501      4.9
  Other consumer...........    17,867    17.3       16,761    18.2       12,091    16.6       12,524    18.1        12,392     17.5
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total consumer.........    42,508    41.2       35,743    38.9       27,711    38.0       26,394    38.2        25,713     36.3
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Lease financing..........     2,440     2.4        1,729     1.9        1,301     1.8        1,229     1.8         1,236      1.7
  Factored accounts
   receivable..............     1,004     1.0        1,001     1.1          917     1.3          817     1.2           760      1.1
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              100,947    97.7       90,776    98.7       71,578    98.4       68,109    98.6        69,960     98.7
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign
  Governments and
   official institutions...         6       -           22       -            2       -           42      .1            88       .1
  Banks and other financial
   institutions............       795      .8          446      .5          304      .4          177      .2           197       .3
  Commercial and industrial
   companies...............     1,183     1.1          510      .5          634      .9          634      .9           584       .8
  Lease financing..........       440      .4          253      .3          196      .3          146      .2            62       .1
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                2,424     2.3        1,231     1.3        1,136     1.6          999     1.4           931      1.3
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans, leases and
 factored accounts
 receivable, net of
 unearned  income..........  $103,371   100.0%     $92,007   100.0%     $72,714   100.0%      $69,108  100.0%      $70,891    100.0%
                             ======================================================================================================
</TABLE> 

36  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
      The net cash provided by financing activities decreased $6.5 billion from
December 31, 1993 to December 31, 1994. During 1994, proceeds from the issuances
of long-term debt and subordinated capital notes exceeded principal payments and
retirements by $181 million, as compared to net proceeds in 1993 of $3.7
billion. Also, in 1994, cash provided by the net increase in deposits, federal
funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase was $1.7
billion as compared to a net increase of $2.9 billion in 1993.

SECURITIES

      The securities portfolio on December 31, 1994, consisted of securities
held for investment totaling $17.8 billion and securities available for sale
totaling $8.0 billion compared to $13.6 billion and $15.5 billion, respectively,
on December 31, 1993.

      On December 31, 1994, the Corporation's portfolio of securities held for
investment reflected unrealized net depreciation of $699 million compared to
unrealized net appreciation of $20 million on December 31, 1993.

      The valuation reserve for securities available for sale and marketable
equity securities reduced shareholders' equity by $136 million on December 31,
1994, reflecting $264 million of pretax depreciation on securities available for
sale, offset by $48 million of pretax appreciation on marketable equity
securities. The valuation amount increased shareholders' equity by $104 million
on December 31, 1993. The changes in depreciation for both the securities held
for investment and the securities available for sale portfolios were primarily
due to the rise in interest rates. Further increases in interest rates would
cause further depreciation due to the fixed-rate nature of the portfolios.

      The estimated average maturity was 2.48 years and 2.73 years for
securities held for investment and securities available for sale on December 31,
1994, respectively, compared to 1.83 years and 1.44 years on December 31, 1993.
The estimated average maturity of the combined securities portfolio was 2.56
years on December 31, 1994, compared to 1.63 years on December 31, 1993. The
increase in the estimated average maturity was primarily attributable to 1994
maturities and sales which served to decrease the aggregate period-end
securities portfolio balance 11 percent and shift the composition of the
remaining portfolio to a longer maturity.

      The securities portfolio serves a primary role in the overall context
of balance sheet management by the Corporation. The decision to purchase or
sell securities is based upon the current assessment of economic and
financial conditions, including the interest rate environment and other on-
or off-balance sheet positions. The portfolio's scheduled maturities and the
liquid nature of securities, in general, represent a significant source of
liquidity. Approximately $8.0 billion, or 31 percent, of the securities
portfolio matures in 1995. No liquidations other than scheduled maturities
are currently anticipated. As such, no significant securities losses are
expected to result from the unrealized depreciation in the 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9      SELECTED LOAN MATURITY DATA
       December 31, 1994
       (Dollars in Millions)

       This table presents the maturity distribution and interest sensitivity of
       selected loan categories (excluding residential mortgage, home equity,
       credit card, other consumer loans, lease financing and factored accounts
       receivable). Maturities are presented on a contractual basis.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                           Due after                       
                                                                               Due in 1     1 year                         
                                                                                 year       through    Due after           
                                                                               or less     5 years      5 years      Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>           <C>        <C> 
Commercial................................................................... $18,713     $18,443       $7,509     $44,665
Real estate commercial.......................................................   1,852       4,438        1,059       7,349
Real estate construction.....................................................   1,624       1,248          109       2,981
Foreign......................................................................   1,653         247           84       1,984
                                                                              --------------------------------------------
  Total selected loans, net of unearned income............................... $23,842     $24,376       $8,761     $56,979
                                                                              ============================================
Percent of total.............................................................    41.8%       42.8%        15.4%      100.0%
Cumulative percent of total..................................................    41.8        84.6        100.0

Sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates--loans due after one year
  Predetermined interest rate................................................             $ 6,823       $3,320     $10,143
  Floating or adjustable interest rate.......................................              17,553        5,441      22,994
                                                                                          --------------------------------
                                                                                          $24,376       $8,761     $33,137
                                                                                          ================================
</TABLE> 

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 37
<PAGE>
 
securities portfolio on December 31, 1994. For additional information on
securities see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

LOANS AND LEASES

        Total loans and leases increased $11.4 billion to $102.4 billion on
December 31, 1994, compared to $91.0 billion on December 31, 1993. Average loans
and leases increased $16.0 billion to $95.0 billion in 1994 compared to $79.0
billion one year earlier. Approximately $9.1 billion, or 57 percent, of the
increase in average loans and leases reflects internal loan growth, while the
remainder of the increase is the result of acquisitions.

        Average loan growth in the commercial loan category increased $6.5
billion, or 19 percent, to $41.6 billion in 1994 from $35.1 billion in 1993.
Internal loan growth, primarily in the General Bank and Institutional Bank,
contributed $3.1 billion of the increase.

      Real estate commercial and construction loans averaged $10.9 billion, a
$1.4 billion increase in average levels from the prior year. Excluding
acquisitions, average levels decreased $595 million.

      Residential mortgage loans increased $4.1 billion, or 37 percent, to an
average of $15.0 billion in 1994. The majority of this growth was due to
increased origination of residential mortgages through the General Bank's vast
banking center network coupled with a higher retention level of adjustable-rate
mortgages generated through the Corporation's mortgage company.

      The scheduled repayments and maturities of loans also represent a
substantial source of liquidity for the Corporation. TABLE 9 shows selected loan
maturity data on December 31, 1994. Approximately 42 percent of the selected
loans presented had maturities of one year or less.

      Other sources of liquidity, such as the securitization and sale of certain
loans or portfolios, are also available to the Corporation.

OTHER EARNING ASSETS

        As presented in TABLE 3, average other earning assets, including federal
funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and trading account
securities, increased $12.3 billion to $23.8 billion in 1994, compared to 1993.
Other earning assets represented 14 percent of total uses of funds in 1994,
compared to 9 percent in 1993. Increases in trading account securities primarily
reflected the acquisition and higher trading asset levels of the Corporation's
primary government securities dealer.

DEPOSITS

        TABLE 3 provides information on the average amounts of deposits and the
rates paid by deposit category. Deposits are the Corporation's primary source of
funds. Through its diverse retail banking network, the Corporation has access to
customers who provide a highly stable source of funds. Average deposits
increased $10.3 billion in 1994, compared to 1993, primarily due to
acquisitions. TABLE 10 provides information on the maturity distribution of
domestic certificates of deposit and other time deposits in amounts of $100
thousand or more for 1994. Domestic certificates of deposit and other time
deposits in denominations of $100 thousand or more amounted to $6.2 billion on
December 31, 1994, compared to $6.5 billion on December 31, 1993. Certificates
of deposit and other time deposits of $100 thousand or more of foreign offices
amounted to $12.6 billion and $3.8 billion on December 31, 1994 and 1993,
respectively.

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

        The Corporation uses short-term borrowings as a funding source and in
its management of interest rate risk. TABLE 11 presents 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

===============================================================================

10  MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF DOMESTIC CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT AND
    OTHER TIME DEPOSITS IN AMOUNTS OF $100 THOUSAND OR MORE
    December 31, 1994
    (Dollars in Millions)
                                            Certificates    Other Time
                                             of Deposit      Deposits    Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>       <C> 
Maturing in 3 months or less.................  $2,679         $ 32       $2,711
Maturing in over 3 through 6 months..........   1,121           20        1,141
Maturing in over 6 through 12 months.........     939           35          974
Maturing in over 12 months...................   1,093          236        1,329
                                               --------------------------------
                                               $5,832         $323       $6,155
                                               ================================
</TABLE> 

[BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE

Average Loans and Leases
(Dollars in Billions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1990      1991      1992     1993     1994
                                 -------   -------   -------   ------   ------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Average loans and leases........ $68.125   $69.367   $68.187   $78.984  $95.006]
</TABLE>

38  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
the categories of short-term borrowings. The increase in commercial paper
outstanding in 1994 and 1993 primarily reflects the use of this funding source
to finance Financial Services, a nonbank subsidiary of the parent company.

        The Corporation diversified its funding sources in 1993 by implementing
a short-term bank note program. In 1994, the banking subsidiaries increased the
maximum available issuance under this program by $3.0 billion to $6.0 billion.
Outstandings on December 31, 1994, which are included in other short-term
borrowings, were $4.5 billion under this program.

TRADING ACCOUNT LIABILITIES

        Trading activities are primarily financed with funds from short sales.
During 1994, average short sales approximated $10.5 billion.

LONG-TERM DEBT

        On December 31, 1994 and 1993, long-term debt was $8.5 billion and $8.3
billion, respectively. During 1994, the Corporation issued approximately $1.2
billion in long-term senior and subordinated debt. This new debt was used for
general corporate purposes including replacing debt repurchased due to its
higher cost and funding for the internal loan growth of Financial Services.

        As a source of term liquidity, the Corporation has a medium-term note
program which provides for issuance from time to time of medium-term notes with
maturities of nine months or longer. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial
statements for further details on long-term debt.

OTHER

        On September 30, 1994, the Corporation renegotiated its commercial
paper back-up lines establishing a single committed, $1.5 billion, three-year
credit facility. No borrowings have been made under this credit facility.

        The Corporation's principal debt ratings on December 31, 1994 were as
follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                      Commercial    Senior
                                                        Paper        Debt
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C> 
Moody's Investors Service..........................      P-1          A2
Standard & Poor's Corporation......................      A-1          A
Duff and Phelps, Inc. .............................      Duff 1+      A+
Fitch Investors Service, Inc. .....................      F-1          A+
Thomson BankWatch..................................      TBW-1        A+
</TABLE> 


      In managing liquidity, the Corporation takes into account the ability of
the subsidiary banks to pay dividends to the parent corporation. See Note 10 to
the consolidated financial statements for further details on dividends.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
===============================================================================================================================

11  SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
    (Dollars in Millions)
     
    Federal funds purchased generally represent overnight borrowings and
    repurchase agreements represent borrowings which generally range from one
    day to three months in maturity. Commercial paper is issued in maturities
    not to exceed nine months. Other short-term borrowings principally consist
    of bank notes and U.S. Treasury note balances.

                                                                          1994                   1993                 1992
                                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     AMOUNT   RATE          AMOUNT   RATE        AMOUNT   RATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>  
Federal funds purchased
    On December 31..............................................   $  3,993   5.19%        $ 7,135   2.92%      $ 6,420   2.94%
    Average during year.........................................      5,397   4.07           6,479   3.03         5,634   3.37
    Maximum month-end balance during year.......................      7,264      -           7,899      -         8,644      -

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    On December 31..............................................     21,977   5.36          21,236   3.11         9,632   3.23
    Average during year.........................................     24,903   4.32          17,283   3.13        10,382   3.25
    Maximum month-end balance during year.......................     27,532      -          22,733      -        13,210      -

Commercial paper
    On December 31..............................................      2,519   5.22           2,056   3.26           784   3.29
    Average during year.........................................      2,482   4.46           1,379   3.26           534   3.78
    Maximum month-end balance during year.......................      2,871      -           2,056      -           784      -

Other short-term borrowings
    On December 31..............................................      5,640   7.21           5,522   3.08         4,560   3.18
    Average during year.........................................      5,015   4.25           4,006   3.45         1,962   3.49
    Maximum month-end balance during year.......................      6,634      -           8,187      -         4,781      -
</TABLE> 


                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 39
<PAGE>
 
Asset Quality Review And Credit Risk Management 

        In conducting business activities, the Corporation is exposed to the 
possibility that borrowers or counterparties may default on their obligations 
to the Corporation. Credit risk arises through the extension of loans, 
leases, factored accounts receivable and certain securities, financial 
guarantees, and through counterparty risk on trading and capital markets 
transactions. To manage this risk, the Credit Policy group establishes 
policies and procedures to manage both on- and off-balance sheet risk and 
communicates and monitors the application of these policies and procedures 
throughout the Corporation.

================================================================================
12  ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                 1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C> 
Balance on January 1.......................................................    $ 2,169    $ 1,454    $ 1,605    $ 1,322   $   878
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable charged off
   Commercial..............................................................       (113)      (107)      (245)      (436)     (206)
   Real estate commercial..................................................        (32)       (84)      (279)      (316)     (101)
   Real estate construction................................................        (27)       (17)      (114)      (276)      (58)
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
     Total commercial......................................................       (172)      (208)      (638)    (1,028)     (365)
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
   Residential mortgage....................................................         (7)       (10)       (18)       (33)      (15)
   Home equity.............................................................         (2)        (3)        (4)        (4)       (2)
   Credit card.............................................................       (126)      (184)      (172)      (138)      (91)
   Other consumer..........................................................       (190)      (169)      (162)      (181)     (160)
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
     Total consumer........................................................       (325)      (366)      (356)      (356)     (268)
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
   Foreign.................................................................          -          -         (7)        (3)      (28)
   Lease financing.........................................................         (4)        (5)        (8)        (7)       (9)
   Factored accounts receivable............................................        (32)       (30)       (17)       (23)      (29)
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
     Total loans, leases and factored accounts
       receivable charged off..............................................       (533)      (609)    (1,026)    (1,417)     (699)
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------

NationsBank of Texas charge-offs reimbursed by the FDIC....................          -          -          -          -        13
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------

Recoveries of loans, leases and factored accounts
   receivable previously charged off
   Commercial..............................................................         69         67         62         36        27
   Real estate commercial..................................................         17         21         13          5         3
   Real estate construction................................................         26         12          8          3         -
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
     Total commercial......................................................        112        100         83         44        30
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
   Residential mortgage....................................................          2          3          4          3         2
   Home equity.............................................................          1          1          1          1         -
   Credit card.............................................................         22         19         13         19        12
   Other consumer..........................................................         66         64         47         36        30
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
     Total consumer........................................................         91         87         65         59        44
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
   Foreign.................................................................          -          1          1          1         2
   Lease financing.........................................................          3          2          2          2         1
   Factored accounts receivable............................................         11          7          9          3         2
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
     Total recoveries of loans, leases and
       factored accounts receivable previously charged off.................        217        197        160        109        79
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
     Net charge-offs.......................................................       (316)      (412)      (866)    (1,308)     (607)
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------

Provision for credit losses................................................        310        430        715      1,582     1,025
Allowance applicable to loans of purchased companies.......................         23        697          -          9        26
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
Balance on December 31.....................................................    $ 2,186    $ 2,169    $ 1,454    $ 1,605   $ 1,322
                                                                               ==================================================

Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable,
   net of unearned income, outstanding on December 31......................   $103,371    $92,007    $72,714    $69,108   $70,891
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of
   loans, leases and factored accounts receivable,
   net of unearned income, outstanding on December 31......................       2.11%      2.36%      2.00%      2.32%     1.86%
Average loans, leases and factored accounts receivable,
   net of unearned income, outstanding during the year.....................    $96,258    $80,058    $69,136    $70,196   $68,970
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans,
   leases and factored accounts receivable,
   net of unearned income, outstanding during the year.....................        .33%       .51%      1.25%      1.86%      .88%
Ratio of the allowance for credit losses
   on December 31 to net charge-offs.......................................       6.93       5.27       1.68       1.23      2.18
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans.........     273.07%    193.38%    103.11%     81.82%   100.46%
</TABLE> 

40  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
[BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE
Net Charge-offs As A Percentage of Average Net Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                               1990     1991     1992     1993     1994
                               ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
<S>                            <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net charge-offs as a 
    percentage of
    average net loans.......   0.88%    1.86%    1.25%    0.51%    0.33%]
</TABLE>

        Loan and Lease Portfolio -- The Corporation's credit risk is centered 
in its loan and lease portfolio which on December 31, 1994 totaled $102.4 
billion, or 67 percent, of total earning assets. The Corporation's overall 
objective in managing loan portfolio risk is to minimize the adverse impact 
of any single event or set of occurrences. To achieve this objective, the 
Corporation strives to maintain a loan portfolio that is diverse in terms of 
loan type, industry concentration, geographic distribution and borrower 
concentration.

        The Credit Policy group works with lending officers and is involved 
with the implementation, refinement and monitoring of credit policies and 
procedures. 

        For commercial loans, loan officers prepare proposals supporting the 
extension of credit. These proposals contain an analysis of the borrower and 
an evaluation of the ability of the borrower to repay the potential credit. 
The proposals are subject to varying levels of approval by senior line and 
credit policy management prior to extension of credit. Commercial loans 
receive an initial risk rating by the originating loan officer. This rating 
is based on the amount of credit risk inherent in the loan and is reviewed 
for appropriateness by senior line and credit policy management. Credits are 
monitored by line and credit policy personnel for deterioration in a 
borrower's financial condition which would impact the borrower's ability to 
repay the credit. Risk ratings are adjusted as necessary.

        For consumer loans, approval and funding is conducted in centralized 
locations. Generally, credit scoring systems are utilized to provide 
standards for extension of credit. Consumer portfolio credit risk is 
monitored primarily using statistical models to predict portfolio behavior. 
Additionally, product and geographic concentrations are monitored.

        An independent credit review group conducts ongoing reviews of the 
loan and lease portfolio, reexamining on a regular basis risk assessments for 
loans and leases and overall compliance with policy.

        To limit credit exposure, the Corporation obtains collateral to 
support credit extensions and commitments when deemed necessary. The most 
significant categories of collateral are real and personal property, cash on 
deposit and marketable securities. The Corporation obtains real property as 
security for some loans that are made on the basis of the general 
creditworthiness of the borrower and whose proceeds were not used for real 
estate-related purposes.

        The Corporation also manages exposure to a single borrower, industry, 
loan-type or other concentration through syndications of credits, 
participations, loan sales and securitizations. Through the Corporation's 
Capital Markets Group, the Corporation is a major participant in the 
syndications market. In a syndicated facility, each participating lender funds
only their portion of the syndicated facility, therefore limiting their exposure
to the borrower. The Corporation also identifies and reduces its exposure to
funded borrower or industry concentrations through loan sales. Generally, these
sales are without recourse to the Corporation.

================================================================================
13  ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
    December 31
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                          1994               1993               1992               1991               1990
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Amount  Percent    Amount  Percent    Amount  Percent    Amount  Percent    Amount  Percent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C> 
Commercial......................      $444    20.3%      $403    18.6%      $303    20.9%      $524     32.6%     $498    37.7%
Real estate commercial..........       214     9.8        230    10.6        220    15.1        282     17.6       123     9.3
Real estate construction........        83     3.8        123     5.7        141     9.7        252     15.7       239    18.1
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total commercial..............       741    33.9        756    34.9        664    45.7      1,058     65.9       860    65.1
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Residential mortgage............        34     1.6         24     1.1         21     1.4         50      3.1        64     4.9
Home equity.....................         3      .1         23     1.1         18     1.2         26      1.6        23     1.7
Credit card.....................       117     5.4         92     4.2        125     8.6        104      6.5        78     5.9
Other consumer..................       225    10.3        201     9.3        117     8.1        135      8.4       168    12.7
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total consumer................       379    17.4        340    15.7        281    19.3        315     19.6       333    25.2
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign.........................        11      .5         13      .6         17     1.2          6       .4         5      .4
Lease financing.................        17      .8         13      .6         12      .8         12       .7        20     1.5
Factored accounts receivable....        23     1.0         19      .9         18     1.2         17      1.1        11      .8
Unallocated.....................     1,015    46.4      1,028    47.3        462    31.8        197     12.3        93     7.0
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $2,186   100.0%    $2,169   100.0%    $1,454   100.0%    $1,605    100.0%   $1,322   100.0%
                                    ==========================================================================================
</TABLE> 

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 41
<PAGE>
 
        Allowance for Credit Losses -- The Corporation's allowance for credit 
losses was $2.2 billion on December 31, 1994 and 1993. Continued improvements 
in credit quality during 1994, as evidenced by a 36-percent decline in 
nonperforming asset levels and a 23-percent decline in net charge-offs, 
resulted in a lower provision for credit losses in 1994. The allowance 
coverage of nonperforming loans increased to 273 percent on December 31, 
1994, up from 193 percent at the end of 1993. Although credit quality has 
improved steadily, management continues to carefully monitor asset quality 
trends and reserve levels.

        Based on the risk rating process described above, an amount is 
allocated within the allowance for credit losses to cover the amount of loss 
estimated to be inherent in particular risk categories of loans. The 
allocation of the allowance for credit losses is presented in TABLE 13 and 
reflects a refinement in methodology of allocating the allowance for credit 
losses. The amount allocated is based upon the Corporation's loss experience 
within risk categories of loans over a period of years and is adjusted for 
existing economic conditions as well as performance trends within specific 
industries.

        In addition to the allocation by risk category, the Corporation 
reviews significant individual credits and concentrations of credits and 
makes additional allocations to the allowance when deemed necessary. The 
nature of the process by which the Corporation determines the appropriate 
allowance for credit losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. 
Management believes that the allowance for credit losses is appropriate given 
inherent credit losses on December 31, 1994. 

        As presented in TABLE 12, net charge-offs for 1994 were $316 million, 
or .33 percent of average loans, leases and factored accounts receivable, 
versus $412 million, or .51 per-

================================================================================
14  NONPERFORMING ASSETS
    December 31
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                 
                                                                               1994       1993        1992       1991       1990
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C> 
Nonperforming loans
    Commercial.............................................................. $  362     $  474      $  650     $  831     $  537
    Real estate commercial..................................................    201        318         404        535        374
    Real estate construction................................................     66        142         210        480        349
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
      Total commercial......................................................    629        934       1,264      1,846      1,260
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
    Residential mortgage....................................................     66         77          88        114         56
    Home equity (1).........................................................     10          7           5          -          -
    Other consumer (1)......................................................     84         86          29          -          -
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
      Total consumer........................................................    160        170         122        114         56
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
    Foreign.................................................................      3          8           9          1          -
    Lease financing (1).....................................................      9         10          15          -          -
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
      Total nonperforming loans.............................................    801      1,122       1,410      1,961      1,316
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
Other real estate owned.....................................................    337        661         587        843        335
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
      Total nonperforming assets............................................ $1,138     $1,783      $1,997     $2,804     $1,651
                                                                             ===================================================
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of
    Total assets, excluding Special Asset Division..........................    .67%      1.13%       1.69%      2.54%      1.46%
    Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable,
      net of unearned income, and other real estate owned...................   1.10       1.92        2.72       4.01       2.32
Total loans past due 90 days or more and
    not classified as nonperforming......................................... $  146     $  167      $  215     $  223     $  406
</TABLE> 

The loss of income associated with nonperforming loans on December 31 and the 
cost of carrying other real estate owned were:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                               1994       1993        1992       1991       1990
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C> 
Income that would have been recorded in accordance with 
    original terms........................................................   $   96     $   80      $  105     $  205     $  140
Income actually recorded..................................................      (31)       (34)        (31)       (82)       (44)
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------------
Loss of income............................................................   $   65     $   46      $   74     $  123     $   96
                                                                             ===================================================
Cost of carrying other real estate owned..................................   $   24     $   18      $   25     $   36     $   19
</TABLE> 
On December 31, 1994, there were no material outstanding commitments to lend 
additional funds with respect to nonperforming loans.
(1) Included in commercial nonperforming loans in 1991 and 1990.

42  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
[BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE
Nonperforming Assets
(Dollars in Billions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                        1990       1991        1992        1993       1994
                                        ----       ----        ----        ----       ----  
<S>                                    <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Nonperforming assets..............     $1.651     $2.804      $1.997      $1.783     $1.138
   Nonperforming loans............      1.316      1.961       1.410       1.122      0.801
   OREO...........................      0.335      0.843       0.587       0.661      0.337]
</TABLE>

cent, in 1993. After adjusting for the impact of acquisitions, net charge-offs
declined $173 million, or 47 percent, from the prior year. Including
acquisitions, the most significant declines were centered in credit card and
real estate commercial loan net charge-offs which fell $61 million and $48
million, respectively. The decrease in credit card net charge-offs is
attributable to lower levels of outstanding receivables due to the fourth
quarter 1993 securitization of credit card receivables. Net charge-offs as a
percentage of managed average credit card loans were 3.46 percent in 1994,
compared to 3.78 percent in 1993. The decline in real estate commercial loan
charge-offs is due to improvements in real estate markets, primarily the Mid-
Atlantic, and the strengthened financial condition of borrowers. These declines
were partially offset by net charge-offs of other consumer loans which increased
$19 million, or 18 percent, in 1994. This increase is consistent with the 21
percent growth in average levels of the other consumer portfolio during 1994.
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average other consumer loans were .72 percent
in 1994 compared to .73 percent in 1993.

        Nonperforming Assets -- On December 31, 1994, nonperforming assets 
were $1.1 billion, or 1.10 percent of net loans, leases, factored accounts 
receivable and other real estate owned, compared to $1.8 billion, or 1.92 
percent, at the end of 1993. As presented in TABLE 14, nonperforming loans 
were $801 million at the end of 1994, compared to $1.1 billion at the end of 
1993. The decrease in nonperforming loan levels was centered in real estate 
commercial and construction nonperforming loans, which declined $193 million, 
or 42 percent, and in commercial nonperforming loans which declined $112 
million, or 24 percent, from 1993. These declines primarily reflected 
payments resulting from the improved financial condition of borrowers and the 
results of the Corporation's continuing loan workout activities. Lease 
financing, other consumer and home equity nonperforming loan levels have 
increased slightly throughout the second half of 1994. These increases are
primarily reflective of the 40-percent, 21-percent and 16-percent growth,
respectively, in the average levels of these portfolios during 1994.

        Other real estate owned, which

=============================================================================== 
15  REAL ESTATE COMMERCIAL AND CONSTRUCTION LOANS AND 
    OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION
    December 31, 1994
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                   Loans                                OREO
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------     ---------------
                                                                 Outstanding  Percent   Nonperforming  Percent     Amount  Percent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>         <C>     <C>  
Maryland, District of Columbia and Virginia.................      $ 3,005      29.1%        $134        50.2%       $122    46.4%
North Carolina and South Carolina...........................        1,951      18.9           27        10.1          33    12.5
Florida.....................................................        1,899      18.4           55        20.6          87    33.1
Other states................................................        3,475      33.6           51        19.1          21     8.0
                                                                  ------------------------------------------        ------------
                                                                  $10,330     100.0%        $267       100.0%       $263   100.0%
                                                                  ==========================================        ============
</TABLE> 
Distribution based on geographic location of collateral.


================================================================================
16  REAL ESTATE COMMERCIAL AND CONSTRUCTION LOANS AND 
    OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED BY PROPERTY TYPE
    December 31, 1994
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                   Loans                                OREO
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------     ---------------
                                                                 Outstanding  Percent   Nonperforming  Percent     Amount  Percent
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>         <C>     <C>  
Shopping centers/retail.....................................     $ 1,990       19.3%        $ 31        11.6%       $ 37    14.1%
Office buildings............................................       1,786       17.3           40        15.0          39    14.8
Apartments..................................................       1,478       14.3           19         7.1           5     1.9
Hotels......................................................         965        9.3           17         6.4           3     1.1
Land and land development...................................         890        8.6           58        21.7         109    41.4
Residential.................................................         845        8.2           23         8.6          15     5.7
Industrial/warehouse........................................         737        7.1           19         7.1          17     6.5
Commercial-other............................................         372        3.6           10         3.7          10     3.8
Multiple use................................................         349        3.4            4         1.5           1      .4
Resorts/golf courses........................................         172        1.7           16         6.0           3     1.1
Other.......................................................         746        7.2           30        11.3          24     9.2
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 $10,330      100.0%        $267       100.0%       $263   100.0%
                                                                 ===============================================================
</TABLE> 


                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 43
<PAGE>
 
represents real estate acquired through foreclosure and in-substance
foreclosures, decreased $324 million, or 49 percent, to $337 million at the end
of 1994 from $661 million at the end of 1993.

        Internal loan workout units are devoted to the management and/or 
collection of certain nonperforming assets as well as certain performing 
loans. Aggressive collection strategies and a proactive approach to managing 
overall credit risk has expedited the Corporation's disposition, collection 
and renegotiation of nonperforming and other lower-quality assets and allowed 
loan officers to concentrate on generating new business.

        The Corporation continues its efforts to expedite disposition, 
collection and renegotiation of nonperforming and other lower-quality assets. 
As a part of this process, the Corporation routinely evaluates all reasonable 
alternatives, including the sale of assets individually or in groups. The 
final decision to proceed with any alternative is evaluated in the context of 
the overall credit-risk profile of the Corporation.

        Concentrations of Credit Risk -- As previously discussed, the 
Corporation strives to maintain a diverse credit portfolio in an effort to 
minimize the adverse impact of any single event or set of occurrences. 
Summarized below are areas of credit risk with exposures in excess of 25 per-
cent of shareholders' equity and a discussion of foreign outstandings.

        Real Estate -- Total nonresidential real estate commercial and 
construction loans declined to $10.3 billion, or 10 percent of total loans, 
leases and factored accounts receivable on December 31, 1994, from $11.5 
billion, or 12 percent, at year-end 1993. TABLES 15 and 16 summarize the 
geographic and property-type distribution of these loans. During 1994, the 
Corporation recorded real estate net charge-offs of $16 million, or .15 
percent of average real estate loans compared to net charge-offs of $68 
million, or .71 percent in 1993. Nonperforming real estate loans totaled $267 
million and $460 million on December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

        Commercial -- Commercial loan outstandings totaled $44.7 billion, or 
43 percent, of total loans, leases and factored accounts receivable on 
December 31, 1994, compared to $40.8 billion, or 44 percent, at year-end 
1993. TABLE 17 presents selected commercial loans by industry. Net 
charge-offs of commercial loans totaled $44 million, or .11 percent of 
average commercial loans in 1994 versus $40 million, or .11 percent, in 1993. 
Nonperforming commercial loans were $362 million and $474 million on December 
31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. 

        Consumer -- On December 31, 1994, consumer loan outstandings totaled 
$42.5 billion, representing 41 percent of total loans, leases and factored 
accounts receivable. This compares to outstandings of $35.7 billion, or 39 
percent, on December 31, 1993. TABLE 8 shows the components of the 
Corporation's consumer loan portfolio. Net charge-offs in the consumer 
portfolio were $234 million in 1994 compared to $279 million in 1993. Net 
charge-offs as a percentage of average loans in 1994 were 2.63 percent for 
credit card, .03 percent for residential mortgage, .04 percent for home 
equity and .72 percent for other consumer loans. This compares to net 
charge-off ratios of 3.77 percent, .06 percent, .09 percent and .73 percent, 
respectively, in 1993.

        Foreign -- Foreign outstandings, which exclude contingencies and the 
local currency transactions of each country, include loans and 

================================================================================
17  SELECTED COMMERCIAL LOANS        
    December 31, 1994
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                 Unfunded
                                                                               Outstanding      Commitments    Nonperforming
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>            <C> 
Health care...........................................................           $3,690           $1,947            $35  
Oil and gas...........................................................            3,571            3,463              2 
Leisure and sports....................................................            3,300            1,947             42
Communications........................................................            3,255            3,165              4
Food..................................................................            3,081            2,933             28
Retail................................................................            2,666            2,940             25
Textiles and apparel..................................................            2,594            1,475             26
Automotive............................................................            2,402            1,539             12 
Machinery and equipment...............................................            1,978            2,197              9
Construction..........................................................            1,856            1,125             36
Electronics...........................................................            1,779            1,713              5
Forest products and paper.............................................            1,678            1,398              3 
Utilities.............................................................            1,202            1,622              1
Finance companies.....................................................            1,070            4,713              -
</TABLE> 

44  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
leases, interest-bearing deposits with foreign banks, bankers' acceptances and
other investments. The Corporation has no significant medium- or long-term
outstandings to restructuring countries. The Corporation's foreign outstandings
totaled $4.6 billion on December 31, 1994, compared to $2.1 billion on December
31, 1993.

Interest Rate Risk Management

        The Corporation's asset and liability management process is utilized 
to manage the Corporation's interest rate risk through structuring the 
balance sheet and off-balance sheet portfolios to maximize net interest 
income while maintaining acceptable levels of risk to changes in market 
interest rates. While achievement of this goal requires a balance between 
profitability, liquidity and interest rate risk, there are opportunities to 
enhance revenues through controlled risk.

        Interest rate risk is managed by the Corporation's Finance Committee 
which formulates strategies based on a desirable level of interest rate risk. 
In setting desirable levels of interest rate risk, the Finance Committee 
considers the impact on earnings and capital of the current outlook on 
interest rates, potential changes in the outlook on interest rates, world and 
regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors.

        To effectively measure and manage interest rate risk, the Corporation 
uses computer simulations which determine the impact on net interest income 
of various interest rate scenarios, balance sheet trends and strategies. 
These simulations incorporate assumptions about balance sheet dynamics, such 
as loan and deposit growth, loan and deposit pricing, changes in funding mix 
and asset and liability repricing and maturity characteristics. Simulations 
based on numerous assumptions are run under various interest rate scenarios 
to determine the impact on net interest income and capital. From these 
scenarios, interest rate risk is quantified and appropriate strategies are 
developed and implemented. The overall interest rate risk position and 
strategies are reviewed on an ongoing basis by executive management.

        Additionally, duration and market value sensitivity measures are 
selectively utilized where they provide added value to the overall interest 
rate risk management process. 

        In implementing strategies to manage interest rate risk, the primary 
tools used by the Corporation are the discretionary portfolio, which is 
comprised of the securities portfolio and interest rate swaps, and management 
of the mix, rates and maturities of the wholesale and retail funding sources 
of the Corporation.

        The investment securities portfolio serves a primary role in 
positioning the Corporation based on the long-term interest rate outlook. 
Securities available for sale serve as a key tool for near-term interest rate 
risk management and can be utilized to take advantage of market opportunities 
that are medium-term in nature. Interest rate swaps allow the Corporation to 
adjust its interest rate risk position without exposure to risk of loss of 
principal and funding requirements, as swaps do not involve the exchange of 
notional amounts, only net interest payments. The interest payments can be 
based on a fixed rate or a variable index.

        The Corporation uses non-leveraged generic swaps, index amortizing 
swaps and collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) swaps. Generic swaps 
involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rates based on the 
contractual underlying notional amounts. Index amortizing and CMO swaps also 
involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rates, however, their 
notional amounts decline and their maturities vary based on certain interest 
rate indices in the case of index amortizing swaps, or mortgage prepayment 
rates in the case of CMO swaps. Such instruments are subjected to the same 
credit risk 

================================================================================
18  ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT INTEREST RATE SWAPS 
    NOTIONAL CONTRACTS
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                      Index
                                                      Generic       Amortizing           CMO                Total
                                                -----------------   ----------    ---------------    -----------------
                                                Receive      Pay      Receive     Receive    Pay     Receive      Pay
                                                 Fixed      Fixed      Fixed       Fixed    Fixed     Fixed      Fixed    Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>      <C> 
Balance on December 31, 1993...............     $6,500     $     -    $6,150      $1,076    $182     $13,726    $   182  $13,908
   Additions...............................        320       8,469     2,300       2,000       -       4,620      8,469   13,089
   Maturities..............................       (292)        (23)        -        (572)    (85)       (864)      (108)    (972)
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE ON DECEMBER 31, 1994...............     $6,528      $8,446    $8,450      $2,504    $ 97     $17,482    $ 8,543  $26,025
                                                ================================================================================
</TABLE> 

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 45
<PAGE>
 
management policies and procedures as trading instruments as described on page
49.

        In light of the economic momentum in the U.S. economy, and the 
associated tightening of credit by the Federal Reserve Bank through increases 
in interest rates, the Corporation shifted, in the latter half of 1994, its 
interest rate risk position from one postured to benefit modestly from stable 
to declining rates to a more neutral position. The actions taken by the 
Corporation to shift its position included reduction of the net swap 
position, reduction of fixed-rate assets, and extension of maturities of 
fixed-rate deposits and borrowings.

        In the third quarter of 1994, in order to reduce the net swap 
position, the Corporation entered into two-year maturity, pay fixed, interest 
rate swaps with a notional amount of $8.0 billion. As a result, the 
Corporation's net receive fixed position on December 31, 1994 was $8.9 
billion, compared to $13.5 billion on December 31, 1993. TABLE 18 summarizes 
the notional contracts and the activity for the 

================================================================================
19  ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT INTEREST RATE SWAPS
    December 31, 1994
    (Dollars in Millions, Average Maturity in Years)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                 
                                                                                  Maturities
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Market                                                           After     Average
                                              Value     Total     1995     1996     1997     1998      1999    1999      Maturity
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>  
ASSET CONVERSION SWAPS                                                                                     
Receive fixed generic....................     $(188)                                                                       1.14
  Notional value.........................             $ 6,528    $3,137   $ 2,705  $  575    $    3       -    $ 108
  Weighted average receive rate..........                4.52%     4.30%     4.63%   4.45%     6.58%      -     8.25%
  Weighted average pay rate..............                5.84                                              
                                                                                                           
Receive fixed amortizing.................      (619)                                                                       2.61
  Notional value.........................             $ 8,450    $  110   $   186  $6,140    $2,014       -        -
  Weighted average receive rate..........                4.92%     5.73%     5.69%   4.85%     5.01%      -        -
  Weighted average pay rate..............                6.02                                              
                                                                                                           
Receive fixed CMO........................      (149)                                                                       2.25
                                              -----
  Notional value.........................             $ 2,504    $  708   $   488  $  349    $  474   $ 485        -
  Weighted average receive rate..........                5.12%     5.12%     5.10%   5.11%     5.07%   5.21%       -
  Weighted average pay rate..............                6.10                                              
                                                                                                           
Total asset conversion swaps.............     $(956)                                                                       2.01
                                              =====
  Notional value.........................             $17,482    $3,955   $ 3,379  $7,064    $2,491   $ 485    $ 108
  Weighted average receive rate..........                4.80%     4.49%     4.76%   4.83%     5.02%   5.21%    8.25%
  Weighted average pay rate..............                5.96

LIABILITY CONVERSION SWAPS
Pay fixed generic........................     $ 223                                                                        1.69
  Notional value.........................             $ 8,446    $  110   $ 8,037  $  125    $  100       -    $  74
  Weighted average pay rate..............                6.39%     6.64%     6.44%   4.52%     5.12%      -     5.37%
  Weighted average receive rate..........                5.35

Pay fixed CMO............................         7                                                                        2.08
                                              -----
  Notional value.........................             $    97    $   24   $    19  $   14    $   40       -        -
  Weighted average pay rate..............                4.44%     4.44%     4.44%   4.44%     4.44%      -        -
  Weighted average receive rate..........                6.19

Total liability conversion swaps.........     $ 230                                                                        1.69
                                              =====
  Notional value.........................             $ 8,543    $  134   $ 8,056  $  139    $  140       -    $  74
  Weighted average pay rate..............                6.37%     6.25%     6.44%   4.51%     4.93%      -     5.37%
  Weighted average receive rate..........                5.35

Total....................................     $(726)                                                         
                                              =====
  Notional value.........................             $26,025    $4,089   $11,435  $7,203    $2,631   $ 485    $ 182
  Weighted average receive rate..........               4.98%
  Weighted average pay rate..............               6.10
</TABLE> 

Floating rates represent the last repricing and will change in the future 
based on movements in one, three or six month LIBOR rates.

Maturities are based on interest rates implied by the forward curve on 
December 31, 1994, and may differ from actual maturities, depending on future 
interest rate movements and resultant prepayment patterns.

In addition to the above asset and liability management interest rate swaps, on
December 31, 1994, the Corporation had approximately $1.2 billion notional of
net receive fixed generic interest rate swaps associated primarily with the
credit card securitization. On December 31, 1994, these positions had an
unrealized market value of negative $115 million. The weighted average receive
rate is 5.19 percent and the pay rate on December 31, 1994 was 6.94 percent.

46  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
year ended December 31, 1994 of asset and liability management interest rate
swaps (ALM swaps). The interest rate swap transactions entered into during 1994
increased the gross notional amount of the Corporation's ALM swaps program on
December 31, 1994, to $26.0 billion with the Corporation receiving fixed on
$17.5 billion, converting variable-rate commercial loans to fixed rate and
receiving variable on $8.5 billion, fixing the cost of certain variable-rate
liabilities, primarily market-based borrowed funds.

        Secondly, the Corporation adjusted its interest rate risk position by 
reducing the level of fixed-rate securities. As securities matured in 1994, 
the Corporation did not fully reinvest these proceeds. Additionally, during 
the fourth quarter, approximately $1.5 billion of securities were sold, 
without reinvestment of those proceeds. These actions give the Corporation 
the flexibility to reinvest as deemed appropriate.

        The third action taken to adjust the interest rate risk position was 
extension of the maturities of market-based funds, primarily bank notes and 
foreign time deposits.

        In addition to these efforts, the acquisition of approximately $3.9 
billion of customer-based deposits from California Federal Savings Bank in 
1994 helped adjust the interest rate risk sensitivity of the Corporation's 
liabilities, as approximately one-half of these deposits are not rate 
sensitive and are longer-term.

        The above actions shifted the Corporation's interest rate position 
from one postured to benefit modestly from stable to declining interest rates 
to a more neutral position. On December 31, 1994, the impact of a gradual 
100-basis point rise in interest rates over the next 12 months was estimated 
to have an insignificant impact on net income when compared to stable rates.

        TABLE 19 summarizes the maturities, average pay and receive rates and 
the market value on December 31, 1994, of the Corporation's ALM swaps. The 
weighted average interest receive rate was 4.98 percent and pay rate was 6.10 
percent as of 

================================================================================
20  INTEREST RATE GAP ANALYSIS
    December 31, 1994
    (Dollars in Millions)  

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                              Over 12              
                                                                   Interest-Sensitive                        Months and
                                                             ---------------------------------------------  Noninterest-
                                                             30-Day   3-Month    6-Month   12-Month   Total   Sensitive    Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>    <C>         <C> 
Earning assets
    Loans and leases, net of
      unearned income....................................   $ 45,946  $  9,243  $  4,713  $  6,343   $66,245  $36,122   $102,367
    Securities held for investment.......................         49        88       222     4,485     4,844   12,956     17,800
    Securities available for sale........................        523     1,844       407       152     2,926    5,099      8,025
    Loans held for sale..................................        318         -         -         -       318        -        318
    Time deposits placed and other
      short-term investments.............................      1,530       572        52         3     2,157        2      2,159
    Other earning assets.................................     21,053         -         -         -    21,053        -     21,053
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total............................................     69,419    11,747     5,394    10,983    97,543   54,179   $151,722
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-bearing liabilities
    Savings..............................................      9,037         -         -         -     9,037        -   $  9,037
    NOW and money market deposit
      accounts...........................................     21,881         -         -         -    21,881    7,871     29,752
    Consumer CDs and IRAs................................      3,212     3,785     4,992     4,881    16,870    8,070     24,940
    Negotiated CDs, public funds and
      other time deposits................................        776       725       614       345     2,460      298      2,758
    Foreign time deposits................................      5,754     1,542     3,513     1,794    12,603        -     12,603
    Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities.......     39,614     1,449     2,188     2,304    45,555        -     45,555
    Long-term debt and obligations under 
      capital leases.....................................        552     1,605         2       565     2,724    5,764      8,488
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total............................................     80,826     9,106    11,309     9,889   111,130   22,003    133,133
Noninterest-bearing, net.................................          -         -         -         -         -   18,589     18,589
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total............................................     80,826     9,106    11,309     9,889   111,130   40,592   $151,722
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate gap........................................    (11,407)    2,641    (5,915)    1,094   (13,587)  13,587
Effect of asset and liability management
    interest rate swaps, futures and
    other off-balance sheet items........................     (6,289)     (198)   (2,306)    2,662    (6,131)   6,131
                                                            ---------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted interest rate gap...............................   $(17,696) $  2,443  $ (8,221) $  3,756  $(19,718) $19,718
                                                            =========================================================
Cumulative adjusted interest rate gap....................   $(17,696) $(15,253) $(23,474) $(19,718)
                                                            ======================================
</TABLE> 

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 47
<PAGE>
 
December 31, 1994. Net interest receipts and payments have been included in
interest income and expense on the underlying instruments. Deferred gains and
losses relating to any terminated contracts are insignificant.

        The unrealized depreciation in the estimated value of the ALM swap 
portfolio should be viewed in the context of the overall balance sheet. The 
value of any single component of the balance sheet or off-balance sheet 
position should not be viewed in isolation. For example, the value of core 
deposits and other fixed-rate longer-term liabilities increased as interest 
rates rose, offsetting the decline in value of swaps and other fixed-rate 
assets. The overall impact of a 100-basis point parallel increase in interest 
rates from December 31, 1994 levels is estimated to have an insignificant 
impact on the market value of equity.

        Table 20 represents the Corporation's interest rate gap position on 
December 31, 1994. Based on contractual maturities or repricing dates, or 
anticipated dates where no contractual maturity or repricing date exists, 
interest sensitive assets and liabilities are placed in maturity categories. 
The Corporation's negative cumulative interest rate gap position in the near 
term reflects the strong customer-deposit gathering franchise which provides 
a relatively stable core deposit base. These available funds have been 
deployed in longer-term interest-earning assets including certain loans and 
securities. A gap analysis is limited in its usefulness as it represents a 
one-day position which is continually changing and not necessarily indicative 
of the Corporation's position at any other time. Additionally, the gap 
analysis does not consider the many factors accompanying interest rate 
movements. 

Capital Resources And Capital Management

        Shareholders' equity on December 31, 1994, was $11.0 billion, 
compared to $10.0 billion on December 31, 1993.

        The Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the 
Currency and the FDIC have issued risk-based capital guidelines for U.S. 
banking organizations. These guidelines provide a capital framework that is 
sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking companies.

        The guidelines define a two-tier capital framework. Tier 1 Capital 
consists of common and qualifying preferred shareholders' equity less 
goodwill and other adjustments. Tier 2 Capital consists of mandatory 
convertible, subordinated and other qualifying term debt, preferred stock not 
qualifying as Tier 1 Capital and the allowance for credit losses up to 1.25 
percent of risk-weighted assets.

        The risk-based capital guidelines are designed to measure Tier 1 and 
Total Capital in relation to the credit risk of both on- and off-balance 
sheet items. Under the guidelines, one of four risk weights is applied to the 
different on-balance sheet assets. Off-balance sheet items, such as loan 
commitments and derivatives, are also applied a risk weight after conversion 
to balance sheet equivalent amounts. 

        On December 31, 1994, the Corporation's Tier 1 ratio was 7.43 
percent, compared to 7.41 percent on December 31, 1993. The total risk-based 
capital ratio was 11.47 percent, compared to 11.73 percent on December 31, 
1993. Both of these measures compare favorably with the regulatory minimums 
of four percent for Tier 1 and eight percent for total risk-based capital. 

        The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 Capital divided by total 
average quarterly assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The 
minimum leverage ratio guideline is three percent, although most banking 
organizations are expected to maintain ratios of at least 100 to 200 basis 
points above the three-percent minimum. The Corporation's leverage ratio was 
6.18 percent on December 31, 1994, compared to 6.00 percent on December 31, 
1993.

        The components of Tier 1 and Total Capital and on- and off-balance 
sheet risk- weighted assets on December 31 were (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                   1994           1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C> 
Common shareholders' 
    equity..................................     $ 10,976      $  9,859
Qualifying preferred 
    stock...................................           35           120
Less: Deductions 
    from Tier 1 Capital.....................       (1,500)       (1,444)
                                                 ----------------------
Tier 1 Capital..............................        9,511         8,535
                                                 ----------------------

Allowance for credit 
    losses..................................        2,186         2,169
Qualifying debt.............................        3,781         3,667
Less: Deductions from 
    Tier 2 Capital..........................         (797)         (865)
                                                 ----------------------
Tier 2 Capital..............................        5,170         4,971
                                                 ----------------------
    Total Capital...........................     $ 14,681      $ 13,506
                                                 ======================

Balance sheet risk-
    weighted assets.........................     $104,432      $ 95,084
Off-balance sheet risk-
    weighted assets.........................       27,252        23,237
Less: Deductions from 
    risk-weighted assets....................       (3,691)       (3,208)
                                                 ----------------------
Net risk-weighted assets....................     $127,993      $115,113
                                                 ======================
</TABLE> 

[BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE
Risk-Based Capital
(Dollars in Billions)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                              1993     1994
                                              ----     ----
<S>                                          <C>      <C> 
Risk-Based Capital                        
     Tier 1.............................     8.535    13.506
     Total..............................     9.511    14.681]
</TABLE> 

48  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
Trading Activities

        The Corporation maintains trading positions in a variety of cash and 
derivative financial instruments. The Corporation offers a number of products 
to customers, as well as enters into transactions for its own account. In 
setting trading strategies, the Corporation manages these activities to 
maximize trading revenues while at the same time taking controlled risk.

        Capital markets activities are managed in the Capital Markets Group 
and are conducted in two principal divisions, NationsBanc Capital Markets, 
Inc. (NCMI) and NationsBanc-CRT. Major trading sites include Charlotte, 
Chicago, New York and London.

        NCMI underwrites, trades and distributes debt and equity securities. 
Its business activities include both customer and proprietary trading 
activities. Additionally, NCMI is a primary dealer in U.S. Government 
securities.

        NationsBanc-CRT manages the Corporation's derivatives and foreign 
exchange business activities. Interest rate derivatives are the primary 
component of NationsBanc-CRT's customer-based and proprietary derivative 
products. Other derivative products consist primarily of commodity-based 
transactions.

        Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements details the 
individual components of the Corporation's trading assets and liabilities. 
Additionally, TABLE 21 provides information on the Corporation's derivative 
dealer positions.

        Credit Risk -- Within the Corporation's Credit Policy organization, a 
group is dedicated to managing credit risks associated with trading 
activities. The Corporation maintains trading positions in a number of 
markets and with a variety of counterparties or obligors (counterparties). To 
limit credit exposure arising from such transactions, the Corporation 
evaluates the credit standing of counterparties, establishes limits for the 
total exposure to any one counterparty, monitors exposure against the 
established limits and monitors trading portfolio composition to manage 
concentrations.

        The Corporation's exposure to credit risk from derivative financial 
instruments is represented by the fair value of instruments. Credit risk 
amounts represent the replacement cost the Corporation could incur should 
counterparties with contracts in a gain position completely fail to perform 
under the terms of those contracts and any collateral underlying the 
contracts proves to be of no value to the Corporation. Counterparties are 
subject to the credit approval and credit 

================================================================================
21  DERIVATIVES-DEALER POSITIONS
    December 31
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                             1994                               1993             
                                                                   --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Credit                             Credit    
                                                                   Contract/         Risk             Contract/         Risk     
                                                                   Notional         Amount (1)        Notional         Amount (1) 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>               <C>              <C> 
Interest Rate Contracts
    Swaps...................................................       $ 45,179         $  531            $15,758           $185
    Futures and forwards....................................        124,620             30             32,503              -
    Written options.........................................        114,928              -             58,499              -
    Purchased options.......................................        118,839            481             55,616            129

Foreign Exchange Contracts
    Swaps...................................................            470              -                258              7
    Spot, futures and forwards..............................         26,987            221             12,516            106
    Written options.........................................         13,398              -              8,058              -
    Purchased options.......................................         13,507            167              8,051            134

Commodity Contracts
    Swaps...................................................            570             74              1,470             51
    Futures and forwards....................................          1,984              1              1,661             31
    Written options.........................................         12,608              -              6,696              -
    Purchased options.......................................         11,591            309              7,339            313
                                                                                    ------                              ----
                                                                                    $1,814                              $956
                                                                                    ======                              ====
</TABLE> 

(1) Represents the replacement cost the Corporation could incur should
    counterparties with contracts in a gain position to the Corporation
    completely fail to perform under the terms of those contracts. Amounts
    include interest.

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 49
<PAGE>
 
monitoring policies and procedures of the Corporation. Certain instruments
require the Corporation or the counterparty to maintain collateral for all or
part of the exposure. Generally, such collateral is in the form of cash or other
highly liquid instruments. Limits for exposure to any particular counterparty
are established and monitored. In certain jurisdictions, counterparty risk is
also reduced through the use of legally enforceable master netting arrangements
which allow the Corporation to settle positions with the same counterparty on a
net basis. The contract or notional amounts associated with the Corporation's
dealer derivative positions are reflected in TABLE 21. The notional or contract
amounts indicate the total volume of transactions and significantly exceed the
amount of the Corporation's credit or market risk associated with these
instruments. The credit risk amount for the instruments reflected in TABLE 21 is
measured by the Corporation as the positive replacement cost on December 31,
1994 and 1993. Of the credit risk amount reported in TABLE 21, $354 million and
$343 million relates to exchange-traded 

================================================================================
22  SELECTED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
    (Dollars in Millions Except Per-Share Information)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                              1994 Quarters                          1993 Quarters
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Fourth    Third    Second    First     Fourth    Third     Second      First
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C> 
Income from earning assets....................    $  2,918  $  2,701  $  2,512  $  2,398  $  2,395  $  2,104  $  1,932  $  1,896
Interest expense..............................       1,618     1,395     1,195     1,110     1,092       956       821       821
Net interest income 
    (taxable-equivalent)......................       1,326     1,330     1,339     1,310     1,326     1,168     1,131     1,098
Net interest income...........................       1,300     1,306     1,317     1,288     1,303     1,148     1,111     1,075
Provision for credit losses...................          70        70        70       100       100       100       110       120
Gains (losses) on sales of securities.........         (28)       (4)        5        14         -        50        22        12
Noninterest income............................         639       649       629       680       615       524       481       481
Other real estate owned expense (income)......          (8)       (6)       (3)        5        22        11        21        24
Restructuring expense.........................           -         -         -         -         -        30         -         -
Noninterest expense...........................       1,261     1,234     1,228     1,219     1,222     1,054     1,019       998
Income before income taxes and effect
    of change in method of accounting
    for income taxes..........................         588       653       656       658       574       527       464       426
Income tax expense............................         183       222       219       241       201       186       158       145
Income before effect of change in 
    method of accounting for 
    income taxes..............................         405       431       437       417       373       341       306       281
Effect of change in method of
    accounting for income taxes...............           -         -         -         -         -         -         -       200
Net income....................................         405       431       437       417       373       341       306       481
Earnings per common share.....................        1.46      1.55      1.58      1.52      1.37      1.33      1.20      1.89
Dividends per common share....................         .50       .46       .46       .46       .42       .42       .40       .40

Yield on average earning assets...............        7.54%     7.24%     7.00%     6.81%     6.88%     6.96%     7.19%     7.28%
Rate on average interest-
    bearing liabilities.......................        4.71      4.22      3.80      3.57      3.53      3.54      3.47      3.57
Net interest spread...........................        2.83      3.02      3.20      3.24      3.35      3.42      3.72      3.71
Net interest yield............................        3.40      3.54      3.70      3.69      3.77      3.83      4.17      4.16

Average total assets..........................    $174,554  $167,283  $161,989  $161,294  $157,790  $136,195  $122,810  $120,374
Average total deposits........................      98,574    94,656    91,358    90,260    90,338    80,404    81,264    81,819
Average total shareholders' equity............      10,906    10,665    10,272    10,080     9,669     8,642     8,344     7,929
Return on average assets......................         .92%     1.02%     1.08%     1.05%      .94%      .99%     1.00%      .95%
Return on average common
    shareholders' equity......................       14.68     16.00     17.04     16.82     15.34     15.60     14.65     14.29

Market price per share of common stock
    High for the period.......................    $  50 3/4 $  56     $  57 3/8 $  50 7/8 $  53 1/4 $  53 5/8 $  57 7/8 $  58
    Low for the period........................       43 3/8    47 1/8    44 1/2    44 3/8    44 1/2    48 1/4    45        49 1/2
    Closing price.............................       45 1/8    49        51 3/8    45 3/4    49        51 1/2    49 5/8    54 5/8

Risk-based capital ratios
    Tier 1....................................         7.43%     7.48%     7.63%     7.50%     7.41%     7.60%     7.63%     7.61%
    Total.....................................        11.47     11.57     11.57     11.66     11.73     12.15     11.75     11.80
</TABLE> 

50  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
instruments for 1994 and 1993, respectively. Because exchange-traded instruments
conform to standard terms and are subject to policies set by the exchange
involved, including counterparty approval, margin requirements and security
deposit requirements, the credit risk to the Corporation is minimal.

        Market Risk -- Market risk arises due to fluctuations in interest 
rates and market prices that may result in changes in the values of trading 
instruments. The Corporation manages its exposure to market risk resulting 
from trading activities through a risk management function. Each major 
trading site is monitored by these risk management units. 

        Daily earnings at risk limits, which have been approved by the 
Corporation's Finance Committee, are generally allocated to the business 
units. In addition to limits placed on these individual business units, 
limits are imposed on the risks certain individual traders may take. Risk 
positions are monitored by line, risk management function personnel and 
senior management on a daily basis.

        Daily earnings at risk measures the rate of loss for a one-day, 
three-standard deviation movement in market prices if traders are unable to 
rehedge. In addition to these daily earnings at risk simulations, portfolios 
which have significant option positions are stress tested continually to 
simulate the potential loss that might occur due to unexpected market 
movements in each market. Limits are also established by product for losses 
which could result in these stress scenarios.

Fourth Quarter Review

        The Corporation recorded net income of $405 million in the fourth 
quarter of 1994, compared to $373 million in the same period of the previous 
year. Results for the fourth quarter of 1993 reflected a full-quarter impact 
of the MNC acquisition. TABLE 22 presents selected quarterly operating 
results for each quarter of 1994 and 1993.

        TABLE 23 presents an analysis of the Corporation's taxable-equivalent 
net interest income for each of the last five quarters ending December 31, 
1994. Taxable-equivalent net interest income was $1.3 billion in the fourth 
quarter of 1994 and 1993. The net interest yield was 3.40 percent in the 
fourth quarter of 1994, compared to 3.77 percent in the same quarter of 1993. 
Excluding the impact of the primary government securities dealer, the net 
interest yield totaled 3.88 percent in the fourth quarter of 1994 and 4.18 
percent in the fourth quarter of 1993. The decline in the net interest yield 
is due to the narrowing of the spread between investment securities and 
market-based funds and actions taken to reposition the balance sheet in light 
of rising interest rates. 

        Provision for credit losses was $70 million in the fourth quarter of 
1994, compared to $100 million in the fourth quarter of 1993. This decline 
primarily reflected improved credit quality, as evidenced by decreases in net 
charge-offs and lower nonperforming asset levels. Net charge-offs for the 
fourth quarter of 1994 were $98 million, compared to $136 million in the 
prior year quarter. 

        Securities losses in the fourth quarter of 1994 were $28 million 
resulting from the previously described interest rate risk repositioning 
initiatives. There were no securities gains or losses in the fourth quarter 
of 1993. 

        Noninterest income, adjusted for the effects of acquisitions, 
increased $14 million in the fourth quarter of 1994 compared to the fourth 
quarter of 1993. Significant changes in the components of noninterest income 
included increases of $27 million in investment banking income, $8 million in 
deposit account service charges and $23 million in credit card income, 
primarily due to the impact of the December 1993 credit card securitization. 
These increases were partially offset by decreases of $30 million in trading 
account profits and fees, due to difficult conditions in the financial 
markets in the fourth quarter of 1994, and $17 million in miscellaneous 
income. 

        Other real estate owned expense was a recovery of $8 million in the 
fourth quarter of 1994, compared to an expense of $22 million in the same 
period of 1993.

        Fourth quarter noninterest expense in 1994, adjusted for the effects 
of acquisitions, increased $2 million. Increases of $49 million in personnel 
expense and $7 million in equipment expense were offset by decreases in all 
other noninterest expense categories totaling approximately $54 million.

        In the fourth quarter of 1994, the Corporation recorded tax expense 
of $183 million for an effective tax rate of 31.1 percent of pretax income, 
compared to $201 million, or 35.0 percent of pretax income, recorded in the 
same period of 1993. This decrease is a result of adjustment of the 
Corporation's effective tax rate for the year, bringing it to 33.9 percent of 
pretax income on an annual basis. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial 
statements for a discussion of the Corporation's tax position.

                                        Management's Discussion and Analysis  51
<PAGE>
 
================================================================================
23  QUARTERLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT DATA
    (Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Fourth Quarter 1994              Third Quarter 1994
                                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Average                           Average
                                                                      Balance   Income                  Balance  Income
                                                                       Sheet      or       Yields/       Sheet     or     Yields/
                                                                      Amounts   Expense    Rates        Amounts  Expense  Rates
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Earning assets
  Loans and leases, net of unearned income (1)
    Commercial (2)...............................................    $ 43,587   $  855      7.78%     $ 42,037   $  805   7.60%
    Real estate commercial.......................................       7,289      162      8.86         7,473      159   8.43
    Real estate construction.....................................       3,038       72      9.33         3,106       66   8.50
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total commercial...........................................      53,914    1,089      8.01        52,616    1,030   7.77
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
    Residential mortgage.........................................      16,680      321      7.70        15,528      296   7.63
    Home equity..................................................       2,580       56      8.71         2,516       55   8.72
    Credit card..................................................       4,357      141     12.80         4,003      131  12.96
    Other consumer...............................................      17,714      430      9.63        17,357      412   9.42
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total consumer.............................................      41,331      948      9.13        39,404      894   9.03
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
    Foreign......................................................       1,764       30      6.79         1,453       23   6.34
    Lease financing..............................................       2,755       53      7.71         2,474       49   7.90
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total loans and leases, net................................      99,764    2,120      8.44        95,947    1,996   8.27
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
  Securities
    Held for investment..........................................      17,966      245      5.40        15,443      197   5.08
    Available for sale (3).......................................       8,560      117      5.44        11,683      152   5.17
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total securities...........................................      26,526      362      5.42        27,126      349   5.12
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
  Loans held for sale............................................         109        3      7.65           183        3   6.69
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased
    under agreements to resell...................................      16,159      203      5.00        13,495      149   4.38
  Time deposits placed and other short-term investments..........       2,231       32      5.75         2,216       29   5.16
  Trading account securities (4).................................      10,318      224      8.64        10,488      199   7.52
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total earning assets (5)...................................     155,107    2,944      7.54       149,455    2,725   7.24
Cash and cash equivalents........................................       8,674                            8,372
Factored accounts receivable.....................................       1,235                            1,156
Other assets, less allowance for credit losses...................       9,538                            8,300
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total assets...............................................    $174,554                         $167,283
                                                                     =========================================================
Interest-bearing liabilities
  Savings........................................................    $  9,143       54      2.37      $  9,255       54   2.31
  NOW and money market deposit accounts..........................      29,442      190      2.53        29,507      179   2.41
  Consumer CDs and IRAs..........................................      25,136      277      4.40        24,439      257   4.17
  Negotiated CDs, public funds and other time deposits...........       2,825       35      4.80         3,223       34   4.23
  Foreign time deposits..........................................      11,576      162      5.57         8,436      108   5.06
  Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities (4)(6)..........      50,110      756      5.99        48,688      629   5.13
  Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases............       8,147      144      7.08         7,731      134   6.95
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total interest-bearing liabilities.........................     136,379    1,618      4.71       131,279    1,395   4.22
Noninterest-bearing sources
  Noninterest-bearing deposits...................................      20,452                           19,796
  Other liabilities..............................................       6,817                            5,543
  Shareholders' equity...........................................      10,906                           10,665
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.................    $174,554                         $167,283
                                                                     =========================================================
Net interest spread..............................................                           2.83                          3.02
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources............................                            .57                           .52
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income/yield on earning assets......................               $1,326      3.40%                $1,330   3.54%
                                                                     =========================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Nonperforming loans are included in the respective average loan balances.
    Income on such nonperforming loans is recognized on a cash basis.
(2) Commercial loan interest income includes net interest rate swap revenues
    related to asset conversion swaps converting variable-rate commercial loans
    to fixed rate. Such revenue (expense) amounts were $(32), $0, $38 and $56 in
    the fourth, third, second and first quarters of 1994, respectively, and $42
    in the fourth quarter of 1993.
(3) The average balance sheet amounts and yields on securities available for
    sale are based on the average of historical amortized cost balances.
(4) Gross unrealized gains and losses on off-balance sheet trading positions are
    reported in other assets and liabilities, respectively.
(5) Interest income includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $26, $24, $22 and
    $22 in the fourth, third, second and first quarters of 1994, respectively,
    and $23 in the fourth quarter of 1993.
(6) Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities interest expense includes net
    interest rate swap expense related to liability conversion swaps fixing the
    cost of certain variable-rate liabilities, primarily market-based borrowed
    funds. Such expense (revenue) was $20, $9, $(1) and $3 in the fourth, third,
    second and first quarters of 1994, respectively, and $2 in the fourth
    quarter of 1993.

52  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
================================================================================
23 QUARTERLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT DATA
(Dollars in Millions) 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Second Quarter 1994              First Quarter 1994
                                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Average                           Average
                                                                      Balance   Income                  Balance  Income
                                                                       Sheet      or       Yields/       Sheet     or     Yields/
                                                                      Amounts   Expense    Rates        Amounts  Expense  Rates
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>
Earning assets                                                   
  Loans and leases, net of unearned income (1)                   
    Commercial (2)...............................................    $ 40,339   $  765      7.61%     $ 40,421   $  722    7.24%
    Real estate commercial.......................................       7,955      157      7.92         8,419      158    7.61
    Real estate construction.....................................       3,226       68      8.42         3,253       62    7.73
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------- 
      Total commercial...........................................      51,520      990      7.71        52,093      942    7.33
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
    Residential mortgage.........................................      14,329      270      7.53        13,340      254    7.63
    Home equity..................................................       2,480       46      7.41         2,547       45    7.11
    Credit card..................................................       3,783      115     12.27         3,673      121   13.32
    Other consumer...............................................      17,060      397      9.33        16,806      390    9.41
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
      Total consumer.............................................      37,652      828      8.82        36,366      810    8.99
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
    Foreign......................................................       1,287       18      5.73         1,157       15    5.15
    Lease financing..............................................       2,146       38      7.08         1,992       36    7.19
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
      Total loans and leases, net................................      92,605    1,874      8.12        91,608    1,803    7.96
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
  Securities                                                     
    Held for investment..........................................      14,009      167      4.79        12,714      152    4.82
    Available for sale (3).......................................      14,829      191      5.16        14,545      184    5.12
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
      Total securities...........................................      28,838      358      4.98        27,259      336    4.98
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
  Loans held for sale............................................         392        6      6.49           681       11    6.46
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased                    
    under agreements to resell...................................      11,780      108      3.64        12,073       87    2.95
  Time deposits placed and other short-term investments..........       1,211       15      4.96         1,375       14    4.12
  Trading account securities (4).................................      10,265      173      6.75        10,738      169    6.39
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
      Total earning assets (5)...................................     145,091    2,534      7.00       143,734    2,420    6.81
Cash and cash equivalents........................................       8,051                            7,976
Factored accounts receivable.....................................       1,599                            1,016
Other assets, less allowance for credit losses...................       7,248                            8,568
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
      Total assets...............................................    $161,989                         $161,294
                                                                     ==========================================================
Interest-bearing liabilities                                     
  Savings........................................................    $  9,181       53      2.30      $  8,879       51    2.33
  NOW and money market deposit accounts..........................      29,816      166      2.24        30,140      161    2.17
  Consumer CDs and IRAs..........................................      22,855      231      4.02        23,295      234    4.09
  Negotiated CDs, public funds and other time deposits...........       3,574       33      3.80         3,664       31    3.44
  Foreign time deposits..........................................       5,691       63      4.49         4,385       42    3.86
  Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities (4)(6)..........      47,122      514      4.38        47,336      454    3.89
  Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases............       7,952      135      6.75         8,308      137    6.61
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
      Total interest-bearing liabilities.........................     126,191    1,195      3.80       126,007    1,110    3.57
Noninterest-bearing sources                                                                                  
  Noninterest-bearing deposits...................................      20,241                           19,897
  Other liabilities..............................................       5,285                            5,310
  Shareholders' equity...........................................      10,272                           10,080
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.................    $161,989                         $161,294
                                                                     ==========================================================
Net interest spread..............................................                           3.20                           3.24
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources............................                            .50                            .45
                                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income/yield on earning assets......................               $1,339      3.70%                $1,310    3.69%
===============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

23 QUARTERLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT DATA
(Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                 Fourth Quarter 1993        
                                                                      -----------------------------------
                                                                        Average                           
                                                                        Balance      Income               
                                                                         Sheet         or         Yields/      
                                                                        Amounts      Expense       Rates 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>          <C> 
Earning assets                                                                                            
  Loans and leases, net of unearned income (1)                                                            
    Commercial (2)...............................................      $ 39,233      $  702         7.10%  
    Real estate commercial.......................................         7,915         150         7.51  
    Real estate construction.....................................         3,260          64         7.77  
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total commercial...........................................        50,408         916         7.21   
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
    Residential mortgage.........................................        12,663         249         7.85   
    Home equity..................................................         2,586          47         7.24 
    Credit card..................................................         4,593         150        12.97 
    Other consumer...............................................        16,072         378         9.33     
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total consumer.............................................        35,914         824         9.12     
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
    Foreign......................................................           931          13         5.82  
    Lease financing..............................................         1,894          35         7.47  
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total loans and leases, net................................        89,147       1,788         7.97   
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
  Securities                                                            
    Held for investment..........................................        27,273         354         5.16
    Available for sale (3).......................................         2,211          26         4.69
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total securities...........................................        29,484         380         5.13   
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
  Loans held for sale............................................           961          16         6.54                           
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased                                                    
    under agreements to resell...................................         8,237          64         3.08 
  Time deposits placed and other short-term investments..........         2,238          20         3.71 
  Trading account securities (4).................................         9,590         150         6.19   
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total earning assets (5)...................................       139,657       2,418         6.88
Cash and cash equivalents........................................         8,318                         
Factored accounts receivable.....................................         1,207                         
Other assets, less allowance for credit losses...................         8,608
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total assets...............................................      $157,790 
                                                                       =================================
Interest-bearing liabilities                                                                       
  Savings........................................................        $8,542          52         2.45 
  NOW and money market deposit accounts..........................        30,383         168         2.20 
  Consumer CDs and IRAs..........................................        23,813         246         4.10 
  Negotiated CDs, public funds and other time deposits...........         3,717          32         3.36 
  Foreign time deposits..........................................         4,031          39         3.80 
  Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities (4)(6)..........        44,188         421         3.74               
  Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases............         8,233         134         6.52   
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total interest-bearing liabilities.........................       122,907       1,092         3.53   
Noninterest-bearing sources                                        
  Noninterest-bearing deposits...................................        19,852
  Other liabilities..............................................         5,362
  Shareholders' equity...........................................         9,669
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.................      $157,790
                                                                       =================================
Net interest spread..............................................                                   3.35   
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources............................                                    .42
                                                                       --------------------------------- 
Net interest income/yield on earning assets......................                    $1,326         3.77% 
                                                                       =================================
</TABLE> 

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 53
<PAGE>
 
1993 COMPARED TO 1992

        The following discussion and analysis provides a comparison of the 
Corporation's results of operations for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 
1992, and its financial condition as of December 31, 1993 and 1992. This 
discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial 
statements and related notes on pages 58 through 77.

OVERVIEW

        In 1993, earnings totaled $1.5 billion, or $5.78 per common share, 
compared to 1992 earnings of $1.1 billion, or $4.60 per common share. Return 
on average common equity was 15.00 percent, excluding the impact of adopting 
a new income tax accounting standard in 1993, compared to 15.83 percent the 
previous year. The Corporation's results for 1993 reflected strong earnings 
in most operating units and improved credit quality. See Note 2 regarding 
information about acquisitions occurring in 1993 that affect comparability to 
1992.

CUSTOMER GROUP REVIEW

        The General Bank earned $740 million in 1993 compared to $660 million 
in 1992. The return on equity for the General Bank increased from 15 percent 
in 1992 to 16 percent in 1993. The efficiency ratio decreased from 68.64 
percent in 1992 to 68.08 percent in 1993.


        The Institutional Group earned $492 million, an increase of $347 
million from the previous year. Return on equity for the Institutional Group 
rose from 5 percent in 1992 to 16 percent in 1993. The group's efficiency 
ratio declined to 47.90 percent in 1993, from 52.96 percent in the prior 
year.

        Financial Services, which consists of NationsCredit and Greyrock 
Capital Group, was formed in 1993. For the year, net income totaled $35 
million and return on equity was 13 percent. The group had an efficiency 
ratio of 61.62 percent in 1993. 

NET INTEREST INCOME

        Taxable-equivalent net interest income in 1993 was $4.7 billion, 
representing an increase of $533 million, or 13 percent, from the $4.2 
billion reported in 1992. This increase was attributable to higher earning 
asset levels, particularly loan levels. 

        The net interest yield declined 14 basis points to 3.96 percent in 
1993 from 4.10 percent in 1992. The yield on average earning assets declined 
64 basis points between the years, to 7.06 percent in 1993 from 7.70 percent 
in 1992. Excluding the impact of the Corporation's primary government 
securities dealer, the yield on average earning assets declined 53 basis 
points. The replacement at lower yields of a substantial portion of the 
Corporation's maturing investment securities was the largest contributor to 
the 53-basis point decline. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities fell 59 
basis points, to 3.53 percent in 1993 from 4.12 percent in 1992, contributing 
significantly to the improvement in net interest income. A lower interest 
rate environment in 1993, coupled with a change in the mix among deposits, 
contributed to a decrease in rates paid on customer deposits. 

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

      The provision for credit losses was $430 million in 1993, compared to 
$715 million in the prior year. Net charge-offs declined $454 million to $412 
million in 1993. On December 31, 1993, the allowance for credit losses was 
$2.2 billion, or 2.36 percent of loans, leases and factored accounts 
receivable, compared to $1.5 billion, or 2.00 percent, at the end of 1992, 
and covered 193 percent of nonperforming loans, compared to 103 percent the 
previous year.

SECURITIES GAINS

        Gains from the sales of securities were $84 million in 1993, compared 
to $249 million in 1992. The 1992 gains followed balance sheet management 
strategies to reposition the components and the estimated average maturity of 
the securities portfolios at a time when the portfolios contained substantial 
net appreciation. 

NONINTEREST INCOME

        Noninterest income totaled $2.1 billion in 1993, an increase of $188 
million, or 10 percent, from $1.9 billion in 1992. After adjusting for 
acquisitions, divestitures and the 1992 gain on the sale of a mortgage 
servicing unit, noninterest income increased $185 million, or 11 percent, in 
1993. Growth in most major categories of noninterest income during 1993 was 
partially offset by declines in mortgage servicing and related fees, 
brokerage income and asset management fees, all reflecting divestitures.

54 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED EXPENSE

      OREO expense declined $105 million to $78 million in 1993 from $183 
million in 1992, consistent with the improvement in asset quality. The 
decline in 1993 was largely due to lower write-downs associated with real 
estate values subsequent to foreclosure in the Institutional Group's Real 
Estate Banking Group and lower net costs associated with management of a 
reduced level of foreclosed properties compared to the previous year. 

RESTRUCTURING EXPENSE

        Restructuring expense of $30 million in 1993, associated with the 
acquisition of MNC Financial Inc., represented the costs of employee 
severance and real estate dispositions.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

        Noninterest expense of $4.3 billion in 1993 increased eight percent 
from $4.0 billion in 1992. Excluding acquisitions, noninterest expense 
increased $132 million or four percent, to $3.9 billion in 1993.

INCOME TAXES

        The Corporation's income tax expense for 1993 was $690 million, for 
an effective tax rate of 34.7 percent of pretax income. Tax expense for 1992 
was $251 million, or 18.0 percent of pretax income. The lower effective rate 
in 1992 was primarily attributable to $265 million in tax benefits resulting 
from utilization of financial operating loss carryforwards. As a result of 
adopting a change in method of accounting for income taxes, the Corporation 
recorded its remaining unrecognized benefits of $200 million in 1993. As 
such, the 1993 effective rate more closely approximated the statutory rate of 
35 percent.

                                         Management's Discussion and Analysis 55
<PAGE>
 
Report of Management

      The management of NationsBank Corporation is responsible for the
preparation, integrity and objectivity of the consolidated financial statements
of the Corporation. The consolidated financial statements and notes have been
prepared by the Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and, in the judgment of management, present fairly the Corporation's
financial position and results of operations. The financial information
contained elsewhere in this report is consistent with that in the financial
statements. The financial statements and other financial information in this
report include amounts that are based on management's best estimates and
judgments and give due consideration to materiality.

      The Corporation maintains a system of internal accounting controls to
provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions
are executed in accordance with management's authorization and recorded properly
to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

      The Internal Audit Division of the Corporation reviews, evaluates,
monitors and makes recommendations on both administrative and accounting
control, which acts as an integral, but independent, part of the system of
internal controls.

      The Corporation's independent accountants were engaged to perform an audit
of the consolidated financial statements. This audit provides an objective
review of management's responsibility to report operating results and financial
condition. Working with the Corporation's internal auditors, they review and
make tests as appropriate of the data included in the financial statements.

      The Board of Directors discharges its responsibility for the Corporation's
financial statements through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee meets
periodically with the independent accountants, internal auditors and management.
Both the independent accountants and internal auditors have direct access to the
Audit Committee to discuss the scope and results of their work, the adequacy of
internal accounting controls and the quality of financial reporting.


/s/ Hugh L. McColl Jr.                             /s/ James H. Hance Jr.

Hugh L. McColl Jr.                                 James H. Hance Jr.      
Chairman                                           Vice Chairman and
                                                   Chief Financial Officer    
56 Report of Management
<PAGE>
 
Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of NationsBank Corporation

      In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the
related consolidated statements of income, of changes in shareholders' equity
and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of NationsBank Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1994
and 1993, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Corporation's management; our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

      As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Corporation changed its methods of accounting for income taxes, postretirement
benefits other than pensions and certain investments in debt securities in 1993.

/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
January 13, 1995

                                            Report of Independent Accountants 57
<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(Dollars in Millions Except Per-Share Information)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                Year Ended December 31
                                                                                       --------------------------------------
                                                                                        1994             1993           1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>              <C>            <C>   
INCOME FROM EARNING ASSETS
    Interest and fees on loans.................................................       $ 7,577           $6,198         $5,643
    Lease financing income.....................................................           150              110             94
    Interest and dividends on securities
      Held for investment......................................................           755            1,347          1,506
      Available for sale.......................................................           623               49            103
    Interest and fees on loans held for sale...................................            23               53             70
    Time deposits placed and other short-term investments......................            90               79             92
    Federal funds sold.........................................................            45               14             44
    Securities purchased under agreements to resell............................           502              180            157
    Trading account assets.....................................................           764              297             71
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
      Total income from earning assets.........................................        10,529            8,327          7,780
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
INTEREST EXPENSE
    Deposits...................................................................         2,415            2,149          2,772
    Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities.............................         2,353            1,149            639
    Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases........................           550              392            271
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
      Total interest expense...................................................         5,318            3,690          3,682
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
NET INTEREST INCOME............................................................         5,211            4,637          4,098
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES....................................................           310              430            715
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
NET CREDIT INCOME..............................................................         4,901            4,207          3,383
GAINS (LOSSES) ON SALES OF SECURITIES..........................................           (13)              84            249
NONINTEREST INCOME.............................................................         2,597            2,101          1,913
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED EXPENSE (INCOME).......................................           (12)              78            183
RESTRUCTURING EXPENSE..........................................................             -               30              -
OTHER NONINTEREST EXPENSE......................................................         4,942            4,293          3,966
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EFFECT OF CHANGE IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING
  FOR INCOME TAXES.............................................................         2,555            1,991          1,396
INCOME TAX EXPENSE.............................................................           865              690            251
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES........         1,690            1,301          1,145
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES......................             -              200              -
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
NET INCOME.....................................................................       $ 1,690           $1,501         $1,145
                                                                                      =======================================
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS....................................       $ 1,680           $1,491         $1,121
                                                                                      =======================================
PER-SHARE INFORMATION
  Earnings per common share before effect of change in method of
    accounting for income taxes................................................       $  6.12           $ 5.00         $ 4.60
  Effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes....................             -              .78              -
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
  Earnings per common share....................................................       $  6.12           $ 5.78         $ 4.60
                                                                                      =======================================
  Fully diluted earnings per common share before effect of change in
    method of accounting for income taxes......................................       $  6.06           $ 4.95         $ 4.52
  Effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes....................             -              .77              -
                                                                                      ---------------------------------------
  Fully diluted earnings per common share......................................       $  6.06           $ 5.72         $ 4.52
                                                                                      =======================================
  Dividends per common share...................................................       $  1.88           $ 1.64         $ 1.51
                                                                                      =======================================
AVERAGE COMMON SHARES ISSUED (in thousands)....................................       274,656          257,969        243,748
                                                                                      ======================================= 
</TABLE> 




See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994 
<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                            December 31
                                                                                                       ----------------------  
                                                                                                         1994           1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>            <C>  
ASSETS
    Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................          $  9,582       $  7,649
    Time deposits placed and other short-term investments...................................             2,159          1,479
    Securities
      Held for investment, at cost (market value - $17,101 and $13,604).....................            17,800         13,584
      Available for sale....................................................................             8,025         15,470
                                                                                                      -----------------------
        Total securities....................................................................            25,825         29,054
                                                                                                      -----------------------
    Loans held for sale.....................................................................               318          1,697
    Trading account assets..................................................................             9,941         10,610
    Federal funds sold......................................................................               960            691
    Securities purchased under agreements to resell.........................................            10,152          6,353

    Loans and leases, net of unearned income................................................           102,367         91,006
    Factored accounts receivable............................................................             1,004          1,001
                                                                                                      -----------------------
      Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable, net of unearned income................           103,371         92,007
                                                                                                      -----------------------
    Allowance for credit losses.............................................................            (2,186)        (2,169)
    Premises, equipment and lease rights, net...............................................             2,439          2,259
    Customers' acceptance liability.........................................................               684            708
    Interest receivable.....................................................................             1,408          1,117
    Goodwill................................................................................             1,047            812
    Core deposit and other intangibles......................................................               665            555
    Other assets............................................................................             3,239          4,864
                                                                                                      -----------------------
                                                                                                      $169,604       $157,686
                                                                                                      =======================
LIABILITIES
    Deposits
      Noninterest-bearing...................................................................          $ 21,380       $ 20,723
      Savings...............................................................................             9,037          8,784
      NOW and money market deposit accounts.................................................            29,752         30,881
      Time..................................................................................            27,698         26,691
      Foreign time..........................................................................            12,603          4,034
                                                                                                      -----------------------
        Total deposits......................................................................           100,470         91,113
                                                                                                      -----------------------
    Federal funds purchased.................................................................             3,993          7,135
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase..........................................            21,977         21,236
    Commercial paper........................................................................             2,519          2,056
    Other short-term borrowings.............................................................             5,640          5,522
    Trading account liabilities.............................................................            11,426          8,299
    Liability to factoring clients..........................................................               586            534
    Acceptances outstanding.................................................................               684            708
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities..................................................             2,810          2,752
    Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases.....................................             8,488          8,352
                                                                                                      -----------------------
      Total liabilities.....................................................................           158,593        147,707
                                                                                                      -----------------------
      Contingent liabilities and other financial commitments (Notes 9 and 11)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    Preferred stock: authorized - 45,000,000 shares
      ESOP Convertible, Series C: issued - 2,606,657 and 2,703,440 shares...................               111            115
      Series CC: issued - none and 752,600 shares...........................................                 -             38
      Series DD: issued - none and 1,107,600 shares.........................................                 -             55
    Common stock: authorized - 800,000,000 and 500,000,000 shares;
      issued - 276,451,552 and 270,904,656 shares...........................................             4,740          4,594
    Retained earnings.......................................................................             6,451          5,247
    Other, including loan to ESOP trust.....................................................              (291)           (70)
                                                                                                      -----------------------
        Total shareholders' equity..........................................................            11,011          9,979
                                                                                                      -----------------------
                                                                                                      $169,604       $157,686
                                                                                                      ======================= 
</TABLE> 




See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                            Consolidated Financial Statements 59
<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                               Year Ended December 31
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
                                                                                        1994             1993           1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>              <C>            <C> 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income...................................................................      $  1,690         $  1,501       $  1,145
  Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities        
    Provision for credit losses................................................           310              430            715
    (Gains) losses on sales of securities......................................            13              (84)          (249)
    Gain on sale of mortgage servicing unit....................................             -                -            (55)
    Depreciation and premises improvements amortization........................           265              242            228
    Amortization of intangibles................................................           141              110            111
    Deferred income tax expense................................................           235              210             14
    Effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes..................             -             (200)             -
    Net change in trading instruments..........................................         3,796              707           (783)
    Net (increase) decrease in interest receivable.............................          (282)             (93)            88
    Net increase in interest payable...........................................           299               93             81
    Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale.............................         1,379             (406)          (651)
    Net increase in liability to factoring clients.............................            52               52              5
    Other operating activities.................................................         1,220             (425)           (71)
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by operating activities................................         9,118            2,137            578
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                               
  Proceeds from maturities of securities held for investment...................         5,864            9,182          5,154
  Purchases of securities held for investment..................................       (10,293)         (10,493)       (12,234)
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of securities available for sale..........        23,762           18,295         27,981
  Purchases of securities available for sale...................................       (16,055)         (15,805)       (20,202)
  Net increase in federal funds sold and securities                                
    purchased under agreements to resell.......................................        (3,805)            (410)        (1,963)
  Net (increase) decrease in time deposits placed and other                        
    short-term investments.....................................................          (670)             816           (407)
  Net originations of loans and leases.........................................       (12,656)         (12,473)        (8,702)
  Net purchases of premises and equipment......................................          (327)             (65)          (287)
  Purchases of loans and leases................................................        (2,936)          (3,830)        (2,373)
  Proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans.............................         4,126            8,682          6,182
  Purchases of mortgage servicing rights.......................................          (124)             (40)            (5)
  Purchases of factored accounts receivable....................................        (7,612)          (7,343)        (6,676)
  Collections of factored accounts receivable..................................         7,577            7,229          6,559
  Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned...............................           369              261            352
  Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash....................................         3,778           (4,606)           (21)
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
      Net cash used in investing activities....................................        (9,002)         (10,600)        (6,642)
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                               
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits..........................................         4,261           (1,581)        (5,348)
  Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities                
    sold under agreements to repurchase........................................        (2,562)           4,503          8,671
  Net increase in other borrowed funds.........................................           491            1,958          2,884
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.....................................         1,198            4,125            349
  Retirement of long-term debt.................................................        (1,017)            (405)          (128)
  Preferred stock repurchased and redeemed.....................................           (94)               -            (10)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.......................................           267              197            544
  Cash dividends paid..........................................................          (527)            (433)          (395)
  Common stock repurchased.....................................................          (180)               -              -
  Other financing activities...................................................           (20)             (23)            13
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities................................         1,817            8,341          6,580
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...........................         1,933             (122)           516
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.................................         7,649            7,771          7,255
                                                                                     ----------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.......................................      $  9,582         $  7,649       $  7,771
                                                                                     ========================================
Supplemental cash flow disclosure                                                  
  Cash paid for interest.......................................................      $  5,020         $  3,477       $  3,601
  Cash paid for income taxes...................................................           718              360             88
</TABLE> 

Loans transferred to other real estate owned amounted to $207, $251 and $403 
in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


60 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Dollars in Millions, Shares in Thousands)
        
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                           Total   
                                                                       Common Stock                     Loan to           Share-   
                                                    Preferred      --------------------      Retained    ESOP             holders' 
                                                      Stock        Shares        Amount      Earnings    Trust     Other   Equity
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>     <C> 
BALANCE ON DECEMBER 31, 1991....................       $373       231,246        $2,836       $3,429     $(107)   $ (13)  $ 6,518
Net income......................................                                               1,145                        1,145
Cash dividends
    Common......................................                                                (371)                        (371)
    Preferred...................................                                                 (24)                         (24)
Redemption and conversion of Series B
    preferred stock.............................       (250)        6,734           240                                       (10)
Issuance of common stock........................                    8,050           353                                       353
Common stock issued under dividend
    reinvestment and employee plans.............                    6,569           259                             (78)      181
Common stock issued upon exercise
    of warrants.................................                      303            10                                        10
Other...........................................         (4)           88             4                      9        3        12
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE ON DECEMBER 31, 1992....................        119       252,990         3,702        4,179       (98)     (88)    7,814
Net income......................................                                               1,501                        1,501
Cash dividends
    Common......................................                                                (423)                        (423)
    Preferred...................................                                                 (10)                         (10)
Issued in MNC acquisition
    Series CC and DD preferred stock............         93                                                                    93
    Common stock................................                   13,608           701                                       701
Common stock issued under dividend
    reinvestment and employee plans.............                    4,213           187                              10       197
Valuation reserve for securities available
    for sale and marketable equity securities...                                                                    104       104
Other...........................................         (4)           94             4                     10       (8)        2
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE ON DECEMBER 31, 1993....................        208       270,905         4,594        5,247       (88)      18     9,979
Net income......................................                                               1,690                        1,690
Cash dividends
    Common......................................                                                (517)                        (517)
    Preferred...................................                                                 (10)                         (10)
Preferred stock repurchased and redeemed........        (93)                         (1)                                      (94)
Common stock issued under dividend
    reinvestment and employee plans.............                    5,351           254                              13       267
Common stock issued in acquisitions.............                    3,510            64           41                          105
Common stock repurchased........................                   (3,524)         (180)                                     (180)
Net change in valuation reserve for
    securities available for sale and
    marketable equity securities................                                                                   (240)     (240)
Other...........................................         (4)          210             9                     12       (6)       11
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE ON DECEMBER 31, 1994....................     $  111       276,452        $4,740       $6,451     $ (76)   $(215)  $11,011
                                                     ============================================================================ 
</TABLE> 





See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Consolidated Financial Statements 61
<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      NationsBank Corporation (the Corporation) is a multi-bank holding company
organized under the laws of North Carolina in 1968 and registered under the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Corporation provides financial
products and services, both domestically and internationally.

      The accounting and reporting policies of NationsBank Corporation and its
subsidiaries conform with generally accepted accounting principles. Certain
prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year
classifications. A description of the significant accounting policies is
presented below.

NOTE 1 -- ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NationsBank
Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Results of operations of
companies purchased are included from the dates of acquisition. Prior year
financial statements are restated to include accounts of companies acquired and
accounted for as poolings of interests. Assets held in an agency or fiduciary
capacity are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      Cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection and amounts due from
correspondent banks and the Federal Reserve Bank are included in cash and cash
equivalents.

SECURITIES

      Securities are classified based on management's intention at the time of
purchase. Securities which management has the intent and ability to hold to
maturity are classified as held for investment and reported at amortized cost.
All other securities are classified as available for sale and carried at fair
value with net unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders' equity on
an after-tax basis. In addition, marketable equity securities are carried at
fair value with net unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders' equity
net of tax.

      Realized gains and losses from the sales of securities are determined
using the specific identification method.

      The Corporation adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" 
(SFAS 115), on December 31, 1993 (Note 3).

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

      Loans held for sale include mortgage and other loans and are carried at
the lower of aggregate cost or market value.

TRADING INSTRUMENTS

      Instruments utilized in trading activities include both securities and
derivatives and are stated at market value. Quoted market prices are generally
used as a basis to determine the market values of trading instruments. If quoted
market prices are not available, market values are estimated on the basis of
dealer quotes, pricing models, or quoted prices for instruments with similar
characteristics. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized as
noninterest income.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

      The allowance for credit losses is available to absorb losses inherent in
the credit extension process. The entire allowance is available to absorb losses
related to the loan and lease portfolio and other extensions of credit,
including off-balance sheet credit exposures. Credit exposures deemed to be
uncollectible are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Recoveries of
previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance for credit losses.

      The adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is reviewed regularly by
management. Additions to the allowance for credit losses are made by charges to
the provision for credit losses. On a quarterly basis, a comprehensive review of
the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is performed. This assessment is
made in the context of historical losses, as well as existing economic
conditions.

      In 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
of a Loan" (SFAS 114), which was amended in 1994 by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a 
Loan-Income Recognition and Disclosure" (SFAS 118). These standards address the
accounting for certain loans when it is probable that all amounts due pursuant
to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected. Individually
identified impaired loans are measured based on the present value of payments
expected to be received, using the historical effective loan rate as the
discount rate. Loans that are to be foreclosed or that are solely dependent on
the collateral for repayment may alternatively be measured based on the fair
value of the collateral for such loans. Measurement may also be based on
observable market prices. If the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the
measure of fair value, a valuation allowance is established as a component of
the allowance for credit losses. The Corporation adopted SFAS 114 and SFAS 118
effective January 1, 1995. Adoption of the standards did not have a material
impact on the Corporation's financial position or results of operations.

LOANS

      Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any 
charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans or 
premiums or discounts on purchased loans. 

      Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred 
and recognized as adjustments to income over the lives of the related loans.

      Discounts and premiums are amortized to income using methods that
approximate the interest method.

NONPERFORMING LOANS

      Commercial loans and leases that are past due 90 days or more as to
principal or interest, or where reasonable doubt exists as to timely collection,
are generally classified as nonperforming loans unless well secured and in the
process of collection. Loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a
manner which grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial
difficulties, are classified as nonperforming until such time as the loan is
expected to be collected in full and the borrower has demonstrated sustained
performance in 

62 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
accordance with the restructured terms. Generally, loans which are past due 180
days or more as to principal or interest are classified as nonperforming
regardless of collateral or collection status. Generally, interest accrued but
not collected is reversed when a loan or lease is classified as nonperforming.

      Interest collections on nonperforming loans and leases for which the
ultimate collectibility of principal is uncertain are applied as principal
reductions. Otherwise, such collections are credited to income when received.

      Consumer loans, including credit card loans, that are past due 90 days or
more are not generally classified as nonperforming assets. Generally, consumer
loans are liquidated or charged off soon after becoming 90 days past due or 180
days past due for credit card loans. Income is generally recognized on past-due
consumer and credit card loans until the loan is charged off.
  
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

      Other real estate owned includes both formally foreclosed and in-substance
foreclosed property and premises no longer used for business operations.

      Other real estate owned is carried at the lower of (1) the recorded amount
of the loan or lease for which the foreclosed property previously served as
collateral, or (2) the fair value of the property minus estimated costs to sell.
Prior to foreclosure, the recorded amount of the loan or lease is written down,
if necessary, to the fair value, minus estimated costs to sell, of the real
estate to be acquired by charging the allowance for credit losses.

      Subsequent to foreclosure, gains or losses on the sale of and losses on
the periodic revaluation of other real estate owned are credited or charged to
expense. Net costs of maintaining and operating foreclosed properties are
expensed as incurred.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

      Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are recognized principally 
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

INCOME TAXES

      There are two components of income tax provision, current and deferred.

      Current income tax provisions approximate taxes to be paid or refunded 
for the applicable period.

      Balance sheet amounts of deferred taxes are recognized on the temporary
differences between the bases of assets and liabilities as measured by tax laws
and their bases as reported in the financial statements. Deferred tax expense or
benefit is then recognized for the change in deferred tax liabilities or assets
between periods.

      Recognition of deferred tax balance sheet amounts is based on management's
belief that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit associated with
certain temporary differences, tax operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits
will be realized. A valuation allowance is recorded for those deferred tax items
for which it is more likely than not that realization will not occur.

      During the first quarter of 1993, the Corporation adopted Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 
109). The Corporation had previously recorded income tax expense following 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 96, "Accounting for Income 
Taxes" (SFAS 96).

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

      The Corporation has established qualified retirement plans covering full-
time, salaried employees and certain part-time employees. Pension expense under
these plans is accrued each year. The costs are charged to current operations
and consist of several components of net pension cost based on various actuarial
assumptions regarding future experience under the plans.

      In addition, the Corporation and its subsidiaries have established
unfunded supplemental benefit plans providing any benefits that could not be
paid from a qualified retirement plan because of Internal Revenue Code
restrictions and supplemental executive retirement plans for selected officers
of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. These plans are nonqualified and,
therefore, in general, a participant's or beneficiary's claim to benefits is as
a general creditor.

      The Corporation and its subsidiaries have established several
postretirement medical benefit plans which are not funded.

      The Corporation adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefit Other Than Pensions"
(SFAS 106), during the first quarter of 1993. Retiree benefits, including health
and life insurance, are accrued under SFAS 106 compared to the Corporation's
prior accounting method of recognizing expense as these benefits were paid.

RISK MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS

      Revenues or expenses associated with interest rate swap contracts used in
asset and liability management are accounted for on the accrual basis and
recognized as an adjustment to income or expense on the underlying instruments.
Gains and losses associated with futures and forward contracts used as effective
hedges of existing risk positions or anticipated transactions are deferred as an
adjustment to the carrying value of the related asset or liability and
recognized in net interest income over the remaining term of the related asset
or liability.

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

      Earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income, reduced by
dividends on preferred stock, by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for each period presented.

PURCHASE METHOD OF ACCOUNTING

      Net assets of companies acquired in purchase transactions are recorded at
fair value at the date of acquisition. Identified intangibles are amortized on
an accelerated or straight-line basis over the period benefited. Goodwill is
amortized on a straight-line basis over 25 years.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION AND TRANSACTIONS

      Foreign currency assets and liabilities of the foreign branches and
subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using month-end spot rates of
exchange. Income and expense amounts are translated based on the spot rate in
effect at the date on which the individual transactions are recorded.



                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 63
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 2 -- ACQUISITION ACTIVITY


      On October 1, 1993, the Corporation completed the acquisition of MNC
Financial Inc. (MNC), a bank holding company headquartered in Baltimore,
Maryland, with total assets of approximately $16.5 billion. The acquisition was
accounted for as a purchase. On an unaudited pro forma basis, combined interest
and other income and net income is $11.4 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively,
for 1993. On an unaudited pro forma basis, the reduction in earnings per common
share and fully diluted earnings per common share is $.03 and $.02,
respectively, for 1993.

      On December 1, 1993, the Corporation established Greyrock Capital Group
Inc. (previously named Nations Financial Capital Corporation) upon completion of
its acquisition of a substantial amount of the assets and the ongoing business
of U S WEST Financial Services Inc., a corporate finance subsidiary of U S WEST
Inc. The Corporation acquired approximately $2.0 billion in net receivables.

      On July 2, 1993, the Corporation, through a banking subsidiary, completed
its acquisition of substantially all the assets and certain of the liabilities
of Chicago Research & Trading Group Ltd. (CRT) and certain of its subsidiaries,
an options market-making and trading firm and a primary government securities
dealer. Total assets at the date of purchase were approximately $12 billion and
consisted primarily of trading account assets and securities purchased under
agreements to resell.

      On February 1, 1993, the Corporation, through a subsidiary, acquired
substantially all of the assets and assumed certain of the liabilities of
Chrysler First Inc., the non-automotive finance subsidiary of Chrysler Financial
Corporation. Finance receivables of approximately $3.7 billion, including $1.5
billion which were securitized, were acquired. NationsCredit was formed as a
result of this purchase.

      During 1994, the Corporation acquired several smaller banking
organizations. Aggregate acquired loans and assumed deposits were $654 million
and $5.1 billion, respectively. Additionally, in 1994, several mortgage banking
operations, including mortgage servicing rights, were acquired. Aggregate
acquired mortgage servicing rights approximated $8.6 billion, bringing the
Corporation's total servicing portfolio to approximately $39 billion on December
31, 1994.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
====================================================================================================================================

NOTE 3 -- SECURITIES

      The book and market values of securities held for investment and 
securities available for sale on December 31 were (dollars in millions):

                                                                   U.S. Treasury                 
                                                                    Securities        Other
                                                                    and Agency       Taxable       Total     Tax-Exempt
SECURITIES HELD FOR INVESTMENT                                      Debentures      Securities    Taxable    Securities    Total
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>                <C>         <C>            <C>       <C> 
1994
----
Book value....................................................     $  17,580          $ 79        $ 17,659       $141      $17,800
Gross unrealized gains........................................             1             -               1          1            2
Gross unrealized losses.......................................          (697)           (1)           (698)        (3)        (701)
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
Market value..................................................     $  16,884          $ 78        $ 16,962       $139      $17,101
                                                                   ===============================================================
1993
----
Book value....................................................     $  13,110          $446        $ 13,556        $28      $13,584
Gross unrealized gains........................................            35            15              50          2           52
Gross unrealized losses.......................................           (30)           (2)            (32)         -          (32)
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
Market value..................................................     $  13,115          $459        $ 13,574        $30      $13,604
                                                                   ===============================================================
1992
----
Book value....................................................     $  22,352          $486        $ 22,838       $517      $23,355
Gross unrealized gains........................................           360             5             365         36          401
Gross unrealized losses.......................................            (6)           (1)             (7)        (1)          (8)
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
Market value..................................................     $  22,706          $490        $ 23,196       $552      $23,748
                                                                   ===============================================================
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
----
Cost..........................................................     $   7,729          $250        $  7,979       $310       $8,289
Gross unrealized gains........................................             -             -               -         11           11
Gross unrealized losses.......................................          (274)            -            (274)        (1)        (275)
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
Market value..................................................     $   7,455          $250        $  7,705       $320       $8,025
                                                                   ===============================================================
1993
----
Cost..........................................................     $  14,960          $  7        $ 14,967       $378      $15,345
Gross unrealized gains........................................           100             -             100         30          130
Gross unrealized losses.......................................            (5)            -              (5)         -           (5)
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
Market value..................................................     $  15,055          $  7        $ 15,062       $408      $15,470
                                                                   ===============================================================
1992
----
Book value....................................................     $   1,374          $  -        $  1,374       $  -      $ 1,374
Gross unrealized gains........................................             3             -               3          -            3
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
Market value..................................................     $   1,377          $  -        $  1,377       $  -      $ 1,377
                                                                   ===============================================================
</TABLE> 


64 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
      The components of gains and losses on sales of available for sale
securities for the years ended December 31 were (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                       1994      1993      1992
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>     <C> 
Gross gains on sales of securities...............      $ 36      $166    $  361
Gross losses on sales of securities..............       (49)      (82)     (112)
                                                       ------------------------
Gains (losses) on sales of securities............      $(13)     $ 84    $  249
                                                       ========================
</TABLE> 

      There were no sales of securities held for investment in 1994, 1993 or 
1992. 
      The components, expected maturity distribution and yields (computed on a
taxable-equivalent basis) of the Corporation's securities portfolio on December
31, 1994, are summarized below (dollars in millions). Actual maturities may
differ from contractual maturities or maturities shown below since borrowers may
have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.



<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                Due after 1        Due after 5                     
                                            Due in 1 year        through 5          through 10        Due after     
                                               or less             years              years           10 years            Total
                                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                           Amount   Yield     Amount    Yield    Amount   Yield   Amount    Yield     Amount   Yield

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                        <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>      <C> 
Book value of securities held
    for investment
    U.S. Treasury securities
      and agency debentures............    $4,927    4.32%   $12,506     5.72%     $116    5.96%    $ 31     7.39%   $17,580  5.33%
    Other taxable securities...........        10    5.54         57     6.22         9    6.53        3     6.40         79   6.17
                                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Total taxable....................     4,937    4.32     12,563     5.72       125    6.00       34     7.30     17,659   5.33
    Tax-exempt securities..............        56    5.57         44     8.23        37   10.94        4    10.42        141   7.94
                                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Total............................    $4,993    4.34    $12,607     5.73      $162    7.13     $ 38     7.65    $17,800   5.35
                                           =========================================================================================

Market value of securities
    held for investment................    $4,893            $12,015               $156             $ 37             $17,101
                                           =========================================================================================

Market value of securities available
    for sale
    U.S. Treasury securities
     and agency debentures.............    $2,791    4.23%   $ 4,630     5.55%     $ 34    7.05%    $  -        -%   $ 7,455   5.08%

    Other taxable securities...........         -       -         25     8.02        11    7.32      214     6.00        250   6.25
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total taxable......................     2,791    4.23      4,655     5.56        45    7.12      214     6.00      7,705   5.12
    Tax-exempt securities..............       111   13.27        112    11.69        37   11.29       60    11.83        320  12.21
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total...............................    $2,902    4.57    $ 4,767     5.71      $ 82    9.02     $274     7.29    $ 8,025   5.40
                                           =========================================================================================

Cost of securities available for sale..    $2,908            $ 5,024               $ 84             $273             $ 8,289
                                           =========================================================================================

</TABLE> 

      There were no investments in obligations of states and political
subdivisions that were payable from and secured by the same source of revenue or
taxing authority and that exceeded 10 percent of consolidated shareholders'
equity on December 31, 1994 or 1993.

      The income tax benefit attributable to securities transactions was $5
million for 1994, compared to income tax expense of $29 million and $87 million
for 1993 and 1992, respectively.

      Securities are pledged or assigned to secure borrowed funds, government
and trust deposits and for other purposes. The book and market values of pledged
securities were $23.1 billion and $22.4 billion, respectively, on December 31,
1994, compared to $24.0 billion and $24.1 billion, respectively, on December 31,
1993.

      On December 31, 1993, the Corporation adopted SFAS 115 related to
accounting for investments in debt and equity securities. Upon adoption, in
light of the MNC acquisition, the restrictive criteria on sales out of the held
for investment portfolio imposed by SFAS 115 and the uncertainty regarding
regulatory capital treatment of securities appreciation and depreciation, the
Corporation transferred approximately $14.6 billion from securities held for
investment to securities available for sale. Along with marketable equity
securities, the securities available for sale portfolio was marked to market
value resulting in net unrealized gains of approximately $164 million which are
included in shareholders' equity at $104 million net of tax.

      On December 31, 1994, the valuation reserve for securities available for
sale and marketable equity securities reduced shareholders' equity by $136
million, reflecting $264 million of pretax depreciation on securities available
for sale, offset by $48 million of pretax appreciation on marketable equity
securities.


                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 65
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 4 -- TRADING ACCOUNT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

      The market values on December 31 and the average market values for the 
year ended December 31, 1994, of the components of trading account assets and 
liabilities were (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                       1994
                                                                                                  1994      1993      Average
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    -------
<S>                                                                                             <C>       <C>         <C> 
Securities owned
    U.S. Treasury securities................................................................    $ 5,968   $ 8,084     $ 7,713
    Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations...........................      1,185       885       1,322
    Certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and commercial paper......................        371       703         409
    Corporate debt..........................................................................        581       194         722
    Other securities........................................................................        259       165         285
                                                                                                -----------------     -------
      Total securities owned................................................................      8,364    10,031      10,451
Derivatives-dealer positions................................................................      1,577       579       1,158
                                                                                                -----------------     -------
      Total trading account assets..........................................................    $ 9,941   $10,610     $11,609
                                                                                                =================     =======
Short sales
    U.S. Treasury securities................................................................    $ 9,352   $ 7,542     $ 9,840
    Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations...........................        182       224         550
    Corporate debt..........................................................................        278         -         134
    Other securities........................................................................          -         2           2
                                                                                                -----------------     -------
      Total short sales.....................................................................      9,812     7,768      10,526
Derivatives-dealer positions................................................................      1,614       531       1,063
                                                                                                -----------------     -------
      Total trading account liabilities.....................................................    $11,426   $ 8,299     $11,589
                                                                                                =================     =======
</TABLE> 


      A discussion of the Corporation's trading activities is presented
beginning on page 49, including TABLE 21. An analysis of the revenues associated
with the Corporation's trading activities is presented in the table in the
noninterest income section on page 33.

      The net change in the unrealized gain or loss on trading securities held
on December 31, 1994, included in noninterest income for 1994, was a loss of $3
million.

      Derivatives-dealer positions presented in the table above represent the
market values of interest rate, foreign exchange and commodity products
including swap, futures, forward and option contracts associated with the
Corporation's trading derivatives activities.

      A swap contract is an agreement between two parties to exchange cash flows
based on specified underlying notional amounts and indices. A futures or forward
contract is an agreement to buy or sell a quantity of a financial instrument or
commodity at a predetermined future date and rate or price. An option contract
is an agreement that conveys to the purchaser the right, but not the obligation,
to buy or sell a quantity of a financial instrument or commodity at a
predetermined rate or price at a time in the future.

      These agreements can be transacted on an organized exchange or directly 
between parties.


<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
====================================================================================================================================


NOTE 5 -- LOANS, LEASES AND FACTORED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

      Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable on December 31 were (dollars in millions):
                                                                                                         1994         1993
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>           <C> 
LOANS
    Commercial.................................................................................      $ 44,804      $40,940
    Real estate commercial.....................................................................         7,350        8,246
    Real estate construction...................................................................         2,981        3,256
                                                                                                     ---------------------
       Total commercial........................................................................        55,135       52,442
                                                                                                     ---------------------
    Residential mortgage.......................................................................        17,311       12,801
    Home equity................................................................................         2,644        2,565
    Credit card................................................................................         4,756        3,728
    Other consumer.............................................................................        18,209       17,063
                                                                                                     ---------------------
       Total consumer..........................................................................        42,920       36,157
                                                                                                     ---------------------
    Foreign....................................................................................         1,984          978
    Factored accounts receivable...............................................................         1,004        1,001
                                                                                                     ---------------------
       Total loans and factored accounts receivable............................................       101,043       90,578
       Less unearned income....................................................................          (552)        (553)
                                                                                                     ---------------------
       Loans and factored accounts receivable, net of unearned income..........................       100,491       90,025
                                                                                                     ---------------------

LEASES
    Lease receivables..........................................................................         3,056        2,127
    Estimated residual value...................................................................           934          557
    Less unearned income.......................................................................        (1,110)        (702)
                                                                                                     ---------------------
       Leases, net of unearned income..........................................................         2,880        1,982
                                                                                                     ---------------------
       Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable, net of unearned income..................      $103,371      $92,007
                                                                                                     =====================
</TABLE>


66 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
      Transactions in the allowance for credit losses were (dollars in 
millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                  1994          1993          1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>           <C>           <C> 
Balance on January 1.........................................................................    $2,169        $1,454        $1,605
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
Loans, leases and factored accounts receivable charged off...................................      (533)         (609)       (1,026)

Recoveries of loans, leases and factored accounts receivable previously charged off..........       217           197           160
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
    Net charge-offs..........................................................................      (316)         (412)         (866)

Provision for credit losses..................................................................       310           430           715
Allowance applicable to loans of purchased companies.........................................        23           697             -
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
Balance on December 31.......................................................................    $2,186        $2,169        $1,454
                                                                                                 ==================================
</TABLE> 


      Loans to directors and executive officers of the Corporation on December
31, 1994, were $142 million and $180 million on January 1 and December 31, 1994,
respectively. An analysis of activity for 1994 with respect to such aggregate
loans is as follows (dollars in millions):


               Balance      New                         Balance
             January 1     Loans       Payments       December 31
            ------------------------------------------------------
                $142        $166          $128            $180

================================================================================
                  
      Loans to immediate family members of directors and executive officers of
the Corporation totaled $10 million and $17 million on January 1 and December
31, 1994, respectively.

      Loans to directors and executive officers who were solely directors and/or
executive officers of the Corporation's significant subsidiaries, excluding the
aggregate loan amount of any loans to members of their immediate families,
amounted to $505 million on December 31, 1994.

      Extensions of credit to such persons have been made in the ordinary course
of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
collateral, as those prevailing at the time in comparable transactions with
others and did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present
other unfavorable features.

      On December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, nonperforming loans totaled $801 
million, $1.1 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively.

      The net amount of interest recorded during each year on loans that were
nonperforming or restructured on December 31 was $31 million, $34 million and
$31 million in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. If these loans had been
accruing interest at their originally contracted rates, related income would
have been $96 million in 1994, $80 million in 1993 and $105 million in 1992.

      Other real estate owned amounted to $337 million, $661 million and $587
million on December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. The cost of carrying
other real estate owned amounted to $24 million, $18 million and $25 million in
1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

================================================================================

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

NOTE 6 -- PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND LEASE RIGHTS, NET

      Premises, equipment and lease rights, net on December 31 were (dollars in millions):

                                                                                      1994        1993
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>         <C>  
Land and land improvements.................................................         $   387     $   318
Buildings..................................................................           1,465       1,408
Capitalized leased premises................................................              50          55
Leasehold improvements.....................................................             508         525
Furniture and equipment....................................................           1,782       1,690
Construction in process....................................................              82          63
                                                                                    -------------------
                                                                                      4,274       4,059
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.............................          (1,835)     (1,800)
                                                                                    -------------------
                                                                                    $ 2,439     $ 2,259
                                                                                    ===================
</TABLE> 

      Provisions for depreciation and amortization charged to noninterest
expense were $265 million, $242 million and $228 million for 1994, 1993 and
1992, respectively.

      On December 31, 1994, the minimum future noncancelable operating lease
payments for premises and equipment are $236 million, $199 million, $166
million, $144 million and $112 million for each of the succeeding years 1995
through 1999, respectively. Rental expense, excluding executory costs, charged
to operating expenses during 1994, 1993 and 1992 was approximately $343 million,
$287 million and $272 million, respectively.


                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 67
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 7 -- SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT

      The Corporation's banking subsidiaries in North Carolina, Georgia and
Texas jointly maintain a program to offer from time to time up to $6 billion in
short-term bank notes with fixed or floating rates and maturities from 30 days
to one year from date of issue. As of December 31, 1994 and 1993, short-term
bank notes outstanding were $4.5 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively.

      On September 30, 1994, the Corporation renegotiated its commercial paper
back-up lines establishing a single committed, $1.5 billion, three-year credit
facility. As of December 31, 1994, the facility was unused. On December 31,
1993, established and unused bank lines of credit amounted to $1.0 billion. In
both years, these lines were supported by fees paid directly by the Corporation
to unaffiliated banks.

      Long-term debt on December 31 is summarized as follows (dollars in 
millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                         1994           1993
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>            <C> 
SENIOR DEBT
  Parent company
    Floating rate notes, due 1994..........................................................            $    -         $   50
    5 3/8 percent notes, due 1995..........................................................               400            399
    11.70 percent notes, due 1995..........................................................                75             75
    4 3/4 percent notes, due 1996..........................................................               399            399
    8 1/2 percent notes, due 1996..........................................................               150            150
    Floating rate medium-term notes at spreads over LIBOR, due 1995 through 1999...........             1,438            683
    5 1/8 percent notes, due 1998..........................................................               300            299
    6 5/8 percent notes, due 1998..........................................................               399            399
    5.51 percent ESOP secured notes, due 1996 through 1999.................................               125            125
    4.36 to 8.20 percent medium-term notes, due 1995 through 2000..........................               482            477
    5 3/8 percent notes, due 2000..........................................................               397            396
    9 1/4 percent unsecured notes, due 2006................................................               124            124
    Other senior notes.....................................................................               101            190
                                                                                                       ---------------------
                                                                                                        4,390          3,766
                                                                                                       ---------------------
  Banking and nonbanking subsidiaries
    Floating rate municipal financing, repurchased 1994....................................                 -            120
    Floating rate collateralized financing, due 1994 through 1996..........................               477            919
    Other senior notes.....................................................................                80            100
                                                                                                       ---------------------
                                                                                                          557          1,139
                                                                                                       ---------------------
    Total senior debt......................................................................             4,947          4,905
                                                                                                       ---------------------
SUBORDINATED DEBT
  Parent company
    Floating rate notes, repurchased 1994..................................................                 -            299
    9 3/8 percent notes, due 1997..........................................................                82             84
    9 3/4 percent capital notes, due 1999..................................................               100             99
    10 1/2 percent notes, due 1999.........................................................               299            299
    9 1/8 percent notes, due 2001..........................................................               299            299
    8 1/8 percent notes, due 2002..........................................................               349            349
    6 1/2 percent notes, due 2003..........................................................               600            600
    6.20 percent medium-term notes, due 2003...............................................                75             75
    7 3/4 percent notes, due 2004..........................................................               299              -
    6 7/8 percent notes, due 2005..........................................................               398            398
    9 3/8 percent notes, due 2009..........................................................               397            397
    10.20 percent notes, due 2015..........................................................               200            200
    8.57 percent medium-term notes, due 2024, putable 2004.................................               100              -
    Other subordinated notes...............................................................                10             12
                                                                                                       ---------------------
                                                                                                        3,208          3,111
                                                                                                       ---------------------
  Banking and nonbanking subsidiaries
    9 1/2 percent notes, due 2004..........................................................               301            301
    Other subordinated notes...............................................................                 8              8
                                                                                                       ---------------------
                                                                                                          309            309
                                                                                                       ---------------------
    Total subordinated debt................................................................             3,517          3,420
                                                                                                       ---------------------
    Total long-term debt...................................................................             8,464          8,325
                                                                                                       ---------------------
    Obligations under capital leases.......................................................                24             27
                                                                                                       ---------------------
    Total long-term debt and obligations under capital leases..............................            $8,488         $8,352
                                                                                                       =====================
</TABLE> 


      Under its $1.1 billion of remaining shelf capacity, in December 1994, the
Corporation initiated a program to issue from time to time up to $1 billion in
aggregate principal amount of certain medium-term notes, which may be senior
debt securities, subordinated debt, or any combination thereof. As of February
28, 1995, approximately $800 million of senior debt notes have been issued under
this program.

      As of February 28, 1995, $3 billion of corporate debt securities, and
preferred and common stock was available for issuance under a shelf registration
filed February 1, 1995.

68 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
      The floating rate collateralized financing consists of $247 million in
consumer loan financing and $230 million in homes financing. Consumer loan
financing consists of revolving credit and closed-end asset-backed certificates
collateralized by a pool of credit lines and loans with a book value of $430
million at December 31, 1994. Homes financing consists of home equity and second
mortgage asset-backed certificates collateralized by a pool of second mortgages
and home equity loans with a book value of $427 million on December 31, 1994.
The components of collateralized financing bear interest at floating rates based
on factors of LIBOR. On December 31, 1994, the rates on both the consumer
financing and homes financing were 6.40 percent.

      The indentures covering the parent company's senior long-term debt include
provisions that limit funded debt, long-term lease commitments, issuance of
subsidiary preferred stock, creation of liens upon the property of the
Corporation and the payment of dividends. Under the most restrictive of the
provisions, approximately $2.1 billion was available for payment of dividends on
December 31, 1994.

      The floating rate collateralized financing obligations may be redeemed at
any time at the option of the Corporation. The 10 1/2-percent subordinated
notes, due 1999, are redeemable beginning in 1996.

      The principal maturities for the next five years of long-term debt 
outstanding on December 31, 1994, were (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<S>                                                    <C> 
1995................................................   $1,256
1996................................................    1,395
1997................................................      309
1998................................................      892
1999................................................      970
</TABLE> 

===============================================================================

NOTE 8 -- SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

      The Corporation has authorized 45 million shares of preferred stock. As 
of December 31, 1994, the Corporation had issued 2.6 million shares of ESOP
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C (ESOP Preferred Stock). The ESOP Preferred
Stock has a stated and liquidation value of $42.50 per share, provides for an
annual cumulative dividend of $3.30 per share and is convertible into .84 shares
of the Corporation's common stock at an initial conversion price of $42.50 per
.84 shares of the Corporation's common stock. In 1994, 1993 and 1992, ESOP
Preferred Stock in the amount of $4 million was converted into the Corporation's
common stock.

      In connection with MNC acquisition, Series CC and DD Preferred Stock 
was issued. During the first quarter of 1994, the Corporation repurchased and 
redeemed all 753 thousand shares of its Series CC Preferred Stock at a 
weighted average price of $51.32 per share and all 1.108 million shares of 
its Series DD Preferred Stock at a weighted average price of $49.86 per 
share. The aggregate redemption price was $94 million.

      In 1992, all 5 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock were 
converted into the Corporation's common stock or redeemed for cash.

      On July 27, 1994, the Board of Directors authorized the Corporation 
during the next 12 months to purchase from time to time in the open market up 
to 10 million shares of its common stock representing the number of shares of 
common stock it intends to issue for its dividend reinvestment and stock 
purchase plan, its various employee benefit plans and additional shares 
associated with small acquisitions. On December 31, 1994, 3.5 million shares 
had been repurchased under this program at a repurchase amount of $180 
million. In addition to the above authorization, on September 28, 1994, the 
Board authorized the Corporation to purchase up to 20 million shares of its 
common stock from time to time in open market or privately negotiated 
transactions. 

      Other shareholders' equity on December 31 was comprised of the 
following (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                           1994     1993
------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C> 
Restricted stock award plan
    deferred compensation.............................    $ (62)    $(74)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available for
    sale securities and marketable equity 
    securities, net of tax............................     (136)     104
Foreign currency adjustment and other.................      (17)     (12)
                                                          --------------
                                                          $(215)     $18
                                                          ==============
</TABLE> 

===============================================================================

NOTE 9 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
      In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into a number of 
off-balance sheet commitments. These instruments expose the Corporation to
varying degrees of credit and market risk and are subject to the same credit and
risk limitation reviews as those recorded on the balance sheet. See the
discussion of credit risk policies and procedures and concentrations of credit
risk beginning on page 40.

CREDIT EXTENSION COMMITMENTS

      The Corporation enters into commitments to extend credit, standby 
letters of credit and commercial letters of credit to meet the financing 
needs of its customers. The commitments shown below have been reduced by 
amounts collateralized by cash and participated to other financial 
institutions. The following summarizes commitments outstanding on December 31 
(dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                        1994       1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C> 
Commitments to extend credit                                           
    Credit card commitments.......................   $15,921    $12,808
    Other loan commitments........................    58,813     48,521
Standby letters of credit and                                        
    financial guarantees..........................     6,884      6,265       
Commercial letters of credit......................     1,282        983
</TABLE> 

                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 69
<PAGE>
 
      Commitments to extend credit are legally binding, generally have 
specified rates and maturities and are for specified purposes. The 
Corporation manages the credit risk on these commitments by subjecting these 
commitments to normal credit approval and monitoring processes and protecting 
against deterioration in the borrowers' ability to pay through adverse-change 
clauses which require borrowers to maintain various credit and liquidity 
measures. Credit card lines are unsecured commitments which are reviewed at 
least annually by management. Upon evaluation of the customer's 
creditworthiness, the Corporation has the right to change or terminate the 
terms of the credit card line. Of the December 31, 1994 total other loan 
commitments, $24.7 billion is scheduled to expire in less than one year, 
$24.7 billion in one to five years and $9.4 billion after five years. 

      Standby letters of credit (SBLC) and financial guarantees are issued to 
support the debt obligations of customers. If a SBLC or financial guarantee 
is drawn upon, the Corporation looks to its customer for payment. SBLCs and 
financial guarantees are subject to the same approval and collateral policies 
as other extensions of credit. Of the December 31, 1994 total SBLCs and 
financial guarantees, $4.3 billion is scheduled to expire in less than one 
year, $2.4 billion in one to five years and $151 million after five years.

      Commercial letters of credit, issued primarily to facilitate customer 
trade finance activities, are collateralized by the underlying goods being 
shipped by the customer and are generally short term.

      For each of these types of instruments, the Corporation's maximum 
exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these 
instruments. Many of the commitments are collateralized or are expected to 
expire without being drawn upon; therefore, the total commitment amounts do 
not necessarily represent risk of loss or future cash requirements.

DERIVATIVES

      Derivative transactions are entered into by the Corporation to meet the 
financing needs of its customers, to manage its own interest rate and 
currency risks, and as part of its trading activities. See TABLES 18 and 19 
on pages 45 and 46 and the first eight paragraphs under Interest Rate Risk 
Management beginning on page 45 regarding the Corporation's use of 
derivatives for risk management purposes. See TABLE 21 on page 49, the 
discussion beginning on page 49 and Note 4 regarding the Corporation's 
derivative-dealer activities.

SECURITIES LENDING

      The Corporation executes securities lending transactions on behalf of 
certain customers. In certain instances, the Corporation indemnifies the 
customer against certain losses. The Corporation obtains collateral with a 
market value in excess of the market value of the securities loaned. On 
December 31, 1994 and 1993, indemnified securities lending transactions 
totaled $5.7 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively. Collateral with a market 
value of $5.9 billion and $5.2 billion on December 31, 1994 and 1993, 
respectively, was obtained by the Corporation in support of these 
transactions. 


WHEN ISSUED SECURITIES

      When issued securities are commitments entered into to purchase or sell 
securities in the time period between the announcement of a securities 
offering and the issuance of those securities. On December 31, 1994, the 
Corporation had commitments to purchase and sell when issued securities of 
$2.2 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. This compares to commitments to 
purchase and sell when issued securities of $1.1 billion and $866 million, 
respectively, on December 31, 1993.  

LITIGATION

      The Corporation and its subsidiaries are defendants in or parties to a 
number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings. Management 
believes, based upon the opinion of counsel, that the actions and liability 
or loss, if any, resulting from the final outcome of these proceedings, will 
not be material in the aggregate.

==============================================================================

NOTE 10 -- REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS

      The banking subsidiaries are required to maintain average reserve 
balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based on a percentage of certain 
deposits. The average of those reserve balances amounted to $1.4 billion for 
both 1994 and 1993.

      Funds for cash distributions by the Corporation to its shareholders are 
derived from a variety of sources, including cash and investments. The 
primary source of such funds, however, is dividends received from its banking 
subsidiaries. The subsidiary banks can initiate dividend payments in 1995, 
without prior regulatory approval, of $1.0 billion plus an additional amount 
equal to their net profits, as defined by statute, for 1995 up to the date of 
any such dividend declaration. The amount of dividends that each subsidiary 
bank may declare in a calendar year without approval by the OCC is the bank's 
net profits for that year combined with its net retained profits, as defined, 
for the preceding two years.

      Regulations also restrict banking subsidiaries in lending funds to 
affiliates. On December 31, 1994, the total amount which could be loaned to 
the Corporation by its banking subsidiaries was approximately $1.2 billion. 
On December 31, 1994, no loans to the Corporation from its banking 
subsidiaries were outstanding.

      On December 31, 1994, as a result of the above regulatory restrictions, 
substantially all of the net assets of the Corporation's banking 
subsidiaries, in excess of the allowable amounts mentioned above, were 
restricted from transfer to the Corporation in the form of cash dividends, 
loans or advances.


70 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 11 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

      The Corporation sponsors noncontributory trusteed pension plans that 
cover substantially all officers and employees. The plans provide defined 
benefits based on an employee's compensation, age at retirement and years of 
service. It is the policy of the Corporation to fund not less than the 
minimum funding amount required by the Employee Retirement Income Security 
Act.

      The following table sets forth the plans' estimated status on December 
31 (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                              1994         1993
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>          <C> 
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation
    Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of $711 and $755.........................      $(734)       $(781)
                                                                                                             ==================
    Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date..........................................      $(869)       $(917)
Plan assets at fair value, primarily listed stocks, fixed income securities and real estate............        964        1,046
                                                                                                             ------------------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation..................................................         95          129
Unrecognized net loss..................................................................................        135          243
Unrecognized net transition asset being amortized......................................................        (15)         (18)
Unrecognized prior service benefit being amortized.....................................................        (34)         (30)
Deferred investment (gain) loss........................................................................        126           (9)
                                                                                                             ------------------
    Prepaid pension cost...............................................................................      $ 307        $ 315
                                                                                                             ==================
</TABLE> 

      Net periodic pension expense (income) for the years ended December 31 
included the following components (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 


                                                                           1994     1993     1992 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                                        <C>      <C>      <C> 
Service cost-benefits earned during the period..........................   $ 39     $ 31     $ 28 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...........................     72       58       51 
Actual return on plan assets.............................................    22     (101)     (21)
Net amortization and deferral............................................  (121)       3      (69)
                                                                           ---------------------- 
  Net periodic pension expense (income)..................................  $ 12     $ (9)   $ (11)
                                                                           ======================= 
</TABLE> 

      For December 31, 1994, the weighted average discount rate and rate of 
increase in future compensation used in determining the actuarial present 
value of the projected benefit obligation was 8.5 percent and 4.25 percent, 
respectively. The related expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 
was 10.0 percent. For December 31, 1993, the weighted average discount rate, 
rate of increase in future compensation and expected long-term rate of return 
on plan assets was 7.75 percent, 4.0 percent and 10.0 percent, respectively.

HEALTH AND LIFE BENEFIT PLANS

      In addition to providing retirement benefits, the Corporation provides 
health care and life insurance benefits for active and retired employees. 
Substantially all of the Corporation's employees, including certain employees 
in foreign countries, may become eligible for postretirement benefits if they 
reach early retirement age while employed by the Corporation and they have 
the required number of years of service. Under the Corporation's current 
plan, eligible retirees are entitled to a fixed dollar amount for each year 
of service. Additionally, certain current retirees are eligible for different 
benefits attributable to prior plans.

      All of the Corporation's accrued postretirement benefit liability was 
unfunded at year-end 1994. The "projected unit credit" actuarial method was 
used to determine the normal cost and actuarial liability.

      A reconciliation of the estimated status of the postretirement benefit 
obligation on December 31 is as follows (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                           1994          1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C> 
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation                                
    Retirees.......................................       $(128)        $(158)
    Fully eligible active participants.............          (3)           (2)
    Other active plan participants.................         (47)          (39)
                                                          -------------------
                                                           (178)         (199)
Unamortized transition obligation..................         125           135
Unrecognized net loss (gain).......................          (9)            7
                                                          -------------------
    Accrued postemployment benefit liability.......       $ (62)        $ (57)
                                                          =================== 
</TABLE> 

      Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December
31 included the following (dollars in millions):                           

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                             1994    1993 
------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                           <C>     <C> 
Service cost..............................................    $ 3     $ 2 
Interest cost on accumulated                                              
    postretirement benefit obligation.....................     14      15 
Amortization of transition obligation                                     
    over 20 years.........................................      7       7 
Amortization of gains.....................................     (6)      - 
                                                              ------------
    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost..............    $18      $24
                                                              ============ 
</TABLE> 

      The health care cost trend rates used in determining the accumulated 
postretirement benefit obligation were 7.0 percent for pre-65 benefits and 
5.75 percent for post-65 benefits.  A one-percent change in the average 
health care cost trend rates would increase the accumulated postretirement 
benefit obligation by 5.1 percent and the aggregate of the service cost 


                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 71
<PAGE>
 
and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost by 3.9 
percent. The weighted average discount rate used in determining the 
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 8.50 percent in 1994 and 
7.75 percent in 1993.

SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

      In addition to the retirement plans, the Corporation maintains several 
defined contribution savings and profit sharing plans, one of which features 
a leveraged employee stock ownership (ESOP) provision.

      For 1994, 1993 and 1992, the Corporation contributed approximately $41 
million, $35 million and $34 million, respectively, in cash which was 
utilized primarily to purchase the Corporation's common stock under the terms 
of these plans.

      Under the terms of the ESOP provision, payments to the plan for 
dividends on the ESOP Preferred Stock were $9 million for 1994, 1993 and 
1992. Interest incurred to service the ESOP debt amounted to $5 million for 
1994, 1993 and 1992.


STOCK OPTION AND AWARD PLANS

      Under the 1992 Associates Stock Option Plan, on July 1, 1992, eligible 
full-time and part-time employees received a one-time award of a 
predetermined number of stock options entitling them to purchase shares of 
the Corporation's common stock at the closing market price of $48 3/8 per 
share. The options are exercisable until June 30, 1997.

      Additional options under a former plan and restricted stock and stock 
options assumed in connection with various acquisitions remain outstanding. 
No further options or rights will be granted under such plans.

      Under the Corporation's current Restricted Stock Award Plan, key 
employees are awarded shares of the Corporation's common stock subject to 
certain vesting requirements. Generally, vesting occurs in five equal annual 
installments and the related deferred compensation is expensed over the same 
period.

      During 1994, the Board of Directors approved the Key Employee Stock 
Plan, subject to shareholder approval at the 1995 Annual Meeting. The Key 
Employee Stock Plan will replace the current Restricted Stock Award Plan and 
is anticipated to provide for different types of awards including stock 
options, restricted stock and performance shares.

      The following table summarizes activity under the option and award 
plans for 1994 and the status on December 31, 1994:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                      Outstanding          Exercisable
                                                        Options              Options
                                                    --------------------------------------
                                                               Average             Average
                                                                Option              Option
Employee Stock Option Plans                           Shares     Price    Shares     Price
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>      <C>         <C> 
Balance on December 31, 1993....................    8,589,996   $40.88   8,262,677   $41.67 
Shares due to acquisition.......................       19,596    29.51       6,996    22.20 
Became exercisable..............................            -        -     327,319    20.98                    
Less
    Exercised...................................   (1,785,281)   38.94  (1,785,281)   38.94          
    Expired or canceled.........................     (453,560)   50.87    (453,560)   50.87
                                                   ----------------------------------------
Balance on December 31, 1994....................    6,370,751    40.68   6,358,151    40.69
                                                    =======================================
<CAPTION> 
                                                                 Average                             
                                                                   Grant 
Restricted Stock Award Plan                            Shares       Price
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C> 
Outstanding unvested grants on December 31, 1993....  2,150,570    $44.57 
Additional stock grants.............................    287,000     51.88 
Less                                                                     
  Shares vested.....................................   (594,358)    44.06
  Shares canceled...................................    (26,360)    46.88
                                                      -------------------
Outstanding unvested grants on December 31, 1994....  1,816,852     45.86 
                                                      ===================
</TABLE> 
===============================================================================

NOTE 12 -- NONINTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

      The significant components of noninterest income and expense for the 
years ended December 31 are presented below (dollars in millions):
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                      1994    1993   1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>     <C>     <C> 
NONINTEREST INCOME
  Trust fees.....................................    $ 435    $371   $331 
  Service charges on deposit accounts............      797     681    600
  Mortgage servicing and related fees............       86      77    105
  Fees on factored accounts receivable...........       74      74     69 
  Other nondeposit-related service fees..........      276     212    144 
  Credit card income.............................      280     198    199  
  Trading account profits and fees...............      273     152     71 
  Other income...................................      376     336    394 
                                                    ---------------------
                                                    $2,597  $2,101 $1,913 
                                                    =====================
 </TABLE> 

72 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                              
                                                                         1994      1993      1992
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>      <C>       <C> 
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
  Personnel..........................................................  $2,311    $1,903    $1,807
  Occupancy, net.....................................................     487       434       435 
  Equipment..........................................................     364       317       291  
  Marketing..........................................................     161       138       105  
  Professional fees..................................................     171       168       182
  Amortization of intangibles........................................     141       110       111  
  Credit card........................................................      44        49        41  
  Private label credit card..........................................      27        37        43  
  FDIC insurance.....................................................     211       205       189 
  Processing.........................................................     235       190       139 
  Telecommunications.................................................     137       122       109  
  Postage and courier................................................     126       120       111 
  Other general operating............................................     388       370       281   
  General administrative and miscellaneous...........................     139       130       122 
                                                                       --------------------------
                                                                       $4,942    $4,293    $3,966
                                                                        =========================
</TABLE> 

================================================================================


NOTE 13 -- INCOME TAXES

      The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31 
were (dollars in millions):

<TABLE>   
<CAPTION> 
                                                                 1994    1993    1992 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                              <C>     <C>     <C>  
Current portion--expense                                                              
  Federal.....................................................   $559    $419    $222 
  State.......................................................     54      54      13  
  Foreign.....................................................     17       7       2  
                                                                 -------------------- 
                                                                  630     480     237 
                                                                 -------------------- 
Deferred portion--expense                                                             
  Federal.....................................................    223     218      11 
  State.......................................................     12     (11)      4 
  Foreign.....................................................      -       3      (1) 
                                                                 -------------------- 
                                                                  235     210      14 
                                                                 -------------------- 
    Total tax expense.........................................   $865    $690    $251 
                                                                 ==================== 
</TABLE>

      The Corporation's current income tax expense of $630 million, $480 
million and $237 million for 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively, includes 
amounts computed under the regular and alternative minimum tax (AMT) systems 
and approximates the amounts payable for those years.

      Deferred expense represents the change in the deferred tax asset or 
liability.

      A reconciliation of the expected federal tax expense, based on the 
federal statutory rate of 35 percent for 1994 and 1993 and 34 percent for 
1992, to the actual consolidated tax expense for the years ended December 31 
is as follows 
(dollars in millions):

<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             1994     1993    1992
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>      <C>     <C> 
Expected federal tax expense..............................................................   $894     $697    $475 
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from                                                                       
   Tax-exempt income......................................................................    (34)     (33)    (38)
   Net utilization of operating loss carryforwards for financial reporting purposes.......      -        -    (265)
   State tax expense, net of federal benefit..............................................     50       30      17 
   Tax rate change on beginning net deferred tax assets...................................      -       (6)      - 
   Other..................................................................................    (45)       2      62 
                                                                                             ---------------------
     Total tax expense....................................................................   $865     $690    $251 
                                                                                             =====================
</TABLE>  

                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 73
<PAGE>
 
      Significant components of the Corporation's deferred tax (liabilities) 
and assets on December 31 are as follows (dollars in millions):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>      
                                                                  1994     1993  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                             <C>      <C>    
Deferred tax liabilities                                                        
  Equipment lease financing...................................  $ (596)  $ (475)
  Depreciation................................................     (66)     (75) 
  Securities available for sale...............................       -      (58)
  Intangibles.................................................     (53)     (69)
  Employee retirement benefits................................     (33)     (57)
  Other, net..................................................    (205)     (76) 
                                                                 -------------- 
    Gross deferred tax liabilities............................    (953)    (810)
                                                                 -------------- 
Deferred tax assets                                                             
  Securities available for sale...............................      80        - 
  Federal net operating loss carryforwards....................      17        8 
  Allowance for credit losses.................................     730      731 
  Other real estate owned.....................................      66       73 
  Loan fees and expenses......................................      37       55 
  AMT credit carryforwards....................................       -       58 
  Other, net..................................................     181      132  
                                                                 -------------- 
    Gross deferred tax assets.................................   1,111    1,057 
  Valuation allowance.........................................     (60)     (77)
                                                                 -------------- 
    Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance...........   1,051      980 
                                                                --------------- 
Net deferred tax assets.......................................  $   98   $  170 
                                                                =============== 
</TABLE>                                                                        

      The Corporation's $98-million net deferred tax assets include a      
valuation allowance of $60 million representing primarily state net operating 
loss carryforwards for which realization is uncertain. The net change in the 
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was a decrease of $17 million, 
due to the realization of certain state deferred tax assets.               
                                                                           
       During the first quarter of 1993, the Corporation adopted SFAS 109,  
which superseded SFAS 96. SFAS 109 allows for the recognition of deferred tax 
assets with respect to previously unrecognized operating loss and alternative 
minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforwards. The cumulative benefit of adopting 
the new accounting principle was $200 million.

===============================================================================

NOTE 14 -- FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures 
About Fair Value of Financial Instruments" (SFAS 107), requires the 
disclosure of the estimated fair values of financial instruments. The fair 
value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could 
be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in 
a forced or liquidation sale. Quoted market prices, if available, are 
utilized as estimates of the fair values of financial instruments. Because no 
quoted market prices exist for a significant part of the Corporation's 
financial instruments, the fair values of such instruments have been derived 
based on management's assumptions with respect to future economic conditions, 
the amount and timing of future cash flows and estimated discount rates. The 
estimation methods for individual classifications of financial instruments 
are more fully described below. Different assumptions could significantly 
affect these estimates. Accordingly, the net realizable values could be 
materially different from the estimates presented below.

        In addition, the estimates are only indicative of individual 
financial instruments' values and should not be considered an indication of 
the fair value of the combined Corporation. The provisions of SFAS 107 do not 
require the disclosure of nonfinancial instruments, including intangible 
assets. The value of the Corporation's intangibles such as franchise, credit 
card and trust relationships, and mortgage servicing rights, is significant.

SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The carrying value of short-term financial instruments, including cash 
and cash equivalents, federal funds sold and purchased, resell and repurchase 
agreements, and commercial paper and short-term borrowings, approximate the 
fair value. These financial instruments generally expose the Corporation to 
limited credit risk and have no stated maturities, or have an average 
maturity of less than 30 days and carry interest rates which approximate 
market.

74  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994  
<PAGE>
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS TRADED IN THE SECONDARY MARKET WITH QUOTED MARKET 
PRICES OR DEALER QUOTES

        Securities held for investment, securities available for sale, loans 
held for sale, trading account instruments, and long-term debt which are 
actively traded in the secondary market have been valued using quoted market 
prices. 

LOANS

        Fair values were estimated for groups of similar loans based upon type 
of loan, credit quality and maturity. The fair value of fixed-rate loans was 
estimated by discounting estimated cash flows using corporate bond rates 
adjusted by credit risk and servicing costs for commercial and real estate 
commercial and construction loans; and for consumer loans, the Corporation's 
December 31 origination rate for similar loans. Contractual cash flows for 
consumer loans were adjusted for prepayments using published industry data. 
For variable-rate loans, the carrying amount was considered to approximate 
fair value. Where credit deterioration has occurred, cash flows for fixed- 
and variable-rate loans have been reduced to incorporate estimated losses. 
Where quoted market prices were available, primarily for certain residential 
mortgage loans, such market prices were utilized as estimates for fair 
values.  

DEPOSITS

        The fair value for fixed-rate deposits with stated maturities was 
calculated by discounting the difference between the cash flows on a 
contractual basis and current market rates for instruments with similar 
maturities. For variable-rate deposits, the carrying amount was considered to 
approximate fair value.

        The book and fair values of financial instruments on December 31 were 
(dollars in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               1994                   1993
                                                                                        ------------------------------------------
                                                                                          BOOK      FAIR        Book      Fair
                                                                                         VALUE     VALUE       Value     Value
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                                      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C> 
FINANCIAL ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................      $ 9,582   $ 9,582   $ 7,649   $ 7,649
  Time deposits placed and other short-term investments.............................        2,159     2,159     1,479     1,479
  Securities held for investment....................................................       17,800    17,101    13,584    13,604
  Securities available for sale.....................................................        8,025     8,025    15,470    15,470
  Loans held for sale...............................................................          318       318     1,697     1,697
  Trading account assets............................................................        9,941     9,941    10,610    10,610
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell............       11,112    11,112     7,044     7,044
  Loans, net of unearned income
     Commercial and foreign.........................................................       46,649    46,375    41,786    41,812
     Real estate commercial and construction........................................       10,330    10,227    11,495    11,072
     Residential mortgage...........................................................       17,244    16,251    12,689    12,898
     Credit card....................................................................        4,753     4,782     3,728     3,839
     Other consumer and home equity.................................................       20,511    20,328    19,326    19,413
  Allowance for credit losses.......................................................       (2,186)        -    (2,169)        -

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
  Deposits
    Noninterest-bearing.............................................................       21,380    21,380    20,723    20,723
    Savings.........................................................................        9,037     9,037     8,784     8,784
    NOW and money market deposit accounts...........................................       29,752    29,752    30,881    30,881
    Consumer CDs....................................................................       19,369    19,001    17,850    17,970
    Other time deposits.............................................................       20,932    20,721    12,875    13,014
  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase........       25,970    25,970    28,371    28,371
  Commercial paper..................................................................        2,519     2,519     2,056     2,056
  Other short-term borrowings.......................................................        5,640     5,640     5,522     5,522
  Trading account liabilities.......................................................       11,426    11,426     8,299     8,299
  Long-term debt....................................................................        8,464     8,199     8,325     8,774 
</TABLE>


OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        For a presentation of the fair value of the Corporation's derivative-
dealer positions, see Note 4. The fair value of the Corporation's asset and
liability management and other interest rate swaps is presented in TABLE 19 on
page 46.

        The fair value of liabilities on binding commitments to lend is based 
on the net present value of cash flow streams using fee rates currently 
charged for similar agreements versus original contractual fee rates, taking 
into account the creditworthiness of the borrowers. The fair value was a 
liability of $92 million and $111 million on December 31, 1994 and 1993, 
respectively.


                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 75
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 15 -- PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following tables present consolidated parent company financial 
information:

NationsBank Corporation (Parent Company)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Year Ended December 31
                                                                                                   -----------------------------   
                                                                                                     1994        1993       1992
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    

<S>                                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Income
  Dividends from consolidated
    Subsidiary banks and bank holding companies..................................................    $1,864     $ 894      $ 481
    Other subsidiaries...........................................................................         5         -         40
  Interest from consolidated subsidiaries........................................................       355       172         85
  Other income...................................................................................       501       533        688
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
                                                                                                      2,725     1,599      1,294
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
Expenses
  Interest on borrowed funds.....................................................................       582       389        255
  Noninterest expense............................................................................       442       453        645
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
                                                                                                      1,024       842        900
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
Earnings
  Income before equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries and taxes..........     1,701       757        394
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
  Equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated
    Subsidiary banks and bank holding companies..................................................      (247)      742        588
    Other subsidiaries...........................................................................
                                                                                                        140        73         27
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
                                                                                                       (107)      815        615
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
Income before income taxes and effect of change in method
  of accounting for income taxes.................................................................     1,594     1,572      1,009
Income tax benefit...............................................................................       (96)      (56)      (136)
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
Income before effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes..........................     1,690     1,628      1,145 
                                                                                                                                
Effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes........................................         -      (127)         -
                                                                                                   -----------------------------
Net income.......................................................................................     $1,690   $1,501     $1,145
                                                                                                   =============================
Net income available to common shareholders......................................................     $1,680    $1,491    $1,121
                                                                                                   =============================
</TABLE>

NationsBank Corporation (Parent Company)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         December 31
                                                                                                    ---------------------
                                                                                                      1994          1993
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                 <C>          <C> 
Assets
  Cash held at subsidiary banks..................................................................   $     4       $    11
  Temporary investments..........................................................................       583           312
  Receivables from consolidated
    Subsidiary banks and bank holding companies..................................................     1,187         1,176
    Other subsidiaries...........................................................................     7,407         6,002
  Investment in consolidated
    Subsidiary banks and bank holding companies..................................................    10,739        10,696
    Other subsidiaries...........................................................................     1,173         1,249
  Other assets...................................................................................       616           562
                                                                                                    --------------------- 
                                                                                                    $21,709       $20,008
                                                                                                    =====================  
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
  Commercial paper and other notes payable.......................................................   $ 2,426       $ 2,282
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities.........................................................       674           870
  Long-term debt.................................................................................     7,598         6,877
  Shareholders' equity...........................................................................    11,011         9,979
                                                                                                    --------------------- 
                                                                                                    $21,709       $20,008
                                                                                                    =====================  
</TABLE>
76  NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation (Parent Company)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in Millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Year Ended December 31
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
                                                                                                     1994        1993       1992
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  

<S>                                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating Activities
  Net income...................................................................................     $ 1,690   $ 1,501    $ 1,145
  Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities
    Gain on sale of mortgage servicing unit......................................................         -         -        (55)
    Equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries................................       107      (815)      (615)
    Effect of change in method of accounting for income taxes....................................         -       127          -
    Other operating activities...................................................................       142       113        (23)
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
    Net cash provided by operating activities....................................................     1,939       926        452
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
Investing Activities
    Net (increase) decrease in temporary investments.............................................      (271)     (134)       356
    Net increase in receivables from consolidated subsidiaries...................................    (1,416)     (231)      (895)
    Additional capital investment in subsidiaries................................................      (764)   (1,428)      (140)
    (Acquisitions) sales of subsidiaries, net of cash............................................       101    (4,220)       (21)
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
    Net cash used in investing activities........................................................    (2,350)   (6,013)      (700)
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
Financing Activities
    Net increase (decrease) in commercial paper and other notes payable..........................       144     1,332       (124)
    Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt.....................................................     1,159     4,125        349
    Retirement of long-term debt.................................................................      (438)     (174)      (115)
    Preferred stock repurchased and redeemed.....................................................       (94)        -        (10)
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock.......................................................       267       197        544
    Common stock repurchased.....................................................................      (180)        -          -
    Cash dividends paid..........................................................................      (527)     (433)      (395)
    Other financing activities...................................................................        73        30         12
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
    Net cash provided by financing activities....................................................       404     5,077        261
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
Net increase (decrease) in cash..................................................................        (7)      (10)        13
Cash at beginning of year........................................................................        11        21          8
                                                                                                   ------------------------------- 
Cash at end of year..............................................................................       $ 4      $ 11       $ 21
                                                                                                   ===============================
</TABLE>

                                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 77
<PAGE>
 
NationsBank Corporation and Subsidiaries
SIX-YEAR CONSOLIDATED STATISTICAL SUMMARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1994      1993      1992      1991     1990      1989
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C> 
TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT YIELDS EARNED
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
  Commercial.....................................................      7.56%     6.96%     7.08%     8.70%   10.44%    11.76%
  Real estate commercial.........................................      8.18      7.59      7.78      9.13    10.49     11.08
  Real estate construction.......................................      8.49      7.50      7.17      8.82    10.84     11.96
    Total commercial.............................................      7.71      7.09      7.20      8.78    10.50     11.69
  Residential mortgage...........................................      7.62      8.27      9.33     10.47     9.55     11.06
  Home equity....................................................      7.99      7.14      7.05      9.53    11.18     11.80
  Credit card....................................................     12.84     13.62     14.45     15.22    15.78     16.45
  Other consumer.................................................      9.45      9.56     10.60     11.37    12.66     11.64  
    Total consumer...............................................      8.99      9.51     10.50     11.47    11.81     12.00
  Foreign........................................................      6.10      5.49      6.63      8.47    13.28     11.38
  Lease financing................................................      7.50      7.96      8.25     10.89     9.53      9.08
    Total loans and leases, net..................................      8.20      8.06      8.49      9.83    11.00     11.75
Securities
  Held for investment............................................      5.06      5.54      6.84      8.61     9.15      9.29
  Available for sale.............................................      5.20      4.80      5.77         -        -         -
    Total securities.............................................      5.12      5.51      6.76      8.61     9.15       9.29
Loans held for sale..............................................      6.63      6.73      7.22      8.74    11.49      12.36
Federal funds sold and securities
  purchased under agreements to resell...........................      4.09      3.21      3.77      5.89     8.16       9.20
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments............      5.12      3.91      5.09      6.89     8.95       9.72
Trading account securities.......................................      7.32      5.43      4.64      6.99     8.43       9.08
    Total earning assets.........................................      7.16      7.06      7.70      9.25    10.37      11.04

RATES PAID
Savings..........................................................      2.33      2.38      2.86      4.55     5.15       5.86
NOW and money market deposit accounts............................      2.34      2.24      2.82      4.96     6.02       6.20
Consumer CDs and IRAs............................................      4.17      4.52      5.58      7.01     7.94       8.48
Negotiated CDs, public funds and other time deposits.............      4.02      3.97      4.93      7.08     8.13       8.79
Foreign time deposits............................................      4.98      4.05      5.52      6.70     8.89       9.63
Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities...................      4.87      3.45      3.33      5.64     7.93       8.99
Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases..............      6.85      7.44      8.92      8.88     9.18       9.84
Special Asset Division net funding allocation....................         -          -        -     (6.20)   (7.49)     (8.20)
    Total interest-bearing liabilities...........................      4.09      3.53      4.12      6.09     7.37       8.00

PROFIT MARGINS
Net interest spread..............................................      3.07      3.53      3.58      3.16     3.00       3.04
Net interest yield...............................................      3.58      3.96      4.10      3.82     3.75       4.03

YEAR-END DATA
(Dollars in millions)
Loans, leases and factored accounts
  receivable, net of unearned income.............................  $103,371   $92,007   $72,714   $69,108  $70,891    $66,360
Securities held for investment...................................    17,800    13,584    23,355    16,275   25,530     25,278
Securities available for sale....................................     8,025    15,470     1,374     8,904        -          -
Loans held for sale..............................................       318     1,697     1,236       585      315        357
Time deposits placed and other short-term investments............     2,159     1,479     1,994     1,622    1,289      3,499
Total earning assets.............................................   151,722   140,890   103,872    96,491   98,754     96,052
Total assets (1).................................................   169,604   157,686   118,059   100,319  112,791    110,246
Noninterest-bearing deposits.....................................    21,380    20,723    17,702    16,356   16,850     16,112
Domestic savings and time deposits...............................    66,487    66,356    62,988    70,359   70,091     66,790
Foreign time deposits............................................    12,603     4,034     2,037     1,360    2,124      2,478
Total savings and time deposits..................................    79,090    70,390    65,025    71,719    72,215    69,268
Total deposits...................................................   100,470    91,113    82,727    88,075    89,065    85,380
Borrowed funds and trading account liabilities...................    45,555    44,248    21,957     9,846    15,474    17,870
Long-term debt and obligations under capital leases..............     8,488     8,352     3,066     2,876     2,766     2,517
Total shareholders' equity.......................................    11,011     9,979     7,814     6,518     6,283     6,003
</TABLE>

(1) Excludes assets of NationsBank of Texas Special Asset Division in 1991, 
    1990 and 1989.
(2) Includes FDIC's interest in earnings of NationsBank of Texas in 1989.

78 NationsBank Corporation Annual Report 1994
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1994      1993         1992        1991      1990      1989
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>
EARNINGS RATIOS
Return on average
  Total assets (1)(2)..........................................        1.02%      .97%        1.00%        .17%      .52%     1.06%
  Earning assets (1)(2)........................................        1.14      1.09         1.12         .20       .59      1.07
  Common shareholders' equity..................................       16.10     15.00        15.83        2.70      9.56     18.85

EARNINGS ANALYSIS (Taxable-Equivalent)
Noninterest income as a percentage of net
  interest income..............................................       48.96     44.48        45.65       44.22     42.56     39.23
Noninterest expense, excluding restructuring,
  as a percentage of net interest income.......................       93.16     90.90        94.64       97.62     92.10     89.44
Efficiency ratio: noninterest expense, excluding
  restructuring, divided by the sum of net interest
  income and noninterest income................................       62.54     62.91        64.98       67.69     64.60     64.24
Overhead ratio: noninterest expense, excluding
  restructuring, less noninterest income
  divided by net interest income...............................       44.20     46.42        48.99       53.40     49.54     50.21
Net income as a percentage of net
  interest income..............................................       31.86     31.79        27.33        5.12     15.77     26.48

ASSET QUALITY
For the year
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average
  loans, leases and factored accounts receivable...............         .33       .51         1.25        1.86       .88       .48
Net charge-offs as a percentage of the
  provision for credit losses..................................      101.79     95.76       121.15       82.70     59.24     74.38
At year end
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of net
  loans, leases and factored accounts receivable...............        2.11      2.36         2.00        2.32      1.86      1.32
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of
  nonperforming loans..........................................      273.07    193.38       103.11       81.82    100.46    151.67
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of net
  loans, leases, factored accounts receivable,
  and other real estate owned..................................        1.10      1.92         2.72        4.01      2.32      1.08
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of
  total assets (1).............................................         .67      1.13         1.69        2.54      1.46       .65
Nonperforming assets (in millions).............................      $1,138    $1,783       $1,997      $2,804    $1,651      $716

RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIOS
Tier 1.........................................................        7.43%     7.41%        7.54%       6.38%     5.79%       --
Total..........................................................       11.47     11.73        11.52       10.30      9.58        --

Common shareholders' equity as a
  percentage of total assets at year end (1)...................        6.47%     6.25%        6.60%       5.67%     5.23%     5.10%
Dividend payout ratio (per common share).......................       30.78     28.38        33.07      215.36     61.54     30.66
Shareholders' equity per common share
  Average......................................................      $37.99    $33.36       $29.05      $27.97    $27.31    $24.97
  At year end..................................................       39.70     36.39        30.80       27.03     27.30     26.41

OTHER STATISTICS
Number of full-time equivalent employees.......................      61,484    57,742       50,828      57,177    58,449    57,069
Rate of increase (decrease) in average
  Total loans and leases, net of unearned income...............       20.29%    15.83%       (1.70)%      1.82%     8.36%    38.71%
  Earning assets...............................................       24.50     16.59         (.84)       2.42     12.42     44.26
  Total assets (1).............................................       23.75     16.82         (.64)       1.85     12.19     43.10
  Total deposits...............................................       12.30       .97        (5.59)       3.44      8.99     51.37
  Total shareholders' equity...................................       21.19     18.73        10.31        6.16     18.15     23.01

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION
Market price per share
  High for the year............................................     $57 3/8   $58          $53 3/8     $42 3/4   $47 1/4   $55
  Low for the year.............................................      43 3/8    44 1/2       39 5/8      21 1/2    16 7/8    27
  Close at the end of the year.................................      45 1/8    49           51 3/8      40 5/8    22 7/8    46 1/4
Daily average trading volume...................................     753,515   666,591      727,578     397,054   405,087   303,599
Number of shareholders of record...............................     105,774   108,435       89,371     102,209    30,824    29,064
</TABLE>

                                    Six-Year Consolidated Statistical Summary 79




<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
    SUBSIDIARIES OF NATIONSBANK CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AT 12/31/94
         (100% Owned by NationsBank Corporation Unless Otherwise Noted)

American Security Insurance Corporation
ASB Capital Management, Inc.
Atlantic Credit Corporation
Atlantic Equity Corporation
Carolina Mountain Holding Company
Equitable Bancorporation Overseas Finance N.V.
Export Funding Corporation
Fayette Insurance Corporation
MAR, Inc.
MN Credit Corporation
MN World Trade Corporation
MNC Affiliates Group, Inc.
  MNC American Corporation (1)
  MNC Credit Corp (1)
     A/M Properties, Inc. (2)
     American Financial Service Group, Inc. (LEASEFIRST) (2)
     Maryland National Realty Investors, Inc. (2)
     Maryland National Leasing Services Corporation (2)
     MNC Canadian Real Property, Inc. (2)
     MNC Capital Corporation (2)
Nations Financial Holdings Corporation
  Greyrock Capital Group Inc. (3)
     ALS II, Inc. (3A)
     ALS Superior, Inc. (3A)
     American Acceptance Corporation (3A)
     Cape Canterbury, Ltd. (3A)
     Central Texas Small Business Investment Corporation (3A)
     Portfolio Acceptance Corp. (3A)
       Canterbury Indiana Holdings, Inc. (3AA)
     SunStar Acceptance Corporation (3A)
     USW SIS I, Inc. (3A)
     USW SIS II, Inc. (3A)
     USWFS/Oxford 1991-A Limited Partnership (3AB)
     USWFS/Oxford 1991-B Limited Partnership (3AB)
     USWFS/Oxford 1992-A Limited Partnership (3AC)
     USWFS/Oxford Fixed Rate, L.P. (3AB)
  NationsCredit Corporation (3)
     NationsCredit Acceptance Corporation (3B)
     NationsCredit Commercial Corporation (3B)
       Ariens Credit Corporation (3BB)
       Fisher Credit Services Inc. (3BB)
       Gravely Credit Corporation (3BB)
       Komatsu Forklift Credit Corporation (3BB)
       Korg Acceptance Corporation (3BB)
       Mercury Marine Acceptance Corporation (3BB)
       Music America Finance Corporation (3BB)
       NationsCredit Commercial Corporation Ltd. (3BB)
       NIMAC Finance Corp. (3BB)
       Roth Financial Services Company (3BB)
                                       1
 
<PAGE>
       Sea Ray Credit Corporation (3BB)
       Trek Financial Services, Inc. (3BB)
       Winnebago Acceptance Corporation (3BB)
     NationsCredit Consumer Discount Company (3B)
     NationsCredit Finance Group Inc. (3B)
     NationsCredit Financial Acceptance Corporation (3B)
     NationsCredit Financial Services Corporation (3B)
     NationsCredit Financial Services Corporation of Alabama (3B)
     NationsCredit Financial Services Corporation of America (3B)
     NationsCredit Financial Services Corporation of Florida (3B)
       NationsCredit Mortgage Corporation of Florida (3BC)
     NationsCredit Financial Services Corporation of Nevada (3B)
     NationsCredit Financial Services Corporation of Virginia (3B)
     NationsCredit Home Equity Corporation of Kentucky (3B)
     NationsCredit Home Equity Corporation of Virginia (3B)
     NationsCredit Insurance Agency, Inc. (3B)
     NationsCredit Insurance Corporation (3B)
NationsBanc Business Credit, Inc.
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
NationsBanc Leasing Corporation
     McCormick Realty Limited Partnership (4)
NationsBanc Mortgage Capital Corporation
NB Holdings Corporation
  Consolidated Bank, N.A. (55)
  Mid-Atlantic Life Insurance Company (5)
  NationsBank, N.A. (5)
     303 International M Corp. (5A)
     1268 M Corp. (5A)
     7514 A Corp. (5A)
     Amberwood A Corp. (5A)
     American Security (Louisiana) Ltd. (5A)
     AS Land II, Inc. (5A)
     ASB Ames Plaza, Inc. (5A)
     ASB Realty, Inc. (5A)
       Westmarket A Corp. (5AA)
     ASB Southside, Inc. (5A)
     ASB Southwest Corporation (5A)
     ASB-Stevensville Corp. (5A)
     Ashburn A Corp. (5A)
     Baltic M Corp. (5A)
     Baltin Yachting M Corp. (5A)
     Beaumeade M Corp. (5A)
     Bright Seat M Corp. (5A)
     Campus Hills M Corp. (5A)
     Caradoc Estates, Inc. (5A)
     Carlin M Springs Corp. (5A)
     CC Plaza M Corp. (5A)
     Central Leasing Corporation (5A)
     Chalmers M Corp. (5A)
     Chesapeake M Corp. (5A)
     Coleman M Corp. (5A)
     Courtcom M Corp. (5A)
     CSB Insurance Agency (5A)
     Daventry A Corp. (5A)
     DC Bancorp Investment Company (5A)
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
     Devon A Corp. (5A)
     Dulaney Valley Corporation (5A)
     Elwin Company, Inc. (5A)
     Englewood M Corp. (5A)
     Equitable Financial Corporation (5A)
     Equitable of Washington, Inc. (5A)
     FCOP, Inc. (5A)
     Federal Properties I, Inc. (5A)
     Festival VM Corp. (5A)
     Field A Corp. (5A)
     Fifty West Corp. (5A)
     Forrest-Marbury Corp. (5A)
     Fountain Square Corporation of Maryland (5A)
     Glen M Corp. (5A)
     Hallmark - Renaissance M Corp. (5A)
     Harper Farm M Corp. (5A)
     HICO Park M Corp. (5A)
     Hunt A Corp. (5A)
     Logan Circle A Corp. (5A)
     Madison Park A Corp. (5A)
     Manab Properties, Inc. (5A)
     Mar A Lowe Corp. (5A)
     Marco Properties, Inc. (5A)
       Breckinridge Development, Inc. (5AB)
       Greenburgh Marco, Inc. (5AC)
       Recap, Inc. (5AC)
       Rehold, Inc. (5AC)
       Reprise, Inc. (5AC)
       Woodside Corporation (5AC)
     Maryland National Community Development Corporation (5A)
       Greensides Elderly Limited Partnership (5AD)
       The Maryland National/Enterprise Equity Fund Limited Partnership (5AD)
       Montgomery Homes Limited Partnership III (5AD)
       Montgomery Homes Limited Partnership IV (5AD)
       Neighborhood Rental Limited Partnership II (5AE)
       The Newington Limited Partnership (5AE)
       Rosedale Terrace Limited Partnership (5AE)
       St. Wenceslaus Limited Partnership (5AE)
     Maryland National Financial Services Corporation (5A)
     Maryland National Financial Corporation (5A)
     Maryland Nationalease Corporation (5A)
     Melwood M Corp. (5A)
     Metropo M Corp. (5A)
     Metropolitan Commercial Properties Corporation (5A)
     Metropolitan Commercial Properties Corporation VIII (5A)
     Metropolitan Commercial Properties Corporation X (5A)
     Metropolitan Commercial Properties Corporation XIII (5A)
     Mirror Ridge A Corp. (5A)
     MNB Tarrymore, Inc. (5A)
     MNB University, Inc. (5A)
     MNC Consumer Discount Company (5A)
       MNC National Direct Mail Services Corp. (5AF)
     MNC International Bank (5A)
     MNC Investment Bank, Ltd. (5A)
     NationsBank Trust Company, N.A. (5A)
                                       3
 
<PAGE>

     Nor Dan M Corp. (5A)
     Occoquan M Corp. (5A)
     Palisades A Corp. (5A)
     Pilgrim's Progress (5A)
     Potomac, Inc. II (5A)
     Pratt Management Company (5A)
     Quality A Corp. (5A)
     Rabbit Road M Corp. (5A)
     Rannoch M Corp. (5A)
     Ritchie Court M Corporation (5A)
     Rive Gauche A Corp. (5A)
     SCRC Carrolltowne, Inc. (5A)
     SCRC Process Service Corp. (5A)
     Service-Wright Corporation (5A)
     Shockey M Corp. (5A)
     SOB-A Corp. (5A)
     SOP M Corp. (5A)
     Sorrento M Corp. (5A)
     South Charles Realty Corp (5A)
     South Point Shopping Center, Inc. (5A)
     Spotted Horse Holdings, Inc. (5A)
     Stevens Pier A Corp. (5A)
     Storage A Corp. (5A)
     Suburban Trust Data Services, Inc. (5A)
     Sully A Corp. (5A)
     Sunset Hill Corporation (5A)
     Sweitzer M Corp. (5A)
     Sykesville M Corp. (5A)
     Three Ponds M Corp. (5A)
     Vernon M Corp. (5A)
     Virgrun A Corp. (5A)
     Wales B Corp. (5A)
     Washington View, Inc. (5A)
       Washington View (H) Corporation (5AG)
       Washington View (NH) Corporation (5AG)
     Wellington Land Co., Inc. (5A)
     Westfields M Corp. (5A)
     Wickliffe A Corp. (5A)
     Windemere M Corp. (5A)
     Woods M Corp. (5A)
  NationsBank of Delaware, N.A. (5)
     Terminal Management Systems, Inc. (5B)
  NationsBank of Florida, N.A. (5)
     First Land Sales, Inc. (5C)
  NationsBank of Georgia, N.A. (5)
     NationsBanc Commercial Corporation (5D)
     NationsBanc Leasing Corporation of North Carolina (5D)
       DFF Funding I, Inc. (5DD)
       DFF Funding II, Inc. (5DD)
       DFF Funding III, Inc. (5DD)
       DFF Funding IV, Inc. (5DD)
     The Ocumulgee Corporation (5D)
  NationsBank of Kentucky, N.A. (5)
  NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. (5)
     BNC Realty Company (5E)
                                       4
 
<PAGE>

     Floresville Company Ltd. (5EA)
     Multi-State Properties, Inc. (5E)
     NationsBanc Charlotte Center, Inc. (5E)
     NationsBanc-CRT Holdings I, Inc. (5E)
       NationsBanc-CRT Options, L. P. (5EB)
     NationsBanc-CRT Holdings II, Inc. (5E)
     NationsBanc Dealer Leasing, Inc. (5E)
     NationsBanc Discount Brokerage, Inc. (5E)
     NationsBanc Enterprise, Inc. (5E)
       NationsSecurities (5EC)
     NationsBanc Lease Investments, Inc. (5E)
     NationsBanc SBIC Corporation (5E)
     NationsBanc Venture Corporation (5E)
     NationsBank Europe Limited (5E)
       Carolina Leasing Ltd. (5ED)
       Demandand Supply Company Ltd. (5ED)
       Friary Nominees Ltd. (5ED)
       NationsBank Panmure Investment Management Limited (5ED)
          Commonwealth Securities Limited (5EE)
       NCNB (Export Finance) Ltd. (5ED)
       Panmure Gordon & Co. Limited (5ED)
          NationsBank Securities Services Ltd. (5EF)
          Panmure Gordon Financial Futures Limited (5EF)
          Parish Nominees Limited (5EF)
          Rectory Nominees Limited (5EF)
          St. Michael Nominees Limited (5EF)
       Panmure Gordon Investments Limited (5ED)
     NationsBank International (5E)
     NB Partner Corp. (5E)
     NCNB Community Development Corporation (5EG)
       Gateway Hotel Enterprises, Inc. (5EH)
       Trico Investment, Inc. (5EH)
     NationsBank Overseas Corporation (5E)
       AF Funding (1993), Inc. (5F)
          Kill Devil Hills Finance Limited Partnership (5FA)
            Air France/NationsBank (Grantor Trust) (5FB)
               Wrightbrothers Ltd. (5FC)
       AF Funding II (1993), Inc. (5F)
          Kill Devil Hills II Limited Partnership (5FD)
            Air France/KDHF II (NGHGI) (Grantor Trust) (5FE)
               Florita Finance Ltd. (5FF)
       Binfield Ltd. (5F)
       Carolina Investments Limited (5F)
       Cathay Pacific\NationsBank Trust I (Grantor Trust) (5F)
          Wanda Finance Ltd. (5FG)
       Clenston Ltd. (5F)
       Friary Leasing Limited (5F)
       Hatteras Finance Ltd. (5F)
       InterFirst Leasing Ltd. (London) (5FH)
       Japan Airlines/NCNB 1993-1 (Grantor Trust) (5F)
          First in Flight Finance Ltd. (5FI)
       Nations-CRT Asia, Inc. (5F)
       Nations-CRT Hong Kong, Limited (5F)
       Nations-CRT International, Inc. (5F)
          Nations-CRT International (5FJ)
                                       5
 
<PAGE>

       Nations . CRT Japan, Inc. (5F)
       Nations-CRT Overseas, Inc. (5F)
       Nations-CRT Overseas Inc. & Co. (5FK)
          Nations-CRT U.K. & Co. (5F)
       NationsBank International Trust (Jersey) Limited (5FZ)
       NCNB Lease Atlantic, Inc. (5F)
          NCNB Lease Finance III (5FL)
            Blue Ridge Finance Ltd. (5FM)
       NCNB Lease Finance (5F)
          Wingtip Finance Limited (5FN)
       NCNB Lease Finance IV (5F)
          Sandhills Finance Ltd. (5FO)
       NCNB Lease Finance V (5F)
          Piedmont Finance Ltd. (5FP)
       NCNB Lease Finance VI (5F)
          Kitty Hawk Finance Ltd. (5FQ)
       NCNB Lease International, Inc. (5F)
          Barnesbury, Ltd. (5FR)
       NCNB Lease Offshore, Inc. (5F)
          NCNB Lease Finance II (5FS)
            Outerbanks Finance Ltd. (5FT)
       NCNB Overseas Services, Inc. (5F)
       Phaestos FSC, Inc. (5FU)
       Republic Dallas Ltd. (U.K.) (5FV)
       TransPacific Funding (1993), Inc. (5F)
          TransPacific Finance Limited Partnership (5FW)
            ANA II (Grantor Trust) (5FX)
               Fontana Finance Ltd. (5FY)
  NationsBank of South Carolina, N.A. (5)
     BT Building Corporation (5G)
       Central City General (5GG)
     Carolina Pacific, Inc. (5G)
  NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A. (5)
     Commerce Place Company (5H)
     Commerce Trading Corporation (5H)
  NationsBank Texas Bancorporation, Inc. (5)
     NationsBank of Texas, N.A. (5I)
       APL, Inc. (5IA)
       Austin National Realty Corporation (5IA)
       Capitol Information Networks, Inc. (5IA)
       DPC, Inc. (5IA)
          Westdale Investments, I, Inc. (5IB)
       First RepublicBank Advisory Services, Inc. (5IA)
       Main Place Funding Corporation (5IA)
       NationsBanc Capital Corporation (5IA)
       NationsBanc Energy Group Denver, Inc. (5IA)
       NationsBanc Mortgage Corporation (5IA)
       NCNB Texas TBM, Inc. (5IA)
          NationsBanc Services, Inc. (5IC)
       Republic National Corporation (5IA)
       Tarrant Investment Company, Inc. (5IA)
       TBRC, Inc. (5IA)
     RepublicBank Insurance Agency, Inc. (5I)
  NationsBank of Virginia, N.A. (5)
     Seventeenth Commerce Properties Corporation (5J)
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
     Equitable Leasing Corporation (5J)
     First Development Corporation (5J)
     First Realty Mortgage Corporation (5J)
     NationsBanc Equity Mortgage Corporation (5J)
     NationsBanc Leasing Corporation of Virginia (5J)
     NationsBank Community Development Corporation of Virginia(5J)
  Bancshares Properties, Inc. (5)
  Cash Flow, Inc. (5)
  C&S Premises, Inc. (5)
  DC Bancorp Venture Capital Company (6)
  First Mortgage Corporation (5)
  NationsBanc Insurance Agency, Inc. (5)
  NationsBanc Insurance Company, Inc. (5)
  NationsBanc Insurance Inc. (5)
  NationsBanc Insurance Services, Inc. (5)
  NationsBanc Investment Corporation (5)
  NationsBanc Leasing & Finance Corporation (5)
  NationsBanc Mortgage Corporation of Georgia (5)
  NationsBank Trust Company of New York (5)
  On Call, Inc. (5)
  Second Land Sales, Inc. (5)
  Sovran Capital Management Corporation (5)
  Suburban Service Corporation (5)
  Three Commercial Place Associates (6A)
NationsBanc-CRT Energy (U.K.), Ltd.
NationsBanc-CRT Services, Inc.
NCNB Corporate Services, Inc.
NCNB Properties, Inc.
TIM, Inc.
Tryon Assurance Company, Ltd.
NationsBank Community Development Corporation (7)
  Atlanta Affordable Housing Fund Limited Partnership (7A)
  Carlton Court Community Development Corporation (7B)
  Historic District Redevelopment Partnership (7C)
  Leon Avenue Redevelopment Company (7E)
  NationsBank CDC Special Holding Company, Inc. (7B)
  Southern Oaks Condominium Partners, Ltd. (7D)
  Terry Street Redevelopment Limited Liability Company (7F)
NationsBank Housing Fund Investment Corporation (8)
  Nations Housing Fund Limited Partnership (8A)

1     MNC Affiliates Group, Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
2     MNC Credit Corp owns 100% of this entity.
3     Nations Financial Holdings Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
3A    Greyrock Capital Group Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
3AA   Portfolio Acceptance Corp. owns 100% of this entity.
3AB   Greyrock Capital Group Inc. owns 62.5% of this entity.
3AC   Greyrock Capital Group Inc. owns 67.33% of this entity.
3B    NationsCredit Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
3BB   NationsCredit Commercial Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
3BC   NationsCredit Financial Services Corporation of Florida owns 100% 
      of this entity.
4     NationsBanc Leasing Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
5     NB Holdings Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
55    NB Holdings Corporation owns 99.9% of this entity.
5A    NationsBank, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
                                       7
 
<PAGE>

5AA   ASB Realty owns 100% of this entity.
5AB   Marco Properties, Inc. owns 75% of this entity.
5AC   Marco Properties, Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
5AD   Maryland National Community Development Corporation owns 99% of 
      this entity.
5AE   Maryland National Community Development Corporation owns 98.99% 
      of this entity.
5AF   MNC Consumer Discount Company owns 100% of this entity.
5AG   Washington View, Inc. owns 69% of this entity.
5B    NationsBank of Delaware owns 100% of this entity.
5C    NationsBank of Florida, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
5D    NationsBank of Georgia, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
5DD   NationsBanc Leasing Corporation of North Carolina owns 100% of this 
      entity.
5E    NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
5EA   NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. holds 100% of this entity in trust.
5E    NationsBanc-CRT Holdings I, Inc. has a 99% general partnership interest
      and NationsBanc-CRT Holdings II. Inc. has a 1% limited partnership 
      interest in this limited partnership.
5EC   NationsBanc Enterprise, Inc. owns 50% of this general partnership, and 
      NationsBanc Discount Brokerage, Inc. owns 50%.
5ED   NationsBank Europe Limited owns 100% of this entity.
5EE   NationsBank Panmure Investment Management Limited owns 100% of this 
      entity.
5EF   Panmure Gordon & Co. Limited owns 100% of this entity.
5EG   NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A. is the sole member of this 
      non-profit corporation.
5EH   NCNB Community Development Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
5F    NationsBank Overseas Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
5FA   AF Funding (1993), Inc. holds a 1% general partnership and a 49% limited
      partnership interest in this entity.
5FB   Kill Devil Hills Finance Limited Partnership owns 100% of this entity.
5FC   Air France/NationsBank (Grantor Trust) owns 100% of this entity.
5FD   AF Funding II (1993), Inc. holds a 1% general partnership and a 34% 
      limited partnership interest in this entity.
5FE   Kill Devil Hills II Limited Partnership owns 100% of this entity.
5FF   Air France/KDHF II (NGHGI) (Grantor Trust) owns 100% of this entity.
5FG   Cathay Pacific/NationsBank Trust I (Grantor Trust) owns 100% of this 
      entity.
5FH   NationsBank Overseas Corporation owns 99.5% of this entity.
5FI   Japan Airlines/NCNB 1993-1 (Grantor Trust) owns 100% of this entity.
5FJ   Nations-CRT U.K. & Co. and Nations-CRT International, Inc., 
      respectively, have 1% and 99% general partnership interests in this 
      entity.
5FK   Nations-CRT U.K. & Co. and Nations-CRT Overseas, Inc., respectively, 
      have 1% and 99% general partnership interests in this entity.
5FL   NCNB Lease Atlantic, Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
5FM   NCNB Lease Finance III owns 100% of this entity.
5FN   NCNB Lease Finance owns 100% of this entity.
5FO   NCNB Lease Finance IV owns 100% of this entity.
5FP   NCNB Lease Finance V owns 100% of this entity.
5FQ   NCNB Lease Finance VI owns 100% of this entity.
5FR   NCNB Lease International, Inc. owns 99.9% of this entity.
5FS   NCNB Lease Offshore, Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
5FT   NCNB Lease Finance II owns 100% of this entity.
5FU   NationsBank Overseas Corporation owns 50% of this entity.
5FV   NationsBank Overseas Corporation owns 98% of this entity.
5FW   TransPacific Funding (1993), Inc. holds a 1% general partnership and 
      a 65% limited partnership interest in this entity.
5FX   TransPacific Finance Limited Partnership owns 100% of this entity.
5FY   ANA II (Grantor Trust) owns 100% of this entity.
5FZ   NationsBank Overseas Corporation and NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas) 
      own 99.33% and .67%, respectively, of this entity.
5G    NationsBank of South Carolina, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
5GG   BT Building Corporation has a 19% general partnrship interest and a 
      43% limited partnership interest in this partnership.
5H    NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
5I    NationsBank Texas Bancorporation, Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
5IA   NationsBank of Texas, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
5IB   DPC, Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
5IC   NCNB Texas TBM, Inc. owns 100% of this entity.
5J    NationsBank of Virginia, N.A. owns 100% of this entity.
6     NB Holdings Corporation owns 66.66% of this entity.
6A    NB Holdings Corporation owns 70% of this entity.
7     NationsBank of Florida, N.A.; NationsBank of Georgia, N.A.; 
      NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A.; NationsBank of South Carolina, 
      N.A.; and NationsBank of Texas, N.A. own, respectively, 4.67%, 33.33%,
      28.67%, 8.33% and 25% of this entity.
7A    NationsBank Community Development Corporation has a 95.4% general 
      partnership interest in this entity.
7B    NationsBank Community Development Corporation owns 100% of this entity.
7C    NationsBank Community Development Corporation has a 94.8% interest in
      this entity.
7D    NationsBank Community Development Corporation has a 50.26% interest 
      in this entity.
7E    NationsBank Community Development Corporation owns 80% of this entity.
7F    NationsBank Community Development Corporation owns 98% of this entity.
8     NationsBank of Florida, N.A.; NationsBank of Georgia, N.A.; NationsBank
      of North Carolina, N.A. and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., each, owns 25% 
      of the voting stock of this entity.
8A    NationsBank Housing Fund Investment Corporation has a 99% limited 
      partnership interest in this entity.
 
                                       9
 



<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 23

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectuses
constituting part of the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 33-44826,
33-49881 and 33-57533); the Prospectuses constituting part of the Registration
Statements on Form S-4 (Nos. 33-43125 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
thereto, and 33-55145 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto); and the
Prospectuses constituting part of the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos.
2-91958; 2-73761; 2-80406 and Post-Effective Amendment Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4
thereto; 33-43125 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto, originally filed
on Form S-4 (No. 33-43125); 33-55145 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto,
originally filed on Form S-4 (No. 33-55145); 33-45279 and 33-48883) of
NationsBank Corporation of our report dated January 13, 1995, which appears on
page 57 of the 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders of NationsBank Corporation,
which is incorporated by reference in NationsBank Corporation's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

(signature appears here)

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 30, 1995


<PAGE>
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints J.  W. Kiser and Charles M. Berger, and each of
them (with full power to each of them to act alone), his attorneys-in-fact, for
him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file
the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that each of said attorneys-in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                        TITLE                           DATE
<C>                                               <S>                                          <C>
                                                  Chairman of the Board, and                    March 22, 1995
                                                    Chief Executive Officer
             (HUGH L. MCCOLL, JR.)
                                                  Vice Chairman and                             March 22, 1995
                                                    Chief Financial Officer
             (JAMES H. HANCE, JR.)                  (Principal Financial Officer)
                                                  Executive Vice President                      March 22, 1995
                                                    (Principal Accounting Officer)
                 (MARC D. OKEN)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
               (RONALD W. ALLEN)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
             (WILLIAM M. BARNHARDT)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                (THOMAS M. BELK)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
               (THOMAS E. CAPPS)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
             (R. EUGENE CARTLEDGE)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
               (CHARLES W. COKER)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
              (THOMAS G. COUSINS)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
               (ALAN T. DICKSON)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
              (W. FRANK DOWD, JR.)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                 (A. L. ELLIS)

<PAGE>
                   SIGNATURE                                        TITLE                           DATE
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                 (PAUL FULTON)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
            (L. L. GELLERSTEDT, JR.)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
              (TIMOTHY L. GUZZLE)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
              (E. BRONSON INGRAM)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                (W. W. JOHNSON)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                 (BUCK MICKEL)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                (JOHN J. MURPHY)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                 (JOHN W. SNOW)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
           (WILLIAM W. SPRAGUE, JR.)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
               (RONALD TOWNSEND)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
                (JACKIE M. WARD)
                                                  Director                                      March 22, 1995
              (MICHAEL WEINTRAUB)
/TABLE
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 24(b)
                            NATIONSBANK CORPORATION
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                   RESOLUTION
                                 MARCH 22, 1995
     RESOLVED, that the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1994 (the "10-K Report"), be, and it hereby is, authorized
and approved substantially in the form presented to and considered at this
meeting, with such changes in form or content or attachment of exhibits as the
signing officers shall approve, their approval to be conclusively evidenced by
their signature thereof;
     RESOLVED FURTHER, that the proper officers of the Corporation be, and they
hereby are, authorized and empowered on behalf of the Corporation to execute the
10-K Report and file it with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and with such other
governmental agencies or instrumentalities as such officers deem necessary or
desirable, and to make, execute and file any amendment or amendments to the 10-K
Report, as they may deem necessary or appropriate;
     RESOLVED FURTHER, that J.W. Kiser and Charles M. Berger be, and each of
them with full power to act without the other hereby is, authorized and
empowered to sign the aforesaid 10-K Report and any amendment or amendments
thereto on behalf of and as attorneys for NationsBank Corporation and on behalf
of and as attorneys for any of the following, to wit: the Principal Executive
Officer, the Principal Financial Officer, the Principal Accounting Officer, and
any other officer of NationsBank Corporation.
     RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of NationsBank Corporation be, and they
hereby are, authorized and directed to do all things necessary, appropriate or
convenient to carry into effect, the foregoing resolutions.
                            CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
     I, ALLISON L. GILLIAM, Assistant Secretary of NationsBank Corporation, a
corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of North
Carolina, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of a
resolution duly adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors of said
Corporation at a meeting of said Board of Directors held on March 22, 1995, at
which meeting a quorum was present and acted throughout and that said resolution
is in full force and effect and has not been amended or rescinded as of the date
hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereupon set my hand and affixed the seal of
said corporation this 22nd day of March, 1995.
(SEAL)
                                                      ALLISON L. GILLIAM
                                                     ASSISTANT SECRETARY
 


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
The schedule contains summary information extracted from the December 31,
1994, Form 8-K for NationsBank Corporation and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to such financial statements.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                           9,582
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           2,159
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                11,112
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                 9,941
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                      8,025
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          17,800
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            17,101
<LOANS>                                        103,371
<ALLOWANCE>                                     (2,186)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 169,604
<DEPOSITS>                                     100,470
<SHORT-TERM>                                    45,555
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              4,080
<LONG-TERM>                                      8,488
<COMMON>                                         4,740
                                0
                                        111
<OTHER-SE>                                       6,160
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 169,604
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                  7,577
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                1,378
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                 1,574
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                10,529
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               2,415
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               5,318
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            5,211
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      310
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 (13)
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  4,930
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  2,555
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       2,555
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,690
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     6.12
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     6.06
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    3.58
<LOANS-NON>                                        801
<LOANS-PAST>                                       146
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                   177
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 2,169
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      533
<RECOVERIES>                                       217
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                2,186
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             1,160
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                 11
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          1,015
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission